摘要:

THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR 1950 The hope that the striking recovery in industrial production in Britain would lead in 1950 to better economic conditions was dashed by the outbreak of war in Korea and by the further deterioration in international relations resulting in a major diversion of effort and resources to the needs of defence. Supplies of essential raw materials which were gradually being brought back to pre-war levels again became inadequate to meet the rapidly rising requirements of re-armament superimposed on those of an expanding export trade. Prices of goods and sqvices already high by pre-war standards rose more steeply and estimates of expenditure drawn up by institutions or by individuals in the earlier part of the year had to be revised before its end-and there was no assurance that such revision would be final.For the Institute the growing financial stringency threatens a reduction in the rate of development of activities and services achieved in recent years though if the current rate of increase in membership is maintained it should be possible to avoid a serious set-back. Nevertheless the exercise of economy in expenditure became necessarily of special concern to the Council as the year advanced (see p. 10). It is noteworthy that in some directions shortages of materials particularly paper are likely to impose a direct limitation on certain activities though the savings effected may be offset by increased charges. If less printed matter is produced and circulated it does not follow that this alone will result in a reduction of expenditure.In these circumstances it is fortunate that several important develop-ments in Institute affairs were brought near to completion by the end of 1950. Thus since the grant of the new Charter in 1949 the task of revising the By-laws had been actively pursued and a draft of the proposed ilew By-laws presented to a Special General Meeting on 20 October, 1950 was approved for submission to the Privy Council (Journal 1950, V 373; VI 474). Certain modifications required by the Privy Council were accepted by the Council under the terms of the resolution of the General Meeting and there was reason to expect that the new By-laws would come into effect early in-1951. Again it had been decided that when the British Leather Manu-facturers’ Research Association vacated the laboratory on the second floor of the Institute’s building this accommodation should be con-verted for use as offices and that some reconstruction of other parts of H the building should be effected in order to provide better facilities for committee meetings and the general needs of members and the staff.A contract for the necessary work was signed at the meeting of Council on 20 October 1950 and operations began in the following week (Journal 1950 VI 508). Considerable progress had been made by the end of the year with a good prospect of the work being completed in the early spring of 1951. The cost of these improvements will be charged to capital and the value of the building written up by an appropriate amount.Being thus provided with a revised constitution and a reconstructed building the Institute should be in a much better position to carry out its objects efficiently and to cater for the increasingly varied needs of members within whatever limits the economic situation may impose. In accordance with the now established practice of holding the Anni-versary Meetings of the Institute outside London in alternate years, these meetings'took place in Glasgow in 1950. The 72nd Annual General Meeting was held on 31 March (Journal 1950 11 111) and through the efforts of the Committee of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section, a magnificent programme of events was arranged for that and the following day. In addition to the President's address (Journal 1950 11, 101) and the second 6.G. Henderson Memorial Lecture by Dr. W. M. Cumming (Journal 1950 111 218) this included a Civic Reception in the City Chambers the Anniversary Dinner of the Institute and visits to the University the Ardeer factory of Imperial Chemical Industries, Limited and other places of interest in the vicinity (Journal 1950 VI, 118). The thanks of the Council were accorded to those who generously provided hospitality and to all who contributed to the success of these meetings . Three new Local Sections of the Institute were constituted during the year the Stirlingshire and District Section-bringing the number of Scottish Sections to five; the Madras Section and the Northern India Section-raising the number of Indian Sections to four.A complete list of established Local Sections with their memberships at 31 December, 1950 is given on p. 26. Two Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections were held one at Stevenston on 31 March and the other in London on 21 October (Journal 1950 IVY 352; VI 506) when a wide range of matters was discussed and useful exchanges of information and ideas were effected. Under the new By-laws the Council will be empowered to modify the number and territories of electoral Districts in Great Britain and Ireland provided that each such District shall comprise the whole of the area of one or more Sections and the Council has undertaken as soon as the new By-laws come into effect to constitute the area of the North Wales Section as a separate District and to provide for two District Members of Council to be elected by the District comprising the London and South-Eastern Counties and East Anglia Sections.1 2 The proposals referred to in the last Annual Report (p. 3) for extending and improving the publications of the Institute were duly put into effect and the results have been widely welcomed. The new format and typography of the Journal in particular have been generally approved. The pre-war practice of accepting advertisements in the Journal was resumed in Part IV and has since been effectively developed through the agency of the Advertising Department of the Society of Chemical Industry. It was unfortunate that the issue of the last two items in the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports (already limited to five on grounds of economy) was delayed beyond the end of the year by a sudden cut in paper supplies (see also p.11). Considerable attention was given by the Council and its specially constituted committee (p. 7) to various questions affecting the future of higher technological education which arose from proposals made by the National Advisory Council on Education for Industry and Com-merce. Constructive criticisms of these proposals were put forward and observations on the Report of the National Advisory Council were submitted to the Minister of Education (Journal 1950 VI 458). The Benevolent Fund benefited during the year by a substantial legacy from the estate of the late Mr. A. J. Spiller. The Capital Fund has thereby been raised from El 5,037 to E24,340 and the resulting increase in income will provide valuable help towards meeting the growing needs of distressed members and their dependents.On the other hand policy regarding the development of the Residential Clubs Fund became less clear and led the Hon. Treasurer as Chairman of the Committee to issue with Part IV of the Journal a request for the opinions of members on the subject. From the results of this enquiry it was concluded (Journal, 1950 VI 445) that the Fund should be kept in being while the position was further explored (see p. 14). The membership of the Institute has continued to grow though not at the rate that prevailed in the immediate post-war years. The number of students has again risen sharply and the number of entrants to the Associateship Examination has also increased.The high proportion of failures however has given the Council cause for disquiet in that it clearly indicates that many candidates were inadequately prepared. Statistics are given under the headings of “Membership and Studentship” (p. 4) and “Nominations Examinations and Institutions” (p. 15). During the year members were invited to furnish particulars about themselves for inclusion in a new edition of the Register of Fellows and Associates and, where appropriate about their practices for a new issue of the Directory of Independent Consultants. It is regretted that neither of these publica-tions had advanced beyond slip-proof stage at the end of the year but it is hoped that the difficulties which have delayed the appearance of these new editions will be overcome early in 1951.A revised edition of the Regulations for the Admission of Students Associates and Fellows has already been issued. E 3 Publication of “Notes on Terms of Engagement of Chemists” (Journal, 1950 111 213) to replace an earlier document on contracts of service has been widely welcomed and arrangements were made to publish in the new year an article by the Registrar on this important subject. Reference to the work of the Appointments Register appears on p. 17. The Council and its Appointments and Economic Status Committee has continued to be concerned with questions of conditions of service of chemists, particularly in the nationalised industries and advice on such matters has been given to a large number of individual members by the Officers of the Institute especially by the Registrar.The Council records its appreciation of the work of the salaried officers and staff of the Institute during the year. The volume of business to be handled has continued to grow and their task was rendered more difficult during the last three months by the building operations in progress. MEMBERSHIP AND STUDENTSHIF The Council has learned with regret of the death during the year (or earlier) of the following Members and Students:-Fellows Edward Anderson Kenneth Charles Guthrie Arbuthnot Percy Corlett Austin Edward Eric Billington Norman Parr Booth Henry Winder Brownsdon Cyril William Buckles Cyril Percy Callister John Reid Campbell John William Cobb C.B.E.George Shevas Cruickshanks Alexander Linton Davidson Alfred James de Hailes John Gerald Frederick Druce Arthur Hopwood Edmond Ernest Johnson Frederic Herbert Lees Albert Richard Mansfield Frances Mary Gore Mickfethwait, Charles Mills Roland Victor Norris Barker North Dudley Northall-Laurie. Walter James Rees O.B.E. Theodore Rendle Frederic William Rixon Walter Frederick Robins M.B.E. Herbert Edon-Brown William David Rogers Bernard Scott Evans Edward Sharratt Gerald Clifton Evans Frank Robert Stephens Charles Stanley Gibson O.B.E. Samuel Sugden F.R.S. Albert Edward Maxwell George Edward Ernest Howard Thorne, Harry Ward Goodwin Harold George Tribley Archibald Alexander Hall Thomas Richard Walker John Hanley William Williamson John Arthur Heald M.C.Donald Cumming Wilson Henry Leonard Heathcote William Palmer Wynne F.R.S. George Mason Hills F.R.S. Robert Tatlock Thomson Gillam O.B.E. [ 4 Associates Ernest Bryan Adams Gavin Lawson Harold Adams Andrew McCulloch Stanley Critchley Harold Mennell Cecil William Dear W a1 ter Farmer Harold Fielden Anthony Melland Robinson Harry Noel Griffiths William Kenneth Latham Harding James Hendry Joseph George Weighall Frederick Harold Hurren John George Alexander Jeffrey M.C. Eric Cecil Keeley William Laverty Andrew Stuart Miller William John Phillips Brian Maxwell Shaw Lewis Edward Thomas John Foryd Whalley William Henry White William Stanley Wood M.C. Students James Cowperthwaite William Henry Prescott Frederic William Kent Robinson Changes in membership and studentship during the year are recorded below with the corresponding figures for 1949 for comparison.Twelve months ended 31 December 1949 New Fellows . . 24 Fellows re-elected 3 Associates elected to Fellowship 188 New Associates . . . . 419 Associates re-elected . . 13 Students elected to Associateship . . 165 New Students . . . . . . 809 Additions and promotions : Students re-admitied . . . . 4 1950 25 4 142 358 13 196 919 4 Deaths: Fellows . . * . . . . . . . 45 60 Associates . . . . 15 24 Students . . . . . . 3 2 Resignations : Fellows . . . . . . 9 5 Associates . . . . 54 52 Students . . . . . . 52 51 Removals : Fellows . . 6 5 Associates .. . . 122 71 Students . . . . . 229 258 [ 5 The numbers of Fellows Associates and Students on the Register of the Institute at 31 December 1950 and at the corresponding date in 1949 were as follows:-At 31 December 1949 1950 Fellows . . . . 3,924 4,025 Associates . . * . . . 7,609 7,887 Total of Corporate Members . . 11,533 11,912 Students . . . . 2,276 2,692 _ I _ _ - - -Increase 101 278 379 416 -- -The net increase in the number of corporate members was practically the same as in 1949-379 against 373. The number of persons elected to the Associateship direct fell by 61 but the number of students elected to that grade rose by 3 1. Removals of corporate members for non-payment of subscriptions were 52 less than in the previous year when the number was abnormally high as a result of decreasing the time allowed for members to meet their obligations.Resignations were almost identical in number with those in 1949 but the loss of corporate members by death rose from 60 to 84. Some increase in this latter figure is to be expected as a result of the steep rise in membership which began in 1917. Before that date the total number of Fellows and Associates had not exceeded 1,500 while in the ensuing ten years the 5,000 mark was passed partly through the entry of chemists of mature age; the effect of this sudden expansion in membership about 30 years ago is bound to be reflected in the future losses by death. The congratulations and good wishes of the Council were accorded to nine members who completed 50 years of membership during the year (Journal, 1950 VI 508).The effects of improved arrangements for dealing with joint subscriptions to the chemical bodies through the Conjoint Chemical Office became evident during the year and it is clear that the work of that office which was built up with difficulty during the war has now been put on a sound business footing. The number of joint subscribers to at least the three chartered chemical bodies has again increased the figures at 31 December 1948 1949 and 1950 being respectively 3,302 3,413 and 3,546 and representing about 30 per cent. of the corporate membership of the Institute. Before the joint subscription arrange-ments were introduced in 1941 the number of individuals who were members of all three bodies was estimated to be under 500.The Membership Committee of the Institute submitted to the Council at the beginning of the year a report on proposals that might serve to attract to corporate membership of the Institute a still larger proportion of the qualified chemists in the country. It was concluded however that no major modi-fications in the regulations for admission to the established grades of corporate membership were warranted at present and it was agreed at least for the time being not to consider further one of the proposals examined by the Committee, that there might be a transitional grade of non-corporate membership between those of Registered Student and Associate (Journal 1950 111 265). The booklet entitled The Student and the Institute prepared by the Member-ship Committee was issued during the year and copies were made available to Hon.Secretaries of Local Sections and the newly appointed Hon. Repre-sentatives in Universities and Technical Colleges (see below). Since then the Membership Committee has been largely concerned with the revision o The Profession of Chemistry and by the end of the year drafts of the various chapters of this booklet had been prepared by individual members of the Committee and submitted to the Chairman who has agreed to act in consulta-tion with the administrative officers of the Institute as general editor of the new edition of this useful publication. THE COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE INSTITUTE ON OTHER BODIES At the Annual General Meeting 1350 Professor J.W. Cook was re-elected as President for 1950-51. The only change among Vice-presidents was repre-sented by the election of Professor W. H. Linnell in succession to Mr. J. A. Oriel who through ill-health had been unable to continue to take an active part in the work of the Council. There were a number of changes in the membership of the Council due to the operation of the By-law which limits the period of continuous service to three years. Casual vacancies among General Members of Council were subsequently caused by the resignation of Mr. F. P. Dunn (in July) and Professor F. G. Young (in October). These were filled respectively by the appointment of Dr. P. F. R. Venables and Sir Harry Jephcot t. Ten meetings of the Council were held in 1950 there being a meeting in every month except August and September.Committees of the Council and of the Institute appointed at the April meeting of the Council were listed in Journal 1950 111 263 with the names of their Chairmen and members. Following the resignation of Mr. F. P. Dunn as a General Member of Council in July Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving was appointed as a member of the Publications and Library Committee in his stead. The following additional ad hoc Committees were appointed later in the year :-Committee on Higher Technological Education The President (Chairman), Dr. N. Booth Mr. H. W. Cremer Sir William Griffiths Dr. D. W. Hill Pro-fessor w. H. Linnell Professor R. P. Linstead Dr. H. C. Smith. Committee on Future Administration (of the Institute) The President (Chairman) the Hon.Treasurer Dr. G. M. Bennett Mr. R. C. Chirnside, Dr. A. T. Green Dr. C. W. Herd Dr. D. W. Hill Mr. G. Roche Lynch Mr. J. T. Marsh Mr. E. T. Osborne. Meldola Medal Selection Committee (for the 1950 award) The President, Professor R. P. Linstead (Chairman) Professor A. J. Allmand Dr. P. E. Speilmann (representing the Society of Maccabaeans). Anniversary Meetings Committee (for 195 I ) The President (Chairman), the Hon. Treasurer Dr. C. W. Herd Miss M. Olliver; the President Designate was subsequently co-opted. Representatives of the Institute on joint committees and on other bodies, appointed at the April meeting of the Council were also recorded in the Journal, 1950. IIT 263-4. Since then Dr. E. H. Rodd has been appointed a member of the governing body of the new National College for Leather.Other appoint-ments referred to in the Report of the Council for 1949 (pp. 9- 10) have continued to be effective except in the following organisations which have since been wound up or have fallen into abeyance:-The U.K. Food and Agriculture Organisation Consultative Committee, on which Mr. Bacharach was the representative has now been discharged. The Headmasters’ Employment Committee of the Ministry of Labour, on which Mr. Collett had long represented the Institute has now been recon-stituted on a regional basis and includes representatives of the Local Education Authorities for London and the Home Counties; Mr. Collett has been appointed by the Minister a member of this new Committee.c 7 The Royal Institute of British Architects Conference on Laboratory Design, on which Dr. T. W. Parker was the representative is in abeyance after submitting a report. A number of Fellows and Associates have continued to serve as nominees of the Institute on various Technical Committees of the British Standards Institution. The following new nominations were made or became effective in 1950:-LBC/&Standard Distillation Apparatus Mr. S. A. Ashmore. OC/8-Statistical Methods (Standardisation and Specification) Mr. A. H. M/1-Units and Technical Data Dr. D. J. G. Ives. The Institute was represented officially at the following special events:-The Jubilee Meetings of the British Ceramic Society-by the President and the Secretary; The Health Congress of the Royal Sanitary Institute-by Mr.F. C. Bullock; The Diamond Jubilee Dinner of Woolwich Polytechnic-by Dr. A. M. Ward; The Fourth World Power Conference-by Dr. J. G. King. The grateful thanks of the Council are accorded to all members who amid their own commitments have willingly devoted time and energy to service on Committees and as representatives of the Institute on other bodies. Dodd. CONSTITUTIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS In the last Annual Report reference was made to the grant of the new Charter on 14 April 1949 and to the steps taken towards securing a complete revision of the By-laws of the Institute. The basis of this revision had already been agreed by the beginning of 1950 and the Institute’s Solicitors had been instructed to redraft the By-laws in accordance with the proposals.Following further consultations with the Solicitors on points of detail a booklet was prepared setting forth the proposed new By-laws on left-hand pages with the existing By-laws on right-hand pages. Copies of this booklet were sent to all corporate members with notice of a resolution for the adoption of the draft new By-laws to be submitted to a Special General Meeting on 20 October. At the same time notes on the proposals indicating the nature and purpose of the detailed recommendations were published in Journal 1950 V 373. At the Special General Meeting the resolution was duly passed and the draft new By-laws were submitted for allowance with or without modification by the Privy Council (Journal 1950 VI 474). Several points were raised by officials of the Privy Council and appropriate modifications introduced in the draft.By the end of the year agreement had been reached on all such matters and there was reason to believe that the new By-laws would be finally approved and come into operation early in the new year. This would represent the completion of a long process of amending the constitution of the Institute and should serve to provide for the government of its affairs for many years to come. Three new Local Sections of the Institute were formally constituted during the year bringing the total to 32 including 25 in Great Britain and Ireland. The Stirlingshire and District Section serving the counties of Stirling Clack-mannan and the western parts of Fife and West Lothian was inaugurated at a Dinner held in Falkirk on 2 October and attended by the President and the Secretary of the Institute (Journal 1950 VT 481).The number of Scottish Sections was thereby raised to five. The other two new Sections were formed in India. The Madras Section serving the Madras State excluding the Nilgiri District but including the Travancore-Cochin State held its inaugural meeting on 4 September (Journal 1950 VI 482). The Northern India Section covering the States of Punjab (India) Delhi and the United Provinces held its first meeting t consider draft rules and to elect office-bearers on 21 October. Four out of the five Local Sections envisaged when Professor Findlay visited India in 1948 have thus been duly constituted and at the end of the year consideration was being given to the formation of a Section in the remaining region Eastern India.The activities of Local Sections have continued to expand as is evidenced by the list of meetings held during the year (see p. 17). The constitutional position of Local Sections will be considerably clarified when the new By-laws come into operation. Several provisions in the existing By-laws relate to conditions when even Great Britain was not completely served by Local Sections and when membership of a Section was obtained by application and in some instances on payment of an annual fee. Two Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections were held during the year. One took place at the Ardeer factory of Imperial Chemical Industries, Ltd. Stevenston Ayrshire on 31 March during the period of the Anniversary Meetings in Glasgow; the other in London on 21 October.These Conferences have proved of great value not only in providing an opportunity of discussing matters affecting general Institute policy but also in affording facilities for the exchange of ideas and information among Hon. Secretaries on a variety of problems of Section administration. The sincere thanks of the Council are again accorded to the Officers and Committees of Local Sections for the excellent work they have performed in an honorary capacity for the benefit of their fellow members and of the Institute as a whole. Special thanks are due to the Hon. Secretaries on whose energy and enthusiasm the success of Local Section activities largely depends. During the year several Hon.Secretaries retired from office after long periods of service Mr. G. Elliot Dodds Mr. E. M. Bavin Mr. E. A. C. Crouch and Dr. Helen M. Schwartz from the Edinburgh and East of Scotland East Midlands, Huddersfield and Cape Sections respectively; also Dr. S. K. K. Jatkar retired after a short period as first Hon. Secretary of the Bangalore and District Section. Appreciation of the work of these former Section Officers has been expressed by the Council. A new development during the year was the appointment of Hon. Repre sentatives of the Institute in Universities University Colleges and Technical Colleges recognised for the training of candidates for the Associateship. One of the principal functions of these representatives will be to advise students and others about the scientific and professional services available to them through the Institute and the other chemical bodies (Journal 1950 IV 323; VI 498).It is believed that the work of these representatives will form a valuable supple ment to that of Local Section Officers in interesting students and recent graduates in the services provided by the Institute and the scientific societies. FINANCE HOUSE AND STAFF MATTERS The Financial Statements for the year 1950 which form part of this report (see p. 27) have been drawn up on the same basis as that for the previous years but a few minor changes in presentation have been made in order to afford the fullest information in accordance with modern accounting methods. The new By-laws impose certain requirements as to the form and content of the Annual Statements but entail no departure from recently established practice.The Balance Sheet at 31 December 1950 reveals that the activities of the Institute during the year under review have not resulted in any serious change in the general financial position. Nevertheless the Institute in common with all other professional organisations whose incomes are derived essentially from members’ subscriptions has entered a period of increasing financial stringency. Thus while the capital position as indicated by the Balance Sheet is reasonabl satisfactory the General Income and Expenditure Account and the Special Activities Accounts show a notable increase in the cost of maintaining the services of the Institute. These costs will continue to rise while the present inflationary conditions persist and the Council has therefore been obliged to give preliminary consideration to ways in which income could be augmented and expenditure reduced without serious detriment to the work of the Institute.By the end of the year certain decisions had already been taken with a view to safeguarding the future financial position. In past years the whole of the Entrance Fees and Life Composition Fees have been credited to the Investment Fund in order to provide a regular annual addition to capital resources. Such saving was clearly necessary during the earlier stages of the growth of the Institute but as the Fund now stands at €56,285 it is no longer so desirable to continue to build it up at this rate.It has therefore been decided to retain in the Investment Fund the whole of the Life Composition Fees but only one half of the sums paid as Entrance Fees, and to transfer the other half of the latter to the General Contingencies Reserve Account which is maintained for the purpose of meeting expenditure of a non-recurrent or capital nature. In order to reduce the expenditure to be met from annual revenue it has been decided to charge to the General Contingencies Reserve certain sums (now amounting to E789 per annum) payable as pensions in respect of past service which have not been covered by existing superannuation insurance. Although these payments must be made annually during the lifetime of the recipients they can be properly regarded as a charge on accumulated funds rather than on current income.Changes in other capital reserves are scheduled on page 34. The Scientific Courses and Conferences Fund which had a balance of El62 on 1 January, 1950 was reduced by E331 as a result of the publication of the Report of the Symposium on “Recent Advances in the Fermentation Industries.” A transfer of €175 from the General Contingencies Reserve was therefore authorised to elimjnate the resulting deficit. Awards totalling E225 were made from the Newton Chambers Prize Fund and a further E200 was received in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed under which the Fund is constituted. Only minor expenditure was met from the Intermittent Publications Reserve during the year and a further €500 was appropriated from general income.It is likely that the cost of the new editions of the Register the Directory of Independent Consultants and “The Profession of Chemistry” due to be published in 1951 if adequate paper supplies become available will amount to over E3,OOO. The Reserve now has a considerable unexpended balance but it is essential that it should be maintained by substantial appropriations from revenue as an annual provision of at least E1,500 will be necessary in future years. In addition to items already referred to the cost of printing the new By-laws and the legal charges incurred in their preparation and submission to the Privy Council have been charged to the General Contingencies Reserve. Expenditure on major repairs to the hot water system at 30 Russell Square, has also been charged to this account.The sum of E2,843 for Sundry Creditors includes an outstanding account for €1,120 in connection with the publication of part VI of the Journal and Nos. 4 and 5 of the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports. Reference to the assets in the Balance Sheet shows that provision has been made for depreciation on the same basis as in previous years. Further pur-chases of office equipment were made during the year in order to replace obsolete and defective equipment and certain laboratory furniture was sold. No changes were made in the Investments during the year and although the market value of these investments on 29 December 1950 (the last day of r 10 the year on which quotations were given) was still below cost it was 61,572 higher than at the same time in 1949.The Balance Sheet item for “Advertising Preliminary Expenses” arises as a result of a decision to resume the pre-war practice of accepting advertisements in the Journal. A total initial expenditure of €293 was incurred in establishing and publicising this service and as considerable hancial benefit should accrue in 1951 and future years it is reasonable to treat part of this expenditure as a capital outlay to be spread over more than one year. A sum of €162 has there-fore been charged to the Publications Account and El31 retained as a Balance Sheet item to be written off in the account for 1951. During the last few weeks of the year it again became necessary to arrange for a small overdraft at the Bank which was eliminated when considerable sums were received as annual subscriptions on 1 January 1951.The General Income and Expenditure Account showed a balance of f675 before making any appropriation to reserve accounts. It was then decided to transfer the sum of €500 to the Intermittent Publications Reserve leaving a final balance of E175. Income from Annual Subscriptions and Students’ Registration Fees rose by E1,560. The recovery of arrears of subscriptions may be regarded as very satisfactory especially in view of the extent to which outstanding sums were collected in the previous year. In April 1950 the British Leather Manufacturers’ Reseizrch Association ended their tenancy of the laboratories at 30 Russell Square and the rent therefore ceased after the first quarter of the year.On the expenditure side of the Account the full effect was felt of the increase in the number of members of staff from 24 to 26 made in the latter part of 1949. This together with a modest improvement in standards of remuneration, resulted in a further rise in Office Salaries. The contribution payable by the Institute in 1950 towards the maintenance costs of the Library of the Chemical Society rose to €1,646. By agreement, the sum payable annually is calculated by reference to the total membership of each of the contributing bodies with due allowance for overlap and the Institute’s contribution represented 48.6 per cent. of the total maintenance costs. The considerable reduction as compared with 1949 in expenditure on Anniversary Meetings was due to the generous hospitality of the Civic Authori-ties the University and industrial organisations in or near the City of Glasgow, where the meetings were held.This decrease was partially offset by the additional expenditure incurred in holding a Conference of Honorary Secretaries of Local Sections at Stevenston during the period of the Anniversary Meetings. The proportion of Office Salaries and other Overhead Expenses charged to the Special Accounts (see pp. 32-33) is the same as in previous years. The formation of three new Local Sections during the year added to the amount expended on Grants and to a small extent on Printing and Stationery and Postage. The net cost of Publications increased by f 9 in spite of the new source of revenue from advertisements in the Journal.Only five items in the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports were set up in print during the year as compared with seven in 1949 and in accordance with established practice the cost of publishing one of these was charged to the Sir Alexander Pedler Account. Owing to difficulties in obtaining the necessary supplies of printing paper the publication of two reports in this series was delayed until February 1951 but the cost of these has been included in the Accounts for 1950. In the Annual Report of the Council for 1949 it was stated that the limit to the activities and services which could be maintained on the current income of the Institute was being approached and that further extensions would need careful consideration in relation to prospective income and rising costs.Sinc then the economic situation has worsened and it will certainly be necessary to postpone any major new developments; indeed some curtailment of activities and services may be unavoidable. Every effort will be made however to ensure that the substantial improvements introduced in recent years shall not be sacri-ficed. Plans for the conversion of the laboratory at 30 Russell Square into a suite of offices and for other structural alterations to the premises were also referred to in the Annual Report for 1949. Work on this project began in October 1950, and good progress had been made by the end of the year. It is hoped that the alterations will be substantially completed by the date of the Annual General Meeting 1951. Total expenditure in this connection is likely to exceed ~.1O,OOO.The Council gave very careful consideration to the matter before authorising the work and it was recognised that the expenditure should be regarded as a capital investment which would greatly add to the value of the building. Con-siderable advantages will be gained through the provision of better working conditions for the staff additional Committee Rooms and other facilities for members. It may also be possible to effect economies in working that will offset to some extent the additional annual expenditure which will be necessary to provide for the maintenance of the building and its eventual replacement on the expiry of the ground-lease in A.D. 2012. In any event members will have a headquarters more consonant with the dignity of the Institute and better adapted to the current needs of the profession.CHARITABLE TRUSTS THE BENEVOLENT FUND Early in 1950 the Benevolent Fund received the largest single bequest since its inception thirty years ago. Under the terms of the will of the late Mr. A. J. Spiller a Fellow and the son of a Founder Member of the Institute the Registrar of the Institute was appointed an Executor and the Fund was nominated as the residuary legatee of the estate. The sum of 59,249 was received from this source and the Capital Fund has thus been increased by more than 60 per cent. When re-investment in suitable securities is completed additional annual income amounting to more than f270 will be available for the current purposes of the Fund. It is fitting that a grateful acknowledgment of this generous bequest which was reported by the President at the Annual General Meeting (Journal 1950 11 112) should precede an account of the work of the Fund during the year.Thirteen new cases were reported to the Committee and financial assistance was given to eight new beneficiaries. Although no immediate action was considered necessary in the other cases at least two of the applicants are likely to need help later. Further assistance was also given to five beneficiaries whose circumstances had worsened since their needs had first been assessed and the increasing difficulty of maintaining a reasonable standard of comfort in the face of rising costs made it necessary to increase the rate of the regular grants provided in four other cases.It was possible however to terminate two such grants in view of the improved financial position of the recipients. During the year regular allowances for periods of more than six months, amounting to f2,094 were made to eighteen persons comprising fourteen widows with young children two widowed mothers of members and two elderly Fellows. Single grants totalling f522 were made to eight applicants. Among the new cases an allowance at the rate of 23 per week was granted to the widow of an Associate who had died in January after a long illness. The widow was left with a family of three young children and her resources were negligible. The Benevolent Fund subsequently made arrangements with th Civil Service Benevolent Fund to share responsibility for the maintenance of the family and the grant was then reduced to E l 10s.per week. A regular allowance at the rate of €3 per week was granted to an elderly Fellow whose pension was insufficient to maintain his wife and himself without serious privation. Grants amounting to €55 were made to an Associate who had been unem-ployed since 1948 and had suffered a severe breakdown in health. These grants enabled him to clear outstanding debts and to provide necessities for his wife and children. His health has now improved and it is hoped that he will soon obtain suitable employment. Help was also given to the widowed mother of an Associate whose son had entered a mental hospital for treatment. Her sole income had since been her widow’s pension and a small net sum from letting a room to a boarder.Her husband had been killed while on duty as an Air-raid Warden and their home had been destroyed by enemy action. Since 1949 the son had spent two long periods in hospital and his condition had recently become worse again. In view of the uncertain position no regular grant was provided but gifts amounting to €100 have been made and this particularly distressing case will be kept closely under review. Only one loan was made during the year €50 to enable a Fellow to overcome temporary difficulties which had arisen as a result of heavy and unavoidable domestic expenses. A loan was promised to the widow of an Associate to enable her to fulfil the plans which her husband had made for the education of their younger son. It was felt that the circumstances were not such as to warrant a grant as the son would ultimately become entitled to part of the capital of a trust fund but it was agreed that sympathetic consideration should be given to making occasional loans from the Fund to meet part of the son’s educational expenses on the clear understanding that repayment should commence as soon as circumstances permitted.The scheme for the provision of sums to enable the children of beneficiaries to take summer holidays was continued and twenty-seven children were helped in this way. A second instalment of E l 0 0 towards the purchase of a bursary at Reeds School was paid and an additional donation of 2100 to the School was author-ised. One nominee of the Benevolent Fund is now at the School and several children will become eligible for nomination within the next few years.Any published account of the work of the Fund must be restricted to avoid possible embarrassment to those who have been obliged to seek assistance but the examples given above will afford some indication of the valuable work which the Fund is doing. Although subscriptions and contributions under deed of covenant were higher than in 1949 expenditure on Current Account again exceeded income by a considerable margin. Recent appeals have stressed the need for contributions for current purposes rather than donations to capital, and the fall of €175 in donations received as compared with last year is presumably a result of this advice. Calls on the Fund are likely to increase but a relatively small contribution from every member-less than seven shillings-would be more than sufficient to meet present needs.Only about one third of the members of the Institute contributed to the Fund in 1950 and the Committee urgently appeals for the support of those who have not yet helped to assist their less fortunate fellow members and those dependent upon them. The Accounts of the Benevolent Fund (see page 38) call for little comment. Only one important change has been made. Loans outstanding at 3 1 December, 1950 are included as an asset in the Balance Sheet for the first time and a b a n s Reserve equal to one half of the loans outstanding has been created for the r 13 purpose of meeting those debts which cannot be recovered. In future years, sums necessary to maintain a balance on the Loans Reserve equal to one half of the loans outstanding at any time will be transferred from the Current Account.Loans granted and repaid will no longer be treated as items of revenue but as capital transactions. The Fund hasnever sought legal security for loans granted and has no intention of doing so but it is clearly desirable that the total sums advanced as loans should appear in the annual accounts and that while there is a reason-able prospect of repayment a loan should not be regarded as a burden on current resources. At the same time it must be recognised that a proportion of such loans is likely to be irrecoverable and that adequate provision should be made for this possibility. Due allowance for this change in procedure should be made when comparing the accounts with those for the year 1949.The absence of any income from the sales of What Industry Owes to Chemical Science is due to this book being out of print. The question of issuing a reprint of the 1945 edition was under consideration at the end of the year. THE RESIDENTIAL CLUBS FUND In the Report for 1949 reference was made to the objects for which the Residential Clubs Fund was founded and to the initial association of the Fund with Crossways Trust Ltd. It was recognised from the outset that as all the other bodies participating in Crossways Trust were Benevolent Funds the “homes” administered by the Trust might not meet fully the conditions the Institute hoped to provide or satisfy the needs of residents who had sufficient resources to pay their own fees.This doubt proved well-founded and the elderly Fellow and his wife nominated by the Institute as residents at the West Worthing establishment decided to leave after a stay of about nine months. There is no doubt that Crossways Trust is performing an excellent service for elderly people who are in financial straits and through a new home recently acquired for those who are infirm but these were not the groups the Institute was primarily concerned to help through the Residential Clubs Fund. On the other hand the fact that only two or three enquiries had been received from elderly people about the facilities which it had been hoped to provide through the Fund raised a doubt as to whether in fact those with financial resources of the order of E5 or more per week each were likely to be interested in any type of residential club scheme.The Treasurer of the Institute as Chair-man of the Residential Clubs Fund therefore issued with Part IV of the Journal a memorandum inviting the opinions of members on the whole subject. From the numerous replies received one general conclusion clearly emerged-that it would be unwise to wind up the Fund at this stage (Journal 1950 VI 445). It was recognised however that old people particularly married couples would not readily decide to give up their own homes however inconvenient or difficult to manage to take up community life however comfortable and well-organised, especially if this entailed removal to a different locality away from friends and established interests.Such reluctance was likely to be specially great with able-bodied old people who were not dependent on help from a benevolent fund, unless there were special circumstances such as having been accustomed to living in hotels or being completely without friends. Consultations with other professional bodies have confirmed these general conclusions. Tt has been decided therefore to explore other possibilities such as making arrangements with chains of hotels in various parts of the country to get special terms for members of the Institute with support from the Fund, so that the amount paid by residents would represent the actual cost and not include “profit.” Vacancies in Crossways Trust homes including the one for the infirm previously at the disposal of the Residential Clubs Fund have been E 14 made available to other bodies on the understanding that rights of nomination may be recovered later if suitable applicants come forward for example, through the Benevolent Fund.E2,000 of the loan to Crossways Trust has been repaid to the Fund. The Residential Clubs Fund will be kept in being until the whole position has been further clarified. NOMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS AND INSTITUTIONS The Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee has met as usual on the Friday morning before each meeting of the Council. The Sub-committee appointed to revise the Regulations has reported and the new revised and rearranged Regulations have been issued. The Committee has decided that it is desirable to arrange for the reinspection, at as regular intervals as may be possible of Technical Colleges on the list of hstitutions approved for training candidates for admission to the Associateship.The Cambridgeshire Technical College and School of Art Cambridge has been added to the list of recognised Institutions. Two applications for recognition were under consideration at the end of the year. The Committee has decided that where a candidate is proposed for registra-tion as a Student of the Institute by a Fellow who is not a teacher in a recognised Institution the application will normally be accepted only if evidence is produced that the candidate can take a systematic recognised course. By the courtesy of the Universities of Leeds and London and the Royal Technical College Glasgow examinations were held in their laboratories during the year.The thanks of the Council are also accorded to a number of Fellows individually for giving facilities for examinations. The entries to examinations and the results are summarised below:-Associateship Entered Passed January . . . . . . 71 34 April . . 157 54 September . . . . 99 21 327 109 -Thus 30 per cent. of the candidates passed. Fellowship : Branch C Organic Chemistry . . 3 with special reference t o -High Polymers . . 1 Fine Chemicals . . 1 Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy, of Food and Drugs and of Water . . 24 Branch H General Analytical Chemistry Special Examination in Spectrochemical f . 4 Analysis 1 33 --2 1 0 13 2 1 19 - The Committee for Oral Examinations has held 17 meetings under the Chairmanship of Professor H.V. A. Briscoe with Dr. J. R. Nicholls C.B.E., as his deputy. Oral Examinations Paragraph I11 . . . Passed 35* Clause1 (C) . . Passed . . 21* Referred . . 15 Referred 27 Interviews Studentship . . . . Accepted 14 Referred . . 1 Associateship . . . . Accepted 2 Referred . . 2 Associateship to Fellowship . . Accepted 6 Referred 1 Fellowship Direct . . . . Accepted 2 *Several of these candidates had been examined previously and referred for further study. Others were required to write essays or theses before acceptance. Thanks are due not only to Professor Briscoe and Dr. Nicholls but also to the following Members of Council who have acted as Examiners on this Com-mittee:-Dr.Harry Baines Professor H. Burton Dr. C. W. Herd Professor W. H. Linnell and Mr. E. T. Osborne. Thanks are also due to the Committees of several Local Sections for arranging to interview any students who have applied for exemption from approved Preliminary Examinations. -The Sub-committee under the Chairmanship of Professor H. Krall with Dr. C. Forrester and Mr. E. T. Osborne has continued the scrutiny of applica-tions from candidates whose training has been in India and Pakistan but during the year a notable change took place in the procedure for submission of applica-tions by such candidates. For many years all these applications had been referred to a specially appointed committee of distinguished Indian chemists-the Indian Advisory Committee.This scheme had worked well but changing conditions in India indicated that a new approach to the matter was becoming desirable. A decision was precipitated by Dr. G. J. Fowler’s request to be relieved of his offices of Hon. Secretary to the Indian Advisory Committee and Hon. Corresponding Secretary for India. In view of Dr. Fowler’s age the Council felt obliged to accede to his wishes but was gratified to be assured of his willingness to carry on until new arrangements could be made. The thanks of the Council have been expressed to Dr. Fowler for the inestemably valuable work he has done for the profession in India over many years and for continuing to collect and forward applications and advise Indian candidates.At the end of the year preparations had been made for introducing a new scheme whereby applications from India shall be forwarded direct to the Registrar in London as is already done in respect of applications from other Commonwealth countries. Advice on completion of the forms and submission of supporting documents will be available to candidates in India and Pakistan from Hon. Corresponding Secre-taries or from Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections in regions where such Sections have been established STATUS PRIVILEGES AND EMPLOYMENT OF MEMBERS The “Notes on Terms of Engagement of Chemists” prepared by a Joint Com-mittee of representatives of the Institute the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers and the Standing Committee of Directors of Research Associa-tions have been issued in Journal 1950 111,213.The Joint Committee with the Biochemical Society and the Association of Clinical Pathologists has continued discussions on the position of Biochemists under the National Health Service. These negotiations have proved to be very complicated and difficult and no results can yet be announced although there are hopeful signs that progress is being made. The Appointments and Economic Status Committee has had under con-sideration the terms and conditions relating to certain senior posts for chemists under the Railway Executive. The Committee has received the usual annual report on the administration of the Appointments Register. The total number of vacancies notified was 2,812 of which 436 were brought privately to the notice of the Institute.The total number of members who availed themselves of the service during the year was 777 including 166 Fellows 558 Associates and 53 senior Registered Students. At the end of the year 306 members of whom 25 had intimated that they were definitely disengaged were receiving the lists of vacancies. The majority of members using the service appear to be interested in posts of an executive nature offering salaries up to four figures. There has been a slight increase in vacancies of this nature notified to the Institute. MEETINGS The following lectures were delivered during the year under the auspices “Chemistry Medicine-and Economics” Presidential Address by Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. in Glasgow on 31 March. “The Growth of Applied Chemistry in Glasgow” Second Henderson Memorial Lecture by Dr.W. M. Cumming O.B.E. in Glasgow on 31 March. “Physical Chemistry in Iron and Steel Making” Sixth Dalton Lecture, by Sir Charles Goodeve O.B.E. F.R.S. in Manchester on 26 October. “Some General Problems in the Study of Chemical Reactions” Meldola Medal Lecture by Dr. A. J. B. Robertson in London on 1 December. Several Local Sections have continued the policy of holding meetings for school-children for the purpose of explaining the scope of careers in chemistry. A report of one such meeting arranged by the Leeds Area Section was published in Journal 1950 111 232. Lectures for senior pupils and “Christmas Lectures” have been included in the programmes of some Sections whilst others have given particular attention to the interests of Registered Students.The following lists of meetings held by Local Sections have been supplied by Hon. Secretaries. Many of these meetings were arranged jointly with other bodies. Annual General Meetings and other meetings of a purely business nature film exhibitions unaccompanied by lectures works visits and social events and meetings arranged by other bodies to which members of the Institute were invited are not included. of the Institute:-Aberdeen and North of Scotland “The Deflocculation of Long-fibred Pulps by Natural Mucilages,” by Dr. H. A. Harrison; “Applications of Exothermic Solid Reactions to Jet Propulsion and Jndustrial Purposes,” by Dr. J. Taylor; “The Chemistry of Anaesthetics,” by Prof. H. B. Nisbet; “Recent Work o the Transuranic Elements,” by Dr.R. Hurst; “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” by Prof. J. W. Cook F.R.S.; “Instru-mentation in Modern Methods of Analysis,” by Mr. E. J. Vaughan; ‘‘Science and Crime” two Christmas Lectures for senior pupils of secondary schools, by Mr. S. W. F. Hanson. Belfast and District “The World of Sound” demonstration for school children by Dr. R. H. Sloan; “With Tntent to Deceive,” by Dr. C. L. Wilson; “Colours in Food,” by Mr. E. F. Eaton; “Hot and Cold” demonstration for school-children by Dr. C. L. Wilson; “Inorganic Chromatography,” by Mr. R. A. Wells; “Dried Grass Meal as a Riboflavine Supplement to AnimaF Feeding Stuffs,” by Mr. W. 0. Brown; “A Review of Methods for determining Moisture in Organic Materials,” by Dr.M. H. Hall; “The Application of Science in the Baking Industry,” by Dr. 9. B. M. Coppock; “Editing for the Chemical Society,” by Dr. R. S. Cahn; Talks for Schools on “Careers in Chemistry,” by Prof. F. Challenger and Miss M. Olliver; “Some Problems in the Chemistry of Polysaccharides,” by Prof. E. L. Hirst F.R.S.; “Some Aspects of Cellulose Autoxidation,” by Dr. D. Entwistle; “Present-day Knowledge concerning Milk and Milk Products,” by Mr. N. Knowles. Birmingham and Midlands “The Structure of Textile Fibres” and “Man-made Fibres in the Textile Industry” Christmas Lectures for schoolchildren. by Mr. L. Rose; “The Oxidation of Cellulose and some Industrial Implications,” by Dr. D. W. Hill; “Refractory Materials,” by Dr. A. T. Green O.B.E.; “Phos-pholipids,” by Dr.T. Malkin; Symposium for Schoolchildren “Careers in Chemistry”; “The Chemical Aspect of Paper Manufacture,” by Mr. C. G. Hampson; “Some Peculiar Properties of Dusts,” by Prof. H. V. A. Briscoe: Symposium “Micro-analytical Chemistry of Fluorine”; “Some Chemical Aspects of Cancer Research,” by Prof. J. W. Cook F.R.S.; “New Techniques for the Investigation of Chemical Reactivity,” by Prof. H. W. Melville F.R.S. Bristol and District “Management of Chemical Manufacture,” by Dr. W. G. Hiscock; “Studies in some Organic Fluorine Compounds,” by Prof. M. Stacey F.R.S.; “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Vinyl Polymers,” by Prof. C. E. H. Bawn; “Studies in Electron Transfer Reactions,” by Prof. M. G. Evans, F.R.S.; “The Constitution and Availability of some Vegetable Fatty Oils,” by Prof.T. P. Hilditch F.R.S.; “Forensic Chemistry,” by Mr. E. B. Parka: “The Changing Face of Chemical Industry,” by Dr. A. C. Monkhouse; “The Hahn Emanation Technique,” by Dr. J. S. Anderson; “Cereal Chemistry-Some Aspects of Modern Consulting Practice,” by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones; ‘The Application of Colouring Matters to Wool and Plastics,” by Messrs. D. P. Raper and R. Deverell-Smith; “The Manufacture of Nitric Acid,” by Mr. C. Wilson; “Carbon as a Material of Construction,” by Mr. A. W. Morrison. Cardiff and District “The Nature of Plastics” (with a film) by Dr. T. Jones; “The Origin and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents,” by Dr. L. J. Burrage: “Firearms,” by Chief-Tnspr. Price; “The Nutritive Value of Flours of different Colours,” by Dr.D. W. Kent-Jones; “The Scattering of Light by Small Particles and some Applications to Colloid Chemistry,” by Mr. H. A. Vodden. Dublin and District “Chemical Activities of Micro-organisms,” by Dr. E. C. Knight; “Deoxysugars and Nucleic Acids,” by Prof. M. Stacey F.R.S.: “The Scientific Examination of Pictures,” by Dr. A. E. Werner; “Bacterial Nucleic Acids,” by Prof. M. Stacey F.R.S.; “Synthetic Analgesics and Anti-spasmodics,” by Prof. J. W. Cook F.R.S.; “A Chemist in the Food Industry,” by Miss M. Olliver Dundee and District “What do we mean by a Chemical Bond?” by Prof. C. A. Coulson F.R.S.; Debate-“That the Scientist cannot evade Responsibility for the Misapplication of his Discoveries”; “The Chemist in the Heavy Textile Industry,” by Mr.H. L. Parsons and Mr. R. G. Reid; “The Stereochemistry of Polymers,” by Prof. P. D. Ritchie; “Chemistry in Relation to Soil Science,” by Dr. W. T. H. Williamson; “Bond Lengths Their Measurement and their Significance,” by Prof. E. G. Cox; “Bituminous Products Production and Con-trol,” by Messrs. Watson Merry and Wylie; Christmas Lecture to senior pupils of secondary schools “The British Museum Laboratory,” by Dr. H. J. Plenderlei th. Fast Anglia “The Corrosion of Iron and Steel,” by Dr. J. C. Hudson; “Leather its Constitution and Properties,” by Dr. M. P. Balfe; “Chemical Education,” by Mr. G. H. Whyatt; “Recent Developments in the Surface Coating Industry,” by Mr. F. Armitage and Mr. W. T. Hammond; “Mustard,y’ by Dr. J. W. Corran; “Flame and Explosion,” by Dr.0. C. de C. Ellis; “Some Chemical Aspects of Cancer Research,” by Prof. J. W. Cook F.R.S.; “Modern Views on the Chemistry of Digestion,” by Dr. S. H. Edgar. East Midlands “Some Aspects of the United Kingdom Petroleum Chemicals Industry,” by Mr. J. M. Butler; “Anti-Tubercular Drugs,” by Dr. G. M. Dyson and Mr. E. M. Bavin; “Metallic Corrosion and Corrosion Prevention,” by Dr. W. H. J. Vernon O.B.E.; “Scientific Aspects of Packaging,” by Mr. J. L. Denny; “Industrial Waste Water,” by Dr. B. A. Southgate; “Research in Artificial fibres,” by Mr. J. G. N. Drewitt; “Analytical Chemistry Chemical Analysis and the Analyst,” by Mr. R. C. Chirnside. Edinburgh and East of Scotland “The Deflocculation of Long-fibred Pulps by Natural Mucilages,” by Dr. H. A. Harrison; “The Reaction of Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen on Copper Oxide,” by Prof.W. E. Garner C.B.E., F.R.S.; “The Planning of Semi-Technical Scale Experiments,” by Dr. R. Holroyd; “The Biological and Therapeutic Significance of Naturally Occurring Organic Phosphates,” by Dr. F. Bergel; “The Biochemistry of the Adrenal Cortical Hormones,” by Prof. G. F. Marrian F.R.S.; “The Scientific Examina-tion of Pictures,” by Dr. A. E. A. Werner; “Homolytic Aromatic Substitution,” by Prof. D. H. Hey; “Modern Trends in Fuels and Lubricants,” by Dr. E. M. Dodds; “Biochemistry and Medicine” Christmas Lecture for Schoolchildren, by Dr. C. P. Stewart; “Some Aspects of Photo-oxidation with special reference to Chlorophyll,” by Dr. M. Ritchie. Glasgow and West of Scotland “Some Applications of Science in the Detection of Crime,” by Dr.J. B. Firth; “Electrostatic Forces in Chemistry,” by Prof. D. H. Everett M.B.E.; “Problems in the Production of Useful Power from Atomic Energy,” by Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E.; “Explosives in the Service of Man” Lecture for senior schoolchildren by Dr. J. Taylor M.B.E. Huddersfield “Problems in the Production of Useful Power from Atomic Energy,” by Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E.; “The By-Products of Atomic Energy,” by Br. R. Spence; “Macromolecular Studies with the Electron Microscope,” by Prof. W. T. Astbury F.R.S.; “Conductivity Catalysis and Surface Reactions on Oxides,” by Dr. J. S. Anderson; “The Manufacture and Use of Oxygen,” by Dr. N. Booth; “The Impact of Synthetic Fibres on the Textile Industry,” by Mr. J.G. Evans; “Recent Advances in Chemotherapy,” by Mr. S. Ellingworth. Hull and District “Olfaction and Odour,” by Mr. R. W. Moncrieff; “The Function of Fats in our Food,” by Sir Jack Drurnmond F.R.S.; “Aromati Nitration,” by Dr. G. M. Bennett C.B. F.R.S.; “The Chemistry of Aviation Petrols,” by Dr. R. HoIroyd; “The Photographic Latent Image,” by Dr. H. Baines; “The Preservation of Fish,” by Dr. C. L. Cutting; “The Profession of Chemistry,” by Prof. W. Wardlaw C.B.E.; “The Public Analyst and his Work,” by Mr. T. McLachlan D.C.M.; “Chemical Personalities a Century Ago,” by Prof. John Read F.R.S.; “Electrostatic Hazards in Industry,” by Prof. E. G. Cox. Leeds Area “Geochemistry and its Background,” by Prof. W. Q. Kennedy, F.R.S.; “Chemistry and Medicine,” by Prof. W.Bradley; “Chemistry as a Career,” a Conference for senior pupils in Secondary Grammar Schools; “Why Flour Improvers are Used. The Agene Problem,” by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones; “Chemical Energy,” by Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham. Liverpool and North-Westem “New Methods of Quantitative Analysis,” by Mr. R. Belcher; “The Anatomy of the Chemist,” by Dr. T. S. Stevens; “Petroleum Products for the Rubber Industry,” by Mr. P. G. Croft-White and Mr. E. W. J. Bevan; “High Polymer Solutions,” by Prof. C. E. H. Bawn; “The Mass Spectrometer,” by Mr. V. W. Rowlands; “A Modern Contact Sulphuric Acid Plant,” by Mr. W. J. Murphy; “The Laboratory Examination of Service Recruits,” by Prof. F. S. Fowweather; “Solubility and Structure of some Organic Copper Complexes,” by Dr. M. Crawford; “Some Applications of Science in the Detection of Crime,” by Dr.J. B. Firth; “Partition Chromato-graphy,” by Dr. R. R. Goodall; “The Chemist in Local Government Service,” by Mr. N. Heron; Apparatus Symposium papers by Dr. J. W. Drinkwater and Messrs. R. C. Robson A. J. Davies and J. C. E. Button. London and South-Eastern Counties “Aluminium,” by Mr. A. V. Garner; “The Physical Chemistry of the Gelatin-Water System,” by Mr. A. K. Soper; “Modern Methods of Organic Solvent Manufacture,” by Dr. J. L. Edgar; “Chemical Analysis-Science or Art?” by Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving; “Vitamin BIZ,’’ by Dr. E. Lester Smith; “Careers for Chemists,” by Dr. N. Booth; “The Public Analyst and his Work,” by Mr. T. McLachlan D.C.M.; “Recent Developments in Rheology,” by Dr. G. W. Scott Blair; “Photographic Sensi-tisers,” by Dr.F. M. Hamer; “The Functions of the Chemist in a large Industrial Organisation,” by Dr. J. Dewar ; “The Chemistry of some Actinomycetic and Bacterial Antibiotics,” by Dr. R. Slack; “Analytical Results-Some Facts and Fallacies,” by Dr. E. C. Wood; “The Production of Heat-Resisting Materials by Powder Metallurgy,” by Dr. W. D. Jones; “Brewing in Britain,” by Dr. L. R. Bishop; Symposium on “The Physical Chemistry of Drug Action,” by Prof. Sir Cyril Hinshelwood F.R.S. Prof. F. A. Paneth F.R.S.; Prof. A. Albert and Dr. H. R. Ing; Summer School in Analytical Chemistry; “Some Practical Applications of New Detergents,” by Mr. J. S. Meredith; “Smoke,” by Dr. A. C. Monkhouse; “Factors Affecting the Distribution of Fumigants,” by Mr.W. Burns Brown; “Radio-active Isotopes their Production in Atomic Piles and some Industrial Uses,” by Dr. J. E. Johnston; “Some Chemothera-peutic Problems in Tropical Diseases,” by Brigadier J. S. K. Boyd O.B.E.; Symposium “The Chemist as an Administrator,” by Dr. D. W. Hill “The Chemist as a Company Director,” by Dr. W. D. Scott “The Chemist as a Technical Salesman,” by Mr. R. S. Tarring “The Chemist as an Information Officer,” by Mr. S. E. Fox; “Science in Criminal Investigation,” by Dr. G. E. Turfitt; “The Nature of Plastics,” by Mr. D. Mahon; “Rockets and Chemistry,” by Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths; “The Physical Chemistry of Haemolysis,” by Dr. J. H. Schulman O.B.E.; “Terms of Engagement of Chemists,” by Mr. R. L. Collett, M.B.E.; “Some Applications of Infra-red Spectroscopy to Organic Research,” by Dr.H. P. Koch; “Chemistry and Fire Fighting,” by Dr. N. 0. Clark; “The Manufacture of Inorganic Chemical Reagents,” by Mr. D. H. Bell. r 20 Manchester and District “Localised and Non-lmlised Bonds,” by Prof. C. A. Coulson F.R.S.; “Recent Developments in the Work of the Institute,” by Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham; “Rubber,” by Mr. J. H. Carrington; “Gas Appliances and Gas Utilisation,” by Mr. Howell; “The Work of the Department of Organic Chemistry,” by Prof. E. R. H. Jones F.R.S.; “Some Problems in Chemothera-peutic Research,” by Dr. F. L. Rose; “Recent Applications of Infra-red Spectroscopy,” by Dr. H. W. Thompson F.R.S.; “The Work of the Institute,” by Mr. J. T. Marsh; “The Physical Chemistry of Iron and Steel,” (Sixth Dalton Lecture) by Sir Charles Goodeve F.R.S.; “Industrial Developments in the Polymer Field over the last Twenty Years,” by Dr.E. Isaacs; “Catalysed Oxidation,” by Prof. C. E. H. Bawn; “The Application of Radioactive Isotopes in Industry,” by Mr. K. Fearnside. Mid-Southern Counties “By-ways in Chromatography,” by Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston; “Aspects of Fire Extinction in Aircraft,” by Messrs. Glendinning and Maclennan; “The Chemistry of Rubber,” by Mr. F. A. Jones; Symposium on “Recent Advances in Paint Technology,” by Mr. L. R. Hickson Dr. H. G. Rains Mr. G. E. Gale and Dr. J. G. Gillam; “Scientific Aspects of Polymer Formation in the Thermosetting Field,” by Dr. N. J. L. Megson; “New Methods in Quantitative Analysis,” by Mr. R. Belcher; “Modern Developments in Insecticides,” by Mr.S. Callaway; “The Rheology of Lubricant Films,” by Dr. E. W. J. Mardles; “Analytical Chemistry-Art or Science?” by Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving; “Trace Elements in Plant Life,” by Dr. W. A. Roach; Colloquium on “Laboratory Gadgets ;” “Some Modern Applications of Photography,” by Mr. W. H. Newman; “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of the Group VI Elements,” by Dr. R. W. Pitman; Symposium on “Flame Photometry,” by Mr. A. Brealey Mr. R. E. Ross Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston Mr. G. H. Osborn and Mr. H. Johns; “The New Elements,” by Prof. H. J. EmelCus; “Medieval Chemical Industries,” by Dr. Sherwood Taylor; “Light Scattering in Chemistry,” by Prof. E. J. Bowen; “Colour Colour Measurement and Its Uses in Industry,” by Mr. G. J. Chamberlin; “Free Radicals and Hydrocarbon Chemistry,” by Prof.C. E. H. Bawn; “Some Effects of Radiomimetric Drugs,” by Prof. E. Boyland; “Chemicals from Petroleum,” by Mr. R. N. Wheeler; “The Scientific Examination of Pictures,” by Dr. A. E. Werner; Symposium on Metals by Mr. A. G. H. Damerell Mr. G. Burns and Dr. A. H. Sully; Conversazione: “Specialised Laboratory Equipment”; “Some Aspects of Acetylene Chemistry,” by Dr. A. W. Johnson. Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast “Chemical Reactions induced by Nuclear Radiations,” by Dr. F. S. Dainton; “The Constitution of Drying Oil Glycerides,” by Prof. T. P. Hilditch F.R.S.; “Some Archaeological Curiosi-ties,” by Prof. I. Richmond; “What is a Chemical Bond?” by Prof. C. A. Coulson F.R.S.; “Impressions of Organic and Biochemical Research in Scandinavia,” by Dr.G. A. Swan. North Wales “How has Experience during the past Ten Years influenced Ideas on Food and Health?” by Sir Jack Drummond F.R.S.; “Research and the Clay Industry,” by Dr. A. T. Green O.B.E.; “High Polymer Solutions,” by Prof. C. E. H. Bawn; “The Kinetics of Oxidation Reactions,” by Prof. M. G. Evans F.R.S.; “The Slate Industry,” by Capt. E. Andrewes and Mr. D. Pritchard; “Some Applications of Electric Dipole Moment Measurements to Problems of Stereochemistry,” by Dr. L. E. Sutton F.R.S.; “Exothermic Reactions and Jet Propulsion,” by Dr. J. Taylor M.B.E. ; “The Electron Microscope,” by Prof. E. Williams Sbeffield south Yorkshire and North Midlands “Forensic Chemistry,” by Dr. F. G. Tryhorn; “Some Applications of Inorganic Chromatography,” by Mr.G. Robinson; “Food Analysis in Relation to Public Health,” by Mr. E. P. Underwood; “The Treatment of Water for Industrial Purposes,” by Mr. P. Hamer; Discussion “Variability in Chemical Analysis,” opened by Mr. A. H. Dodd and Dr. T. B. Smith; “Luminescent Materials,” by Mrs. G. F. Morgan; “The Chemistry of Pneumoconiosis,” by Dr. A. L. Godbert; “Hydro-carbons as Raw Materials for the Organic Chemical Industry,” by Dr. R. Holroyd; “A Survey of the Physical Chemistry of Sulphur in Basic Steelmaking,” by Mr. C. E. A. Shanahan; “Recent Trends in Brewing Research,” by Mr. A. E. Wiles. South Wales “Chemistry and Cancer Research,” by Prof. C. W. Shoppee; “Some Problems in Inorganic Chemistry,” by Prof. W. Wardlaw C.B.E.; “Chemistry and Biology in a Forensic Science Laboratory,” by Dr.F. G. Tryhorn; “The Disposal of Spent Pickle Liquor,” by Dr. J. Pearson; “Safety and Hygiene in Industry,” by Brigadier J. Gwynne Morgan C.B.E.; “Some Difficulties in the Teaching of Chemical Theory in Schools,” by Mr. 0. J. Evans; “The Effect of Chemicals on Biological Processes,” by Dr. C. Evans; “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Sulphur Compounds Occurring in Nature,” by Prof. F. Challenger; “Ion Exchange Resins,” by Prof. C. W. Davies; “The Content of the Syllabus in Chemistry in the Junior Forms of a Grammar School,” by Mr. B. W. Bryant. South-Western Counties “Instrumentation in Modern Methods of Analysis,” by Mr. E. J. Vaughan; “The Cereal Chemist and his Problems,” by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones; “Aspects of Catalysed Addition and Transfer of Hydrogen in Organic Compounds,” by Prof.R. P. Linstead C.B.E. F.R.S.; “Research in the Paint Industry,” by Dr. J. W. Darling; “The Basic Principles of Chemical Engineering,” by Mr. M. B. Donald; “Electrochemical Aspects of Colloid Science,” by Mr. D. C. Henry; “Some Scientific Aspects of Pulp and Paper Manufacture,” by Dr. J. Grant. Stirlingshire and District “Coal Tar Research,” by Dr. D. McNeil; “Manu-facture of Yeast,” by Mr. R. F. Willmott. Tees-side “Problems in the Production of Useful Power from Atomic Energy,” by Sir Wallace A. Akers C.B.E.; “Chemical Reactions induced by Nuclear Radiations,” by Dr. F. S. Dainton; “The Speed of Some Acid-base Reactions,” by Mr. R. P. Bell F.R.S.; “Heterogeneous Catalysis,” by Mr. D. A. Dowden and Dr. P. W.Reynolds; “Partition Chromatography,” by Dr. R. R. Goodall; “Recent Developments in the Work of the Institute,” Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham; “Some Aspects of Management in Chemical Manufacture,” Dr. W. G. Hiscock; “Meteorites,” by Prof. F. A. Paneth F.R.S.; “What is a Chemi-cal Bond?” by Prof. C. A. Coulson F.R.S. Bangalore “Nitrogen Status of Soils,” by Prof. N. R. Dhar; “Recent Advances in Electroplating,” by Dr. T. L. Rama Char Symposium on ‘Processing of Foodstuffs and Effects on Nutritive Value opened by Dr. G. J. Fowler. Cape of Good Hope “Molecular Distillation,” by Dr. T. H. Mead; “What is a Satisfactory Water Supply?” by Mr. A. L. Abbott; “Developments in the Study of the Polymerisation of Vinyl Compounds,” by Dr. A. H. Spong; “Photographic Dyestuffs their Chemistry and their Use,” by Mr.H. A. Schickerl ing. r 22 Madras Inaugural Meeting. Inaugural Address by Sir C. V. Raman F.R.S. Malaya “Chemistry and Scotland Yard,” by Dr. W. Rintoul; “Anti-Malarial Work in Singapore,” by Mr. H. J. Benjafield; “Physiological Activity and Chemical Constitution,” by Mr. A. F. Caldwell; “Dietary Standards and their Application to Local Nutritional Problems,” by Prof. C. J. Oliveira; “The Work of the Colonial Development Research Council,” by Sir John Simonsen F.R.S. New Zealand Combined Annual Conference with the New Zealand Institute of Chemistry at Wellington. Northern India Inaugural Meeting. Westera India Inaugural Meeting following informal meetings in the previous year. PUBLICATIONS AND LIBRARIES With effect from Part I 1950 the title of Journal andProceedings was changed to Journal the cover was redesigned the page size was increased from S+ x S+ in.to 9 x 6 in. and Times Roman type was adopted for the text. The estab-lished features have been maintained with the exception of Proceedings of the Council and Conferences of Hon. Secretaries. The reasons for changing the form of reports on these matters were explained in the Editorial in Part IIT (p. 212) and further in Part IV (p. 357). Owing to the greatly increased cost of paper and printing and latterly to difficulties in obtaining supplies of paper, it was necessary to restrict the size of the Journal and the 1950 volume was about 10 per cent. smaller than that produced in 1949. Advertisements were again accepted in the Journal beginning with Part IV, and revenue from this source shows promise of expansion.Among special articles that appeared during the year (other than those to which reference is made elsewhere in this Report) were “Creatable Resources,’’ by Mr. F. N. Woodward (p. 9); “The Teaching of Chemistry in Grammar Schools Some Observations,” by Mr. J. R. Files (p. 15); “The Anatomy of the Chemist,” by Dr. T. S. Stevens (p. 291); “National Chemical Institutions Oversea I The Netherlands Chemical Society,” by Dr. T. van der Linden (p. 386); “Scientific Liaison in the British Commonwealth*’ (p. 393); “The Chemist as Administrator,” by Dr. D. W. Hill (p. 447); “Higher Technological Education” (p. 458). Editorial articles in the Journal have included I “Tech-nology”; 11 “National Chemical Institutions”; 111 “Standards of Living”; IV “Ancillary Subjects” ; V “Laboratory Technicians; VI “The Chemical Elements.” Five items in the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports were prepared during the year:-I.Report of a Symposium on “The Hydrogen Bond,” by Dr. L. Hunter, Dr. W. C. Price and Dr. A. R. Martin. 2. “Modern Methods of Organic Solvent Manufacture,” by Dr. J. L. Edgar. 3. “The Synthesis of Purine Nucleotides,” by Dr. J. Baddiley; “The Synthesis of Some Natural Products by the Use of Acetylenic Precursors,” by Dr. R. A. Raphael. 4. Report of a Symposium on “Microbalances,*’ by Dr. G. F. Hodsman, Mr. D. W. Wilson and Dr. C. L. Wilson. 5. Report of a Symposium on “Standardisation in the Chemical Field,” by Mr. R.D. Duncalfe. Dr. D. C. Garratt Mr. W. C. Johnson Mr. G. H, Osborn Mr. P. Good C.B.E. and Mr. R. H. Powell. r 23 Owing to an unexpected difficulty in the supply of paper our printers were unable to produce Nos. 4 and 5 before the end of the year. A Special Report of the Symposium on “Recent Advances in the Fermenta-tion Industries,” held at St. Andrews in July 1949 was published during the year. The Council is grateful to those members of the Institute and others who have contributed special articles to the Journal to those who have reviewed books and to the lecturers who have allowed their papers to be published in the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports. OTHER EDUCATIONAL AND SCIENTIFIC MATTERS National Certificates In co-operation with the Ministry of Education (England and Wales) the Scottish Education Department and the Ministry of Education (Northern Ireland) the Institute has continued to administer the scheme for National Certificates in Chemistry and in Applied Chemistry.In England and Wales 976 candidates entered for the Ordinary National Certificate of whom 633 passed; 241 of the 341 candidates for the Higher National Certificate were successful. In Scotland 112 of the 156 candidates obtained the Ordinary National Certificate and 56 out of 86 the Higher Certificate. The number of entries again shows a substantial increase over the previous year’s figures. Scientific Courses and Conferences The London and South-Eastem Counties Section with the participation of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists organised a very successful Summer School in Analytical Chemistry in London from 3 to 9 September inclusive.An account of the School was published in Journal 1950 V 406. The four lectures on “Statistical Methods with special reference to Analytical Chemistry,” by Mr. D. R. Read, will be published in the Lectures Monographs and Reports series in 195 1. Awards.-Three awards for 1949 each of 100 guineas from the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund were made respectively to Mr. F. R. N. Nabarro, M.B.E. in recognition of his application of mathematical methods to the elucidation of the mechanical properties of metals to Dr. C. E. Ransley in recognition of his experimental contributions to knowledge of the behaviour of gases in metals and to Dr.K. W. Sykes in recognition of his experimental contributions to the study of the combustion of carbon and its oxidation by steam. The Meldola Medal for 1949 was awarded to Dr. A. J. B. Robertson in recognition of his work while under the age of 30 on explosives and on the application of the mass spectrometer to the study of chemical reactions. Dr. Robertson delivered a Meldola Medal Lecture in London on 1 December. The Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize for 1949 were awarded to Mr. T. A. Whitehall a Registered Student in the Livemool and North-Western Section for his essay on “The Contribution of the Chemist to the Changing World.” The Committee of the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section awarded E l 0 0 from the Newton Chambers Prize Fund jointly to Mr.A. P. C. Cumming and Mr. J. A. Horn for their paper on “Studies in Acetylene Flames.” EXTERNAL RELATIONS AND PUBLICITY The Chemical Council has continued to function as the principal link between the chemical bodies on matters of common concern. The Committee of Enquiry on Publicity for British Chemistry set up by the Chemical Council, 1. 24 presented a report on ways of improving publicity for chemistry particularly through the medium of the Press and the Institute accepted the invitation of the Chemical Council to act as a centre to direct enquiries from editors to suitably qualified writers of articles on various topics (Journal 1950 V 405). The Exploratory Committee was then discharged and replaced by a standing Publicity Committee with executive authority within the framework of general policy approved by the Chemical Council.This Committee has been concerned, among other matters with the arrangement of a group of public lectures on “Chemistry in the Service of Man,” to be delivered during the Festival of Britain. The Joint Council of Professional Scientists which was set up during the war to provide a liaison between professional organisations of scientists for co-ordinated action on matters of common concern has been reconstituted with equal representation of the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Institute of Physics the Institution of Metallurgists and the newly formed Institute of Biology (Journal 1950 VI 446). Several matters of importance to professional scientists in general have been discussed by the Joint Council during the year and will be reported in the Journal in due course.Close contact with Parliamentary matters has been maintained through the Institute’s representatives on the Parliamentary and Scientific Committee and summaries of debates relating to scientific questions have been made available by that Committee for publication in the Journal. The Professional Chemical Institutes Liaison Service referred to in the last Report (p. 35) has formed an increasingly useful link with the four qualifying chemical institutes in the Commonwealth-in Australia Canada New ZeaIand and South Africa (Journal 1950 11 95). Officers of several of these institutes have visited London during the year and personal consultations with them have helped to elucidate points raised in correspondence.The congratulations and good wishes of the Council have been expressed to the Officers of the Institute of Chemistry of Ireland on the establishment of that body as a professional organisation (Journal 1950 111 268). In the wider sphere of international co-operation in chemistry the British National Committee for Chemistry (of the Royal Society) has kept the Council informed of developments (see Journal 1950 VI a) particularly regarding the XIIth International Congress of Pure and Applied Chemistry to be held in the U.S.A. in 1951 MEMBERSHIP OF LOCAL SECTIONS The number of corporate members 31 December 1950 is given below:-Section. Aberdeen and North of Scotland . . Belfast and District . . Birmingham and Midlands .. . . Bristol and District . . Cardiff and District . . . . Dublin and District . . . . . . Dundee and District . . . . East Anglia . . . . East Midlands . . . . . . . . Edinburgh and East of Scotland . . Glasgow and West of Scotland. . Huddersfield . . . . . . Hull and District . . . . Leeds Area . . . . . . . . Liverpool and North-Western . . . . London and South-Eastern Counties . . Manchester and District. . . . Mid-Southern Counties . . . . . attached to each Local Section at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast . . North Wales . . Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands South Wales . . . . South-Western Counties.. . . . . Stirlingshire and District . . . . Tees-side . . . . . . Total in Great Britain and Ireland Cape of Good Hope . . . . India Bangalore. . . . . . Northern India . . . . Madras . . . . . . Western India . . * . . . Malaya . . . . . . New Zealand . . . . . . Total in Overseas' Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . * . . -. . * . . . * . . . . . . . . . Number of Members. 101 95 709 244 1 84 112 54 114 389 213 508 109 138 307 92 I 4,128 919 193 167 106 173 104 98 75 216 10,377 75 33 80 72 122 27 98 507 -I_ The remaining 1,028 corporate members were resident in other places overseas not served by any Local Sectior, except for a few in Great Britain and Ireland whose current addresses were unknown ANNUAL STATEMENI'S OF ACCOUNT FOR THE YEAR I950 REPORT OF THE AUDITORS We have examined the Balance Sheet at 31 December 1950 of the Royal Institute of Chemistry and the Statements of the Accounts, including those of charitable trusts administered by the Institute, for the year ended 31 December 1950 with the books and vouchers, and we have obtained all the information and explanations necessary for the purpose of our audit.The investments scheduled in the Statements of Investments have been verified by Certificates of Registered Stocks and by a Certificate from the Bank of England of stocks inscribed in the name of the Institute. The market value at 29 December 1950 of investments on all accounts was less than cost and in the event of realisation any loss would be charged to the appropriate Fund. Subscriptions in arrear are not included in the Balance Sheet. Cash reserves with Local Sections have been certified by their Honorary Secretaries or Treasurers. Subject to these remarks the Balance Sheet and Statements of Account are in our opinion properly drawn up in accordance with the entries in the books.J. Y. FINLAY ROBERTSON & CO. Chartered Accountants; ) Hon. Auditors 1950-5 1 E. Q. LAWS K. A. WILLIAMS 9 March 195 BALANCE SHEET AT 31 DECEMBER 1950 1949 E 20,978 53,522 721 I 55,258 I62 275 5,898 1,460 2,574 1,629 251 190 985 748 508 2,122 1,683 2,426 195Q & E BUILD IN^ F”D 31 December 1920 . . . . . . 20,978 SURPLUS on Valuation of Building 31 December 1947 . . 53,522 74,500 SURPLUS on Valuation of other fixed Assets 31 December 1947 7,211 INVESTMENT F m a s scheduled on page 34 . . 56,285 SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES Fum-as scheduled on page 34 . . . . . . 38 1949 € 74,500 LEASEHOLD BUILDING-at valuation 31 December 1947 .. 5,570 Less LEASEHOLD PROPERTY REDEMPTION FUND . . . . 68,930 5,570 LEASEHOLD PROPERTY REDEMPTION POLICY (surrender value) . . FURNITURE FITTINGS AND EFFE~S at valuation 1 January 1948 . . . . Additions for 1950 . . . . . . Add Additions prior to’ i950 . . . . . . . . . . NEWTON CHAMBERS PRIZE FUND . . . . . . 250 Less Sales 1950 . . . . 325 Depreciation prio; to 1950 . . . . . . 1,015 RESERVE Accoums-as scheduled on page 34 Depreciation 1950 . . ,. 553 . . 6,301 - Intermittent Publications . . * . . . Staff Superannuation . . . . 730 7>371 General Contingencies . . . . 1,497 FURNITURE FITTINGS AND EFFECTS WITH LOCAL SECTIONS, 8,528 cost 31 December 1949 . . SUNDRY CREDITORS .. . . . . 2,843 Add Additions 1950 . . * . . . RECEIPTS IN ADVANCE-Examination Fees . . . . . . . . 315 Less Depreciation 1950 . . . . Annual Subscriptions . . . . 206 3s General. . . . 912 Add Purchases prior to 1950 . . . . . . . . - 2,554 Purchases 1950 . . . . . . . . Application Fees in Abeyan’ck . . . . 1,121 LIBRARY at valuation 1 January 1948 . . - . INCOME TAX LIABILITY . . 572 ACCUMULATED SURPLUS ON INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT Less Sales prior to 1950 . . 55 1 January 1950 . . . . 2,122 Depreciation prior to 1950 . . . . 95 Add Excess of Income over Expenditure i950 . . 175 Depreciation 1950 . . . . . . 33 - - 2,297 1,949 BANK OVERDRAFT LONDON . . 765 68,723 INVESTMENTS (as scheduled on page 35) .. . . . . (Market value €66,266) SUPERANNUATION SUSPENSE ACCOUNT . . . . 2.457 679 STOCK OF STATIONERY as valued by Officials of the Institute, 31 December 1950 . . . . 150 HOUSE SUSPEN~E ACCOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556 SUNDRY DEBTORS 184 PAYMENTS IN ADVANCE . . . . . . - ADVERTISING PRELIMINARY EXPENSES . . . . . . 1,063 Australia and New Zealand (in sterling) . . . . 323 *With Local Sections (Reserve Funds) . . . . BALANCES AT BANKERS 3,347 SUPERANNUATION SUSPENSE ACCOUNT INVESTMENT-at cost . . (Market value &2,301) I950 E € 74,500 6,212 68,288 6,212 6,726 1,660 45 1 8,837 1,893 35 6 41 3 2.003 6,944 I 38 -96 51 -2,150 183 - 1,967 68,723 546 150 710 559 131 1,327 35s - 1,685 2,347 € I 57,880 * Total cash balances with Local Sections amounted to i843.29 I €158,30 1949 f -30U 75.5 103 s 70 354 484 511 GENE-IRAL INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT 3,077 359 369 369 184 1,26rI -1,78,5 -i0,834 1,222 789 7 . #-; 1 1,709 1,237 3i 5.603 6,273 1.231 3,426 500 409 '29.716 __ -~ 1.541 IIS41 fJ4i 771 .5,.ZY4 -975 588 82 124 1,189 48 -I 385 134 99 157 292 70 200 321 353 40s --EXPENDITURE. PREMISES-Ground Rent Rates and Scheduic*"A" Tax Insurance . . Repairs and Main;knan& * : Light Water Power and Fuel . . . . . . Leasehold Property Redemption Fund . Depreciation on Furniture and Fittings . . Less Transfers to Special Accounts-(12y) Examinations Account (l20/) (122) Local Sections Account (12%) (12%) Publications Accqunt (12%).. (6%) Appointments Register Account (6%) STAFF-Salaries and National insurance. . . . . . Superannuation . . . . . . . . . . Pensions . . . . . . . . . . . . l a s s Transfers to Special Accounts-(124') Examinations Account (IZ?) (122 Local Sections Account (121) (12%) Publications Account (12%) . . . (6%) Appointments Register Account (67") . . . . OFFICE-Printing and Stationery . . . . . . . . Postage . . . . . . . . . . . . Telephone . . . . . . . iMisceIianeous OW& ~xp&cs . . . . . . . LIBRARY-Contribution to Chemical Societ? . . . . Depreciation on Textbooks . . . . . EXAMINATIONS AND ASSESSMENI~ ACCOUNT Dmci1 LOCAL SECTIONS ACCOUNT D ~ p n r .. . . . . PUBLICATIONS ACCOUNT DEFICIT APPOINTMENTS REGISTER ACCOUNT D&mr : MLSCELLANEOUS-Council and Committee Travelling Expenses . . Officers' Travelling Expenses . . . . . . Advertising. . . . . . . . . . . . Auditors' Fees . . . . . . . . . . Legal Expenses . . . . . . . . . . Donations . . Annual Dinner and A.G.M. Exp&nsees ' . : Special Meetings . . . . . . . . . . Conjoint Chemical Ofice . . . . . . Income Tax Schedule " D . . . . . . . . Frankland Award . . . . . . . . . . Intermittent Publications Reserve . . . . Presidential Expenses . . . . . . . . APPROPRIATION TO RESERVES-BALANCE Excess OF INCOME OVER EXPENDITURE 1950 t . . 360 . . 360 . . 360 . . 180 __ .. 1,588 . . 1,588 . . 1,588 . . 794 - !950 E f 300 746 104 384. 429 484 553 3 m I .260 - 1,740 1,893 1,339 - -3,232 5,558 - 7,674 99s -._ 627 90 151 - 1,863-I T i 33 1,679 I_ SY! 5,972 6,282 1,268 1,615 225 19 157 63 70 200 68 32 307 476 10 - 3,242 500 175 FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1950 1949 f f 10,256 14,869 1,127 35,152 - __ 334 592 8 934 -2,060 450 24 16 IW -__ E29.716 INCOME. I950 SU~EXRIPTIOM-Fellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR EARLIER YEAW PAID DURIKG 1950-INTEREST ON INVESTMENTS (GROSS) .. . . . . . . MISCELLANEOUS-Laboratory Rent . . . . . . . . . . . . Fces Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . Sundry Receipts . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950 f f 10.618 . . 151614 . . 1,419 27,651 450 . . 638 . . 7 - 1,095 2.099 112 . . 54 . . 23 - IS SPECIAL ACCOUNTS for theyear ended 31 December 1950 Examinations and Assessments Account 1950 1949 1950 E & € Examiners' and Assessors' Fees . . ,. . . . . 2,802 5,398 Examination and Assessment Fees Received . . 5,338 Hire of Laboratories and other Expenses . . . . . . . . 814 31 Deficit transferred to General Income and Expenditure Account ' . . 599 Printing and Stationery . . * . . . . . I . . ~ 285 Postage . . I . . .. . . . 88 Proportion of &a& SalGies . . . . . . . . 1,588 Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . 360 - -€5,937 €5,429 €5,937 ' - -1949 E 2,458 752 243 66 1,541 369 f5,#29 -E 2,256 278 I I 70 31 2 1,541 369 -E5,926 -Local Sections Account E € E Section Grants . . . . . . . . 2,384 Reserves with Local Sections at 31 December 1950 carried to Balance secretaries' Conferences * . . . . . . 360 323 Sheet 358 Printing and Stationery . . I . 1,295 5,603 Deficit transferred to Ginera1 Income'and Eipendiiure Account' . . 5,972 Postage . . . . . . > * . . 340 Proportion of stiff Saliries . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,588 Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . . . . . . 360 Depreciation on Equipment held by Lcal &&ions .. . . . . 3 -E6,330 f5,926 €6,330 - -E 2,856 Journal 2,112 Lectures MonoGaphs and Riports . . - Journal Advertising Agents' Expenses 790 Postage . . 14 Miscellaneous 369 Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . I,541 Proportion of St'ak- Salahes . . f6,682 -E 190 Advertising 193 Postage . . 193 Printing and stationery ' . . 771 Proportion of siak SaGies . . 184 Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . f 1,531 -Publications Account & E . . . . . . - I . . 915 - Revenue from Advertisements . . . . . . . . 162 6,273 Deficit transferred to General Income'and Eipenditke A'ccount' ' . . . . 1 . . 895 . . . . . . . . . 4,588 . . . . ,. . . 360 . . I . . . 3,063 409 Sale of Publications . . * .- . . . . . I . . -E6,983 66,682 -Appointments Register Account E € . . I . 150 300 Contributions received from Members f . . . . . . . . 234 1,231 Deficit transferred to General Income and Expenditure A&ouni. . . . . . . . . 201 . . . . . . . 794 . . . . . . I . . _ 180 -E1,559 61,531 __- - -E 339 362 6,282 €6,983 _I E 291 . . 1,268 E l ,559 -I 32 1 33 INTERMI'ITENT PUBLICATIONS RESERVE ACCQUNT Expenditure 1950 . . 97 Balance 1 January 1950 . . 5,898 Balance 31 December id50 . . 6,301 Transfer from General Income and Expenditure Account . 500 €6,398 .€ f -_. E6,398 -GENERAL CONTINGENCIES RESERVE ACCOUNT € f Past-service Pensions . . 789 Balance 1 January 1950 . . 2,574 Renovation of Hot Water System 21 1 Transfer from Investment Fund Printing of New By-laws - .245 (One-half of Entrance Fees Legal Expenses By-laws . . 422 received in 1950) . . . . 765 Transfer to Scientific Courses and Conferences Fund 175 aalance 31 December 1950 . . 1,497 €3,339 %3,339 .____ STAFF SUPEXANNUATION RESERVE ACCOUNT E f Transfer to Staff Superannuation Balance I January 1950 . . 1,460 Account 730 Balance 31 December 1950 . . 730 El ,460 €1,460 I SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES FUND f f Publication of Report of Sym- I62 Balance 31 December id50 . . 38 tingencies Reserve Account . . 175 E369 €369 Balance of Fund 1 January 1950 dustries . . 331 Transfer from General Con-posium on Fermentation In- Sale of Symposium Reports . . 32 -__ INVESTMENT FUND Transfer to General Contin- Balance of Fund I January 1950 55,258 gencies Reserve Account .. 765 Entrance Fees . . . . . . 1,530 Balance 31 December 1951 . . 56,285 Life Composition Fees . . . . 262 &57,050 &57,050 f. f E 34 STATEMENT OF INVESTMENTS held and Interest Nominal Value . E Commonwealth of Australia Stock. 39% 1964-74 . . . . . . 4. OOO Port of London Authority Registered Stock. 3yA 1965-75 . . . . . . 1. OOO London County Consols. 3%. 1959-61 . . . . . . . . 100 War Stock. 33% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. 000 War Stock. 3% 1955-59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 - National War Bonds. 29A. 1952-54 . . . . . . . . . . . . s. 500 Savings Bonds. 3%. 1955-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 000 WI Savings Bonds. 3%. 1960-70 .. . . . . I . . . . . . . 2. 404 - Savings Bonds. 3%. 1965-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 000 Defence Bonds. 3% . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 000 British Transport Stock. 3% . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. 467 . . . . . . . . . . 8. 000 . . . . . . 5. 000 South Rhodesia Stock. 23%. 1965-70 . . . . Conversion Stock. 397 . . . . . . . . . . 3. OOO Newfoundland Guaranteed’Stock. . 3%. i943-63 . . . . . . . . 2. 800 Metropolitan Water Board “B” Stock. 3% . . . . . . . . . . 6. 513 Newcastle-upon-Tyne Stock. 29%. 1970-75 . . . . . . . . . . 1. 503 f68. 787 Defence Bonds (Conversion Issuej. 23% * . . . . . . . . . 1. OOO British Electricity Stock. 3%. 1968-73 . . SIR ALEXANDER PEDLER FUND Current Account for the year ended 31 December, Publication of lecture “Anaesthetics” .. . . 177 Interest . . El77 € Deficit 1950 deducted -3= Balance Sheet at 31 December 1950 E Accumulated Balance of Fund 1 January 1950 . . . . 6,796 Investments at Cost Less Deficit on Current Account 1950 . . . . 55 BalanceatBankers n w Q\ -6,741 - Sundry Creditors . . . . 178 €6,919 -Statement of Investments held and Interest received 1950 Nominal Market Holding. Cost. 29 Dec., € € British Transport Stock 3% 1968-78 . . 1,918 1,856 Treasury Stock 3% . . 3,250 3,071 British Electricity Stock,‘ 3% 1968-73 * ’ . . 1,600 1,578 Defence Bonds 23% . . 400 400 €7,168 €6,905 26,517 _I__ - STREATFEED MEMORIAL FUND 31 December 1950 E E Balance of Fund 1 January 1950 335 1 Investments at Cost . . 209 Add Income 1950 .. 7 Balance at Bank . . . . 133 5200 War Loan 33%. Market Value &185. MELDOLA FUND 31 December 1950 €75 Commonwealth of Australia Stock 3*%. Market Value €73. E E Balance of Fund 1 January 1950 . . 94 ’ Investments at Cost . . 75 Add Interest 1950 . . 2 1 BalanceatBank 21 - - G I E96 - 1 -S. M. GLUCKSTEIN MEMORIAL FUND 31 December 1950 Balance of Fund 1 January 1950 . . 597 1 Investments at Cost . . . 241 Add Interest 1950 . . 5 Balance at Bank . . 361 5602 5602 5240 Conversion Loan 34%. Market Value 5224. 5 & - - - =EE HENDERSON MEMORIAL LECTURE FUND 31 December 1950 €1,483 17s. 7d. Met. Water Board “B” Stock 3%. Market Value E1,225. f E Balance of Fund 1 January 1950 . . 1,471 Investments at Cost . . 1,397 Add Interest 1950 .. . . 24 i Balance at Bank . . . . 72 Less Expenditure 1950 . . 26 1 1,495 - i 51,469 1 El ,469 -I 37 1949 f 237 2,042 133 186 200 5 1 €2,804 1949 E n w 00 Y BENEVOLENT FUND ACCOUNTS for the year ended Current Account 1950 EXPENDITURE Grants . . Regular Payments . . Loans granted . . Donation to Reed’s School . . Audit Fee Printing and Postage . . Children’s Holiday Grants . . 1950 € 522 2,094 215 200 5 22 -1949 I I69 Subscriptions € 605 Annual 330 Interest 182 Loansrepaid 528 Deficit, &3,058 - f 2,804 Capital Account 1950 1950 1949 € E - Brokerage and Stamp duties . . 55 398 Donations 604 Balance added to Capital Fund . . . 9,313 200 Bequests 6 Proceeds Science -€604 €9,368 E604 - zE-1949 f 15,027 2,224 Balance Sheet at Capital Fund-Accumulated Balance 1 January 1950 Add Balance on C&.al A c c o h 1950 ’ General Fund-Accumulated Balance 1 January 1950 Lcss Deficit on Cukent Accokt.1950‘ Loans Reserve . . . . . . . . General Reserve . . . . . . . . Sundry Creditors . . . . . . . . 1950 E E . . 15.027 . . 9,313 24,340 . . 2.224 443 - 1,781 278 279 200 f26,878 -31 December 1950 1949 13,383 f Capital Fund 2,000 General - Loans Outstanding 255 Westminster 576 Savings 1,048 Sundry Debtors Investments Balances at E17,262 BENEVOLENT FUND Investments held and Interest Consols 4% Commonwealth of Australia 3f% 1964-74 . . Conversion Stock 3.)% Corporation of London Debentuid Stock; 3% i957 . . Savings Bonds 3% 1965-75 . . . . Defence Bonds 3% . . Newfoundland Guaranteed’Stock,’3% 1943-63 ’ . . South Rhodesia Stock 2t% 1965-70 . . . . British Electricity Stock 3% 1968-73 & Metropolitan Water Board “B” Stock 3% . . *Savings Bonds 3% 1965-75 . . *Commonwealth of Australia 39A 1964-74 . . . . *South Rhodesia Stock 24% 1965-70 . . . . *Conversion Stock 3t% Post Office Savings Bank (Current Account) . . * . Interest Deposit Account . . . . Port of London Auihority Registered Stock 3y% 196<-?5 . . -*Port of London Authority Registered Stock 3fi; 1965L75 . . London Trustee Savings Bank Post Office Savings Bank (Capital Accouni) . . . . Nominal Holding. € 1,000 500 400 875 1 ,oc@ 1,100 1 ,OOo 1,125 2,000 1900 1,513 900 1,500 1,600 1 3,500 1,250 753 2,OOo -€24,016 _I cost. L 1,078 517 398 89 1 1,017 1,100 1,000 1,145 1,840 977 1,417 84 1 1,449 1,566 896 3,264 1,250 753 2,000 €23,399 I -* Purchased April 1950 RESIDENTIAL CLUBS FUND Current Account for the year ended 31 December, EXPENDITURE € Printing and Stationery . . . . 45 Maintenance Charges Crossways Trust 113 Interest paid on Loans . . . . 21 Balance carried to General Fund . . . . 404 €583 __. -Balance Sheet at 31 E General Fund Balance 1 January 1950 . . 1,778 Add Balance of Current Account transferred . . 404 2,182 Interest-bearing Loans . . 840 Interest-free Loans. . . . . . 3,100 Sundry Creditors . . 17 Donations . . Contributions receiyed Interest received December 1950 Loan to Crossways Sundry Debtors Balance at Bankers E6,13

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI95175FP001

出版商:RSC    

年代:1951

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL OF CHEMISTRY INSTITUTE PART I1 ‘95’ EDITORIAL THE NEW BY-LAWS On 19 January the By-laws which had persisted with only minor variations for a large part of the life of the Institute were replaced by a substantially new set. The ‘allowance’ of these revised By-laws by the Privy Council on that date marked the end of a long arduous and not inexpensive process. The main features of the revision and the principles involved had been under discussion before a petition for a new Charter-granted in 1949-had been prepared. Indeed it was because at least one of the desired changes could not be made under the original Charter that it was decided to proceed first with steps to secure a new Charter. Work on the By-laws was not dropped however and by December 1949 general agreement had been reached on the detailed changes to be made.The Solicitors were then instructed to prepare a draft embodying these and various consequential alterations. The resulting ‘proposed new By-laws’ were approved by a Special General Meeting on 20 October 1950 and submitted for allowance with or without modification by the Privy Council. Several modifications were in fact put forward for the consider-ation of the Institute Council but agreement on the matters raised was readily secured. The careful scrutiny to which the draft was submitted by officials of the Privy Council led to the removal of a few anomalies which had escaped attention and provided an assurance that all essential points had been covered in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Charter.Another stage has thus been passed in the constitutional history of the Institute. Some members may ask however what difference the new By-laws will make to the Institute and to what extent the expenditure of time and money has been worth while? It is clearly necessary that the affairs of every society or institution should be managed in accordance with certain rules particularly of procedure but in our view these rules should not be more numerous or restrictive in their operation than is required for the effective conduct of business and for safeguarding the rights and interests of the members and the community. We believe in fact that by-laws should be made for the institution and not that the institution should be adapted to conform with regulations that have been found useful in some other type of body and which someone may think [ 75 ought to be generally applicable.Even where something is obviously good for us we seldom derive pleasure from having the fact demonstrated -still less from having that something forced upon us. Thus it would be absurd if a professional body incorporated under Royal Charter were required to present its accounts in strict accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act which has been designed to regulate the procedure of profit-making concerns in this matter though there are certain practices enjoined by that Act which it may be convenient and proper to adopt. It is good to see therefore that in the new By-laws of the Institute, more latitude has been given to the Council and in certain matters of special importance to the members in General Meeting.Moreover, several restrictive provisions have been removed or relaxed and there has been no attempt to require conformity with practices prescribed by law for companies or other kinds of organisation except when they seem to be appropriate. In these respects and in the removal of certain anomalies and archaisms the changes seem to us to confer real advantages and to justify the trouble taken and the expense incurred. So long as the members have a remedy against arbitrary action in undesired directions it is surely wise to leave as much as possible to the good sense of the Council. The long-established principle of having two groups of Members of Council-District and General-hqs proved valuable in ensuring that local as well as national interests are taken into account in the nomination and election of the Council.The theory is however that all Members of Council General or District when elected are of the same status and have an equal share in the responsibility for furthering the aims and objects of the Institute and the interests of the profession. Those who come from diverse Districts may have different ideas about how these objects can best be achieved but so also may those who belong to different branches of the profession. We understand that, in practice cleavages of opinion have seldom been along the division between General and District Members of Council or indeed along any other recognisable division.We doubt therefore if the increase in the proportion of District to General Members of Council provided for in the new By-laws will have any marked effect on the composition of the Council or on the development of its policy. It is good however that there should be means whereby the widest range of opinions in the Institute may be represented on its governing body and perhaps more important that it should be evident that such means exist and are effective. No set of statutes or regulations can in itself assure the progress of an institution; that must depend on the initiative and vision of those who for the time being have been elected to manage its affairs. Charters and By-laws prescribe certain things that must be done and some that must not but they cannot lay down in advance the way in which the activities and services of a body shall be developed and certainly cannot indicate the spirit in which such advances may be made.[ 76 We often wonder what conclusions were reached by an earnest young German we met soon after the first world war who was proposing to study British institutions through an examination of their statutes and regulations. We have known societies with high-sounding aims set forth in all the magnificence of legal language but whose sole function appeared to be to furnish opportunities for the members to consume tankards of beer! On the other hand we have come across organisations claiming no nobler purpose than to enable their members to meet socially, and having only a meagre set of rules but which have exercised great influence on public opinion and helped to mould the policy of the country.We should not like to suggest which of these two extreme types of body is likely to be of more benefit to humanity but we should be interested to know what impression an outside person would obtain about the Institute solely by a study of its Charter and By-laws-even the new By-laws. We venture to think that however carefully he read between the lines he would still fail to deduce very much of what the Institute means to its members. We must have By-laws but do not let us think that revising them can, of itself produce any fundamental change in the outlook of the Institute. The spirit of corporate endeavour for the advancement of the profession lies not in regulations of the Institute but in the hearts of its members.May it always be so. Notice of Issue of the Revised By-Laws In order to comply with Article 17 of the Charter a notice has been placed in the Gazettes published in London and Edinburgh referring to revised By-laws having been made and allowed by the Lords of His Majesty’s Most Honourable Privy Council on 19 January 1951 and announcing that the revised By-laws may be inspected at the offices of the Institute and that a printed copy will be supplied to any interested person on application to the Secretary of the Institute. A copy of the new By-laws is being sent with this issue of the Journal to every corporate member of the Institute. [ 77 THE CHEMIST AS A TECHNICAL SALESMAN* By R. C. TARRING BSc.A.R.C.S. D.I.C. The employment of a trained chemist as a salesman is a comparatively modern development and is the outcome of the growing realisation of the importance of applied chemistry in industrial processes of all descriptions. Apart from the importance of such employment from the angle of service to customers by the chemical manufacturer the qualified technical salesman is now an essential two-way link between manufacturer and user. Indeed who better than a trained chemist can ensure that the manu-facturer is kept informed of trends of thought and practice amongst chemical users and that the industrialist is kept fully advised of new manufacturing developments and the best economic applications of avail-able chemicals 7 In considering the chemist as a technical salesman there are three points of view-those of the chemical manufacturer the industrial user of chemicals and the chemist himself.I propose to elaborate somewhat on these three outlooks in turn with particular reference to the last. The chemical manufacturer having assured himself that the products which he makes are of good quality depends for the prosperity of his undertaking on the extent of his sales and on the price he is able to obtain. The latter point is affected by many considerations not always all within his control but the volume of his sales is governed by good customer relationship built up by close understanding of his clients’ requirements and the provision of service in respect of the products he supplies. It may well be that a considerable proportion of the manufacturer’s output goes for use in old established processes but for development of new outlets it is necessary to have an intimate knowledge not only of the processes used but of all the reactions which occur during these processes.Without a full understanding of the chemical changes involved it is impossible to foretell the effect of a change in any part of the process. This is where a trained chemist shows to advantage as he is in a position to assess the practical result of an alteration. Further he is able to explain to a prospective customer not only how but why an improvement can be effected by a revised technique. An untrained salesman can only recom-mend use of the chemical products he has to offer in processes already established.Many a user of chemicals has little or no knowledge of why certain reactions take place when ingredients of an old formula are used; he only knows that things have worked out all right in the past and hopes that they will do so in future. As the processes he uses were frequently established by trial and error in his early days or even by his ancestors, it is by no means certain that he is following the simplest course to achieve * A paper read at a Symposium on “The Chemist Outside the Laboratory.” arranged by the London and South-Eastern Counties Section of the Institute on 18 October 1950 (see also JOURNAL 1950 447; 1951 5). [ 78 his end and the mind of a trained chemist can often help to economise in either materials power or processing time or in all three at once.A technical salesman who can help a buyer in this way establishes more than an economy he establishes a customer relationship which leads to security of business and frequently to increased orders. So much for the selling of chemicals used over many years. In the introduction of a new chemical or the establishment of a new technique full appreciation of the chemical processes and reactions involved is essential if the salesman is to put over his story in a convincing manner. Man is by nature conservative and to persuade a prospective customer to embark on something new a salesman must be in a position not only to assure him that what he is proposing will come to pass but to explain the reasons for every step in the chain of reactions involved.In addition to ensuring that his products are used by his customers to the best advantage the chemical manufacturer to keep in the forefront of his industry will require continued information as to trends and requirements in the branches of industry he is serving. An untrained salesman can only report back that customer “A” is considering the use of product “XYZ” for a certain process but a trained man can frequently bring back a full report on a change in process that is under consideration by a customer and so enable the manufacturer to meet a challenge before he is presented with a fait accompli and business has been lost. Many chemical manufacturers have their own technical service laboratories where problems posed by their clients can be examined and elucidated.Full benefit from these laboratories can only be achieved if the chemists in them are given a complete understanding of the problems which they are asked to investigate. Many hours of valuable time have been wasted in such laboratories because the problem as brought back by an untrained man has been lacking in some detail whereas a trained chemist can be relied upon to give a complete picture of the problem involved. He will also be able to go back to the customer with the solu-tion to a problem and give a full explanation of the why and wherefore. From the point of view of the customer or prospective buyer much of what I have said will also apply. He will appreciate advice and help from a trained man which will frequently give him a fuller understanding of the processes he is carrying out every day and which may enable him to economise without detriment to his product.Smaller firms for whom the employment of a full-time chemist would be a serious addition to overhead expenses are coming to rely more and more for technical service on their suppliers of raw materials. Problems arise from day to day which require rapid answers unless valuable time is to be lost. If two or more firms can be called on for advice on such a problem the one selected will most likely be the one employing a chemist as its salesman because he can frequently advise on the spot and so enable work to be restarted with the minimum of delay. If a non-technical man is called in he must frequently refer back to his office for advice.r 79 In the case of larger firms who employ a chemist or chemists such is the brotherhood of science that a qualified salesman is likely to be given a more friendly welcome and increased confidence is established by the knowledge that involved processes can be understood adequately on both sides. The fact that salesman and chemist were both trained at the same University as is often the case immediately establishes a bond which creates confidence. Further discussion of mutual problems frequently leads to an exchange of ideas beneficial to both. In considering a new process a producer may have a clear realisation of the properties he would require in a compound to achieve a desired result but with his own limited knowledge of chemistry he may be unable to select a suitable compound.He can of course write to chemical suppliers asking for their advice but he is much more likely to ask a traveller who is calling on him regularly if he knows that that traveller is a chemist who can probably advise him on the spot. Last but by no means least what of the man himself the chemist-salesman? The good combination of chemist and salesman is a difficult one to achieve and only a small proportion of those who obtain a degree would prove good salesmen or take kindly to the prospect. Scientific training in itself is in some way the very antithesis of training in salesman-ship. The study of science trains one to examine a question from every angle and to avoid bias relying on facts to speak for themselves. Apart from the salesman’s own description of himself who has ever heard of an unbiased salesman? The chemist-salesman by virtue of his training has nevertheless a ready understanding of the customers’ viewpoint and can offer advice based on this.In common with all salesmen the chemist-salesman must be a good mixer and a good psychologist. He must be ready to discuss chemical processes and problems with all types from the chief chemist or more rarely the chemist director to the workman. Ability to explain chemical terms and processes in simple language to a layman is a very great asset to the chemist-salesman but he also requires adaptability to be able to switch at short notice from such explanations to involved discussions with fellow chemists who may be experts in their particular field.A thing to be avoided is the temptation on occasion to try to “blind with science’’ in order to impress a prospective customer. Far from creating confidence such a procedure will generally have the reverse effect. Unless the sphere of interest of his employers is a very limited one the chemist-salesman must be prepared to devote much time to study in order to familiarise himself with problems and processes in a wide variety of industries. A man has to be fully alert and agile in mind when he may be discussing the manufacture of beauty preparations one minute and the disposal of trade effluents the next. He must also be prepared to discuss subjects unconnected or only remotely connected with the work of a firm on whom he is calling. c 80 A qualified chemist will expect to be given the full confidence of his employers in regard to the products which he has to handle.He will act more confidently if he knows all about the product and the tests to which it has been subjected before he is asked to sell it. This critical attitude, born of his training is a safeguard for both employer and customer alike; the former because quality and suitability are subjected to a critical examination within his own organisation before release to the market, and the latter because experience has shown that the chemist-salesman will not agree to handle second-rate products. The chemist-salesman will generally be found to give of his best when he is backed by service laboratories which can tackle problems quickly and from the practical angle.Regular contact between the staff of these laboratories and the salesmen is very desirable and in the best interests of all concerned. Before a chemist embarks upon the job of a salesman a period of works experience in one or more industries is desirable as only by this means will he be able to appreciate many of the problems which arise in trans-lating laboratory work to full-scale processing. A young chemist straight from college or University cannot be expected to appreciate problems from the point of view of the works chemist and production experience is therefore very desirable. So far as the future is concerned a chemist who embarks on a career as a salesman need have no qualms. The experience that he gains by his contacts with a wide variety of industry and with all types of people are assets which will be invaluable to him later.If his particular employ-ment offers no prospect of promotion to executive or higher rank within his firm the experience gained will fit him for such positions in other firms and his many contacts in the chemical industry will show him where openings for advancement exist. For a chemist who wishes later to become a consultant experience as a salesman is invaluable as it gives an insight into a wide variety of industries and processes and into the many practical problems which arise in a works. If after a period as a salesman a chemist decides it is not the work he really wants to do his mind will have been broadened by his experience and he will be able to judge better the opportunities and interests offered by alternative occupations.To the chemical manufacturer then I would say:-Do not employ a trained chemist as a salesman unless you are prepared to maintain high quality and pride in your products to adopt a progressive outlook to back him by good service to the customer and to pay him adequately. To the purchaser of chemicals I would say:-You can look upon the chemist-salesman as a guarantee of quality in the products offered a friend you can consult on a wide range of technical matters and a man of understanding with wide experience of practical problems. r 81 To the qualified chemist who is looking for an outlet for his abilities I would say:-A job as a salesman with a firm of repute and a reasonable range of products offers you unbounded interest both human and technical the opportunity of acquiring and passing on knowledge over a very wide field a chance to help others whilst helping yourself good prospects financially and a wealth of experience which will always be of value.SOME EXPERIENCES IN DEVELOPING THE WORK OF A LOCAL SECTION BYE. M. JOINER B.Sc. F.R.I.C. A.C.I.S. (Hon. Secretary Birmingham and Midlands Section). During the past decade there has been an increase of some 50 per cent. in the number of Local Sections of the Institute. This is a healthy state of affairs in which both the Council and members may share a mutual satisfaction. In these circumstances it may not be inappropriate to review the kind of work which Sections have done in the past and to consider the future potentialities.The work which a Section can do is very much prescribed by local conditions; some activities may thrive in one area and languish in another. Each group therefore may have its own particular contribution to make; what this is may best be determined by the people who compose it. In considering the functions of a Local Section the obvious starting point is the general commission given by the Council and sanctioned in the By-laws. There are two comprehensive objects to be kept in mind and these have been tersely stated as follows :-( 1) the further organisation of the Institute and the promotion of its objects; (2) the maintenance of members’ interest and the promotion of their social welfare. These terms of reference give the widest possible opportunities for local members to engage in a great variety of professional and social work.In effect they say that in many aspects of its work the Local Section is the Institute in that particular locality. This is both a stimu-lating and a steadying thought. Although it provides great opportunities, it means that the Local Section is a part-custodian of the honour and dignity of the whole body of membership The work therefore must be done worthily so that the prestige of the Institute may be enhanced. While it is clear that the general executive and administrative work of the Institute must be performed at Headquarters and the distribution of literature and notices is most usefully done from there it is equally plain that there is much scientific and professional work which can be done only in the Sections.A considerable burden of responsibility therefore, is thrown on local officials. They are members who have voluntarily accepted their commitments and so may be expected to rise to the occasion. Local Section work may be classified in several ways; e.g. professional and social work; membership and public work; work for chemists and [ 82 chemistry. None of these divisions is entirely satisfactory but perhaps the last may be the most convenient for the purposes of this article. Attempting an analysis under these headings the following items may be considered :-Work .for Chemists (1) Arrangement of scientific meetings lectures symposia conferences, demonstrations of techniques; visits to factories research institutions, power stations water works and other excursions where chemical interests are involved; (2) lecture courses study groups and refresher courses; (3) exhibitions of apparatus; (4) lectures for students; (5) memorial lectures; (6) organisation of support for the Benevolent Fund; (7) develop-ment of sub-areas; (8) social meetings e.g.theatre parties dances dinners, excursions rambles and garden parties. Work for Chemistry (1) Occasional lectures for children in senior forms; (2) Christmas lectures and demonstrations for schoolchildren; (3) careers talks; (4) advi-sory panels for young people seeking employment in chemical industries; (5) lectures for the general public; (6) general publicity for chemistry as occasion offers.GENERAL PRINCIPLES It may be useful to suggest a few general principles which have been found useful in ensuring successful achievement in Section affairs. Close contact should be maintained with Headquarters so that mutual confidence may be established. They are always most willing to help and where necessary to guide but they have a right to know what is going on in a Section particularly if innovations are proposed. They will always welcome new ideas if they are sound. This is best done by keeping the regular Institute grants for professional expenses and developing a social fund which may be based on a small annual sub-scription from local members or on a general appeal to local members from time to time as needs determine. This fund may be augmented by profits from social functions if these are carefully and econoinically arranged.This financial aspect of Section affairs is most important, for the local committee cannot function satisfactorily if its monetary obligations are always a source of anxiety. Co-operation with the local University University College and Technical College is essential for there is much to give and to get on both sides. The professors of chemistry are among the leaders of the profession in the area and will be able to help the local committee in many ways. Good relations should be established with the civic authorities the education authority the local B.B.C. and particularly with other professional bodies. r 83 1 Adequate funds for the work must be maintained Finally a strong committee to direct and foster Section affairs should be established on as representative a basis as can be managed including, if possible Fellows and Associates representatives of pure and applied chemistry University and Technical College members independent practitioners and science teachers.It should not be too large or there will be difficulty in reaching decisions neither should it be too small or it will be unrepresentative and lack the confidence of the members. Probably nine to fifteen according to local circumstances is a desirable number, bearing in mind that sub-committees will be sometimes required and that attendances may be of the order of 70 per cent. Provision should be made for about a quarter to a third of the committee to retire each year but it is usual for the secretary (and sometimes the treasurer) to serve for a longer period in order to give continuity to the proceedings of the committee.SOME POINTS OF DETAIL Almost invariably those who lecture on chemical topics give their time and skill free of charge. It is customary to reimburse the lecturer for his personal expenses. It is important for the officers of a Local Section to treat their lecturers as honoured guests this is equally so when the lecturer is a local member. Frequently there is a need to supply projection apparatus reading lamps and other lecture-aids. More than one lecture has been ruined by the failure to supply a piece of blackboard chalk ! When works visits and excursions are being arranged members like to have a specific proposal put before them which they can either accept or reject.This should include the starting time and place the time and place of termination and preferably the total cost involved. In general, the offer should be made to all members without discrimination and the conditions of acceptance should be made quite plain. Where Local Sections arrange refresher courses and similar study groups much detailed preparation @is necessary and a sub-committee usually handles this matter. This is one of the matters in which contact with Headquarters is essential and the approval of Council must be obtained. The arrangements will naturally depend on what the course envisages. Past experience has shown that such courses are most beneficial if they are of a residential nature; every effort should be made to supply the lecture notes at least ten days before the course begins.Social amenities should be provided and are always much appreciated. This is a fruitful field for a Local Section to enter it yields a high return in professional and social satisfaction-but it is hard work. Exhibitions of apparatus at not too frequent intervals are a valuable activity in which a Section may indulge with advantage. Co-operation with suppliers and local industry is essential. Sometimes the exhibition may consist of modern equipment which the supplier may wish to intro-duce to potential buyers and on other occasions well established processes [ 84 are illustrated by small-scale models; sometimes the historical aspect of chemistry is dealt with and it is by no means unusual for exhibitions to combine all three features.On these latter occasions every effort should be made to interest local schools particularly children in the senior science forms for many of these are the chemists of the future. An exhibition usually calls for a brochure and this may be conveniently prepared and issued by the local committee. Such booklets offer a good opportunity for publicity for chemistry. Careers symposia are becoming increasingly popular and useful. Perhaps three or four chemists will talk for a quarter of an hour each on their particular branch of chemistry e.g. research industry public service or teaching. Questions and answers follow. Meetings of this kind are welcomed by children about to leave school careers masters and mistresses and employment officers; a Local Section can very properly correlate these interests.Christmas lectures for school children are usually well attended. Modelled on the long established Christmas lectures of the Royal Institu-tion they are essentially based on good demonstrations. In Birmingham, at least it has been found advisable to charge one shilling for admission-a bought ticket is seldom wasted-and after deducting expenses the balance is sent to a children’s charity. The good work done by the Institute’s Benevolent Fund is not so well known as it should be by our members. The fact that the work is done unobtrusively and efficiently tends to rob it of that publicity which in these days seems essential if even the best of our human ideals is to survive.The mainstay of a fund of this kind is regular consistent giving, and for this reason support of the fund should receive the attention of every Section committee. Some social function to aid the Fund might be arranged periodically. At the same time small subscriptions can often be collected from members who would not wish to make a more formal donation. In these ways a Section can send a substantial contribution to the Fund. In recent years it has been realised that there is a need to do something for members who live in areas remote from the main centre of our activi-ties. When the Section area has been surveyed and its needs assessed the committee can prepare a list of priorities for arranging meetings in the smaller towns; perhaps one or two towns might be included in the main programme each year.If the initial meeting is successful it can be repeated in subsequent programmes until a tradition has been established. In making the arrangements for these meetings co-operation with members living in the sub-area is essential and it is often an advantage to co-opt a local member on the main committee. Little need be said regarding social functions which are now well established among us but perhaps a little ,emphasis may be placed on the importance of an adequate welcome for the diffident new member who is attending for the first time. It is difficult if not impossible to arrange [ 85 social functions which appeal to all members; functions should be varied so that all tastes may be satisfied in turn.More might be done by the Institute or its Local Sections in the delivery of public lectures on various aspects of chemistry of general interest to the community although from time to time individual members have given private and public lectures to lay audiences of one kind and another. There is a great need for the dissemination of knowledge of the chemist and chemistry and perhaps an even greater need for removing popular misconceptions about both. The war gave a measure of public recognition never previously accorded of the importance of the chemist’s work but it did little to acquaint the public with its nature. This war-time prestige will be quickly lost unless we make every effort to retain it. Public lectures and broadcast talks can only be done successfully by the more eminent members of the profession but there is considerable scope for ordinary members to do useful work by giving private talks to scientific and literary societies Rotary clubs youth clubs and other social groups.Sufficient has been written to indicate the broad scope of action which lies before a Section of the Royal Institute of Chemistry. Much of the world’s best work is voluntary and here is a field of service which can be guaranteed to provide satisfaction for work well done. Our members are far from lacking in appreciation when they feel an effort has been made to supply their needs. SUMMARIES OF LECTURES PARTITION CHROMATOGRAPHY By R. R. GOODALL B.Sc. Ph.D. [Liverpool and North-Western Section at Wigan and District Mining and Technical College 14 November 19501 The relation between the amount of .a compound sorbed and the corre-sponding residual concentration in the solvent phase is conveniently defined in the form of a distribution isotherm.From the isotherm the behaviour of the compound when developed on a chromatographic column with the same solvent can be predicted. Solutes having linear distribution isotherms form chromato-graphic bands with a sharp front and rear. The distance ( x ) travelled by the front can be calculated from the formula x = p$-K where Y = volume of development solvent Yo = volume of “load,” P = pore volume per unit length, W = weight of sorbent per unit length and K = distribution ratio. Solutes having curved isotherms form bands with a sharp front and a tailing rear.The distribution ratio is a function of concentration. Solutes obeying 1 86 I V S Y Freundlich-type isotherms form bands with very diffuse tails reaching back to the top of the chromatographic column so that complete separations cannot be expected on theoretical grounds. In practice there may be displacement of the tail of the leading solute by the particles of the following solute to form two contiguous bands each substantially pure. Partition chromatograms can be prepared by packing a suspension of damp silica gel particles in water-saturated solvent into a glass tube until a firm column is formed. Silica gel is produced by adding hydrochloric acid to water-glass in concentrated solution. The highly porous particles formed are washed until free from occluded alkali and acid then ignited to remove traces of adsorbed hydrochloric acid.However it is difficult to reproduce all the desirable qualities of a good silica gel from batch to batch. Commonly employed solvents used for the flowing phase are butanol ether, chloroform etc. or mixtures of these saturated with water. It may be con-venient to incorporate an acid-base indicator (e.g. methyl orange or preferably 2-naphthylamine-3 6-disulphonic acid -+ n-phenyl- 1 -naphthylamine [Liddell and Rydon Biochem. J. 1944 38 691) in the aqueous phase. Martin and Synge the discoverers of the partition chromatogram used the technique for separating acetylated amino-acids. Lower fatty acids were readily separated in a similar way. For the separation of penicillins alkaloids, etc.suitable distribution ratios were obtained by employing strong phosphate buffer as the static phase in place of water. Water-insoluble compounds such as the isomeric hexachlorocyclohexanes (“Gammexane”) were separated by distribution between nitromethane (static phase) and n-hexane. Higher fatty acids were separated by either of two techniques. Medicinal paraffin was sorbed on to powdered rubber and used in conjunction with a flowing phase comprising a mixture of methanol acetone and water the proportion of water being adjusted according to the homologue being developed. Alternatively medicinal paraffin was sorbed on to kieselguhr previously treated with dichloro-dimethylsilane so as to form a water-repellent surface. The paper-partition chromatogram of Consden Gordon and Martin extended the technique to the ultra-micro scale.The static phase is obtained by equili-brating the loaded spots or sheets of filter paper in an atmosphere saturated with respect to water-vapour and the chosen solvent. The “load” is a spot of the aqueous solution of solutes placed near the top of the paper and then dried. Complex mixtures segregated only into groups by development in one dimension of a paper sheet may be separated into individuals after removing the first solvent turning the paper at 90” to the original direction of development and developing with another solvent in which the distribution ratios are of a different order from those in the first solvent. Phenol collidine and butanol saturated with water are commonly used for development.Amino-acids and sugars have been separated in this way and the separated constituents have been leached from the paper and determined by suitable micro-colorimetric or volumetric processes. The penicillins separated by developing phosphate buffered strips with ether were invisible and were first estimated by pressing the paper chromatogram into contact with a sheet of nutrient agar seeded with B. subtilis spore suspension. The penicillins diffused into the agar and after incubation elliptical zones free from bacterial growth were obtained. The maximum transverse diameter was related to the logarithm of the number of units of activity in each zone. Recently coloured salts of the penicillins formed from ferric ion and the hydroxamic acid derivatives have been separated on the paper and can be estimated colorimetrically with higher precision.Very elegant ultra-micro methods have also been published in the biological field using a combination of radio-active indicators with paper chromatograms -for example for following the entry of iodine into the amino-acids of the thyroid gland. [ 87 CORTISONE: By THE EARL OF HALSBURY B.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.1nst.P. [Glasgow and West of Scotland Section 15 December 19501 The pars anterior of the pituitary gland produces a hormone known as adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH) which causes the cortex of the adrenal gland to secrete 17-hydroxycorticosterone (Kendall’s compound F). The latter has profound and diverse effects on bodily function particularly those reactions which enable the organism to withstand “shock.” Selye conceives the “alarm reaction” as a general mechanism whereby the organism defends itself against all kinds of stresses such as exposure to cold hunger tissue injury electric shock X-rays or even psychological trauma.It consists of 4 phases (1) shock, during which the organism’s vital functions are depressed; (2) countershock, during which the defences are mobilised (3) resistance to shock during which the animal continuously neutralises the effects of stress by utilising the counter-shock substances to adapt the organism to the stress eliciting the shock. During this phase it can readily deal with further similar injuries because the appropriate mechanism has been set up and is in action; (4) if any particular stress persists at a high level indefinitely then sooner or later the resistance mechanism becomes exhausted and the animal in due course dies of shock.If the initial injury is very severe the animal may die in phase (1) before the counter-shock mechanism can go into action. This counter-shock mechanism is the result of action by hormones of the adrenal cortex and can be induced either by administering the hormones themselves or by stimulating the gland to produce them by giving ACTH. The amount of hormones produced is controlled by the fact that as their concentration in the blood rises they repress anterior pituitary activity so (diminishing ACTH production (this being a negative feed-back mechanism). ‘The whole system of hormone control is closely integrated by such positive and negative feed-backs via both hormone and nerve mechanisms.The adrenal hormones among their other activities appear to block the effects of shock on the various bodily functions. Evidence to support Selye’s concept of the alarm reaction with its four phases is given by demonstration of corresponding positive or negative changes in basal metabolic rate blood pressure blood-sugar lipids and lactic acid and in the amounts of adrenal hormones excreted in urine etc. after shock. It had been appreciated for inany years that rheumatoid arthritis showed remission during pregnancy or infective jaundice. Hench asked Kendall if he could suggest any substance in the body which might be responsible for such remissions under these circumstances and after consideration Kendall suggested compound E (1 7-hydroxy- 1 1 -dehdrocorticosterone)-“Cortisone.” But none was available and only after persistent efforts was sufficient obtained to try its effects.These were dramatic. It has since been shown that the same effects follow whether the adrenal hormone itself is given or whether the adrenal gland is stimulated to produce hormone by giving ACTH. The nature of the adrenal hormone is highly specific for if any change whatever in structure is made other than addition of hydrogen at position 1 1 to give compound F the substance becomes completely inactive. ACTH has been claimed to be a peptide of relatively low molecular weight but this claim must be regarded at present as non-pr oven. It is now known that a very wide variety of diseases of apparently unrelated types show remission under treatment with these substances e.g.acute rheuma-tism asthma hay fever periarteritis hodosa snake bite exfoliative dermatitis, psoriasis typhoid fever etc.; burns do not become infected skin grafts “take” very readily patients with pneumonia become perfectly well although their blood still contains pneumococci. It seems difficult to demonstrate any common factor through which cortisone can act in such a list of diseases but it is apparen on the one hand that many of these are collagen diseases in which the cement substance of cells is defective and on the other hand that many are due to foreign materials gaining access to the body when the organism has not the right mechanism in working order wherewith to neutralise their effects.Various theories have been advanced by those working in this field to explain the action of cortisone but none carries convincing experimental support. It is apparent that an entirely new and fascinating field of medicine is being opened and that an entrancingly interesting new concept of disease has been born. MELDOLA MEDAL 1950 On the recommendation of the Council of the Royal Institute of Chemistry, the Society of Maccabaeans has awarded the Meldola Medal for 1950 to Ernest Alexander Rudolph Braude Ph.D. D.Sc. A.R.C.S. F.R.I.C. The Meldola Medal is presented annually to the chemist who being a British subject and under 30 years of age shows the most promise as indicated by his or her published work.After graduating in 1942 at the Imperial College of Science and Technology with First Class Honours in Chemistry and receiving the Frank Hatton Prize, Braude joined Sir Ian Heilbron’s research school as a Rockefeller research assistant and in collaboration with Professor E. R. H. Jones began investiga-tions which he later continued independently on the absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds and on anionotropic rearrangements. In 1945 he obtained the degree of Ph.D. in the University of London and was appointed a demonstrator in organic chemistry becoming assistant lecturer in 1946 and lecturer in 1947. During the last six years Braude has been the author or co-author of over 40 research publications dealing mostly with physical and synthetic organic chemistry.His papers on light absorption have been concerned with both the practical and theoretical aspects of the subject, including the study of auxochromic effects the influence of hyperconjugation and steric inhibition of resonance the relation between absorption intensities and molecular dimensions and the use of spectrometric methods in determining rates and equilibria in organic reactions. He has applied this elegant technique to extensive studies on three-carbon anionotropy which have thrown much fresh light on the mechanism of this class of molecular rearrangements and on the correlation between structure and reactivity in ethylenic and aromatic systems. More recently the synthetic problems associated with his interest in the properties and reactions of ethylenic compounds have led Braude and his co-workers to the development of a hitherto almost unknown class of reagents the lithium alkenyls which promise to be of wider usefulness in aliphatic and alicyclic chemistry and have already provided new routes to many anionotropic systems to j3-ionone analogues and to hydroazulenes.At the present time Braude is also engaged on studies on the synthesis of other polycyclic systems and is collaborating with Professor R. P. Linstead in a general investigation of hydrogen-transfer reactions and the mechanism of photosynthesis. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Institute of Chemistry in 1950 and this year has been awarded the degree of D.Sc. in the University of London BOOK REVIEWS Chymia. Vol. 3. Edited by Henry M.Leicester. Pp. ix + 251. (Phila-delphia University of Pennsylvania Press; London Geoffrey Cumberlege, 1950.) 36s. net. This is a useful collection of some thirteen essays dealing with the history of chemistry and alchemy written by various well-known authorities. It is con-siderably larger than the previous volume (pp. 143) and maintains the same high standard. Neatly bound in cloth the paper is good the illustrations excellent and the type clear and easy to read. The new Editor-in-Chief is to be congratu-lated. The volume opens appropriately with an appreciation of Tenney L. Davis (1890-1949) under whose editorship the first two volumes of Chymia appeared. An authority on the chemistry of explosives he was also deeply interested in the history of chemistry and alchemy.In collaboration with a succession of Chinese students and others he rendered signal service by publishing first translations in a Western tongue of many of the chief Chinese alchemical texts. This appreciation is followed by a brief account of the teaching of chemistry at Harvard prior to 1800 written by B. Cohen Assistant Professor of General Education. Throughout the greater part of the seventeenth century there was no formal instruction in chemistry but in 1687 the “Compendium Physicae” of the Puritan divine Charles Morton was introduced as the text-book in physics; in it chemical topics abounded the sulphur-mercury theory of metals being advocated. In 1727 a chair of mathematics and science was founded by the London merchant Thomas Hollis; it is the oldest endowed scientific chair in America.A well-illustrated article in French by M. Daumas describes various pieces of apparatus used by Lavoisier. An unusual and valuable article by Rudolph Hirsch deals with the impact of the invention of printing on the spread of scientific knowledge. An impressive list of alchemical publications dating from c. 1472 to 1536 is appended. Among the best sellers were the works of Albertus Magnus Aristoteles Arnoldus de Villanova Geber Hermes Trismegistus and Raymundus Lullus. Venice led the way in the numbers of first printings which obviously required more initiative than mere reprinting. J. M. Scott briefly reviews the life and work of Karl Friedrich Mohr (1806-1879) the inventor of the cork-borer the condenser (later improved by Liebig), the Mohr balance and other pieces of apparatus.R. E. Oesper and P. Lemay contribute an appreciation of Henri Sainte-Claire Deville (1818 to 1881). The story of the isolation of aluminium is given in considerable detail. Deville set up a pilot plant under government auspices at Javel in 1855. Space forbids more than mere reference to Eduard Farber’s contribution on “Bio-Active Substances in the Nineteenth Century”; Prklat and Velardes’ paper entitled “La Quimica en 10s Eliments de Chimie de Orfila”; W. Miles’ account of the “Early American Chemical Societies”; Ganzenmiiller’s “Wandlungen in der geschichtlichen Betrachtung der Alchemie”; Sarton’s comparison of Boyle and Bayle and Rheinboldt’s “Bunsen’s Vorlesung uber allgemeine Experi-mentalchemie.” At the time that the publication of the first volume of Chymia (1948) was contemplated the Editorial Board sought a distinctive vignette for the title-page.It was decided to adopt the owl as symbolised by the alchemist Khunrath (1560-1 605) in his “Magnesia Catholica Philosophorum” (1 599). This volume of Chymia closes with notes by Deischer and Rabinowitz on “The Owl of Khmath” and the bespectacled bird appears on the title-page immediately beneath the name of the Editor-in-Chief. [ 90 1 J. NEWTON FRIEND A Text-book of General Organic Chemistry. Stereochemistry. E. de Barry Barnett. Pp. ix + 169. (London Sir Isaac Pitman and Sons Ltd., 1950.) 18s. net. In the Preface to the book the author explains that it was originally intended to be a chapter in a text-book of organic chemistry for the use of Honours degree students but that in view of the delay in completing the text-book he has ampli-fied his account of stereochemistry for publication as a separate volume.Since, however it is still to be regarded as part of a text-book on organic chemistry, certain branches of stereochemistry such as that dealing with the carbohydrates, have been omitted and others such as the stereochemistry of the diazo-com-pounds have been treated very briefly. The volume gives a sound account of the more classical aspects of stereochemistry and should be useful to under-graduate students. The treatment is based largely on the chemical and the simple physical properties of the various compounds and the more modern physical evidence-particularly crystallographic-for stereochemical configura-tions is very briefly mentioned.The author has been at pains to present his material as concisely as possible, with the laudable object of limiting the size of the book and hence its cost, and thus making it the more freely available to students. In this he has succeeded but the book gives the impression of being based on notes which stopped about ten years ago and that only an occasional more recent reference has been inserted. This results in some curious omissions. Thus when dealing with optical resolution by selective chromatographic absorption the author cites Henderson and Rule’s resolution of p-phenylene-bis-iminocamphor (1 939), and then dismisses the subject with the statement that “the method cannot be described as of practical importance at present.” The chromatographic resolution of Troger’s base by Prelog and Wieland (1944) is ignored.The most recent examples cited of optically active selenonium and telluronium salts are those of Pope and Peachey (1902) and Lowry and Gilbert (1929) respectively, but the much greater and more stable activity of iso-selenochromanium and iso-tellurochromanium salts (1945) is omitted. Again the most recent examples noted of optically active phosphonium and arsonium salts are those of Meisenheimer (191 1) and Kamai (1933) respectively while the more decisive examples shown by the tetrahydro-iso-phosphinolinium and arsinolinium salts and by spirocyclic bis-isoarsinolinium salts (1 943-47) are ignored hence the statement on p.39 that-presumably since Kamai’s work-“little else has been done with arsenonium salts” is incorrect. Most unfortunate however for the undergraduate reader who will surely require a sound understanding of modern work on the Walden Inversion and its interpretation is the fact that although the early work of McKenzie and the later work of Kenyon are dealt with in some detail the immensely important work of Ingold and his school is dismissed in one line. The Appendix gives some detailed and valuable information on the prepara-tion of cardboard models to illustrate the main types of molecules discussed in the text. F. G. MA“. The Biochemistry of the Nucleic Acids. J. N. Davidson. General Editors: R. A. Peters and F. G. Young. Pp. ix + 163.Methuen’s Monographs on Biochemical Subjects. (London Methuen and Co. Ltd. 1950.) 7s. 6d. The ability to compress a large amount of knowledge into a small space requires two conditions precedent first the author must be master of his subject and secondly its arrangement must be planned with meticulous pre-cision. Had Professor Davidson not satisfied both these criteria the book would have lost much of its value because it would either have omitted essentia information-and the reviewer can find no such omission-or it would have scattered and confused the reader-whereas one can read it from cover to cover with both interest and instruction. It is indeed true that no worker in or near the field of nucleic acid bio-chemistry can afford to be without this book as a handy reference volume telling him practically everything that was known of the subject at the end of 1950, when it was published the worker in other and remoter fields will find it in-dispensable at any time that he finds this truly nuclear subject becomes important for him.The book is divided into fifteen chapters with a preface twenty pages of references (themselves divided according to the chapters) and an index. Should this book go into another edition as well it may and certainly should the reviewer would suggest that the chapter headings given in the twenty pages devoted to references should be followed by the titles used in the book proper. It is difficult for the reader when turning from the text to the references to remember exactly which chapter he is reading so that he has in fact to look up two things instead of one.After a short introduction Professor Davidson discusses in three chapters the organic chemistry proper of the nucleic acids the nucleotides (combinations of base pentose and phosphoric acid) the nucleosides (dephosphorylated nucleotides) the natural purine and pyrimidine bases themselves and the way all these are combined in the nucleic acids. Logically in the course of this discussion he considers chromatography which has played an indispensable part in separating the closely similar constituents resulting from partial or corn-plete hydrolysis of the acids. Again with logic he follows these three chapters by a discussion of the nucleases and related enzymes which have made it possible to reach valid conclusions about the structure of the polynucleotides because enzymatic methods of hydrolysis involve a minimum risk of structural change.After three chapters about physical (spectrographic) histochemical and chemical methods of estimating nucleic acids the author passes to the more biological aspects of his subject with detailed consideration of the nucleic acid of tissues (chapter IX) cell cytoplasm (chapter X) and the cell nucleus (chapter XI). More speculative matters come under the headings of the metabolism the biosynthesis and the biological activity of the nucleic acids (chapters XII XI11 and XIV respectively). The final chapter is devoted to considering the nucleic acids in bacteria and viruses and will no doubt lead the careful reader into yet more speculative fields.This large amount of material in spite of the degree of condensation that makes fairly concentrated attention necessary from the reader is presented in as clear and attractive a manner as the complexity of the subject allows. Only three printer’s errors have been detected; a laudatory review (which this is meant to be) is no place for their enumeration. If the rest of the monographs in this series are up to the standard of the first-and their authors’ names give every reason for anticipating that they will be-the Editors and the Publishers are proposing to confer an unmixed blessing on English-speaking biochemists. A. L. BACHARACH. Carotenoids. P. Karrer and E. Jucker. Translated and revised by E. A. Braude. Pp. x + 384. (New York Elsevier Publishing Company Inc.; London distributors Cleaver-Hume Press Ltd.1950.) 65s. This excellent translation of an admirable book which first appeared in German in 1948 contains new matter. The work is divided into two parts general and special. The general part deals with occurrence detection estimation isolation biogenesis and physio-logical significance. The methods used to elucidate the constitution o carotenoids are discussed with the complete mastery which would be expected by all who have studied Professor Karrer’s outstanding work in this field. The distribution of carotenoids in nature is surveyed systematically and a large number of references are given. The special part deals in detail with 18 carotenoids of known constitution and 10 of largely known structure; 39 carotenoids for which definitive structures have not yet been established are then discussed as fully as the present state of knowledge permits.Although much remains to be done in the field of carotenoid structure it seems clear that it will be mainly consolidation on firmly established lines. The new phase of total synthesis which has been inaugurated since the book was written promises a brilliant rounding-off of the whole field. In striking contrast to the ease and confidence with which structures are discussed the authors comment as follows on the functions of carotenoids:-“All these investigations are still at a preliminary stage and further researches will be required in order to elucidate the importance of carotenoids in plants.” They say further :-“We are somewhat better informed regarding the significance of certain carotenoids in the animal organism but again many important problems still require to be elucidated.A number of carotenoids are converted into vitamin A in the animal organism and therefore play the part of pro-vitamins. Furthermore carotenoids play a part in the visual process but their function is as yet incompletely understood.” Karrer and Jucker’s book presents the facts about carotenoid occurrence and the indispensable organic chemistry in the clearest possible manner. It clears the decks for attacking the biochemistry of carotenoids a field which promises to be one of great interest and significance. The brief chapter on relationships between colour and constitution of carotenoids is rather disappointing and of 28 diagrams showing absorption spectra 15 are from a Swiss journal and 13 from German journals.Some of the most trustworthy curves in the literature are left out. The most serious omissions are however of investigations on the possible physiological functions of carotenoids. Within its limitations however the book is a monument to the distinguished work of Karrer’s school in the field. R. A. MORTON. Crystals and the Polarising Microscope. N. H. Hartshorne and A. Stuart. 2nd edition. Pp. xii + 473. (London Edward Arnold and Co. 1950.) 50s. net. Chemists who have occasion to use the microscope for the examination of crystalline material will need no introduction to this book which was first published in 1934 and which supplied a want not adequately catered for by any other book.The present edition contains 200 pages more than the first and a careful comparison shows that most of the chapters have been appreciably expanded. There are three completely new sections on Stereographic Projection Liquid Crystals and Special Methods while the introductory chapter on the Crystalline State and the chapters on Optical Properties and Examples of Use in particular, have been very much enlarged. The section on Preparation and Mounting, which formerly took up eight pages has been extended to form a separate chapter of 27 pages. Although the chapter on the Morphology of Crystals is not much longer than before it has been extensively revised and reclassified. The few mistakes which the reviewer had noted in the first edition have been eliminated.There is little need to say anything further than that the book is indispensable to chemical microscopists or would-be chemical microscopists and the thorough revision and extension of the contents will make it even more highly regarded. [ 93 The binding seems rather light for the size of book and the amount of use which it is likely to receive. The present copy after a relatively small amount of handling is not in appreciably better condition than the reviewer’s copy of the first edition which has been subjected to frequent consultation over more than twelve years. CECIL L. WILSON. Principles and Practice of Spectrochemical Analysis. Norman H. Nachtrieb. (London New York and Toronto McGraw-Hill Book Co., This book is divided into two parts Part I dealing with the principles and Part I1 with the practice of spectrochemical analysis.In the Preface the author says it is appropriate that books should be written at frequent intervals during the vigorous growth of any branch of science and it is perhaps indicative of the rapid development of spectrochemical analysis that whilst Part I contains much that has appeared in book form before Part I1 is a compilation of methods which have been applied to the analysis of a wide variety of materials but which have hitherto been scattered through the pages of many journals. In Part I are authoritative chapters on the theoretical aspect of prism and grating spectrographs and a comprehensive account of the photographic process and the evaluation of photometric data.The author discusses in detail those features of photographic emulsions such as the intermittency effect and recipro-city failure which affect the relationship between the intensity of the incident light and the density of the developed image. The methods adopted for correct-ing for photographic background and for the effect of residual impurities are also carefully described. In view of the consideration given to these matters it would have been appropriate to have presented a more thorough account and criticism of the methods used for obtaining the characteristic curve of the emulsion. The method of homologous lines for example which is being increasingly applied for plate calibration is only briefly mentioned in Part IT, in the chapter on the analysis of steels.A long chapter on the origin of spectra will demand and repay the reader’s earnest attention. So many variables contribute to the intensity of a line in the spectroscopic source that spectrochemical analysis is likely to remain an empirical science demanding much labour in the way of trial and error for many years to come. Nevertheless the more thoroughly the principles on which it is based are understood the fewer will be the mistakes made and the blind alleys entered in the attempt to solve a particular analytical problem. The fewer too will be the methods devised for their diversity is in no small degree due to the difficulty in defining precisely the conditions to be used. Whilst therefore the chapter on the origin of spectra is not dis-proportionately long that on the excitation of spectra is disappointingly short.Really very little is said about the various types of sources which have been developed in an effort to improve and regulate the excitation conditions. The chapter would have been more satisfying too if instead of the not very en-lightening photographs of modern source units circuit diagrams had been given. In the second part of the book the author has brought together a number of methods which have been developed for the analysis of ferrous and non-ferrous alloys refractories and solutions. He has drawn heavily on American sources for his examples but it is inevitable that in making such a selection many excellent methods should go unmentioned.The methods are presented in great detail and there is adequate discussion of the factors which have had to be considered in developing them. The emphasis placed on solution analysis is very welcome since there is a growing field for its application to the determina-tion of elements present in p.p.m. It is also being applied to the determination of higher percentage elements in alloys as it successfully eliminates errors due [ 94 1 Pp. x + 324. Inc. 1950.) 38s. 6d to the heterogeneity of the sample. Believing that chemical separative methods will become increasingly used the author has concluded his book with a chapter on chemical separations. By a judicious selection of material which includes a very brief chapter on direct reading Professor Nachtrieb has successfully indicated the present status and trend of spectrochemical analysis.There are one cr two minor errors in printing and while Chapter 9 is given as the first chapter of Part I1 in the list of contents it actually appears as the last chapter in Part I. Physics in Chemical Industry. R. C. L. Bosworth. Pp. xix + 928. (London: This book is divided into four parts:-(1) Mathematical introduction, (2) Properties of matter (3) Movement of matter (4) Scientific instruments, and the author feels that “the acquisition of practical experience is far too frequently accompanied by a loss of theoretical knowledge designated as useless because the “practical” man has not the wit to utilize it.” The plan of the book is admirable and it is only when the detail is examined that a sense of disappointment is felt.The title would conform better to the contents of the book if the word “in” were replaced by “for.” One of the functions of a technologist is to translate the most recent developments of physical science into terms in which they can be used to help him to serve the community. One of the functions of an applied science teaching department is to produce text-books in which this aspect is developed. The author is out of balance in this respect for the physical theory is given with considerable mathe-matical elaboration and the practical application is of an elementary nature. The illustrations of external and internal calipers are symptomatic. The diagram of the “International Kilometer” recalls the remark of an erstwhile Chancellor of the Exchequer that he did not understand “those damned dots,” but the essence of training of a modern techologist is particularly on that point of “How big?” The indications are that the book was completed in 1945 and this may account for the fact that it is not up to date in several respects The theories and experiments on the strength of materials due to Orowan and others have brought much clarity into our knowledge of their varying behaviour.In the graphs for the radiation from flames the curves for water vapour have been quoted as from 1927. They were very considerably modified in 1932 and 1942. Grashof’s number in heat transmission is a complicated combination of properties and has been brought like the conjurer’s rabbit out of the hat and not displayed as a 1ogical.development of hydrodynamical theory.The sense of historical perspec-tive is lacking. Both Fick and Lambert would be surprised to see what has been attributed to them. The book is well produced and is conceived in a grand manner. It must have been an immense labour to the author. No one will read it without being inspired with some of his enthusiasm for the more extensive application of modern physical theory to industry but a number will query the correctness of his thesis concerning the “wit” of the practical man. The Physical Chemistry of Dyeing. Thomas Vickerstaff. Pp. viii + 416. This book is an attempt to treat the dyeing of textile fibres as a problem in physical chemistry and the author is to be congratulated both on his courage in undertaking so difficult a task and on the ability with which he has executed it.Although there is an extensive literature on dyeing much of the available material is of little value for scientific purposes owing to the use of impure materials and J. H. OLDFIELD. Macmillan and Co. Ltd. 1950.) 70s. net. M. B. DONALD. (London and Edinburgh Oliver and Boyd 1950.) 42s. net. [ 95 ill-defined conditions. The author has therefore had to exercise a good deal of discrimination in the selection of his material and the major part of it is of quite recent date. Some appears to be published here for the fist time. The general treatment follows the lines of classical thermodynamics. For such a treatment it is necessary to show that the system being studied reaches a reversible equilibrium which can be approached from either direction.This is shown to be the case for direct dyes on cellulose and for acid dyes on wool and nylon. These systems receive extensive treatment in the book and the free energies of dyeing of a large number of direct and acid dyes are given. The dispersed dyes extensively used for dyeing cellulose acetate and nylon, form a reversible system in dyebaths containing a dispersing agent such as soap but as the dyes are not in true solution the thermodynamic method is faced with considerable difficulty. Dyeing with chrome colours and azoic colours involves irreversible processes and consequently these receive only a passing mention. The kinetics of the dyeing process are examined extensively for direct acid, and dispersed dyes and it is shown that at the temperatures usually employed, diffusion within the fibre is the rate-determining process.This diffusion appears to be an activated process. The activation energy depends on the dye and on the chemical composition and physical condition of the fibre. Some numerical values are given for dispersed dyes on nylon. There is a very useful section on colorimetry as this is the usual method for the estimation of dyes in solution. The author points out that in solutions of the concentration used (about molar) deviations from Beer’s law are unusual provided that monochromatic or nearly monochromatic light of the correct wave-length is used. It is probable that many of the reported deviations from the law are due to neglect of this factor.There is a subject index an author index and a dye index. The book is illustrated by 125 figures and 106 tables of data and is well bound and of a convenient size. It is primarily intended for those in the textile industries but the sections on the absorption of acids and dyes by protein fibres should also be of interest to the biochemist and physiologist. Industrial Chemicals. W. L. Faith Donald B. Keyes and Ronald L. Clark. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman This book is written from the American standpoint. The authors have selected an arbitrary list of 106 chemicals in general large scale commercial use and have described each separately. Each chemical is dealt with in alphabetical order and the following information is given:-(1) Name and chemical formula; (2) Manufacturing processes in current use, including simplified flow-sheets and important process variables; (3) Equations for the principal reactions involved; average yield expectation in per cent.of theoretical; (4) Raw material requirements per unit weight (generally per ton) of commercial product in some cases labour requirements are shown; (5) American production graph for the years 1928-48; (6) A general picture of the main uses and the percentage going to each; (7) American price graph for the years 1929-49; (8) Miscellaneous data including physical properties commercial grades the type of containers in general use for transport and transport requirements under American regulations; (9) Economic aspects including general historical data a discussion of competitive processes and products recent trends in manufacturing and sales actual and economic plant size and the approximate plant cost in 1946; (10) Outline map of the U.S.A.showing the various State boundaries and the location of the manufacturing plants for the particular product. It can be confirmed as the authors claim that it is useful to have these to A. B. MEGGY. Pp. xi + 652. and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 64s. net technical and economic data collected together in a single volume from such widespread sources as Government technical and business publications, periodicals and advertising literature; many of the data are claimed to have been confirmed by private reference to individuals. The omission of literature references is deliberate and wise in a general book of this kind.The selection of the 106 chemicals has been made on the basis of those made “at least in part by synthetic or biochemical methods.” This has been inter-preted very widely as British practice would hardly include carbon black lime and oxygen in this category but it enables the remainder to cover most chemicals of commercial importance and a few which are still in the development stage. The data on methods and processes are a little more detailed than is usual in a book for general information although insufficient for technical reference purposes and for the same reason vary somewhat. The location maps are not very informative and could have been improved by a general summary showing the general factors which have influenced production of certain chemicals in particular areas such as raw materials by-products outlet transport etc.The index was found adequate. The book is directed towards a wide general public including makers sellers and users of industrial chemicals and those who have financial interests in such concerns. It is also offered to teachers and students of science engineering and economics and as a text-book for college courses in chemical technology and chemical economics. It does not seem to contain sufficient information to support the latter claim particularly on the technological side but can be recommended as a useful guide to American practice or for general information where the usual chemical dictionaries are not readily available.A. J. HOLDEN. The Properties of Asphaltic Bitumen. Edited by J. Ph. Pfeiffer. Pp. xvi + 285. (New York Elsevier Publishing Co. Inc.; London distributors Cleaver-Hume Press Ltd. 1950.) 45s. This volume has been prepared by a team of workers on the subject from the Royal Dutch/Shell Laboratory under the editorship of the late Dr. Pfeiffer. As such it must be recognised as an authoritative work on an admittedly dacult subject although as emphasised in the Preface it is not intended to compete with such works as “Abrahams.” The title is extended on the title-page to include “With reference to its technical Applications.” The book is not one, however to be recommended to the practical worker associated with the purely technical applications of bitumen. It is comprehensive and detailed to a point likely to be confusing to those not well versed in scientific matters.To laboratory workers on the subject it will however prove a valuable survey of present knowledge and an excellent reference book. The section on the colloid chemistry of the bitumens is worthy of special mention for the way in which the subject is treated. So also is the next section on the rheological properties. The questions of interfacial tension (or more practically the wetting of stones by bitumens and displacement of films by water) and precipitation by solvents are however dealt with in a manner which suggests finality although both matters are subjects on which varying opinions are held and few workers care to be dogmatic. The sections on thermal and electrical properties are particularly comprehensive but manufacture is dealt with in a rather sketchy and academic way and this section might be better as part of the introductory chapters.Some of the terms used here will be strange to British techno1ogists-e.g. “refrigerator” for “condenser.” The treatment of methods of routine investigation is again rather sketchy, although the agreed limitations of the book in this direction must be remem-bered. It is however surprising to find “Viscosity” dealt with in about one 97 page only. References generally throughout the book are very liberal mostly to American and Continental papers; no reference is made to the well established and widely used methods published in Britain by The Institute of Petroleum, although mention is made of both American and German Standards.Again in considering the determination of viscosity of cut backs etc. the reference to the Standard Tar Viscometer is passed without further identification or guidance to where detail may be found. The book is very well printed (in the Netherlands) and printing mistakes are remarkably few. There is no evidence that the text is a translation from the Dutch and the authors must be congratulated on their command of the English language in spite of one or two phrases which sound strange on first reading. F. G. BROUGHALL. BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED Report of the Proceedings of the Fifth General Assembly of the International Council of Scientific Unions 1949. Edited by F. J. M. Stratton. (Cambridge The University Press 1950.) 7s.6d. Physics. S. G. Starling and A. J. Woodall. Pp. xvi t 1301. (London New York and Toronto Longmans Green and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 42s. net. [Extract from the Authors’ Preface “This volume presents a course in Physics at a level appropriate to certain main university courses. Starting from about intermediate standard we have aimed at covering the require-ments of candidates for physics as a subject in a pass or General Honours degree or as a subsidiary subject in a Special Honours degree. . . we have also provided what are in effect outlines of more advanced studies especially in the later chapters of the sections on heat light and electricity. It is hoped that this feature will be found of value to the physics specialist in his first year as well as to the general reader.”] 3rd Edition.Pp. x + 233. (London The National Benzole Association 1950.) 15s. net. [Extract from Preface “The first editionofStandardSpecijications for Benzole and Allied Products was published ip 1929 and the second edition in 1938. Since then new uses for which the materials specified in 1938 are not suitable have been found for benzole and allied products. The third edition brings the specifications into line with current commercial practice. The main change made in this edition is the inclusion of specifications for products of lower specific gravities than those previously standardized. . . .” British Chemicals and their Manufacturers 1951 Edition. Pp. 169. (London: The Association of British Chemical Manufacturers 1951 .) [Copies are ava-ilable free of charge to persons or firms genuinely interested in the purchase of chemicals on application to the Association at 166 Piccadilly, London W.1 .] Standard Specifications for Benzole and Allied Products. British Standards. 903 1950. Methods of Testing Vulcanised Rubber. Pp. 247. 21s. net. Methods for the Analysis of Iron and Steel. Part Pp. 10. 2s. net. Methods for the Analysis of Iron and Steel. Part 1121 Part 17 1951. 17 Titanium in permanent magnet alloys. 1121 Part 18 1951. 18 Chromium in ferro-chromium. Pp. 6. 1s. net. 1365 1951. Short-range short-stem Thermometers. Pp. 13. 2s. net. 1704 1951. General purpose Thermometers. Pp. 10. 2s. net. Fumigation with Ethylene Oxide. Precautionary Measures.Pp. 12. (Home Office pamphlet. London H.M. Stationery Office 1951.) 6d. net. [ 98 ACTIVITIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS Aberdeen and North of Scotland.-A meeting was held jointly with the local members of the Chemical Society and the Local Section of the Society of Chemical Industry on 22 February in the Chemistry Department Marischal College Aberdeen. Dr. W. T. H. Williamson presided and introduced the speaker Professor R. M. Barrer who gave a talk entitled “Ion Exchange in Crystals.” Birmingham and Midlands.-On 29 November 1950 Professor H. W. Melville F.R.S. addressed the Section on the subject of “New Techniques for the Investigation of Chemical Reactivity.” Those who attended this meeting were rewarded with an enthralling description of new tools as well as techniques which are being developed under Professor Melville’s direction for following the course of chemical reactions especially in the field of high polymers.The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. F. A. Jones. The Annual Christmas Lectures for School Children were held this year on 3 and 4 January at the Physics Department The University Edgbaston, Birmingham when Mr. K. A. Macfadyen lectured to an audience of over two hundred children on the subject of “Sound and Music.” Both lectures were illustrated with numerous experiments and musical demonstrations including solos on the Hammond Organ delightfully executed by the lecturer. The scholars obviously enjoyed the lectures and their thanks were expressed by Miss Ann Russon a pupil of Holly Lodge High School Smethwick.Dr. D. A. Hall proposed the vote of thanks on behalf of the Birmingham and Midlands Section of the Institute. The first meeting of the New Year was held on 10 January when Dr. R. A. Gregory and Mr. A. W. Wolstenholme gave a joint lecture on “Silicones.” The first speaker dealt with the technology of this group of polymeric substances and Mr. Wolstenholme dealt with the industrial applications. The chair at this and the previous lecture was occupied by the Section Chairman Dr. S. H. Jenkins. The Annual Joint Meeting with the Wolverhampton Society of Applied Science was held on 9 February at the Technical College Wolverhampton, when Professor P. M. S. Blackett F.R.S. gave an address entitled “Operational Research.’’ In this talk the lecturer described the ways in which scientists with roving briefs were able to assist the Services in the art of waging war with the maximum efficiency.Professor Blackett also suggested ways in which the technique of operational research might be applied to the solution of problems in industrial productivity. After an interesting discussion Mr. F. G. Broughall proposed the vote of thanks which was seconded by Mr. W. E. Wornum on behalf of the Society of Applied Science. On 7 March Dr. S. H. Jenkins being in the chair the Section was addressed by Dr. A. Parker C.B.E. Director of the Fuel Research Station on “Research and Fuel Problems in Great Britain.” The speaker dealt with the future prospects of this country in the light of the known reserves of fuel and described the work being undertaken to develop the most efficient methods of using these reserves.A lively discussion ensued after which the vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. T. F. E. Rhead. At the conclusion of the meeting the chairman expressed the Section’s pleasure at the presence of Mr. E. M. Joiner for the first time since his illness. Bristol and District.-The autumn meetings of the Section were held jointly with the local members of the Chemical Society and the Bristol Section of the Society of Chemical Industry and one was also held jointly with the Plastics Institute. All Bristol meetings were held in the University with the exception 1 99 of the Social Evening which was held in the Grand Hotel. Of the two north Gloucestershire meetings one was held in Stroud and one in Gloucester.At the opening meeting on 12 October Dr. A. C. Monkhouse read a paper entitled “The Changing Face of Chemical Industry.” On 25 October at Tuck’s Premier Caf6 Stroud Messrs. Lemin ,and R. Deverell-Smith of Imperial Chemical Industries (Dyestuffs Division) read a paper entitled “The Application of Colouring Matters to Wool and Plastics.” Mr. E. V. Giles Chairman of the Plastics Institute (Western Region) presided and in opening the meeting announced that Mr. Lemin was deputising for Mr. D. P. Raper who was abroad. The lecturers gave a very interesting account of dyeing as applied to plastics and textiles and a lively discussion followed. After the meeting refreshments were served. On 2 November Dr. J. S. Anderson of A.E.R.E. Harwell read a paper on “The Hahn Emanation Technique.” A Social Evening and Film Show was held on 16 November at the Grand Hotel Bristol.On this occasion Dr. C. G. Lyons District Member of Council, was present and was introduced to the meeting by Mr. E. Lewis Chairman of the Bristol Section who then asked Dr. Lyons to take the chair for the evening. Dr. Lyons expressed his pleasure at being able to come to Bristol and gave a short address on Institute affairs and the duties of a District Member of Council. Short accounts of the local activities of the three Chartered Bodies were given by Dr. A. Marsden Dr. F. H. Pollard and Mr. B. W. Minifie. Mr. Minifie stated that the applications received for the meeting had exceeded those for any previous similar event and although 105 members and friends were present it had been necessary to refuse about a dozen others.After these short addresses Dr. Lyons threw the meeting open to discussion and a few members expressed their views on Section matters. At the exhibition of films which followed a variety of subjects of interest to chemists was shown including “Waterworks,” “Bakelite,” “Glassblowers of England,” and “New Detergents.” At the end of the meeting Dr. V. Charley proposed a vote of thanks to the projectionist, Mr. Tugwell and to Messrs. J. S. Fry and Sons Ltd. for the loan of the pro-jector. On 23 November at Bristol a paper entitled “Cereal Chemistry-Some Aspects of Modern Consulting Practice” was read by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones, Hon. Treasurer of the Institute. On 24 November in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre Gloucester Technical College a paper entitled “The Manufacture of Nitric Acid” was read by Mr.C. Wilson. This lecture was arranged particularly for the benefit of students and senior schoolchildren in the district and the number attending from local schools was gratifying. At Bristol on 7 December a joint meeting was held with the Chemical Engineering Group of the Society of Chemical Industry when a paper entitled “Carbon as a Material of Construction” was read by Mr. A. W. Morrison. Mr. J. W. Steventon chairman of the Local Section of the Society of Chemical Industry welcomed members of the London Chemical Engineering Group and asked Mr. Norman Fraser to preside for the evening. An interesting dis-cussion followed the lecture and a vote of thanks was proposed by Mr.J. W. Steventon. After the meeting the Annual Dinner was held in the University Senior Common Room. On 4 January 1951 a Christmas Lecture for Senior Schoolchildren was arranged and on this occasion Dr. T. Vickerstaff Assistant Chief Colourist, Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. Blackley Manchester gave an address entitled “Light and Colour.” By kind permission of the University of Bristol the main Physics Royal Fort Lecture Hall and much special equipment were placed at the disposal of the lecturer. It was very gratifying to the Section Committee that the response to this type of lecture the first of its kind that has [ 100 been arranged was so good. About 350 senior schoolchildren and masters were present from 26 different schools in various parts of Gloucestershire and Soxherset.Mr. E. Lewis Chairman of the Section introduced the lecturer, who proceeded to demonstrate by means of a number of very carefully prepared experiments the composition of light and the reactions of the eye to the various colours. It is well to record that the results obtained by Dr. Vickerstaff were so effective that on many occasions there was loud applause from the very attentive audience. At the close of the lecture Mr. G. H. Moore thanked Dr. Vickerstaff for the great trouble he had taken to make the meeting such a success. Cardiff and District.-On 22 January 1951 a joint meeting with the South Wales Section of the Society of Chemical Industry was held at Newport Technical College when Dr. Davies laboratory manager of the Vacuum Oil Co.Ltd., presented and enlarged on the Company’s film “The Oil Laboratory’s Contribu-tion to Technical Service.” Dr. J. Grant was in the chair. At a joint meeting with the Society of Chemical Industry at University College Cardiff on 31 January a series of technical films was shown. Dr. N. M. Cullinane presided. On 16 February at University College Cardiff a joint meeting was held with the South Wales Section of the Society of Chemical Industry when Dr. T. I. Williams (deputy editor of Endeavour) lectured on “Chromatography-Some Achievements and Possibilities.” Dr. J. Grant was in the chair. Dublin and District.-A meeting of the Section was held in the Chemistry Department University College Dublin on 31 January 1951 Mr. J. Andrews, Chairman presiding.Mr. H. W. Moss gave an address on “Thirty Years in the Dyestuffs Industry” in which he recounted some of his experiences gained during a period of great expansion in the industry. The rapid expansion in the 1914-18 period coupled as it was with a war-time demand for explosives called for much hard work and a considerable degree of improvisation. Mr. Moss stressed the satisfaction to be gained by the chemist in the successful solution of industrial research problems, which he held compared favourably with that of the worker in the academic field of pure research. The lecture was delivered with many happy touches of humour and provoked an interesting discussion in which many of the audience joined and the Chairman then conveyed the thanks of the meeting to Mr.Moss. Dundee and District.-On 9 February in Soutar’s Rooms Arbroath a lecture entitled “The Trout’s Habitat” was delivered by the Chairman of the Section Mr. Andrew Dargie. The influenza epidemic and other untoward circumstances conspired to make the attendance smaller than usual but members and friends were rewarded with a most interesting and authoritative discourse, treated in such fashion as to appeal to chemist and angler alike. The questions which followed touched on many facets of the subject the problems posed by river pollution receiving special attention. Mr. John Merry presided and thanks were expressed to the lecturer by Mr. D. M. Shepherd. An open meeting was held on 9 March in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre, University College Dundee when Mr.Samuel Ellingworth of Imperial Chemical (Pharmaceuticals) Ltd. took as his subject “Some Recent Advances in Chemotherapy.” The lecture was greatly enjoyed and the occasional asides were much appreciated for their interesting detail insight and humour. Slides showing structural relationships and formulae for the latest drugs were projected by Mr. A. S . Martin. Questions followed. Dr. R. Roger occupied the chair and Mr. W. S . Liddle thanked the speaker. 101 East Ang1ia.-At the meeting held at the Norwich City College on 22 January 1951 a popular selection of scientific films were shown to an interested audience of members and senior students of grammar schools and the Technical College. Dr. F. G. Mann F.R.S. gave a very interesting lecture on “Some Recent Developments in Stereo-chemistry” to the Section at Tpswich on 15 February, when 22 members and friends listened to a fascinating survey of the subject.“From Mouse to Microbe” was the title taken by Dr. E. C . Wood at Norwich on 19 March when the field of biological assay was surveyed. The historical development of bio-assay was described and the implication of the method outlined. The questions which Dr. Wood was called upon to answer showed the interest taken in his lecture. The section met at Ipswich on 2 March to listen to an interesting lecture by Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston on “Some By-ways of Chromatography” when a number of instances of chromatographic separation were described. A keen discussion followed the lecture. East Midlands.-A meeting of the Section was held in the College of Technology and Commerce Leicester on 16 November.In the unavoidable absence of Mr. Bullock the chair was taken by Mr. R. Davidson. Mr. J. G. N. Drewitt gave a lecture on “Research in Artificial Fibres.” The lecture was illustrated by diagrams slides and many exhibits. The thanks of the large audience were aptly voiced by Mr. L. P. Priestley seconded by Mr. W. Hunter. On 18 December at the Nottingham and District Technical College with Mr. F. C. Bullock in the chair the members of the Section listened to a fascinat-ing paper by Mr. R. C. Chirnside on “Analytical Chemistry Chemical Analysis and the Analyst.” The lecture which was illustrated by lantern slides provoked an interesting discussion. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr.J. W. Gailer and seconded by Mr. Hall. Mr. W. Hunter occupied the chair on 18 January when at the Midland Hotel Derby Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S. gave his lecture which had been postponed from last year on “Recent Developments in the Chemistry of Natural Products.” Illustrated by lantern slides the lecture was followed by a discussion. The thanks of the meeting were proposed by Dr. Finlayson and accorded with acclamation. A large audience filled the chemical lecture theatre at the Nottingham and District Technical College on 1 February when under the chairmanship of Mr. Bullock a joint meeting of the Section and the Nottingham Section of the Society of Chemical Industry listened to a paper on “Chromatography” by Mr. R. A. Wells. Demonstrations and lantern slides were used to illustrate the lecture which was followed by an interesting discussion.Professor L. Hunter took the chair for the annual meeting at Loughborough on 21 February. This meeting which was held in the Town Hall was the occasion of a lecture by Dr. D. S. P. Roebuck on “Silicones.” After the lecturer had answered questions a hearty vote of thanks was proposed by Dr. G. M. Dyson and seconded by Mr. G. Oldham. Edinburgh and East of Scotland.-A joint meeting of the Section with the Edinburgh Section of the Society of Chemical Industry and members of the Chemical Society was held in the North British Station Hotel on 18 January, 1951. The speaker for the evening was Professor P. D. Ritchie of the Depart-ment of Technical Chemistry Royal Technical College Glasgow and his subject was “Some Problems in the Structure and Physical Properties of Industrial High Polymers.” Dr.N. Campbell presided and at the conclusion of the lecture Drs. Campbell, Grant and Ludlam and Messrs. Dodds and Cameron contributed to th discussion. Mr. F. J. Bolton expressed the indebtedness of the company to Professor Ritchie for an extremely interesting address. On 6 February the above Sections held a joint meeting with the Edinburgh University Chemical Society when the speaker was Dr. James Taylor Research Director of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. Taking as his subject “The Application of Exothermic Solid Reactions to Jet Propulsion and Industrial Purposes,” Dr. Taylor delivered a lecture which should live long in the memories of those privileged to hear it.Constantly enlivened with humour and illus-trated by numerous demonstration experiments and an excellent short film, this was we are sure one of the most enjoyable and informative lectures ever heard in Edinburgh. Glasgow and West of Scotland.-On 9 February 195 I there was a meeting of the Section under the Chairmanship of Dr. David Traill in the Royal Techni-cal College Glasgow at which a lecture was delivered by Mr. M. B. Donald, entitled “Chemical Engineering Research.” The lecturer after some preliminary remarks on the development of chemical engineering dealt with the specialised subject of “Statistical Distributions.” At the conclusion of the lecture time was given for tea and discussion, and the vote of thanks was proposed by Dr.W. M. Cumming O.B.E. Hull and District.-The section had a full day for its first meeting under the direction of the new chairman Mr. R. S. Howard. On 21 September 1950, a party of members and ladies crossed the Humber from Hull to Grimsby and met Lincolnshire members for lunch at the Yarborough Hotel. This was a most enjoyable function and the chairman’s expression of thanks to Mr. A. J. Goodall for the excellent arrangements was supported with acclamation by the whole party. After lunch a visit was made to the Great Coates biscuit works of Scribbans-Kemp Ltd. Mr. R. J. Phillips the Works Manager in a preliminary talk, welcomed the visitors and outlined the processes of biscuit manufacture before leading the tour of the works. Mr. S. B. Ingamells bakery manager and Mr.N. F. Robinson acted as guides to the party and answered many questions from the technical administrative and domestic angle. The Managing Director joined the party at tea and expressed the Company’s pleasure at entertaining members of the Institute. Mr. Howard responded. In the evening at the Yarborough Hotel Dr. C. L. Cutting of the Torry Research Station lectured on “The Preservation of Fish,” an important topic for the fishing ports of Hull and Grimsby. Dr. W. H. Pedelty Hon. Secretary of the Section Mr. W. E. Bibby Dr. P. A. Lintern Messrs. J. B. Moller R. J. Dawson and H. A. Hicks took part in the discussion. Mr. A. J. Goodall, who proposed the vote of thanks said that the occasion was historically import-ant as the first meeting of the Royal Institute of Chemistry in Grimsby and memorable for the excellence of the lecture.On 12 October Professor W. Wardlaw C.B.E. Scientific Advisor to the Appointments Department of the Ministry of Labour and National Service, lectured on “The Profession of Chemistry.” Professor Wardlaw discussed the Barlow Report and the subsequent brisk discussion in which visitors participated made it clear that the lecture had given valuable publicity to the profession. On 9 November the chair was taken by the Vice-chairman Mr. A. P. Backshell and the lecturer was Mr. T. McLachlan D.C.M. who spoke on “The Public Analyst and his Work.” Dr. Pedelty Messrs. Hutchinson, Bagnall and others took part in the discussion and a vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr.C. E. Rhodes and seconded by Mr. D. J. T. Bagnall On 14 December Professor E. G. Cox lectured on “Electrostatic Hazards in Industry.” The chair was taken by Mr. A. P. Backshell in the unavoidable absence of the section Chairman Mr. R. S. Howard on account of family illness. The attendance was disappointingly small a very heavy fall of snow having disorganised transport throughout the district. Nevertheless a long and lively discussion took place. Among the visitors was Dr. G. E. Bressey of the Whiting Research Association. Dr. W. H. Pedelty proposed a vote of thanks to the lecturer. A joint meeting with the Chemical Society and the Hull University College Scientific Society was held on 8 December when Professor John Read F.R.S., lectured on “Chemical Personalities of a Century Ago.” Professor Brynmor Jones presided.Leeds Area.-A meeting of the Section was held at the University of Leeds on 22 January. Professor E. G. Cox presided and Miss M. Olliver gave a lecture on “Pectin in Industry and the Laboratory.” Her lucid account of the properties and behaviour of this interesting material and of her own extensive work upon it stimulated lively discussion which ranged from the constitution and com-plexity of pectin in fruits to the correct use of pectin preparations in domestic cookery. Much interest was displayed in the potentialities of pectin as a natural fibre. A vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. G. Brearley and carried with acclamation. At a meeting of the Section held at the University of Leeds on 12 February, under the chairmanship of Professor E.G. Cox Professor F. S. Dainton lectured on “Nascent Hydrogen-a Reinterpretation.” The lecturer outlined investiga-tions on the effect of atomic hydrogen as the simplest free radical in promoting the polymerisation of acrylonitrile and showed how the results could be applied to the study of the part played by atomic hydrogen in well-known reduction reactions. The lecture which was illustrated by simple yet striking experiments, was greatly appreciated by a large audience. A vote of thanks was moved by Professor W. Bradley and carried with acclamation. Liverpool and North-Western.-The inaugural meeting of the Preston District Sub-Section was held at the Harris Institute Preston on 25 January under the chairmanship of Mr.J. F. Clark. Notices of the meeting were sent to 197 members and registered students in the Preston Leyland Blackpool Fleetwood, Lytham-St.-Annes Morecambe and Lancaster areas 5 1 persons attended the meeting. The chairman outlined the reasons for calling the meeting and Mr. B. D. W. Luff District Member of Council explained the Council’s attitude towards the formation of Local Sections. Following a short discussion Messrs. Fairbairn, Taylor Edmonston and Lewellyn were elected to serve on a Sub-committee (with power to co-opt) to arrange lectures. Dr. H. H. Hodgson gave a lecture entitled “Thirty Years of Institute Service.” The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. Fairbairn and seconded by Mr. Humphreys. On 1 February Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones delivered a lecture entitled “The Miller the Baker and Bread throughout the Ages” at a well-attended meeting held in the Lecture Theatre of the University of Liverpool.The lecture which was mainly philosophic in character evoked considerable interest from the gathering. A very lively discussion followed in which the chairman Mr. J. F. Clark Professor R. A. Morton and Messrs. Beaumont Pritchard Heron, Downham Sheppard Tickle Biske Mathews and Dunne took part. A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Professor Morton and seconded by Dr. Beaumont London and South-Eastern Counties.-Many of the meetings organised for the opening of the 195 1 Spring Session reflect the close relationship of chemistry with fundamental and important aspects of many of the sciences and technologies.The first meeting held jointly with the Gravesend and District Engineering Society at Gravesend on 9 January was addressed by Mr. J. Smith on the subject of “Atomic Reactors Their Development and Economics,” referring particularly to their development for use in power production. A rather different aspect of the power problem was covered by Dr. C. C. Hall (of the Fuel Research Station) who on 8 February spoke before the first joint meeting of the Section with the newly-formed Scientific Society at Acton Technical College under the title of “Synthetic Liquid Fuels” and dealt mainly with small and large scale experimental work in progress in this field. The meeting at Brighton Technical College on 16 February was addressed by Dr. W. H. J. Vernon O.B.E.(of the Chemical Research Laboratory Teddington) on “Cor-rosion Processes and their Prevention.” The speaker in the course of a most interesting lecture appealed for more chemists to take an interest and an active part in the study of corrosion a field which will provide chemists with problems for years to come. At the University of Reading on 24 February Mr. C. G. A. Hill (of Philips Industries Ltd.) spoke on “Luminescence in Inorganic Chemis-try,” with particular reference to the theoretical aspects of the luminescent properties of zinc sulphide. Several meetings on topics having a biological context have been held and of these the first joint meeting of the Section with the medical profession was made memorable by the masterly lecture given by Professor A.C. Frazer who addressed members of the Section the Biochemical Society and Sections of the Royal Society of Medicine on the subject of “The Bio-Chemistry of Fat Absorption” in the rooms of the Royal Society of Medicine London on 21 February. At a joint meeting of the Section with the London Section and the Food Group of the Society of Chemical Industry held on 17 January at the Waldorf Hotel W.C.2 Professor H. Burton presented under the title “Some Oxidase Systems in Flour,” an account of his work on the blackening of flour, an investigation which is greatly appreciated by representatives of the flour milling and baking industries as showing the value of an academic chemist entering an essentially practical field. At the meeting at Norwood Technical College on 20 February D.H. N. Rydon speaking on the subject “Rational Chemotherapy,” referred to his own work on the rational approach to chemotherapy and indicated the need for much fundamental study of chemotherapeutic materials and enzyme systems before any prediction is possible as to the effectiveness of a proposed therapeutic agent. Another high-light in Section activities was the joint meeting with the Alembic Club at Oxford on 22 January when the President of the Institute, Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. addressed a large and appreciative audience on “Some Stereochemical Features of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons.” Professor Sir Robert Robinson P.R.S. expressed to the lecturer with character-istic felicity the thanks of all present. Manchester and District.-On 7 November 1950 a meeting was held at the Municipal Technical School Bolton at which Dr.E. Isaacs gave an interesting talk on the “Developments in the Polymer Field over the last Twenty Years.” The meeting was well attended and the lecture was much appreciated. On the next day in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Man-Chester Professor C. E. H. Bawn gave a lecture on “Catalysed Oxidation.” In a very clear way he explained recent work and ideas with particular emphasis on the r61e of cobalt and its potential importance in biological systems. A brisk discussion indicated the interest which the lecture had aroused In conjunction with the Society of Chemical Industry a very successful Dinner-Dance was held in the Midland Hotel Manchester on 2 November. Over 100 members and friends attended.Arrangements are now going forward for a similar function in 1951. The 32nd Annual General Meeting was held in the Lecture Theatre Gas Showrooms Manchester on 31 January 1951. Dr. G. N. Burkhardt the retiring Chairman was presented with a Book Token from the Committee as a mark of their personal esteem and their gratitude for his Chairmanship of the Section during the last two years. Dr. Burkhardt introduced the new Chairman, Dr. M. Barak. Dr. Barak a Rhodes Scholar from New Zealand and a graduate of Oxford and Princeton expressed his thanks for the honour and added his personal appreciation of Dr. Burkhardt. He then introduced the business of the evening. The Secretary and the Assistant Secretary and Treasurer gave their reports which indicated a very successful year with a maximum number of lectures visits and social events.The best thanks of the Committee and of the meeting were extended to them and in the election of Officers which followed Mr. A. Carroll and Dr. E. Isaacs were re-appointed Secretary and Treasurer respectively. Owing to the extra volume of work in the Section and to the increased duties of Dr. Isaacs as District Member of Council it was approved that Mr. W. E. Portwood be appointed Assistant Secretary. Dr. Probert and Mr. Gray were re-elected Hon. Auditors and once again warmly thanked for their services. Under Rule 2 there were four retiring members of Committee-Messrs. Bunbury Fletcher Osgood and Thomas. Dr. Barak paid tribute to their work on the Committee pointing out that Mr.Thomas, a co-opted member was eligible for re-election. Four members had been nominated and were declared elected to Committee :-Professor H. Brindle, Dr. E. G. Edwards Dr. H. Gudgeon and Mr. F. W. Thomas. Following the formal business the audience listened with great interest to a lecture by Professor R. Lane of the Nuffield Department of Occupational Health University of Manchester on “Men and Machines.” Professor Lane gave an absorbing account of the health problems resulting from man’s scientific, and in particular chemical endeavours-an account in which humanitarian, scientific and even philosophical concepts were skilfully blended. The questions asked were a proof of the interest the lecturer had created. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Professor Lane.Mid-Southern Counties.-A meeting was held at Southampton on the after-noon of 17 February at which a lecture entitled “Chemotherapy” was delivered by the President of the Institute Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. to a large audience. Dr. C. G. Lyons in proposing a vote of thanks mentioned the kindness of the President in coming all the way to Southampton on a winter’s afternoon in order to deliver a lecture and give members of this very wide-spread Section an opportunity to gather together at Southampton. In the evening a dinner was held at the Royal Hotel Southampton. Guests were received by the President. Among the distinguished guests present were the Mayor and Mayoress of Southampton (Alderman Dr. G. H. Barendt and Mrs. Barendt) Mr. L.B. Benny Principal of the Municipal College Portsmouth, and Mrs. Benny Mr. K. F. Young Hon. Secretary of the Southampton and District Branch of the Pharmaceutical Society and Mrs. Young. After dinner a dance was held and there were several competitions and a most enjoyable evening ensued. About 70 persons attended the dinner. North Wales.-On 15 December 1950 Professor Emrys Williams addressed a meeting at the Wynnstay Arms Hotel Ruabon on “The Electron Microscope.” The lecture was illustrated by photographs taken at high magnifications. The third Annual General Meeting was held at the Nickel1 Laboratories, Monsanto Chemicals Limited Ruabon on 26 January 1951. The Acting 106 Hon. Secretary and the Hon. Treasurer presented their reports and the following officers were elected :-Chairman Dr.W. Rogie Angus; Vice-Chairman Mr. V. H. Williams; Hon. Treasurer Mr. K. L. Graham; Hon. Secretary Mr. N. F. Rapps. A postal ballot to fill two vacancies on the Committee resulted in the election of Mr. W. E. Hamer and Dr. E. W. Claydon. Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands.-The 1950-5 1 programme opened on 24 October with a lecture on “The Chemistry of Pneumoconiosis” by Dr. A. L. Godbert of the Safety and Testing Branch Ministry of Fuel and Power. This meeting was held at the Applied Science Department of the University of Sheffield with Dr. R. A. Mott District Member of Council in the chair. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. C. G. Williams. The next meeting on 9 November was a joint meeting with the Sheffield members of the Chemical Society when Dr.R. Holroyd Director of Research of I.C.I. Billingham Division gave a most informative lecture on the important subject of “Hydrocarbons as Raw Materials for the Organic Chemical Industry.” For this lecture given in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre of the University of Sheffield Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S. was in the chair and a cordial vote of thanks was proposed by Dr. D. H. Peacock. The annual joint meeting with Sheffield Metallurgical Association was held at the Grand Hotel Sheffield on 28 November. The lecture given by Mr. C. E. A. Shanahan of the British Iron and Steel Research Association entitled “A Survey of the Physical Chemistry of Sulphur in Basic Steelmaking,” was very much appreciated by both chemists and metallurgists.The Chairman of the Metallurgical Association Dr. J. White presided and a vote of thanks proposed by Dr. N. F. Coward on behalf of the Institute was seconded by Mr. C. E. Mavrocordatos on behalf of the Metallurgical Association. On 13 December a very enjoyable and instructive afternoon was spent at Messrs. Tennant Bros.’ Brewery Sheffield. This visit was arranged by Mr. A. E. Wiles chief chemist at the Brewery. After tea very generously provided by Messrs. Tennant Bros. at Cockayne’s Restaurant Mr. Wiles gave a lecture at the Applied Science Department of the University of Sheffield on “Recent Trends in Brewing Research.” Dr. R. A. Mott presided and the vote of thanks proposed by Mr. D. J. D. Unwin was seconded by Mr. J. Banks. The Registrar Mr. R. L. Collett M.B.E.visited Sheffield on 9 January 1951, to give a talk on “Agreements for Chemists.” The meeting was held at the Royal Victoria Hotel with Dr. Mott in the chair. After an interesting discussion a vote of thanks was proposed by Dr. G. Lawton and seconded by Mr. E. J. Miles. On 21 February we were proud to welcome Sir John Cockroft C.B.E., F.R.S. Director of the Atomic Energy Research Establishment to give a lecture on “The Research Work of the Atomic Energy Establishment.” In view of the great topical interest of this subject the City Memorial Hall Sheffield was taken for the occasion and members of the staff and students of the University of Sheffield and of the various technical colleges and schools in the Section were invited to attend. As a result the hall was filled to capacity the demand for seats in fact exceeding the supply.The audience heard a most erudite account of a subject uppermost in everyone’s mind from the man best able to give it. The Section Chairman Mr. W. F. Andrews presided and after a discussion, considerably enlivened by Sir John’s sense of humour a vote of thanks with which the whole audience was in accord was proposed by Dr. R. A. Mott. South Wales.-On 2 February members attended a meeting arranged by the Chemical Society which was held at University College Swansea with Professor C. W. Shoppee presiding. Professor C. A. Coulson F.R.S. lectured on “What is a Chemical Bond?” (See Journal 1951 I 13.) [ 107 A meeting was held on 23 February at the Mackworth Hotel Swansea, under the chairmanship of Dr.Islwyn Jones. Miss E. Leyshon Glamor Grammar School for Girls Swansea opened a very keen and interesting dis-cussion on “Laboratory Hazards in the Teaching of Chemistry.” On 2 March a meeting was held jointly with the Chemical Society and the University College of Swansea Chemical Society at University College Swansea, when Professor C. W. Shoppee presided. Professor A. R. Todd F.R.S., lectured on “Natural Products related to Tropolone.” It is hoped that the lecture on “Cortisone,” which was arranged for 22 January and had to be cancelled owing to the temporary indisposition of Professor Shoppee will be delivered during the Autumn. Stirlingshire and District.-The first scientific meeting of the new Section was held on 9 November 1950 at the Golden Lion Hotel Stirling when there was an excellent attendance.The Chairman Col. F. M. Potter O.B.E. T.D., introduced Dr. D. McNeil Director of Research of the Coal Tar Research Association who gave a very lucid talk on “Some Aspects of Coal Tar Research.” A stimulating discussion was started by Col. Potter and among those taking part were Mr. Dunworth Mr. Loveluck Dr. Peutherer Mr. W. Smith and Mr. Webster. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. Dunworth. The next meeting was held on 7 December at the Lea Park Rooms Falkirk, under the chairmanship of Col. Potter. A member of the Section Mr. R. F. Willmott gave a very interesting talk on “The Manufacture of Yeast,” which was well illustrated. Dr. Pyke opened a lively discussion and Drs. Fowkes W. H. K. Jones and J.R. Muir and Messrs. Bailey H. H. Campbell Greig Loveluck and Wisbey took part. Mr. J. B. Kitchin expressed the appreciation of the meeting. The first meeting of the New Year was also held at the Lea Park Rooms, Falkirk on 8 February when Dr. Mowbray Ritchie of the University of Edin-burgh gave a talk on “Photo-reactions in the Solid Phase.” He gave a most interesting account of some of his researches and their application to the photo-graphic process and fading of pigments and dyestuffs. Mr. Dunworth Mr. Loveluck Dr. Mercer and Dr. J. K. Thomson were among those taking part in the discussion. Col. Potter was in the chair and Mr. Dunworth expressed the members’ thanks for a brilliant exposition of a difficult subject. Malaya.-The activities during the later part of 1950 included a visit to the Archipelago Brewery Co.on 25 October when Mr. W. Lawrence works manager gave a detailed account of the chemistry of brewing. The Annual General Meeting was held on 3 November and the following Officers and Committee were elected for the coming year:-Chairman Mr. G. H. Clement; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Mr. Lim Chin Kuan; Committee, Mr. H. T. Benny Mr. T. A. Spillane Dr. P. C. Leong and Professor R. A. Robinson. The year 1951 opened with a lecture by a distinguished visitor Dr. R. R. Williams who spoke on “Modern Developments in the Vitamin Industry.” In order to encourage undergraduates of the new University of Malaya in the study of chemistry the Section has instituted an essay competition for a book prize of 50 dollars.The subject set was “The Evolution of Analytical Methods” and many entries of a high standard were received. It is proposed to hold the essay competition quarterly. Regular exhibitions of films of chemical interest are being arranged. The first held on 16 February at the University was well attended by students. [ 108 EXAMINATIONS JANUARY 1951 ABSTRACT OF THE REPORT OF THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS Examinations were held as under:- Entered Passed For the Associateship. Examiners Professor A. J. Allmand M.C. F.R.S. Professor H. J. Emelhus F.R.S. and Professor D. H. Hey. The examination was held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington theoretical papers being taken also at various local centres in the periods 15 to 20 January and 23 to 26 January 195 1.68 16* For the Fellowship. The examination was held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington except where otherwise stated in the week beginning Monday 22 January 195 1. Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water. Examiners Dr. H. E. Archer and Mr. G. Taylor O.B.E. Branch G Industrial Chemistry with special reference to Examiners Professor F. H. Garner O.B.E. and Dr. W. 1 1 67 Petroleum. Preston. At the University of Birmingham. 1 1 Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Examiners Mr. R. C. Chirnside and Mr. J. Haslam 2 1 82 24 - -* Five candidates completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in those parts in which they had previously failed and 16 candidates failed in part only of the examination.t One candidate completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in those parts in which he had previously failed. EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP MONDAY 15 JANUARY 1951 18 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY.] I . What are the chief characteristics of the transition elements? your answer by reference to the chemistry of titanium and nickel. Illustrate 2. Give an account of the chemistry of the oxides and oxy-acids of phosphorus. Indicate and comment on the structures assigned to the com-pounds which you describe 3. Write concise explanatory notes on THREE of the following:-(a) active nitrogen, (b) ion exchange, (c) paramagnetism in inorganic compounds, ( d ) interstitial compounds, (e) the heavy isotopes of hydrogen.4. Discuss the preparation properties and structure of THREE of the following :-iron pentacarbonyl hydrazine calcium hydride diborane hydrogen peroxide. 5. Explain what is meant by the term oxidation-reduction potential. 6. Discuss the directional properties of chemical bonds and the interpretation Illustrate the importance of this quantity in analytical chemistry. of these bonds in terms of modern valency theory. 7. Outline the steps by which a pure compound of thorium and of a rare earth element other 'than cerium could be isolated from monazite. How would you establish the purity of the two products? 2 to 5p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] 1. Answer TWO of the following:-(a) From the following data which hold for 25" C.and one atmosphere pressure calculate the values of the heat liberated at both constant volume and constant pressure when one gram molecule of ammonia is formed from its elements (i) as the anhydrous gas (ii) in the form of dilute aqueous solution. AH 4NH3 (g) + 302 (g) -+ 2N2 (8) + 6H20 (1) - 362400 cal. 2H2 (s) + 0 2 (g) -+ 2H20 (1) - 136800 cal. NH3 (g) + aq -+ NH3 (as) - 8400cal. (b) When the heat of combustion of naphthalene was determined in a bomb calorimeter it was found that for AU was -1234600 cal. at 25" C. Calculate AH. CioHs ( S ) f 1202 (g) + loco2 (g) -t- 4H20 (1) Given the following values of AH c (graphite) + 0 (€9 -+ co2 (g) - 94000~11. 2H2 (g) + 0 2 (g) -+ 2H2O (1) - 136800 cal.calculate AH and A S when one gram molecule of CloH is formed from graphite and hydrogen at the same temperature. Assuming that the gram-atomic entropy of graphite is 1-3 cal./degree and the gram molecular entropy of hydrogen 29-4 cal./degree both at 25" C. and one atmosphere pressure calculate the gram-molecular entropy of naphthalene. c 110 (c) For the reaction CO (g) i- 30 (g) -f CO (g) AH is -68000 cal. at 0” C. The true molecular heats (cal./degree) at constant volume (C,) are as follows :-5.106 + 0.0033443 for CO, 4-68 + 0400268T for both CO and 02. Calculate the heat of formation of COz from CO and O2 at constant pressure and 2500” C. 2. Explain the terms “chemical potential,” “activity” and “activity coefficient” as applied to the constituents of a solution.Describe the application of EITHER solubility measurements OR freezing-point measurements to the investigation of ionic activity coefficients in solutions of electrolytes. 3. How would you determine by means of e.m.f. measurements the following :-(a) the extent of complex ion formation in solution; (6) the solubility of a sparingly soluble salt ; (c) the ionisation constant of water; ( d ) the heat of neutralisation of a strong acid by a strong base? 4. “A hypothesis advanced by Planck in 1900 has developed with astounding rapidity into what is now known as the quantum theory which like all other theories which ring true has brought logical coherence to apparently disconnected phenomena has afforded clear insight into problems which had hitherto seemed insoluble and has revealed new regions for exploration.Chemistry has enjoyed a particularly rich share in its general benefactions.” Write an essay in the form of a commentary on this passage. 5. Discuss the nature of the evidence which shows that very many chemical changes proceed by a mechanism involving a series of successive reactions. Mention cases where on the other hand the over-all equation as written is a guide to the actual reaction mechanism. 6. Define carefully the terms “phase,” “component” and “degree of freedom” as used when discussing heterogeneous equilibrium. Discuss with the aid of diagrams the conditions of equilibria in any ONE three-componen t sys tem. 7. Outline and discuss the experimental methods by which the particle size and/or molecular weight of the disperse phase in colloidal solutions have been investigated.TUESDAY 16 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] 1. Describe with experimental details a method for the preparation of propylene in the laboratory. Indicate briefly how propylene may be converted into (a) acetone (b) propylene oxide and (c) glycerol and comment on any points of special interest in the reactions described. 2. Discuss the stereochemistry of (a) the mono-methyl ester of tartaric acid (b) the oximes of p-methoxybenzophenone and (c) the cyclohexane-1 2-dicarboxylic acids 3. Write concise notes with the aid of examples on the meaning and sigmficance of FIVE of the following as used in organic chemistry :-peroxide effect inductive effect resonance chelation disproportionation epimerisation, aniono trop y .4. How may (a) methylamine and (6) dimethylamine be prepared in pure form ? A compound (A) containing only carbon hydrogen and nitrogen gave the following results on analysis :-C 84.1 per cent. ; H 7.0 per cent. After being heated with an excess of methyl iodide a compound (B) containing 40.57 per cent. iodine was obtained. Oxidation of the original compound (A) gave phthalic acid. Suggest probable structural formulae for (A) and (B). (H = 1 ; I = 127.) 5. Review the methods available for effecting the following reduction reactions :-(a) -CH:CH- -+ -CH2.CH2-(b) -CO- -+ -CH(OH)-(c) -CO- -+ -CH2-(d) -COOC,H + -CH,(OH). 6. By means of structural formulae and explanatory notes outline how any FOUR of the following preparations could be carried out:-(a) 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid from naphthalene, (6) rn-chlorocinnamic acid from benzaldehyde, (c) p-hydroxyphenylacetic acid from toluene, ( d ) 6-methoxyquinoline from phenol, (e) stilbene from toluene, (f) #?-(m-toly1)ethyl alcohol from toluene.7. Write structural formulae for TWO of the following compounds and in both cases illustrate the information on the molecular structure which can be obtained from degradation reactions :-a-terpineol cholesterol quinine, pelargonin calciferol. 2 to 3.30p.m. ,[The use of dictionaries is allowed.] FRENCH Translate into English :-Nous avons CtC conduits aux lois des gaz parfaits en ndgligeant les dimensions mol6culaires ainsi que les forces qui peuvent s’exercer entre les molkules en dehors des chocs.Or les dimensions molkculaires interviennent Cvidemment aux fortes pressions pour diminuer la compressibilitk et ne peuvent rester indkfiniment negligeables vis-A-vis des distances des molkules. D’autre part, les liquides ne peuvent conserver un volume i peu prks constant que sous l’influence de forces de cohksion intkrieures ou forces #attraction inter-molkulaires. Et la continuit6 des Ctats liquide et gazeux prouvCe par les expkriences d’Andrews amhe & penser que les forces de cohbion plus faibles dans les gaz que dam les liquides puisque 1’Ccartement moyen des molkules y est plus grand y posskdent cependant encore des valeurs apprkiables GERMAN Translate into English :-Unter einer fraktionierten DestiUation versteht man nun eine solche bei der immer die Teile des Destillats getrennt aufgefangen werden wikend deren Ubergehens das Thermometer gar nicht oder nur innerhalb geringer Grenzen geschwankt hat.Durch geniigend oft wiederholtes Destillieren dieser Teile gelangt man schliesslich zu einen Produkt welches wahrend das Thermometer langere Zeit nicht mehr oder kaum seinen Stand anderte iiberging. Man ist damit abgesehen von verschwindend wenigen Ausnahmen durch die fraktionierte Destillation zu einem chemisch reinen Destillat gelangt. Die scharfste Probe auf die Homogenitat eines Destillats ist nach Michael die dass man ein Destillat welches man als durch fraktionierte Destillation rein erhalten ansieht nochmals in 3 Teilen auffangt und nun die Dichte dieser 3 Fraktionen bestimmt.Practical. First Group WEDNESDAY 17 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly.] * 1. The solution (A) contains the sulphates of manganese and nickel. Deter-mine the manganese volumetrically by the method prescribed.? Determine the sulphate gravimetrically. [(B) = EITHER calcium tungstate OR lead vanadate.] 2. Identify the compound (B). THURSDAY 18 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 3. Determine the nickel in the solution (A) gravimetrically by the method prescribed.? 4. Analyse qualitatively the mixture (C) which contains six inorganic radicals.[(C) = EITHER magnesium phosphate aluminium sulphate and potassium arsenate OR calcium phosphate manganese carbonate and sodium arsenate.] FRIDAY 19 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. [(D) = 5 per cent. aqueous solution of EITHER aniline sulphate OR o-toluidine hydrochloride OR p-toluidine sulphate. ] Candidates are expected to complete this exercise with the 50 ml. of liquid supplied. 2. Convert the whole of the aromatic amine R.NH2 (E) into the chloro-compound RCl. The approximate molecular weight of the amine is 170. Record the melting-point and the weight of your purified product. Credit will be given for both the quality and quantity of your product which must be left for inspection. 1. Report as fully as possible on the liquid (D). [(E) = 4-aminodiphenyl.] * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers.i- Not reproduced. 113 SATURDAY 20 JANUARY 1951 10a.m. to 4.30p.m. Liquids must be charac-terised by the preparation of at least one crystalline derivative which must be left for inspection. [(F) = EITHER methyl ethyl ketone and m-nitrotoluene with 5 per cent. salicylic acid OR methyl ethyl ketone and o-nitrotoluene with 5 per cent. benzoic acid.] 3. Identify the constituents of the mixture (F). Practical Second Group TUESDAY 23 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. [Lengthy descrbtions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly.] * 1 . The solution (G) contains the sulphates of aluminium and sodium.Determine the aluminium volumetrically by the method prescribed.? Determine the sulphate gravimetrically. 2. Identify the compound (H). [(H) - EITHER titanium dioxide OR molybdenum trioxide.] WEDNESDAY 24 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 3. Solution (J) contains lead nitrate and acetic acid. Determine the lead gravimetrically by the method prescribed.? 4. AnaIyse qualitatively the mixture (K) which contains six inorganic radicals. [(K) = EITHER calcium fluoride lead sulphate nickel oxide and cupric oxide OR calcium fluoride barium sulphate cobalt oxide and cupric oxide.] THURSDAY 25 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 1. Report as fully as possible on the liquid (L). [(L) = 5 per cent. aqueous Candidates are expected to complete this exercise with the 50 ml.of liquid supplied. Convert the whole of the rn-nitraniline provided into m-nitrophenol. Record the melting-point and the weight of your purified product. Credit will be given for both the quality and quantity of your product which must be left for inspection. solution of the sodium salt of EITHER o-cresol OR m-cresol OR p-cresol.] 2. FRIDAY 26 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 3. Identify the constituents of the mixture (M). Liquids must be charac-terised by the preparation of at least one crystalline derivative which must be left for inspection. [(M) = EITHER ethyl formate and chlorobenzene with 5 per cent. salicylic acid OR ethyl propionate and p-chlorotoluene with 5 per cent. benzoic acid.] * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers.t Not reproduced. [ 114 EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP BRANCH E THE CHEMISTRY INCLUDING MICROSCOPY OF FOOD AND DRUGS AND OF WATER MONDAY 22 JANUARY 1951 10 to 11.30 a.m. (a) Section 13 (1) of the Food and Drugs Act 1938 dealing with pre-cautions against contamination of food sets out for this purpose provisions to “have effect in relation to every room in which any food intended for human consumption other than milk is prepared for sale or sold or offered or exposed for sale or deposited for the purpose of sale or of preparation for sale.” State these provisions in your own words and indicate the contaminations which it is intended to guard against. (b) Section 100 (1) of the Act includes definitions of foods etc.Give the gist of the definitions for “food,” “butter,” “cream,” “artificial 2. Write a short essay on the composition and the nutritive value of Discuss the effect of cooking on their nutritive value. 1 . cream,” “cheese” and “margarine.” vegetables. 11.30 a.m. to 1 p.m. [THREE questions to be answered.] 1. What is the effect of long continued ingestion of arsenic? What specimens should be examined to confirm the diagnosis of chronic arsenical poisoning? What methods would you employ in the determination of the arsenic content of these specimens? 2. Write short notes on the pharmacological action and therapeutic uses of :-(a) parathyroid extract ; (b) ammonium chloride ; ( c ) camphor; (d) strychnine. 3. What are the possible toxic effects that may follow treatment by the drugs of the sulphonamide group? How would you determine the concentra-tion of sulphonamide in blood and in urine? 4.Give an account of the pharmacology and practical uses of adrenaline, ephedrine and atropine. 2 to 5 p.m. [FOUR questions to be answered.] 1. Describe the tests you would apply to the following in order to determine their suitability for food purposes :-A.C.P. cooking fat tinned fish in tomato sauce. 2. Describe the various methods for removing “hardness” from water and indicate the specific advantages of each 3. What is the principle of the serological method for differentiating the different kinds of flesh foods? What is the laboratory procedure with the method? 4. Describe briefiy (a) the antioxidants and (b) the emulsifying agents now in use or suggested for use in foodstuffs.Express any views you may hold as to the advisability of or danger in their use. Mincemeat is stated to contain 5. 30 per cent. dried fruit, 15 Y apple, 4 , suet 4 , acetic acid. What methods would you use to confirm this statement of ingredients? of substantial amounts of sodium salts? of having been damaged by sea water. 6. How would you determine small quantities of bromine in the presence Discuss the significance of the determination of bromine in foodstuffs suspected TUESDAY 23 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Report on the malt vinegar (A). 2. Determine the zinc oxide in the zinc ointment (B). WEDNESDAY 24 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 3. Determine the nature and estimate the amount of the spray residue on 4.Examine the non-alcoholic wine (D) for preservatives. the tomatoes (C). . THURSDAY 25 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 5. Estimate the mineral oil in the cod liver oil (E). 6. Examine the effluent (F) for toxic contamination. FRIDAY 26 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 7. Report on the golden syrup (G). 8. Determine the sand in the dried herbs (H). 9. Identify the powders 0 (J) and (K) by microscopical examination. SATURDAY 27 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Identify by microscopical examination the vegetable powders (L) (M) and (N). Sketch describe and name the structures seen. 2. Examine the urine (0) from a case of death in coma. Identify the poison and determine the amount present. 3. The tablet (P) contains two therapeutic constituents.Identify them. 116 BRANCH G INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO PETROLEUM MONDAY 22 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer at least ONE question from Section (A), and attempt FOUR questions in all.] (A) 1. The development of petroleum refineries has been accorded high priority in post-war industrial planning. Discuss critically the action of the Planners. 2. Summarise critically the report of the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers on the British Chemical Industry. (B) 3. (a) Write advisory notes (as to an engineering colleague) affording (i) column and packing for the distillation of the system alcohol-(ii) tanks for the storage of copper sulphate solutions; (iii) pumping equipment for dilute nitric acid; (iv) types of paint for laboratory decoration; guidance as to the choice of materials for the following duties :-water-sulphuric acid; and (b) Comment on the development of the use of carbon as a constructional material for use in chemical industry.4. Describe methods for the rapid industrial determination of (a) specific gravity (of li,quids) and (b) viscosity referring to the various units which are used to express these properties. 5. Give an account of the different types of “stainless” steels which are now available for use in chemical industry. 6. Describe with simple freehand sketches wherever possible, EITHER (a) types of equipment used for the promotion of chemical and physical interaction between liquids and gases; OR (b) equipment for industrial filtration.2 to 5p.m. [Answer FIVE questions. ] 1. Write an essay on the sulphur compounds present in crude petroleum and possible methods of utilising these compounds. 2. Describe with a line drawing the fluid catalytic process giving an account of the characteristics of fluidised solid systems. 3. State the principal uses of alkali in petroleum refining and give a brief description of the principles and plant used in one of the solutiser processes. E 117 4. Describe laboratory methods used for the separation of individual hydrocarbons in petroleum with reference also to the use of laboratory fractiona-tion in partial vacuum. 5. Discuss briefly the physico-chemical principles involved in fractional distillation. 6.Give a list of various chemical compounds used in solvent refining and of the essential properties required. Describe one plant using solvents for the separation of wax from petroleum distillates. 7. Discuss the applicability of various methods for determining volatility of petroleum products in relation to the performance of gasolines in spark ignition engines. TUESDAY to FRIDAY 23 to 26 JANUARY 1951: 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day. Evaluate the given crude petroleum with reference to the yields of gasoline, Isolate samples of kerosine and gas oil suitable for marketing. kerosine gas oil and fuel oil. BRANCH H GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY MONDAY 22 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FOUR questions.] 1. Discuss the analytical chemistry of the elements silicon and phosphorus.2. Describe briefly the methods available for the determination of fluorine How would you determine the total bromine content in samples of:-in inorganic materials. (a) sodium hypochlorite liquor, (b) ammonium chloride, (c) potassium bromate? 3. Discuss the determination of unsaturation in organic compounds Mention any limitations of the methods you describe. 4. What information of analytical value may be obtained by the use of X-ray diffraction and electron diffraction ? Outline briefly the principles and methods of these techniques. 5. What considerations would influence you in the choice of macro semi-6. Write an essay on the standardisation of volumetric solutions. micro and micro methods in the work of a general analytical laboratory? 7.Give an account of the methods available for the assessment of mineral lubricating oils and greases. 118 2 to 5p.m. [Answer FOUR questions.] 1. Describe methods available for the separation and determination of :-(a) selenium and tellurium, (b) zinc and cadmium. 2. Give an account of some modern developments in gas analysis. 3. Discuss modern views on the chemistry of the different types of insoluble 4. Discuss the value of chemical analysis in the control of industrial processes. 5 . Write an essay on the analytical examination of organic polymers and 6. Describe briefly the principles underlying the use of the flame photometer Contrast the merits of this technique with those of the chemical methods. 7. What methods are used for the determination of arsenic in inorganic How would you carry out the determination in samples of:-organo-metallic compounds used in analytical separations.co-polymers. in the determination of alkali metals. materials ? (a) sodium hydroxide, (b) metallic copper, (c) haematite? TUESDAY 23 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Report qualitatively on the substances (A) and (B). [(A) = resorcinol. (B) = molybdenum sulphide.] (This exercise must be completed by noon.) (This exercise may be completed to-morrow.) 2. Determine the iron and sulphur in the sample of pyrites (C). WEDNESDAY 24 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 2. 3. The sample of water (D) is believed to have caused the corrosion of an Examine the water and write a concise and clear report giving the results of 4.Identify qualitatively the constituents of the sample (E) and determine aluminium cooking utensil. your examination and state your views on the probable causes of corrosion. them quantitatively as fully as time permits. [(E) = cobalt chromium alloy.] (This exercise may be completed to-morrow.) THURSDAY 25 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 4. 5. Examine and report on the organic solvent (F). [(F) = chloroform con-taining 5 per cent. bromoform.] 119 FRIDAY 26 JANUARY 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 6. The material (G) is sold as a hardener for use in the preparation of Examine and report on its composition. [(G) = urea hexamine and am-synthetic resins. monium chloride.] REPORT OF THE EXAMINERS Examination for the Associateship Inorganic Chemistry.In the written paper many candidates showed a surprising lack of factual knowledge. Thus for example in Q. 1 the characteristics of the transition elements were usually familiar but there were many gross errors in illustrating these characteristics by .reference to the chemistry of titanium and nickel. Similarly in Q. 2 and Q. 7 the structures of the oxides and oxyacids of phosphorus and the methods for separating thorium from the rare earths were often in-correctly stated. Few candidates who answered Q. 4 realised that diborane is not formed when magnesium boride is decomposed by acids. The answers to Q. 5 and Q. 6 were on the whole very much better. The standard reached in the practical examination was more satisfactory.There were many good determinations of nickel and manganese. The alumin-ium determination was on the whole poorly done but the other quantitative determinations were very satisfactory. The qualitative analysis was better than in recent examinations. Far too many errors were made in calculating the results of analysis. Physical Chemistry, All questions were attempted by a reasonable proportion of the candidates; the most popular were Q. 1 and Q. 6; the least so were Q. 2 and perhaps surpris-ingly Q. 3. Q. 1 apart Q. 2 and Q. 3 also demanded the greatest precision of treatment and on the whole were not well done. Better answers were given to Q. 4 to 7 particularly where these took the form of an essay. The variation in standard exhibited by the candidates was very wide.There were some exceedingly good and a fair proportion of competent papers but far too many candidates were clearly quite unprepared for an examination of the A.R.I.C. standard. In Q. 1 (a) frequent mistakes both in magnitude and in sign were made when transforming from constant pressure to constant volume conditions. In Q. 1 (b) which brought to light a widespread inability to calculate the heat of formation of naphthalene insufficient data were supplied to enable a candidate to give a complete answer but no one was thereby prejudiced in the result of his examination. In Q. 1 (c) the relation C - C = R appeared to be unknown to many and there were a number of cases of slipshod carelessness e.g. the use of temperatures in O C. where O K.were required. In the remainder of the paper, the treatment was too often merely formal or superficial with little real apprecia-tion of the subject; e.g. the essential nature of the conceptions of chemical potential and of activity (Q. Z) and of component (Q. 6); the actual nature of and reason for Planck‘s original postulate (Q. 4); or the logical connection between Perrin’s earlier and Svedberg’s later work (Q. 7). Scrappy answers to Q. 2 and Q. 7 were frequent. Sometimes particularly in Q. 4 and Q. 5 the question actually set was not answered or else attention was paid almost exclusively to one aspect of the subject; e.g. in Q. 4 to the Bohr-Sommerfeld theory or even artificial radio-elements and atomic energy and in Q. 5 to photochemistry or branching chains.120 Organic Chemistry. The general standard in theoretical organic chemistry showed a slight but definite improvement on the level attained in recent examinations. There are still too many candidates who are inadequately prepared but apart from these, most candidates now possess a more balanced and up-to-date knowledge of the facts of organic chemistry. Many candidates confused epimerisation with mutarotation resonance with tautomerism and anionotropy with prototropy, and the answers on the “peroxide effect” were frequently wide of the mark. The question on the preparation of methylamine and dimethylamine in pure form revealed an unexpected lacuna and the very simple calculation proved to be beyond the capacity of many of the candidates who attempted this question.The answers to the question on methods of reduction were very uneven. In the question on aromatic syntheses many candidates failed to appreciate the im-portance of the order in which a sequence of reactions must be carried out and a surprisingly large number of candidates confused stilbene with styrene. The standard of the work in practical organic chemistry showed some improvement and there were a few outstanding performances but the reports on the aqueous solutions (D) and 0.) were in general disappointing. Examination for the Fellowship Branch E. The Ckernistry including Microscopy ofFood and Drugs and of Water. As usual the theoretical work showed evidence of careful and comprehensive reading. The practical application of this knowledge however often lagged very much behind.The difficulty in deciding even after all possible tests had been applied whether non-brewed condiment or spirit vinegar or a mixture of both had been used in a mixture of malt vinegar and non-brewed condiment is understandable and can be allowed for but in answering a question as to the amount of zinc oxide in an article described as zinc ointment the determination of basicity alone cannot be accepted as sufficient; confirmation of the presence of zinc is necessary. The somewhat unusual exercise dealing with tomatoes sprayed with D.D.T. showed that candidates were able to use ingenuity in removing and identifying a few milligrams of spray powder but testing for arsenic and lead was also desirable. Most candidates identified a benzoic preservative in the non-alcoholic wine.The estimation of the amount of mineral oil in admixture with cod liver oil by subtracting an average normal figure for the unsaponifiable matter of cod liver oil from the figure for the total unsaponifiable matter in the mixture cannot be regarded as satisfactory. Apart from older methods a recently published chromatographic method of separation could have been applied to the unsaponifiable matter and would have given a satisfactory answer in half an hour. The examination of the effluent contaminated with potassium cyanide to the extent of the equivalent of 100 p.p.m. of HCN presented little Many candidates failed to realise that the purpose of so simple a determina-tion as the amount of sand in a specimen of dried herbs was related to the fact that the earthy contamination of dried herbs tends to segregate easily.With a specimen weighing only about 10 g. analysis of the whole specimen would be the only fair way of attacking the problem and would at least give a true answer in respect of the 10 g. submitted. The examination of the golden syrup was an exercise in sugar determination in a genuine article and was well done. In Therapeutics Pharmacology and Microscopy the successful candidates showed a fairly good knowledge of theory and the practical work was on the whole well done. difficulty. [ 121 The oral examination showed some very uneven results and it was clear that some candidates had neglected important parts of the syllabus. It was found that several candidates knew little about the normal constituents of urine or had had any practical experience of its examination.PASS LIST EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP Banfield John Noel University College Southampton. Collings Stuart Royal Technical College Salford. Cunningham James Heriot-Watt College Edinburgh and Royal Technical College Glasgow. Fraser James Technical College Sunderland. Haddon Gordon Frederick The University of Nottingham and the Nottingham District Technical College. Harness Alexander Alfred Northern Polytechnic London. Jamieson George Rumbold Royal Technical College Glasgow and Technical College Paisley. Jones Edward George Howel B.Sc. (Lond.) University College London, College of Technology Liverpool and Denbighshire Technical College, Wrexham.Longworth Ruskin B.Sc. (Lond.) South-West Essex Technical College, Walthams tow. Martin John Lewis College of Technology Bristol. Ogborn James Emile Alfred Chelsea Polytechnic Imperial College and Pearce Alexander B.Sc. (Lond.) Acton Technical College London. Read John Ingle BSc. (Lond.) South-West Essex Technical College Waltham-Relf Cyril John B.Sc. (Lond.) The Polytechnic Regent Street London. Rimer Mrs. Louisa College of Technology Liverpool. Wickings John Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.) University College Exeter. Woolwich Polytechnic London. stow. EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water. Dennis Peter Owen B.Sc. (Lond.). Drinkwater William Edwin. Hamilton Leonard Joseph B.Sc. (Lond.). Jones Edwin Charles B.Sc.(Lond.). Smith Edwin Weedon B.Sc. (Lond.). Thirunavukkarasu Tharnbyaiah B.Sc. (Lond.). Branch G Industrial Chemistry with special reference to Petroleum. Martin Alexander Lawson B.Sc. (Edin.). Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Gardner Kenneth BSc. (Lond.) THE REGISTER NEW FELLOW (0) Bradbury Mrs. Helena B.Sc., Ph.D. (Leeds). ASSOCIATES ELECTED (N) Birtwell Stanley Ph.D. (Leeds). (P) Bowyer Cyril Herbert B.Sc. (M) Burley Donald Weston M.A., (P) Dennis Peter Owen B.Sc. (H) Drinkwater William Edwin. (X) Foster Frederick Henry. (C) Gardner Kenneth B.Sc. (Lond.). (C) Green Sydney James B.Sc., Ph.D. (Birm.) LL.B. (Lond.)., A.M.1.Chem.E. Israel George Cashmore M.Sc. (N.Z.). F.A.C.I. (Lond.). B.Sc. (Oxon.). (Lond .).TO THE FELLOWSHIP (J) Martin Alexander Lawson B.Sc. (H) Peeling Eric RobertAlfred,B.Sc., (H) Ransley Henry Maiirice Penrose, (P) Smith Edwin Weedon B.Sc. (P) Thirunavukkarasu Thambyaiah, (A) Thomson Alexander Francis, (R) Tomalin Eric Frederick Joffre, (Edin.). Ph.D. (Lond.). B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.). B.Sc. (Lond.). B . Sc. (Aberdeen) . B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.). NEW ASSOCIATES (J) Aikman Henry Robert B.Sc. (P) Devanathan Michael AngeloVin-(P) Anson Eugene D.Sc. (Halle). (0) Elias Desmond Howard David, (R) Banfield John Noel. B.Sc. (Lond.). (S) Barron Gordon B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Entwistle Norman M.Sc. (P) Belcher Miss Heather Marjorie ( M anc . ) . B.Sc. (Lond.). ' (L) Foley Francis B.Sc. (Lond.), (P) Bowcott John Edward Llewellyn A.R.C.S.B .Sc. (Reading). Foyer Walter Gerald M.Sc. (P) Brooks Raymond Victor B.Sc. (Witwatersrand). (Lond.). (H) Fraser James (K) Burns William. (E) Griffiths Peter John Felix B.Sc. (C) Carpenter Austin Thomas B.Sc. (Wales). (Birm.). (C) Haddon Gordon Frederick. (L) Cole Alexander Cecil B.Sc. (U) Hancock John Edward Herbert, (Lond.) A.R.C. S. (Q) Collings Stuart. (P) Harness Alexander Alfred. (0) Cooper Desmond Grosvenor (P) Hobbins Peter Charles B.Sc. B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.) . (P) Coulthard Alfred John M.P.S. (Q) Hurd Reginald B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Crossley Antony B.Sc. Ph.D. Hurt Charles Albert Reginald, (Liv.). B.Sc. (Witwatersrand). (H) Cullum Douglas Charles B.Sc. (K) Jamieson George Rumbold. (Lond.). (0) Johnson David Harold B.Sc. (0) Cunningham James.(Liv .). (P) Davis Stanley Joseph B.Sc. (T) Jones Edward George Howel, (Lond.). B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Dawson Maurice B.Sc. (Manc.). (P) Leighton Desmond B.Sc. A.I.R.I. (Lond .). r 123 1 (Edin.). cent B.Sc. (Ceylon). B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S (V) Llewelyn Gwilym Ionwy Wyn (C) Smith Bernard Stuart Wheway, B.Sc. (Wales). B.Sc. (Wales). (P) Longworth Ruskin B.Sc. (Q) Sneddon John Gordon B.Sc. (Lond.). (Glas .) . (P) Martin John Lewis. (J) Stadnikiewicz Boguslaw Tadeusz (K) Martin Miss Philomena B.Sc. Alfred B.Sc. @din.). (Glas.) A.R.T.C. (Q) Stead Cecil Vivian B.Sc. (Lond.). (H) Mason Kenneth George B.Sc. (P) Stevens Marcus Andrew B.Sc. (Sheffield). (0) McManus Frank Rostron B.A. (P) Stevenson David Gordon B.Sc. (Cantab.). (Lond.). (H) Miles Leslie William Charles (A) Stuart Ronald Sangster B.Sc.B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. (Aberdeen). D.I.C. (Q) Swayne Roy Eric Hugh B.Sc. (P) Newman Dennis Daniel Ernest (Lond.) A.R.C.S. B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. (Q) Taylor Albert William B.Sc. (P) O’Donoghue Patric Noel B.Sc. (Glas.) A.R.T.C. (N.U.I.). (P) Taylor Charles Norman B.A. (P) Ogborn James Emile Alfred. (Oxon.). (C) Olden Michael John Fielding (P) Towndrow Eric George B.Sc. B.Sc. Ph.D. (Chem. Eng.) (Lond.). (Birm.). Ven katrathnam Kr ovvidi B . Sc. (C) Owen Walter Simpson B.Sc. (Madras) M.Sc. (Osmania), (Leeds). M .Sc.Tech. (Manc.). (P) Parrnenter Frederick John B.Sc. (W) Wheatley Kenneth Harold B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. (Lond.). (P) Parsons Donald Frederick B.Sc. (W) Wickings John Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.).(P) Pearce Alexander B.Sc. (Lond.). (R) Williams Charles Frederick B.Sc. (Q) Philpott William John Mander (Lond.). B.Sc. (Birm.). (C) Willmott Kenneth Eardley. (0) Pritchard John Leslie Railton (P) Withey Donald Sidney B.Sc. B.Sc. (Wales). (Lond.). (P) Read John Ingle B.Sc. (Lond.). (C) Wood Donald Francis B.Sc. (P) Relf Cyril John B.Sc. (Lond.). (Birm.). (0) Rimmer Mrs. Louisa. (Lond.) A .R .C. S. DEATHS Fellows William Blyth. Richard Westman Challinor F.A.C.I. Thomas Wallace Fagan M.A. (Cantab.). Harri Heap M.Sc. (Manc.). Henry James Hodsman M.B.E. M.Sc. (Leeds). James Kewley M.A. (Cantab.). Joseph Henry Lane B.Sc. (Lond.). Charles McMullan. Alexander Henry Mitchell Muter. Nagendra Chandra Nag M.A. (Calcutta). John Allsop Walker M.A. (Oxon.).Eric Morgan Hall B.Sc. (Birm.). Vicky Rustomjee Heeramaneck M.Sc. Ph.D. (Bombay). Aruppillai Kandiah Ph.D. D.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. D.I.C. Harold Taylor. Philip Uryash. Associates [ 124 OBITUARY Arthur George Vale Berry died on 1 September 1950 in his 65th year. Educated at East London Technical College he became an assistant chemist to the late Sir Boverton Redwood in 1902. He studied meanwhile at East London Technical College West Ham Technical Institute and East Ham Technical College. In 191 1 he was made chief chemist in Sir Boverton Redwood’s laboratories. He was on the staff of the Ministry of Munitions in 1916-17 as chief chemist, first in the Petroleum Research Department and later in the Mineral Oil Production Department. In 1919 he became chief chemist to Trinidad Lease-holds Ltd.and in 1925 took charge of research in petroleum problems for the Company with which he continued his work in Trinidad until 1946. After his return to this country he was superintendent of research and development to Lobitos Oilfields Ltd. until the time of his death. He was concerned in several patents in the field of petroleum technology and was a Fellow of the Institute of Petroleum. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1919 and a Fellow in 1941. Ernest George Gaul died on 18 December 1950 in his 78th year. He received his early education at Tenison’s Grammar School London and entered the School of the Pharmaceutical Society in 1894 where he obtained his Ph.C. qualification in 1895. He was for some years in charge of the pharmaceutical laboratory at St.Thomas’s Hospital London before entering the University of Manchester in 1905. He graduated B.Sc. with Honours in chemistry in 1907 and obtained the M.Sc. by research in 1908. After a session as demonstrator in sanitary chemistry in the University he was appointed lecturer in chemistry at the College of Agriculture Holmes Chapel Cheshire. In 1916 he became lecturer in bacteriological chemistry in the University of Manchester and shortly afterwards took charge of the Frankland Laboratory. He occupied this post until his retirement in 1943. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1918. Charles Arthur Hallas died on 10 September 1950 in his 50th year. He was educated at Spalding Grammar School and the Royal Masonic School for Boys Bushey.In 1918 he entered the Government Laboratory as a temporary chemical assistant and pursued his scientific studies at the Northern Polytechnic and King’s College London graduating B.Sc. of the University of London. From 1925 to 1928 he was an assistant chemist at the Royal Institute of Public Health. After a short period as chief assistant chemist to James Pascall, Ltd. Mitcham he was appointed chemist to the Research Association for the Cocoa Chocolate etc. Trades in 1929. He later became chemist to the British Food Manufacturing Industries Research Association. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1924 and a Fellow in 1930. Vicky Rustomjee Heeramaneck died on 31 March 1950 in his 41st year. He received his early education at St.Xavier’s High School and his scientific training at St. Xavier’s College and the Royal Institute of Science Bombay, graduating B.Sc. of the University of Bombay with Honours in chemistry in 193 1 and proceeding to M.Sc. in 1934 and Ph.D. in 1938. In 1934 he was appointed research chemist to Kabbur and Co. Ltd. Bombay. Three years later he established the Windsor Industrial Corporation. In 1945 he became chief chemist to the Chhoi Silk Mills Co. Ltd. and was chief chemist and works manager to Electrical and Allied Industries (Travancore) Ltd. in 1 125 1947-48. In 1949 Heeramaneck was appointed manager and chief chemist to Hyderabad National Industries Ltd. Hyderabad Deccan. Shortly before his death he became chief chemist in the Dhanamall Silk Mills Swat.He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1939. John William Ingham died on 12 January 1951 in his 56th year. Educated at Elmfield College York he received his scientific training at University College Nottingham. He graduated B.Sc. of the University of London and proceeded to M.Sc. in 1924 and to Ph.D. in 1943. From 1914 to 1917 he was a student demonstrator and research scholar at University College, Nottingham. In 1917 he was appointed as a chemist to British Dyes Ltd. Huddersfield. Two years later he became senior lecturer in chemistry at the Heriot-Watt College Edinburgh and he held this appointment until the time of his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1917 and a Fellow in 1920. Eric Francis James died in October 1950 in his 32nd year.Educated at Nailsworth Boys’ School a d Marling School Stroud he entered the University of Leeds in 1937 wk re he graduated B.Sc. with 1st Class Honours in colour chemistry in 1940. After a short period as assistant works chemist to Imperial Chemical Indus-tries (Dyestuffs) Ltd. at Blackley he was transferred to the Trafford Park Works. Subsequently he obtained an appointment as a chemical plant superintendent at the Midland Tar Distillers Ltd. Oldbury. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1941. Alfred Theophilus de Mouilpied died on 15 November 1950 in his 74th year. He received his early education at the Ly&e Fleury Paris The College, Nottingham and Kingswood School Bath. Entering Owens College (now The University) Manchester in 1894 he graduated B.Sc.of the Victoria University with 1st Class Honours in chemistry in 1897 and was awarded the Leblanc Medal. He was Dalton Scholar 1898-1900 and obtained his M.Sc. in the latter year. In 1899 he obtained the degree of B.Sc. of the University of London with 1st Class Honours in chemistry. From 1899 to 1901 he studied at the University of Halle and gained the degree of Ph.D. with Honours in 1901. In 1901 he was appointed assistant lecturer and demonstrator in chemistry in the University of Liverpool and became lecturer in charge of the laboratory in 1904. From 1910 to 1919 he was Inspector of Schools (in science and modern languages) to the London County Council. During the years 1915-19, he was technical adviser in the Chemical Service Department Ministry of Munitions with the rank of Captain.He was appointed technical secretary to the British Dyestuffs Corporation in 1919. In 1926 de Mouilpied became technical director of Salermo Ltd. London, and occupied this position until his retirement in 1946. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1923. Frederick William Richardson died on 17 December 1950 in his 9 1 st year. He was educated at Hull Grammar School and was for three years a pupil in the analytical laboratory of Mr. M. D. Penney in Hull. For seventeen years thereafter he was assistant to the Borough Analyst for Bradford and Dewsbury. He then established an analytical and consulting practice and was appointed City Analyst for Bradford (1897) and Public Analyst for the West Riding of Yorkshire (1 905).He was also Public Analyst for the City of Wakefield and the Borough of Dewsbury. After some years he took into partnership his brother-in-law Mr. Adolphe Jaffi. Although he resigned some of his public appointments in later years he maintained an active interest in chemistry up to the time of his death. He published many papers and articles in the scientific journals and the Press. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1897. [ 126 Joseph Gold Robertson died on 9 January 1951 in his 73rd year. He was educated at Morgan Academy Dundee and George Watson’s College Edinburgh. In 1896 he entered The Anderson College (now The University) Glasgow and also took evening courses at the Technical College. He proceeded to the University of Jena in 1898 and graduated Ph.D.cum laude in 1902. After a year at the Edinburgh Gas Works Robertson became assistant to the late Professor Thomas Gray at the Technical College Glasgow. In 1907 he established a chemical manufacturing business. He was appointed chemist and works manager to John Broadfoot and Sons Ltd. of Glasgow in 1912. Some years later he founded the firm of J. G. Robertson and Sons Ltd. of which he was a director at the time of his death. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1919. James Frederick Spencer died on 31 December 1950 in his 70th year. He entered University College (now the University) Liverpool with a City Council Scholarship in 1898 and graduated B.Sc. of Victoria University with 1st Class Honours in chemistry in 1901.He was awarded a Sheridan Muspratt Chemical Scholarship a University Scholarship and the Leblanc Medal. In 1902 he was made a Fellow of Victoria University and in the following year won an 1851 Exhibition Scholarship with which he proceeded to Breslau, where he obtained the degrees of M.A. and Ph.D. magnu cum Zuude in 1905. He was later awarded the degree of D.Sc. of the University of Liverpool. After a year’s research with the late Sir William Ramsay Spencer was appointed demonstrator in chemistry at Bedford College for Women University of London. In 1907 he became assistant lecturer at the College. He was made reader in physical chemistry in the University of London in 1915 and lecturer in physical and inorganic chemistry at Bedford College. In 19 19 he became head of the Department of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry at the College and was granted the title of professor in 1927.In the following year he became director of the Chemical Laboratories. He retired with the title of Professor Emeritus in 1946. Spencer was the author of several books and numerous scientific papers. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1916. William Heaton Thorns died on 23 December 1950 in his 74th year. Educated at the Clapham School London he became an apprenticed pupil to the late Dr. F. W. Passmore in 1894 and attended classes at the School of the Pharmaceutical Society. In 1898 he became assistant to Dr. Passmore and was from 1907 to 1918 his chief assistant. He then entered into partnership with Dr. Passmore and after the latter’s death he carried on the analytical and consulting practice.He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1928. John Adam Watson died on 9 November 1950 in his 66th year. He was educated at Paddington High School and the City of London School, and entered the Central Technical College South Kensington in 1903 where he obtained the diploma of A.C.G.I. After more than two years as assistant chemist to I. G. Ingram and Sons, india rubber manufacturers he was appointed as a chemist on the manufacturing staff of the British Drug Houses Ltd. in 1910. In 1919 he joined the staff of the North British Rubber Co. Ltd. Edinburgh with whom he remained until 1931. He then took up research work in the University of Edinburgh and was granted the degree of Ph.D. in 1938.He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1913 and a Fellow in 1916, and served as a Member of Council 1927-30 NOTES PERSONAL Among the new Fellows of the Royal Society elected on 15 March 1951 are Dr. A. H. Cook Fellow Dr. Geoffrey Gee Associate Professor J. A. Prescott, C.B.E. Associate and Professor A. R. J. P. Ubbelohde Fellow. Mr. J. T. Kendall Associate and Professor P. D. Ritchie Fellow have been elected Fellows of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Mr. R. D. H. Barklie Associate of the Royal Naval Scientific Service has been promoted to a Senior Principal Scientific Officer. Mr. N. K. S. Brodribb C.B.E. Fellow has retired from the position of Controller-General of Munitions Supply Commonwealth of Australia. He is continuing his association with the Department of Supply in an advisory capacity and as chairman of the Defence Supply Planning Committee and member of the Boards of Management of Munitions Factories and Aircraft Production.Dr. Donald Burton M.B.E. Fellow has been appointed to the Chair of Leather Industries in the University of Leeds. Dr. T. C. Calloway Associate has been appointed Head Master of the Secondary Modern School Coleford Gloucestershire. Mr. P. C. Chaumeton Fellow has been appointed managing director of Styrene Products Ltd. Professor E. C. Dodds M.V.O. F.R.S. Fellow has been awarded the Society of Chemical Industry Medal for 195 1. Mr. M. B. Donald Fellow has been appointed to the Ramsay Memorial Chair of Chemical Engineering tenable at University College London from 1 October 1951.Dr. Alexander Fleck Fellow deputy chairman of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. has been appointed a director of Canadian Industries Ltd. Dr. W. Francis Fellow has retired from the post of director of Powell-Duffryn Technical Services Ltd. to become an independent consulting chemist and director of the Bulstrode Research Laboratories. Mr. J. C. Gullen Fellow former chief chemist to the Aberthaw and Bristol Channel Portland Cement Co. Ltd. has been appointed consulting chemist to the Company. Dr. F. R. Harris Fellow has been appointed Assistant Research Manager of the Atomic Energy Research Establishment in Cumberland. Mi. J. A. Hawkes Associate has been appointed chief chemist to The British United Shoe Machinery Co. Ltd. of Leicester. Mr. A.K. Jack Fellow has retired from the position of Chief Safety Officer, Government Explosives Factories and Secretary Operational Safety Com-mittee Commonwealth of Australia. Dr. S. H. Jenkins Fellow has accepted an invitation to become a member of the Water Pollution Research Board Department of Scientific and Industrial Research. Mr. G. Roche Lynch O.B.E. Past President has had conferred upon him the Fellowship of the City and Guilds of London Institute (F.C.G.I.). Mr. S . M. Mehta Associate has received the title of Professor of Inorganic Chemistry in the Institute of Science Bombay. Dr. J. R. Nicholls C.B.E. Fellow has been elected President of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists for 1951-53. Mr. A. J. Prince Fellow has been appointed to the board of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd.Billingham Division. Professor G. V. Raynor Fellaw has been chosen as the first recipient of the Walter Rosenhain Medal of the Institute of Metals. [ 128 Dr. D. Ridge Fellow is leaving the Department of Chemistry and Biology, South-East Essex Technical College Dagenham to become one of H.M. Inspectors of Schools South-Eastern Division. Mr. John Rogers O.B.E. Fellow chairman of Imperial Chemical Industries, Ltd. has been appointed a director of Canadian Industries Ltd. Mr. Rogers has been nominated by the Council of the Society of Chemical Industry as President of the Society for 195 1-52. Mr. A. Sciver Fellow has been chosen as Mayor-elect of the City of Westminster to take office on 24 May 195 1. Mr.K. S. Sharples Fellow was called to the Bar by Gray’s Inn on 26 January. Professor J. B. Speakman Fellow has been awarded the Honorary Fellowship of the Textile Institute. Mr. A. A. Topp O.B.E. Associate has retired from the position of General Manager Government Explosives Factories Commonwealth of Australia. He will continue to act as the Department of Supply representative on the Aluminium Commission and as chairman Operational Safety Committee and various inter-departmental committees. Dr. S. Wernick Fellow has been awarded the Electrodepositors’ Technical Society Gold Medal for 195 1. INSTITUTE MATTERS Gluckstein Memorial Lecture.-The twelfth Lecture in this series entitled “Organisation for Development in a Chemical Company,” was delivered by Mr. E.A. O’Neal Chairman and Managing Director of Monsanto Chemicals, Ltd. before a large audience in the Lecture Theatre of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine on 12 February. The President occupied the chair and introduced the Lecturer. A vote of thanks was proposeed by Dr. L. H. Lampitt and seconded by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones and carried with acclamation. The Lecture will be published in due course in the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports. Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize.-The Council has received the report of the Assessor for the 1950 competition stating that only one entry had been received and that this was not of sufficient merit to justify recommendation for the award. It is regretted that the change in the rules of this competition has not led to the expected increase of interest by Registered Students.Membership of the Council.-Under the new By-laws which came into operation on 19 January notable changes will take place in the constitution of the Council to be elected at the Annual General Meeting on 27 April 1951. The number of Honorary Officers remains unchanged except that the immediate Past President becomes an additional Vice-president ex officio. The number of General Members of Council will be reduced however from twenty-seven to twenty-one while the number of District Members (at present sixteen) is to be raised to such number not exceeding twenty-one as the Council may from time to time determine. In this connection the Council had undertaken to raise the number of District Members of Council to eighteen as soon as the necessary powers were acquired under the new By-laws.In furtherance of this under-taking the Council at its meeting on 16 February passed the following resolution :-“That in respect of the election of District Members of Council to take office at the Annual General Meeting 1951 and of future elections until otherwise decided the specification of Districts and their representation, [ 129 approved by the Special General Meeting held on 21 October 1949 be amended so as to provide (i) for the territory of the North Wales Section to constitute a separate District (ii) for the District England VI (comprising the territories of the London and South-Eastern Counties and East Anglia Sections) to elect two Members of Council.” It was agreed to accept as valid the provisional nomination of the two additional District Members of Council put forward in anticipation of the passage of this resolution (Journal 1950 VI 510).The Council then proceeded to make nominations of Honorary Officers and General Members of Council under By-law 25 and to authorise the issue of ballot papers in accordance with the new By-laws. These ballot papers were despatched to corporate members of the Institute on 7 March 1951. National College of Food Technology.-The Council has nominated Miss Mamie Olliver as the representative of the Institute on the governing body of this new College. Representatives on other Bodies.-At its meeting on 16 March the Council made the following nominations in response to invitations received :-British Standards Institution Technical Committee C/35-Testing of Water Mr.W. Gordon Carey. Provisional national joint body on the recruitment and training of laboratory technicians other than those engaged in clinical medical laboratory techniques Dr. Harry Baines. Local Section Rules.-The Council has approved a proposal by the Belfast and District Section to amend Section Rule 3 so as to provide for the inclusion of a Vice-chairman among the Officers. Approval has also been given to proposals for amending the Rules of the South-Western Counties Section so as to allow for the election of an Hon. Assistant Secretary and an Hon. Treasurer (Rule 3) and of six instead of five ordinary members of the Committee (Rule 4), with consequential changes in Rules 12 and 13 referring to the functions of the Hon.Treasurer in connection with the Accounts and Funds of the Section. Staff changes.-The Council has accepted with regret the resignation for personal reasons of Miss A. M. Wilson Nominations Examinations and Institutions clerk after thirty-five years in the service of the Institute. THE CHEMICAL COUNCIL The Honorary Officers of The Chemical Council for Professor A. Findlay; Vice-chairman Sir Ian Heilbron; F. P. Dunn; Hon. Secretary Dr. G. M. Bennett. The constitution of the Council is :-The Chemical 95 1 are:-Chairman, Hon. Treasurer Mr. Society Sir Wallace Akers (ex-offico) Mr. R. P. Bell Professor H. Burton Sir Ian Heilbron; The Royal Institute of Chemistry Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones (ex-officio) Professor W H.Linnell Mr. E. T. Osborne Dr. E. H. Rodd; The Society of Chemical Industry: Mr. Julian M. Leonard (ex-officio) Dr. H. Baines Mr. F. P. Dunn Dr. L. H. Lampitt; The Faraday Society Dr. G. M. Bennett Dr. G. Gee; The Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists Dr. J. H. Hamence Dr. K. A. Williams; The Biochemical Society Mr. F. A. Robinson Professor Leslie Young; The Institution of Chemical Engineers Mr. M. B. Donald Major V. F. Gloag; The Association of British Chemical Manufacturers Mr. C. G. Hayman Mr. L. G. Matthews Dr. W. D. Scott Mr. R. M. Winter INSTITUTE ANNOUNCEMENTS EXAMINATIONS Examinations will be held in September 1951 as follows:-In the week beginning Monday 10 September in London and Glasgow. Candidates who have not yet been accepted should obtain from the Registrar the prescribed form of application without delay so as to leave ample time to secure thereon the necessary signatures certifying that they have complied with the Regulations concerning their courses of training.The completed application form must reach the Institute not later than Monday 11 June. No application in respect of the September Examination will be considered if received later than that date. Entry forms will be sent as soon as they are ready to all candidates who have been previously accepted and to those whose applications have been received as above and accepted. The last date for the receipt of entry forms will be Monday 2 July after which no entry can be accepted. For the Fellowship: In the week beginning Monday 17 September in London or elsewhere at the discretion of the Council.Last dates for application and for entry as for the Associateship except that candidates who desire to present themselves for examination in a Special Branch of work must submit their entry forms before Monday 11 June. For the Associateship : EXAMINATION FEES Notice was given in Journal Part I of the following increases in Examination Full Examinations for the Fellowship or for the Associateship each entry, Examinations for the Associateship each entry under :-Fees:-from 57 7 0 to 510 10 0. Regulation I 8 [C] from 25 5 0 to El0 10 0; Regulation 111 10 from E3 3 0 to &6 6 0. The Application of Statistical Methods to Analytical Chemistry.-With reference to the announcement in Journal 195 1 I 71 it is regretted that owing to unexpected difficulties in the supply of paper it has proved impossible to issue the Monograph by Mr.D. R. Read with this Part of the Journal. In consequence the London and South-Eastern Counties Section has decided to postpone the Discussion announced for 10 May until early in the Autumn. P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture.-Arrangements have been made for the second Lecture in this series to be delivered in Birmingham on 18 May 195 1 by Dr. R. L. M. Synge F.R.S. of the Rowett Research Institute on “Biological Aspects of Proteins in the Light of Recent Chemical Studies.” As this Lecture will be of interest to a wide circle of members and to a general audience during the period of the Festival of Britain it is proposed that it shall be given not only in Birmingham but also in London on 20 July.Further particulars will be announced. 1 131 Election of Officers General Members of Council and Censors.-The Council at its meeting on 16 March received a report that all Fellows nominated at the previous meeting under By-laws 25 and 54 had agreed to serve if elected. The Council then appointed Dr. K. G. A. Pankhurst and Dr. H. G. Smith as Scrutineers for the ballot. First Meeting of the new Council.-The Council has decided that in order to expedite the appointment of Committees for 1951-52 the new Council to be elected on 27 April shall hold its first meeting on Friday 11 May 1951 instead of the normal date a week later. On the morning of that day a meeting of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee will also be held following a preliminary meeting of the Council at 10.30 a.m.to appoint that Committee. The dates of future meetings of the Council and the principal committees will be decided on 11 May. The Appointments Register.-In view of the increasing cost of maintaining this service (see Annual Report of the Council 1950 Special Accounts page 32) the Council has decided that the contribution towards these costs payable by members in employment who make use of the Appointments Register be increased from 10s. to 21s. for each period of six months beginning on or after 1 April 1951. Students’ Registration Fee. It had long been recognised that the annual fee paid by Registered Students did not serve to cover even the cost of providing them with publications.Nevertheless the registration fee was left unaltered when the annual subscription rates for corporate members were raised in 1949. Since then expenditure on publications and other services to Registered Students has risen considerably and the Council has decided that some increase in the annual registration fee has now become necessary. It has been decided accordingly that his annual fee shall be raised from 10s. to one guinea with effect from 1 January 1952. Lectures Monographs and Reports.-In view of the current financial stringency the Council decided with great regret that the annual number of items in this series must be reduced from six to four until the situation improved. It was agreed that in view of arrangements that had already been made five items should be published in 1950 but that the reduction to four should become effective in 195 1.In the meantime a sudden hold-up in paper supplies made it necessary to postpone until 1951 the issue of the last two items for 1950 and the uncertainty of future deliveries of paper raises a doubt if the series can be maintained at even the reduced level in 1951. It has already been necessary to postpone publication of Mr. D. R. Read’s papers on Statistical Methods in Chemical Analysis but it is hoped that the situation will improve in the next few months so that the publication of this useful series of Lectures Monographs and Reports will not be seriously interrupted. OTHER ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTTFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES Atomic Energy Research Establishment.-The first of three courses of instruction dealing with the handling measurement and chemical manipulation of radioactive isotopes opened on 2 April at Harwell under the charge of Dr.J. E. Johnston. Subsequent courses each lasting four weeks will begin on 15 May and 18 June. Twelve students will be accepted for each course. The fee for the course will be E40. Living accommodation will be available at one of the A.E.R.E. hostels at E5 5s. per week. Further particulars may be obtained from Dr. J. E. Johnston Isotope Division A.E.R.E. Harwell Berks Battersea Polytechnic.-Post-graduate lectures and practical courses in Microchemistry Quantitative Organic and Inorganic Analysis will be held under the supervision of Dr. P.F. Holt on Monday evenings during the Summer Term 30 April to 13 July 1951. Fee 20s. Further particulars and enrolment forms may be obtained from the Head of the Chemistry Department Battersea Polytechnic London S.W.11. Bradford Technical College.-(l) An advanced course in “Some Recent Advances in Theoretical Metallurgy” will be given in the Department of Chemistry and Dyeing Bradford Technical College beginning on 10 May 1951. The course will consist of about nine lectures by Mr. E. W. Fell Mr. W. R. Moore and Mr. R. B. Bentley and will present some recent advances in theoretical metallurgy with particular reference to their practical applications. It is designed particularly for practising metallurgists and advanced students. Fee for the course 25s. (2) A post-advanced course in “Advanced Topics in the Chemistry and Physics of Textiles and Dyeing,” will be given in the Department beginning on 2 May 1951.It will consist of ten lectures by Mr. W. R. Moore Mr. G. E. Styan and Mr. R. B. Bentley and is intended for those engaged in textiles and dyeing and for advanced students. Fee for the course 25s. Further particulars of the above courses and forms of application may be obtained from the Principal Technical College Bradford. Chelsea Polytechnic.-A course of six post-graduate lectures on “Recent Researches on Vitamins with special reference to Vitamin BIZ,’’ will be given by Dr. W. F. J. Cuthbertson on Monday evenings beginning 16 April 1951 (except Whit-Monday). Fee for the course 10s. Further particulars and forms of application may be obtained from the Head of the Department of Chemistry Chelsea Polytechnic Manresa Road London, s.w.3.University of Leeds.-A Summer School in “Optical Crystallographic Methods” will be held in the Department of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry, University of Leeds from 3 to 14 September 1951. The course will deal with the theory and use of the polarising microscope in chemistry and other branches of science and technology and will consist largely of practical work. Fee for the course 15 guineas; residence additional 9 guineas. Further particulars and forms of application may be obtained from The Assistant to the Director of Extra-Mural Studies Extension Lectures The University Leeds 2. Bulletin of Special Courses in Higher Technology.-The London and Home Counties Regional Advisory Council for Higher Technological Education has issued a second bulletin (see Journal 1950 IV 359) of lecture courses to be held during the spring and summer terms 195 1 in the London and Home Counties area and designed to meet the needs of men and women who have already graduated or reached professional status and have also served for some years in industry or commerce in a scientific technical or managerial capacity.The price of the two bulletins covering the session 1950-51 is 2s. 6d.; single bulletins 1s. 6d. Further bulletins will be published in August and December 1951. Copies may be obtained from The Secretary Regional Advisory Council 20, Fitzroy Square London W.l. EXHIBITIONS Physical Society .-The Physical Society Exhibition will be held at Imperial College (Royal College of Science and Huxley Building) South Kensington, London S.W.7 from 6 to 11 April inclusive.PetroIeum Industry.-An exhibition including every aspect of the petroleum industry with emphasis on exploration on oil field refinery and transpor developments in many parts of the world will be presented during 1951 as follows :-Imperial College of Science and Technology Department of Oil Technology, Prince Consort Road South Kensington London S.W.7 6-21 April. Royal Technical College Glasgow 4-1 9 May. University of Leeds 20 June to 6 July. University of Cambridge 16-28 July. The exhibition is sponsored by The Shell Petroleum Co. Ltd. and The Anglo-Iranian Oil Co. Ltd. and is under the auspices of the Institute of Petroleum.Royal Photographic Society.-The Society’s contribution to the Festival of Britain will take the form of an exhibition in the Society’s house at 16 Princes Gate London S.W.7 during the period 15 May to 14 July 1951. It will be divided into three sections the first covering the historical development of photography the second dealing with scientific applications and the third with the place of photography in everyday life. MISCELLANEOUS Ramsay Memorial Fellowships for Chemical Research.-The Trustees will consider in June applications for the above Fellowships. One of the Fellowships will be limited to candidates educated in Glasgow who can apply to be con-sidered for either Fellowship. The value of each Fellowship will be 2400 per annum to which may be added a grant for expenses of research not exceeding El00 per annum.The Fellowships will normally be tenable for two years. Full particulars can be obtained from the Joint Hon. Secretaries Ramsay Memorial Fellowships Trust University College London Gower Street W.C. 1, to whom applications must be forwarded not later than 17 April 1951. Huddersfield Technical College.-Several Open Scholarships valued between 260 and E300 per annum are available for suitably qualified students who may wish to undertake research in the College. Further particulars and application forms may be obtained from the Principal. Post-graduate Scholarships in Textiles.-The British Rayon Research Association invites applications from university students who expect to graduate this year for Scholarships in Textile Technology Textile Engineering Textile Chemistry or Dyeing.The Scholarships are of the value of &300 a year plus fees but in special circumstances an increased allowance may be paid. Scholar-ships are tenable at Leeds Manchester or other universities or technical colleges, for a period of two years though this may be extended in suitable cases by a year of study overseas. Further particulars and application forms may be obtained from the Secre-tary British Rayon Research Association Barton Dock Road Urmston nr. Manches ter . A World Metallurgical Congress sponsored by the American Society for Metals will be held in Detroit Michigan during 15-19 October 1951. Simul-taneously with the Congress the Thirty-third Annual National Metal Congress and National Metal Exposition will be held in Detroit during 11-20 October.Further details can be obtained from Mr. W. H. Eisenman secretary of the American Society for Metals 7301 Euclid Avenue Cleveland 3 Ohio U.S.A. Boots Booklovers’ Library.-Members are reminded that the subscription arranged for Fellows and Associates expired on 1 March 1950. Fresh applica-tion forms which may be obtained from the Office of the Institute must be completed without delay by those who desire to continue to subscribe. Members must renew their subscription or return the last volume and membership token to the local or most convenient branch of Boots’ Library. c 134 LOCAL SECTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE Sections are glad to welcome members of other Sections to their meetings and social functions except when numbers are restricted as for works visits.Members travelling abroad who desire introductions where there are Local Sections or Honorary Corresponding Secretaries of the Institute are advised to notify the Secretary of the Institute. Sections. Aberdeen and North of Scotland: Belfast and District : Birmingham and Midlands : Bristol and District: Cardiff and District: Dublin and District: Dundee and District: East Anglia: East Midlands: Edinburgh and East of Scotland: Glasgow and West of Scotland : Huddersfield : Hull and District: b e d s Area: Liverpool and North-Westem : London and South-Eastem Manchester and District: Mid-Southem Counties: Newcastle upon Tyne and North-North Wales: Sheffield South Yorkshire and South Wales: South-Western Counties : Counties : East Coast: North Midlands: (WW) Stirlingshire and District: (X) Tees-side: Cape of Good Hope: India Bangalore: Madras: Northern India : Western India: Malaya : New Zealand: Hon. Secretaries. H. G. M. Hardie PbD. A.R.I.C. 21 Braeside Avenue. Aberdeen. C. S. McDowell BSc. A.R.I.C Belmont Milebush Carrickfergus. S. A. Ray B.Sc. F.R.I.C. 72-73 High Street Birmingham 4. B. W. Minifie F.R.I.C 8 Oakenhill Road Brislington Bristol 4. G. M. Kerman F.R.I.C. c/o The Abenhaw and Bristol Channel Portland Cement Co. Ltd. East Aberthaw Barry Glamorgan. H. D. Thornton B.Sc. A.R.C.Sc.I. F.R.I.C. City Laboratory. Municipal Buildings Castle Street Dublin. W. S. Liddle B.Sc. F.R.I.C. 275 Blackness Road Dundee. John Williams B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. 28 Corder Road Ipswich. C. W. North B.Sc. A.K.C. F.R.I.C. F.T.I. 582 Nottingham J. K. Grant B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Department of Biochemistry W. G. D. Wright A.R.T.C. F.R.I.C. c/o Messrs. James Macneill & A. K. Dunn B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Sandbeds Honley Nr. Huddersfield. W. H. Pedelty M.Sc. ,Ph.D. F.R.I.C. The Universal Oil Co. Ltd., W. A. Wightman M.A. F.R.I.C. The University Leeds 2. J. Ashley-Jones A.R.I.C. c/o J. Bibby & Sons Ltd. Great Howard K. G A. Pankhurst B.Sc. PbD. F.R.I.C. c/o B.L.M.R.A., Arthur Carroll F.R.I.C. 9 Central Avenue Sale Manchester. G. H. Osborn F.R.I.C. Glenhurst 78 York Road Broadstone, Dorset, J. 0. Harris B Sc Ph D A R I C Chemistry Department King’s Collegk NeGcasile ’;pin TyG. N. F. Rapps B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Analytical Department Monsanto Chemicals Ltd. Ruabon Wrexham Denbighshire. K. C. Barraclough B.Sc. F.R.I.C. The Brown Firth Research Laboratories Princess Street Sheffield 4. E. E. Ayling M.Sc. F.R.I.C. University College Singleton Park, Swansea. C. V. Reynolds B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. Public Analyst’s Laboratory 83-84 Queen Street Exeter. F. S. Fowkes B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. 28 Learmonth Street, Falkirk Stirlingshire. A. R. Martin D.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. 80 High Street Norton, Stockton-on-Tees Co. Durham. Suffolk. Road Derby. University of Edinburgh Teviot Place Edinburgh I . Sloan Ltd. 38 French Street Glasgow S.E. Hull. Street Liverpool 3. Milton Park Epham Surrey. H. W. Schirach B.Sc A.R.I.C. Enckhausen Silwood Road, Rondebosch Cape Town South Africa. 1. S. Patel B.A. B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore India. K. V. Sundaram Ayyar M.Sc. F.R.I.C. 3 Jagadiswara Street, T’Nagar Madras 17 Madras India. N. G. Mitra B.Sc. M.Sc. A.R.I.C. Office of the Salt Controller, Min. of Ind. and Supply L Block Wing 2 Central Secretariat, New Delhi India. Professor S. M. Mehta B.A. M.Sc A.R.I.C. Royal Institute of Science Mayo Road Bombay 1. India. Lim Chin Kuan B.Sc. A.R.I.C. c/o Municipal Analyst Municipal Building Singapore Malaya. N. H. Law. M.Sc. A.N.Z.I.C. F.R.I.C. Dominion Laboratory. Sydney Street West Wellington C.I. New Zealand. [ 135

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9517500075

出版商:RSC    

年代:1951

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART I11 ‘95’ EDITORIAL THE INSTITUTE BUILDING In reports of the recent Anniversary Meetings in this issue of the Journal several references are made to the work of reconstruction that has been in progress at 30 Russell Square for the past six months and is now almost complete. Most of the new offices were in occupation before the Annual General Meeting and one of the new committee rooms has since been brought into use. Several other changes have been made for the benefit of members but we would warn intending visitors that, although the structural alterations required to convert the Library into a Members’ Room have been duly made some weeks will elapse before this room can be furnished and adapted to the comfort of visiting members.In the meantime members may be interested to know more about the origin nature and purpose of the extensive changes that are being made in their Headquarters. The building was erected just before the first world war on land then belonging to the Duke of Bedford but now the property of the University of London. The move from Bloomsbury Square took place in 1915. In those days membership of the Institute was around 1,500 and the average rate of growth was such that this figure seemed unlikely to be doubled in less than 40 years. The business of the Institute though already of considerable importance could still be conducted essentially by one man and a boy-or rather a girl. The debonair Registrar and Secretary Mr. R. B. Pilcher had already over 20 years’ experience of Institute affairs, and some years earlier had secured the services of that capable young woman Miss Cawston who is still with us as Principal Assistant Secretary.A large sunny room on the first mezzanine floor served for the accommoda-tion of “The Chief” and also to some extent as a committee room while the “general office” on the ground floor was the centre from which the activities of Miss Cawston radiated. This was the only provision made specifically for the principal officer and his staff. At that time admission to membership of the Institute was only by examination and it is not surprising that apart from the Council Chamber and the Library most of the remaining space in the building was intended to be used for laboratories in which candidates were to be put through their paces for the Associate-ship and the Fellowship.Thus the whole of the second floor was designed [ 137 as a large laboratory while the original plan of the first floor provided for “metallurgical biological and gas and physical laboratories an examiners’ room an assistant’s room and a dark room.” These proposals for the use of the first floor were never fully implemented as some of the rooms were almost immediately made available to the Ministry of Munitions and, after the war to the Photographic Research Association. It was not until 1930 that it was decided to remove some of the partitions in order to provide a lecture hall on that floor. In the meantime the prominent part played by chemists in the first world war had given the science and profession of chemistry a new status in the community.This alone would probably have led to a substantial increase in membership but there was another and perhaps still more important influence in that direction for in 1917 the Regulations for Admission to the Associateship were altered so as to permit the election of persons with approved qualifications other than that of passing the Institute’s own examinations. The result was that the rate of growth of membership increased sharply. By 1930 the number of Fellows and Associates was over 5,600 but even then it would have been rash to predict that by 1940 it would be approaching 8,000 and by 1950 would be little short of 12,000. It is not to be wondered at that there should be growing difficulties in adapting a building designed for a small qualifying professional body to the needs of an organisation required to operate on an entirely different scale.Even at Bloomsbury Square accommodation had to be found at certain periods for an Assistant Secretary. Holders of this office included Mr. S . E. Carr (afterwards the General Secretary of the Chemical Society) and Mr. W. H. Bird (subsequently the Secretary of the Institute of Brewing). This office fell into abeyance however in 1909 and was not revived until 1919 when the late Mr. G. S. W. Marlow (afterwards Secretary of the Faraday Society) was appointed. On his departure in 1925 the office passed to Mr. R. L. Collett the present Registrar of the Institute. From 19 18 the need for additional clerical staff became of increasing importance, and the limitations of space for their accommodation began to present difficulties.On the death of the resident housekeeper in 1923 rooms in the semi-basement were adapted as additional offices and particularly to house the growing volume of filing cabinets. Small rooms between the main floors were also brought into service for printing and other special purposes. With the development of Local Sections the range and com-plexity of activities and services expanded rapidly in the years after the 1914-18 war and it soon became necessary to take over some of the first-floor rooms that had been intended as special laboratories. In spite of. these adaptations however serious congestion had already developed by the beginning of the second world war; at the end of the war the need for some drastic reorganisation had become imperative especially because parts of the building had been rendered unusable through war damage.Some measure of relief was secured in 1946 by re-partitioning the [ 138 derelict meeting room on the first floor so as to provide three new offices. At the same time a major part of the filing system was brought from the semi-basement to the first ff oor but only by sacrificing the sole committee room of reasonable size. It was realised that these were merely transitional arrangements and that the activities and services of the Institute could not be developed much further without spreading into the space occupied by the laboratory on the second floor then leased to the British Leather Manufacturers’ Research Association.Plans were accordingly laid for dismantling the old laboratory as soon as it was vacated by these tenants, and an agreed scheme of reconstruction had been approved before the Research Association staff moved out in the spring of 1950. No time was lost. A licence was obtained and work began immediately after the contract was signed in October 1950. An important feature of the scheme was to provide not only much needed additional office accom-modation but also two committee rooms of reasonable size. A greatly increased space for printing addressing and filing had long been needed and the opportunity was taken of redistributing these functions so as to minimise the extent to which officers and staff had to move about the building in the course of their normal duties.It was concluded that this co-ordination of activity could best be achieved by bringing on to one floor the offices devoted to the business of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee of National Certificates and of the Appointments Register together with printing addressing and filing and that the only simple solution of this problem was to take all these activities up to the second floor. As the cabinets of files weighed some eight tons the transfer of this material alone to the upper floor raised questions of load distribution and the Council was advised to reinforce the whole of this floor in order to ensure that the weight of files and machines could be supported without risk.This provision alone has accounted for a sub-stantial part of the cost of the reconstruction that has now been carried out but it does afford an assurance that further increases in load can be safely borne. An incidental advantage is that the raising of the floor level by about two feet has brought the window sills below eye-level and has thus removed the feeling of being “walled in”. This feeling had already been found oppressive in the offices on the first floor and it was decided to take the opportunity of exorcising it by lowering the window sills on the main frontage of that storey. We believe that these changes will do much to improve the lighting and other amenities of these offices and will add to the comfort and efficiency of the staff using them. The idea of making special provision for visiting members by converting the Library into a Members’ Room came from our Hon.Treasurer who has also been the prime mover in suggesting how this project could best be brought to fruition. It has long been recognised that the Institute cannot hope to build up or maintain an effective reference library. Moreover as all corporate members and registered students of the Institute have the privilege of using the Library of the Chemical Society to the maintenance [ 139 of which the Institute makes a major contribution there is no reason why the attempt should be made. In recent years therefore several runs of journals and out-of-date textbooks have been sold and it is proposed to retain only selected journals of British chemical societies and institutions, a few standard works of reference and textbooks required in connection with examinations.Most of these remaining books have been accommo-dated in the Library gallery and in the Officers’ rooms thus leaving what was the Library free for development as a Members’ Room. This is in course of being completely refurnished for its new purpose. It will be provided with comfortable chairs and small tables so that members can meet one another in pleasant surroundings. When the furnishing is complete arrangements will also be made for members to purchase light refreshments at appropriate times of the day. A room across the corridor is being adapted for private interviews. It is hoped that these amenities will be fully available by the middle of July.We believe that the provision of a Members’ Room is a step of great importance to the Institute as a professional body and will go some way towards strengthening the sense of corporate membership. It is realised that the space is insufficient to enable large groups of members to meet in the Institute at one time but it is hoped that members who are visiting or passing through London will take the opportunity of coming to their own Headquarters and thus come to feel that the Institute is not merely a body that confers qualifications but a community of chemists united in the desire for the further advancement of their science and profession. OUR NEW PRESIDENT Mr. Herbert William Cremer C.B.E. was elected President of the Royal Institute of Chemistry at the Annual General Meeting on 27 April, 1951.Born at Faversham Kent in 1893 he was educated at The King’s School Canterbury and entered King’s College London in 19 10 where he graduated with First Class Honours in Chemistry in 1913 and secured the Daniel1 Research Prize in 1914. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1917 and a Fellow in 1922 and served as a Member of Council from 1934 to 1937 and from 1949 to 1951. He was an Examiner for the Fellowship in Branch G Industrial Chemistry 1940-48. Mr. Cremer brings to the office of President of the Institute a number of remarkable qualities . First he has been President of another professional body-the Institu-tion of Chemical Engineers. Moreover he attained that office after long and devoted service to the Institution in other capacities-as a Member of Council as Honorary Secretary (succeeding the late Professor Hinchley, who was the first holder of the office) as Honorary Treasurer and as Vice-president.He has thus been largely responsible for bringing up the still E 140 relatively young Institution to its present status and has an almost unique experience of handling problems with which a professional body has to contend. Secondly his experience as a chemist and a chemical engineer has been very wide. In the 1914-18 war after a short period at the Royal Arsenal Woolwich, and later at the Oldbury Explosives Factory he was transferred as Sub-Manager of the T.N.T. Section of the Queensferry factory. Later he was on the Headquarters Staff of the Department of Explosives Supply under the late K.B. Quinan. He was afterwards associated with the late William Macnab in editing for publication the well-known Technical Records of the Department of Explosives Supply. At the end of the war he returned to academic life and became Senior Lecturer in Inorganic Chemistry at King’s College London. In this post he brought to bear his enthusiasm and experience in establishing a post-graduate chemical engineering course at King’s College a project to which he devoted much of his attention until the outbreak of the recent war. He then relinquished his appointment at King’s to assist Sir Alexander Gibb and Partners in the development of explosives filling factories-a task of the first importance which he carried out with great success and distinction.At the end of the war he established a private consulting practice as a chemical engineering consultant while at the same time maintaining a close association with Sir Alexander Gibb and Partners on civil engineering matters. Since the war Cremer has been much concerned also with public affairs-as a member of the Executive Committee of the National Physical Laboratory the Scientific Committee for Germany of the Foreign Office, the Technology Committee of the University Grants Committee and in particular as Chairman of the Water Pollution Research Board and of the Thames Survey Committee. He is also a member of the Chemical Council, of the British National Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Society and of the Council of the City and Guilds of London Institute.As a teacher as a works chemist as a practising chemical engineer as a consultant as a member of Government Committees and as a member of the Councils of several societies and institutions Cremer has been out-standing not only through his knowledge and experience in the scientific and technological field but also through his personal qualities-his charm of manner sound judgment interest in and understanding of the other fellow’s point of view acceptance of responsibility loyalty to his colleagues, attention to detail ability to communicate his own enthusiasm and capacity as a good mixer. He bears all his distinctions with an engaging modesty. In his earlier days Cremer took special pleasure in handling sailing barges in the Thames estuary and played regularly for the Belmont Cricket Club.Much of his scanty leisure is now devoted to gardening SOME THOUGHTS ON THE EDUCATION OF THE CHEMIST Presidential Address delivered in London on 27 April 1951 by Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. In my Address at the Anniversary Meetings last year I spoke about the partnership between chemistry and medicine in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. I also drew attention to some of the economic problems which now confront chemists in common with members of other professions. In particular I referred to the need to expand and to improve the biochemical services in the hospitals so as to meet adequately the increasing demands likely to be made on hospital biochemists as the National Health Service develops.I expressed the view that in this connection a primary requirement would be to afford to hospital bio-chemists status and remuneration commensurate with the standard of work which should be demanded of them. As regards standards the Council of the Institute has given consideration to the establishment of an examination in Hospital Biochemistry as a new branch in which the Fellowship may be taken. A syllabus has been drawn up with the advice of the Joint Committee on Hospital Biochemistry and it is to be expected that the regulations for this new examination will be published shortly. As regards status and remuneration the position is much as it was when I gave my Address in Glasgow last year. The two sides of the Whitley Council which is concerned with hospital biochemists have not yet reached agreement about salary scales.It is disappointing to have to report so little progress and our members who are affected are not unnaturally becoming a little impatient. But they may rest assured that the situation is being closely watched and that more positive steps are under consideration. This is as much as I can say about this matter to-day. During the past year the Council has been concerned with a number of other questions and the more important of them have been referred to in some detail in the Report of the Council. In addition many matters of topical interest have been discussed in editorials in the Journal with the delightful lightness of touch which we have come to associate with our principal leader-writer Dr.Ellingham. Consequently I have had some difficulty in finding for my address to-day some theme of current interest that has not already been admirably surveyed in one or other of the publications which have been sent to you. Eventually I decided to ventilate some views on the education of the chemist. This is a subject with which the Institute has always been concerned and must in the very nature of things continue to be concerned. It is now more than seven years since the Report of the Chemistry Education Advisory Board was published by the Institute. This Board was set up as the result of a conference called on the initiative of the Institute. The Chairman was Professor Findlay who was at that time our President, r 142 and it so happens that I was a member of the Board as also was my successor Mr.Cremer. The Report of the Board is a comprehensive survey of the whole field of chemical education and is a valuable guide to all who are concerned with any aspect of the education of the chemist. It was written at a stage of the War when men were beginning to look to the future and to indulge in an orgy of post-war planning. It was one of a whole host of reports on educational matters issued at about that time by professional institutions Government committees industrial associations and other bodies. As far as educational planning was concerned the period 1943-44 was essentially a time for talk rather than action and the interested observer could be excused if he became a little bewildered by the mass of literature and the multiplicity of views offered for his guidance.In the ensuing years there has been a good deal of action of a kind which has influenced and will continue to influence the education of the chemist and it seems to me that in many ways the time is opportune to take stock of the situation. I propose therefore to offer you some random thoughts on the implications of some of the changes which we are witnessing. In some respects I think they are bound to have repercussions on the activities of the Institute. I do not claim to have made exhaustive studies of the topics which I shall discuss and the views which I shall express are intended rather to suggest subjects for debate than to represent my considered opinions. The whole basis of our school educational system has been profoundly altered of course by the Education Act of 1944 which incorporated many of the proposals of the Norwood Committee.Like all legislation intro-duced by the Ministry of Education this Act relates only to England and Wales but very similar provisions have been made in Scotland. The new General Certificate of Education which this year takes the place of the old General Schools Certificate has been adopted with suitable safeguards and provisos as a qualification for entrance to most Universities although it would appear that students intending to read for honours in chemistry will in general continue to take the Higher Schools Certificate before proceeding to an English University. This system does not operate in the Scottish Universities.The Scottish Higher Leaving Certificate showing passes in specified combinations of subjects is the requirement for a Certificate of Fitness for admission to a Scottish University but gives no exemption from first-year classes or examination. In these matters of preliminary education requirements the Institute will continue to keep in line with the Universities and has in fact decided to accept the General Certificate of Education or the Scottish Leaving Certificate with passes in specified subjects. In general therefore the boy or girl from the Grammar School or the Scottish Senior Secondary School who wishes to become a professional chemist will not be greatly affected by these changes in school curricula and examinations. On the other hand it is clear that the pupil from the English Modem School or the Scottish Junior Secondary School who may develop latent promise and aspirations for a career in chemistry r 143 will have considerable difficulty in satisfying the requirements in regard to preliminary education.It does seem a little unfortunate that the kind of career which is open to a boy or girl should be irrevocably determined at such an early age as 11 which is when the decision is made as to the type of school which he or she will attend. The young men and women who come to the Universities to take courses leading to honours degrees in chemistry have usually already made up their minds to seek chemical careers. Their choices have been made at school probably because of an interest in chemistry aroused by their teachers.In any case such students are normally expected to have made a start with their chemical studies before coming to the University. But it is not for these reasons alone that the Institute has shared with the Universities a growing concern at the acute shortage of science teachers, and especially teachers of chemistry. Good science teaching at school is even more necessary for those who do not intend to take up careers in science than for those who do. We have read of schools particularly girls' schools which have given up entirely the teaching of science because they have been unable to obtain suitably qualified teachers. In my own experience during the past 12 years in a large University I have found that a very small proportion of our chemistry graduates have elected to take up careers in teaching and this is doubtless generally true of all the Universities.It is to be hoped that the recent upward revision of salaries for teachers will attract more science graduates into this profession and particularly a proportion of those of the highest mental calibre. Whether the salary improvements will be sufficient to do this remains to be seen. I do not think that the problem is purely one of salary scales. The majority of chemistry graduates prefer to follow an active career in industry or research rather than to teach in schools. This is something inherent in the nature of the subject and as long as there is a free choice I believe that the schools will be unable to attract science graduates in sufficient numbers.The shortage of chemists for industry and research which has persisted during and since the War has been artificially prolonged by the Govern-ment policy in regard to National Service and for some years yet the schools will have a hard struggle to secure enough specialist science teachers. When it becomes a little more difficult to obtain industrial posts, more chemistry graduates will turn to teaching for a career. In the mean-' time I am sure that we should all agree that it is in the interests of the Nation as well as of our profession that all possible steps should be taken to ensure that the schools are not starved of science teachers. I have mentioned National Service. This is another new factor which affects very materially the education of the chemist.A period of two years spent in National Service increases the age at which a young chemist is able to enter upon his career and should cause us to look very unsym-pathetically on any proposals designed to increase the length of professional training. Many Universities require the equivalent of three years of post-intermediate work for an honours degree in chemistry. This is also c 144 essentially the requirement for the Associateship of the Institute. I have heard it suggested that as chemistry is now such a vast subject; it is impossible to cover the ground in this time and that an increase in the length of the course should be considered. This would be in line with recent trends in medical education but I think that it should be resisted. It ought to be possible in four years including the intermediate year to give the student a sufficient grounding in the fundamentals of chemistry to enable him to fill in such further details as he may require during the course of his professional life.I am very much of the opinion that this is a case where the curriculum should be adapted to suit the time available rather than the time extended to accommodate what might be thought to be an ideal curriculum. It is only now that National Service is being required of men who have completed their post-graduate research training, and it remains to be seen what effect the new conditions will have on the numbers of Ph.D. students. It may well be that the result will be a state of lesser congestion in our research schools in the course of a few years.It is certain however that there will be a continuing need for appreciable numbers of men who have had the additional training and experience which the Ph.D. student obtains. There has been a good deal of discussion as to the right stage for a young man to do his National Service. Should it be done immediately after school and before going up to the University or should it be post-poned until after graduation? At one time the majority opinion was in favour of the first course. It was held quite rightly that a young man with a certain degree of maturity and experience of the world would be more likely to derive full benefit from his University life than a boy straight from school. I believe that the prevailing view now in the light of experience of National Service in peace-time is that the interruption of study for two years between school and university is a grave disadvantage, and also that the present conditions of National Service are notentirely suitable for a young man of very impressionable age.In the case of the graduate who wishes to do postgraduate reseqrch at the University the first of these reasons can be used as an argument for deferring National Service until the postgraduate studies are complete. The official attitude is very wisely one of impartiality and the conditions of deferment laid down by the Ministry of Labour and National Service give the young man a perfectly free choice as to when he will do his National Service, subject to the conditions that his studies are progressing satisfactorily and that he commences his Service before he reaches the age of 26 years.I should like now to offer some comments on changes in curricula which have been taking place in London University. These are changes which have aroused widespread interest for reasons which I shall explain. Similar changes in other Universities might have passed entirely unnoticed, but the unique position of London University particularly in regard to external students means inevitably that sweeping changes may have far-reaching implications. As a loyal member of another University as well [ 145 as a graduate of London University? I should like to make it clear that I do not wish in any way to question the right of the University of London to arrange its affairs in whatever way it considers best.My remarks are not to be taken as implying any criticism of the actions of London University but rather as drawing attention to some of their implications, particularly as they concern our Institute. For internal students the two-years’ honours course in chemistry has been replaced by a three-years’ course and the single subsidiary subject has been replaced by a two-years’ ancillary course in physics and one-year ancillary courses in mathematics and either biology or geology or physiology. ‘These ancillary courses are specially designed for chemistry students and the multiplicity of courses which this entails must throw a considerable additional burden on the departments which have to provide them. Moreover the increase in length of the course from two to three years while the annual intake of students remains the same imposes a severe strain on the teaching and laboratory resources of some of the colleges.There is of course nothing revolutionary about the introduction of a three-years’ post-intermediate honours course. Many Universities have had this for a long time and I do not doubt that it will become general in all Universities. The novel feature of the new London Univer-versity curriculum lies in the requirement that all students should study physics to a high standard and also mathematics and a biological subject to a moderately high standard. This not only makes heavy demands on the time of the student but it may well have the consequence that some students with a considerable aptitude for say the biological side of chemistry may fail to get a degree on account of lack of mathematical ability.I believe that some of our colleagues in London University are themselves a little disquieted by this aspect of the situation. It would certainly be unfortunate if a potential Nobel Laureate in biochemistry, for example were prevented from embarking on his chosen career because he had no flair for physics and mathematics. I have heard it suggested that this raising of the standard of the chemistry degree in London University will operate to the detriment of our own Associateship which will come to be regarded as an inferior qualifica-in chemistry. I am unable to accept this argument. Our regulations already require four years systematic training in chemistry and various ancillary subjects and our examination although different in character from that for a University honours degree is not to be regarded as of a lower standard.After all an honours degree standard has different meanings in different Universities where curricula and examinations vary widely. No one has ever suggested that the standard of our Associateship, or for that matter of the old London University degree is lower than that at Glasgow or Manchester for example where three-years post-intermediate honours courses have been in operation for a long time. Londoners are particularly prone to ignore what happens in other centres and to be unduly worried about changes which take place in their own city. I do c 146 not think we need have any real fears that the prestige of our Associateship examination is going to suffer by these changes in the curricula of London University.In the London Technical Colleges and Polytechnics many of the students who have taken internal degrees of London University have been part-time students. The new curriculum with the increased length of course and the attendant range of ancillary subjects has presented very grave problems for these part-time students. In fact the great increase in time required to qualify due partly to the increased content of the chemistry syllabus and partly to the range of ancillary subjects has acted as a strong deterrent to part-time students. 'I am told that several London Colleges and Polytechnics have given up the attempt to prepare part-time students for the Special degree in chemistry.In one of these Colleges students are now advised to take a General degree followed by a further year of study leading to our Associateship examination. I understand that the new type of curriculum for the Special degree will be extended to external students within the next few years. This will affect part-time students in Technical Colleges throughout Britain as well as full-time students in the various University Colleges. I trust therefore that these interests were consulted before the decision to make the change was taken. The effect on the number of candidates for the Associateship Examination of the Institute is likely to be considerable. It seems quite evident that many part-time students throughout the country who would have taken London University degrees in chemistry under the old regula-tions will now seek to qualify by taking the Institute examination.Already we have increasingly large numbers of candidates for the Associateship examination. Many of them incidentally are ill-prepared with the result that the proportion of failures is disconcertingly high. If the number of candidates undergoes a substantial increase this will cause difficult problems in regard to accommodation and facilities for practical examina-tions for which we are already imposing considerable strain on the goodwill and resources of certain University institutions. One can foresee that this new situation arising from recent decisions of London University may present our Council with very formidable problems in catering for increased numbers of examination candidates.But it will enhance rather than lessen the importance of the part played by the Institute in regard to professional qualifications in Chemistry. There is another class of part-time students in which the Institute is interested-those who take National Certificates in Chemistry. The growing popularity of these courses is illustrated by the fact that during the past year I have signed nearly a thousand National Certificates in Chemistry or Applied Chemistry awarded to candidates in England and Wales alone. There were also smaller but by no means inappreciable numbers in Scotland and Northern Ireland. These recipients of National Certificates form a potential pool from which the ranks of professional chemists may be augmented and many of them do in fact aspire to full r 147 1 professional qualification.In the past one of the main obstacles to this has been a deficiency in general education and the lack of a pass in an approved preliminary examination. This has been the stumbling-block which has prevented the recognition of the National Certificates as stages in the training for the Associateship. If the Ministry of Education and the Scottish Education Department could be persuaded to insist on agreed basic qualifications in say English and mathematics then the way might be open to afford such recognition and this again would lead to a marked increase in the number of candidates for the Associateship examination. But a word of caution is necessary here.The educational ladder has now become such a broad staircase that in the future the vast majority of entrants to the chemical profession may be expected to come in through the path of whole-time study. This will have the corollary that the majority of part-time students taking National Certificates will not be of such a calibre as to expect to attain full professional status. I think though, that we must always expect to have a certain number who will come into the profession through the gateway of National Certificates and we must be careful to ensure that the gate is kept open for those who are capable of passing through. As regards the National Certificates themselves I may perhaps remind you that the scheme is administered jointly by the Institute and the Ministry of Education in England and Wales and by the Institute and the Scottish Education Department in Scotland.A prescribed standard of attainment in class work is required before admission to the examination, and the papers for the final examinations which are conducted by the Colleges are subject to assessment by Assessors appointed by the Institute. These Assessors also confirm or modify the marking of the scripts. There is thus a reasonable assurance of a uniform standard in the various Colleges The course for the Ordinary National Certificate includes mathematics physics and the three branches of Chemistry and the standard in these subjects approaches that of the Higher School Certificate. The course for the Higher National Certificate includes more advanced chemistry and aims at reaching the standard of a pass degree in chemistry.The representatives of the Institute on the Joint Committees have always insisted that the courses should have an adequate content of the funda-mentals of chemistry and the holders of these Certificates are to be regarded as well trained in chemical techniques with a suitable background of basic knowledge of chemistry. They are well fitted therefore to give excellent service as chemical technicians. I should perhaps mention at this stage the new examinations estab-lished by the City and Guilds of London Institute for those who are training to be Laboratory Technicians. The Institute and especially our Secretary Dr. Ellingham has played a prominent part in the discussions which have led to the evolution of this scheme.It is a scheme which we may expect to be widely welcomed notably in University laboratories, where a knowledge of general laboratory techniques and management is I 148 required rather than a specialised knowledge of chemical techniques or of chemical theory. I feel sure that this scheme can do much to promote a high standard of competence among laboratory technicians and to provide a satisfying career for such workers. It is not to be expected, however that it will provide a pathway to professional qualification. I may seem to have wandered somewhat from the theme of my dis-course but I may plead justification inasmuch as the Institute has taken a leading role in all these schemes for the education and training of both chemical technicians and laboratory technicians.I should like now to look more closely at some further aspects of the education of the profes-sional chemist. Chemistry is a constantly changing science and its emphasis is constantly shifting. Much of what was taught 20 years ago is not now regarded as important. In another 20 years the emphasis will have changed again. In a vigorous University department the student will receive a well-balanced course including a presentation of current ideas on chemical theory with some emphasis on those topics and branches of chemistry which happen for the time being to attract most attention. The more mature chemist who has become a specialist or who for some other reason is no longer in touch with a very wide range of chemistry will wish from time to time to bring his knowledge up to date.The promotion of chemical education is undoubtedly one of the functions of the Institute, and although it has no wish to trespass on the preserves of the Universities and Technical Colleges there are some ways in which the Institute can take an active share in such work. I am sure that this kind of activity is most suitably left in the hands of the Local Sections and they have given excellent service in this respect both in arranging lectures and also in organising symposia and refresher courses. An outstandingly successful recent example of this latter type of venture was the Summer School in Analytical Chemistry which took place in London last September under the joint auspices of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section and the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists.The organisers were good enough to invite me to give the closing address to the Summer School and in this I ventured to suggest that it was not the function of the Universities in general to impart instruction in the very wide range of instrumentation methods which permeate so much of modern analytical chemistry. I am sure that this is most suitably done by specialised postgraduate courses. I also referred to the growing awareness in the British Universities that they had not in general been giving sufficient attention to analytical chemistry and to the training of specialists in this field. A similar neglect of inorganic chemistry has been brought into focus by modern work on new elements resulting from nuclear reactions.Already some Universities are taking steps to foster research schools in both analytical and inorganic chemistry and as these schemes come to maturity one may expect increasing numbers of students to undertake postgraduate research in these branches. This will lead to an increasing output of specialists who will be interested in devoting themselves to these fields of work. [ 149 As regards special advanced fields of chemistry the Institute examina-tions for the Fellowship are playing a very useful part and will continue to do so. I need hardly remind you that in the field of Analytical Chemistry we have not only the very familiar Branch E-The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water-but also Branch H-General Analytical Chemistry.It is desirable that we should keep the branches for the Fellowship constantly under review and just as we have recently removed three branches which were considered no longer appro-priate so doubtless from time to time new branches will be added. In recent years and especially during the past 18 months there has been much discussion about higher technological education. Proposals for its improvement have been made by many organisations and many individuals. The report of the National Advisory Council on Education for Industry and Commerce has been under consideration by the Minister of Education for some months but his decisions have not yet been announced. In view of all these circumstances I do not propose to comment at any length on this subject.Perhaps you will allow me to say, however that our Council in its observations to the National Advisory Council and also in those to the Minister pointed out that examinations and awards for certain categories of chemical technologists are provided by our Fellowship in Branch G. We also stressed the need to improve the equipment resources and conditions of service of staffs in the Technical Colleges and to give them a greater measure of autonomy. My own view is that a relatively small proportion of these resources will be required for technological education in the sense in which we understand it. Possibly we shall see the establishment on an experimental basis of one or two specialised University Institutions of Technology.The majority of the Technical Colleges however have an important part to play in the training of highly skilled technicians who are needed in large numbers. They also make a very useful contribution to the education of professional chemists. All these activities will benefit greatly by the reforms which we have advocated and which are in fact foreshadowed if to a more limited extent in the Report of the National Advisory Council. We may hope, therefore that wise counsels will prevail and that the Technical Colleges as a whole will enjoy in the future more liberal resources and higher prestige than has been their lot in the past. I would ask you now to consider some few further aspects of the education of the chemist in training who will normally be a university undergraduate.In the past too many of our courses have tended to be rather disjointed and to consist of a number of isolated subjects provided by departments with very little co-ordination between them. The new curricula of London University which I have already discussed seem to me to represent a commendable attempt to provide an integrated course for students who aim to become chemists. The instruction in the various ancillary subjects is so designed as to cater for the special interests of those whose primary objective is the study of chemistry. In principle I am sure r 150 that this is a very sound move. It raises again however the cognate question of whether the education of the chemist should not be widened still further by the inclusion in the curriculum of what are often termed humane studies.I am not going to discuss this question at this late stage, but I would suggest that it would be useful to know something of customs in other countries in regard to this. I am not very familiar with these but I believe that in some of the more purely technological institutes in Germany and the United States it has always been the custom to insist on a more liberal education than we normally provide for our science students in the British Universities. I understand that some such move-ment is developing at the Imperial College in London. An experiment is in progress which I believe takes the form of week-end parties at which the students are able to meet students of other faculties in other Colleges, for discussion of matters of general interest.In this connection I was interested to read an article published in the undergraduate page of the Spectator a few weeks ago. It was written by an American undergraduate who pointed out that whereas the English student usually follows a specialised course the American student is required as well as encouraged to study in other fields in addition to that of his special subject. There are some amusing examples given of the supplementary courses which are offered in the various American Univer-sities in their efforts to turn out the “Well-rounded Man.” For instance, in Minnesota the student may take courses on Introduction to Leisure Time Activities or Clothing Selection Purchase and Care.In Illinois he may study Personal Defence Activities. In Columbia credits are obtained towards a degree for courses in Art in Daily Living or Field Work in Marriage or Social Dance (the syllabus of which includes basic steps in foxtrot waltz rumba tango and samba) or Gymnastics and Stunts (techniques for advanced tumbling). One can only conclude that in the British Universities we take our studies too sadly ! I have not dealt with the part of postgraduate studies and research in the education of the chemist as these do not really come within the purview of the Institute’s activities. I should like however to make reference to one subject which we might well expect to assume increased importance in the future in connection with postgraduate studies. I think that we may expect University graduates including chemists to be employed in industry in non-technical capacities to an increasing extent-mainly administrative and managerial capacities.There have been suggestions from time to time that University graduates who are interested in industrial careers should receive training for management. A possible implication of this is that University curricula should include courses in management. This subject was discussed at a conference organised by the F.B.I. in 1949, and it was interesting to note that the industrialists themselves were unanimously opposed to the provision of such courses for undergraduates. They took the view and I should agree entirely that the University years should be devoted to the study of the purely academic disciplines.At the [ 151 same time there is surely some sense in the view that men who are likely to occupy positions of managerial responsibility should take advantage of the experience of those who have studied problems involved in such work. Probably this can best be done by attendance at special postgraduate courses of which some are now available. I am conscious that I have said nothing of great profundity and I have certainly not dealt in any exhaustive way with chemical education. Never-theless as I have pointed out there have been many changes in recent years which are of interest to us as members of the Institute. I have attempted to give a reasonably connected account of some of the matters concerning chemical education with which the Council has been occupied during the past year.This may not be entirely without value as I am sure that many of these matters will continue to claim the attention of the Council for some years to come. THE CHEMIST IN THE INFORMATION DEPARTMENT* By S. E. Fox B.A. The Information Department is an important component of co-operative research associations as well as of the larger commercial pro-ducers. Smaller firms can make use of the Information Department of their appropriate Research Association or on the other hand they can be satisfied to operate without continuous contact with current development : it may then happen that sales may fall when a more successful competing product unexpectedly reaches the market. An Information Department would have given warning of its approach and would have assisted continual improvement of the original product through knowledge of published developments and patent literature.The range of operation of an Information Department varies according to the functions it must perform. In most Research Associations it will be expected ‘ (1) to survey and abstract world literature relating to (a) research in progress both pure and applied (b) methods of processing (c) new sources of raw materials (d) new auxiliary products and machinery. The abstracts so obtained may be published for circulation to member firms ; if expense does not warrant this they should be entered in an index and so become available for the use of the research staff and as a source of information for all purposes ; (2) to reply to inquiries from member firms where these require references to published work.Inquiries about works problems such as difficulties in production advice on the alteration of a process the *A paper read at a Symposium on “The Chemist Outside the Laboratory,” arranged by the London and South-Eastern Counties Section of the Institute on 18 October 1950 (see also JOURNAL 1950 447; 1951 5 and 78). [ 152 introduction of a new product or the evaluation of the quality of current output are dealt with by the Liaison Department. This department is composed of graduates with practical industrial experience ; they make visits to firms and are assisted in the laboratory by analytical staff. To function efficiently the Information Department should see the reports of the Liaison Department ; frequently the two departments co-operate in supplying information to a member as the result of an inquiry or complaint ; (3) to maintain the library in an efficient condition by seeing that suitable new books and journals are added to it.It is usual for the Information Officer to act also as Librarian except in very large research associations or firms. Most libraries include a section comprising trade pamphlets and catalogues relating to the industry ; (4) to visit member firms occasionally so as to understand thoroughly the operating processes employed and to acquire information by dis-cussion with technologists. This enables the department to be aware of technical trends and to compare the methods of different firms; (5) to prepare monographs on selected subjects from the available information; to translate articles either for publication or for supply to members.Other duties may include visiting industrial exhibitions and other Research Associations and libraries as well as the editing of research reports (where these are printed) and such journals as may be produced. Many large commercial firms maintain departments for Sales Develop-ment and Research as well as for Patents close co-operation of both of these with the Information Department is essential. There is scope for the employment of chemists in these departments. A knowledge of chemistry can form a useful foundation for work in the Information Departments of most Research Associations and many large firms. The graduate who has taken three or four subjects at the university will find it necessary to acquire a working knowledge of several other sciences and especially to know where information on others may be found when required.In research on leather for example the main subjects are chemistry (in all its branches) physics biochemistry, microscopy (including histology) polymer science and chemical engineer-ing while the less important are entomology mycology physiology, veterinary science mechanical engineering and statistics. The search for information includes the study of many British and foreign journaIs and books ; to widen the range of cover abstract journals must also be consulted. Amongst these the abstract journals of other Research Associations must be taken into consideration when their range of cover overlaps or may overlap the main subject.In leather research for example items of interest may be found in publications on paint (for leather finishes) food (for problems of preservation) rubber [ 153 (for information on polymer structure) agriculture (for cultivation of tannin-bearing plants) and so on. Such a review of literature inevitably requires a knowledge of foreign languages French and German are essential but a few more are often,valuable. Among these are Italian and Spanish which are not difficult to learn to read with the formation of research institutes in Spain and in the Southern American States Spanish is becoming of increasing importance in literature about leather and its raw materials. Occasionally articles in Czech Russian Swedish or Hungarian may be required ; for these it will probably be necessary to employ outside translators but these must possess scientific knowledge if their work is to be of real value.At the British Leather Manufacturers’ Research Association 1 19 periodicals are received ranging from weekly to quarterly journals. A rough analysis of these shows the following structure :-Chemistry (23), physics (6) biology biochemistry (6) abstract journals (12) leather (24), dyes paints etc. (6) engineering (3) applied sciences (29) miscellaneous (10). In his book “ Documentation,” Dr. Bradford estimates that 750,000 useful scientific papers appear annually in 15,000 recognised publications throughout the world. The Information Services Committee of the Royal Society has recently published the titles of 213 British scientific journals publishing original work and of 127 British journals containing abstracts.These figures will give an idea of the amount of published scientific information that is available. Every industry is served by technical trade journals both in this country and abroad these form the obvious sources of information on technology. Of the twenty-four leather journals mentioned above the sources are :-British (6) Dominion (9 United States (5) French (2), Belgian (l) German (2) Italian (l) Czech (l) Argentine (1). Beyond these technological journals world literature consisting of most of the 15,OOO journals referred to by Dr. Bradford still remains. In considering what to use for abstracting it is necessary to know (1) what is likely to be of interest to those carrying out current research : this is acquired by a study of the research programme and by discussion with the staff.Clues can also be obtained from a study of the titles of articles and books borrowed from outside libraries on their behalf; (2) what items not necessarily research papers will be of interest to industrial member firms and their staff this is found from examination of the works visit reports of the Liaison Department and from com-mercial trade trends revealed in reports of committees of the Research Association as well as from articles in the trade press and from current correspondence with members. The Information Officer can also use his imagination by foreseeing or guessing at possible future technical developments it is better to prepare a few abstracts of no value than to miss one that might lead to an interesting new line of investigation.[ 154 Having chosen articles that are considered to be of value it then remains for an abstract to be prepared and for the title and author’s name to be indexed. There are several available methods of arranging the preparation of abstracts :- (1) they may be prepared by the staff of the Information Department ; (2) the journals may be circulated to the research staff who choose and abstract those items that are of interest to them the abstracts being sent to the Information Department ; (3) the Information Department may select what it thinks to be of value and the journal be sent to a member of the research staff for the preparation of the abstract.In the writer’s experience the first method is the quickest and most satisfactory; the disadvantage of the second method is that a research worker is naturally prone to select those items that interest him without considering the other sections of the research programme and a journal may take months to circulate through the whole of a large staff. More-over the second and third methods involve desk work by research workers, which is seldom popular resulting often in delay in the production of abstracts. The preparation of abstracts is much helped by the provision of suitable summaries by the authors of research papers. It is probable that better briefer and more useful summaries would be prepared by a skilled abstractor employed by the editor of the publishing journal; excellent authors’ summaries nevertheless are to be found.In addition to an index of abstracts of selected papers it is useful to prepare also an index of authors’ names. Over the past twenty years or more there has been a marked increase in the number of co-authors of scientific papers. For example examination of the Journal of the Chemical Society for the years 1939 and 1949 shows that on the average three authors produced two papers in 1939 while it took four authors to produce two papers in 1949. The feeling exists that some co-authors might fairly be included in the “acknowledgments” to be found at the end of most papers. But the difficulties with author indexing do not end there: there is also little uniformity in the order of arrangement of the names of co-authors.There appear to be three existing schemes of publication :-(1) in alphabetical order; (2) the senior author first the remainder alpha-betically ; (3) the senior author last ; those preceding in alphabetical order. It would help the indexer if some uniformity could be introduced in this matter. In cataloguing a library and in arranging the index of abstracts it is necessary to adopt some system of classification. Many books and articles have appeared on the matter of subject classification it is one that needs careful consideration when an Information Department is in-stituted before a decision is made. A later change of classification system will involve a great deal of useless work.In the writer’s opinion, a small but specialised library and Information Department can most easily operate with an alphabetical subject index provided always that it is intelligently and uniformly applied. r 155 A minor but useful item in an Information Department connected with industrial technology is the compilation of an indexed list of the composition of proprietary products used by that industry. Some makers publish the composition of proprietary substances but many do not. Analyses of this latter class may be revealed in research papers where comparative tests of similar products have been made or they may come to light in the course of investigations by the Research Association. Information of value may sometimes be discovered in old books and patent specifications by “old” is meant more than 100 years old.Our forefathers by the arduous process of trial and error made many observa-tions of a technical nature that have been subsequently explained by modern science. A study of such old articles or reports based on observa-tion may give a clue that will lead to a valuable deduction if taken in con-junction with a recent item of scientific research. Further there are cycles in industrial technology calcium hydrosulphide has recently been introduced into the U.S.A. as a new and efficient substance for use in the unhairing of hides it is the subject of a British patent of 1849. Consideration should also be given to a source of information in this country that has not been completely explored-that of university theses for higher degrees.It may be true that the substance of most of these appears later in scientific journals but the matter of publication is in the hands of the authors. There is no certainty that all will be available to a wider circle even to-day there are rugged individualists who feel sufficiently rewarded by the personal satisfaction obtained from a successful piece of research and show no interest in its publication. Their work may lie hidden in a university library. The position in Britain to-day has been carefully examined by Mr. P. D. Record of the Bodleian Library in his pamphlet “Survey of Thesis Literature in British Universities,” published by the Library Association. From this it is seen that the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge publish annual abstracts of dissertations whilst the University of London pub-lishes lists of titles ; some other British Universities include titles of theses in their annual calendars.The number of theses accepted by British Universities in 1948/49 was approximately 1,400; of these about 850 are estimated to be on scientific subjects. The accessibility of these British theses varies from one University to another ; the position is clearly defined by Mr. Record in the pamphlet referred to. It is suggested that some method be arranged for the annual publication of abstracts of all British scientific theses on the lines of the “Doctoral Dissertations Accepted by American Universities ” published annually in the United States.Could not these abstracts appear in the appropriate British abstract journal ? Should the thesis subsequently be published, the abstracting journal need only give the title and source together with a reference to the earlier thesis abstract. Another matter is that of a survey of foreign theses. All possible sources of information should be examined and made accessible to a wider circle. I 156 SUMMARIES OF LECTURES METEORITES By Professor F. A. PANETH F.R.S. [Tees-side Section 3 November 19501 Although falls of meteorites are rather rare occurrences in modern times, knowledge of them was wide-spread in the ancient world. Greeks Romans and Egyptians all believed that pieces of stone and metal fell from the sky from time to time and such meteorites as were found were often objects of religious reverence.Thus at the time of St. Paul’s visit to Ephesus it appears that the temple of Diana contained a holy meteorite. This at least is the best inter-pretation of a passage which has certainly been mis-translated in the Authorised Version. Nearer to our own times the Emperor Maximilian ordered that a meteorite which fell in Alsace in 1492 should be hung in a nearby church. Despite such historical accounts authentic falls were sufficiently rare for many scientists to be able to deny the existence of meteorites in the 18th century, when doubt about them was part of current scepticism about other things of celestial origin such as miracles. Towards the end of that century however, the German physicist Chladni investigated all the accounts of meteorites which were available to him and he found enough similarities between the various reports to suggest very strongly that most of them referred to real events.However the scientific world was not finally convinced until 1803 when a considerable shower of meteorites fell on the little French town of L’Aigle. Biot investigated this shower and found enough meteorites and enough evidence that they had actually fallen from the sky finally to convince the previously sceptical French Academy. This sceptism is not surprising because it has been estimated that on the average only about four or five meteorites are seen to fall on the Earth in the course of a year. Many falls of course pass unobserved. It is still less surprising that photographs of falling meteorites have been very hard to come by.However one genuine photograph exists taken four years ago in America. It is not a particularly good photograph but it has some scientific value because it shows that this particular meteorite was spinning as it fell. It follows therefore that the study of meteorites must be largely confined to the pieces recovered after the event; that is it is a study of “finds” rather than “falls.” The first question that requires answering is whether meteorites are members of the solar system. If they are they must travel in elliptic orbits around the Sun and this requires that their velocities should not exceed 42 km./sec. At one time estimates exceeded this figure but it is now believed that these estimates were in error and there is from this point of view no reason to doubt that meteorites are members of the solar system.Meteorites may be divided into three classes according to their compositions. The iron meteorites consist largely of iron containing about 10 per cent. of nickel. The stone meteorites contain a variety of minerals many of which are known in the Earth’s crust. Finally there are meteorites which contain both “stone” and “iron” in varying proportions. The numbers in these classes are shown in the table below. RECORDED METEORITES Iron Iron-Stone Stone Finds . . . . 410 40 200 Falls . . . . 40 10 55 The predominance of iron-meteorites among the finds is due to the ease of recognising them. Stone-meteorites if they are not found soon after they fall, are affected by weathering and it becomes difficult to recognise them as meteorites.Iron-meteorites can be identified by a simple and reliable test the so-called Widmanstatten figures which are shown on etching a polished surface. These figures are easily visible by the naked eye. They are caused by the presence of two solid phases one an iron-nickel alloy rich in nickel and the other an iron-nickel alloy poorer in nickel. Microscopic Widmanstatten figures can be produced in the laboratory in iron-nickel alloys but the visible figures could probably only be produced by unattainably slow rates of cooling. It is thought that the coarse figures found in meteorites represent a cooling period of many thousand years. Some of the minerals in stone meteorites are decomposed by water or oxygen and are not therefore found near the Earth’s surface.Among them are various phosphides and carbides ferrous chloride and calcium sulphide. However, the composition of stone meteorites may be regarded as broadly similar to that of the Earth’s crust. It was thought at one time that the Earth’s core might have a composition similar to that of the iron meteorites since the average density of the earth is far higher than that of the crust. It is now suspected by some geophysicists however that the pressure in the Earth’s core might be sufficient to produce this high density and that the hypothesis of a core of nickel and iron is unnecessary. A further comparison with terrestrial conditions may be made by examining the isotopic constitution of elements in meteorites.The relative proportions of the isotopes of iron on Earth and in a meteorite are shown below. ISOTOPIC CONSTITUTION OF IRON Atomic weight 54 56 57 58 Terrestrial iron 6.37 100 2.37 0-34 Meteoritic iron 6.32 100 2.32 0.33 The isotopic constitution of iron is within experimental error the same in the two cases. Similar results have been obtained for nickel cobalt carbon, oxygen silicon and chlorine. This suggests that some family relationship exists between the Earth and meteorites. There have in fact been suggestions from time to time that meteorites are fragments of a former planet. An empirical rule made known by Bode connecting the distances of the planets from the Sun, requires the existence of another planet between Mars and Jupiter and it has been suggested that meteorites are the remains of this missing planet.However, no theoretical basis for Bode’s rule has been found. The planet-fragment theory of the origin of meteorites naturally raises the question whether very large meteorites can reach the Earth’s surface. Quite large ones have been found,.weighing many tons. One of the biggest must have been responsible for the large meteorite-crater in Arizona. There are many meteoritic fragments in the neighbourhood of this crater but although borings have been made the main body of the meteorite has not been found. It is possible of course that the meteorite responsible for the crater broke up com-pletely on impact. There are several other craters on our Earth which may have been caused by the fall of meteorites.It is also possible that meteorites are related to asteroids a numerous group of bodies too small to be regarded as planets. They certainly form part of the solar system and they revolve around the Sun in a fairly clearly defined region, which crosses the Earth’s orbit. The best evidence that meteorites are in fact part of the solar system rather than chance wanderers from outer space is derived from a study of the distribu-tion of known falls through the day. All the planets go around the Sun in th same direction and their orbits lie very nearly in the same plane. If meteorites also revolve around the Sun in this direction and in this plane it follows that more falls will occur in the afternoon than in the morning. An examination of the records shows that this is so.It is very likely therefore that meteorites are members of the solar system but their relations to planets and asteroids remain matters for specula tion. Some interesting determinations of the ages of meteorites have been made by measuring the very small amounts of helium built up in them through the radio-active decay of their uranium and thorium. A meteorite falls so quickly through the Earth’s atmosphere that it remains cold and loses no helium. Only the outside is melted and the molten material is blown off during the fall. Since meteorites contain only very small amounts of uranium and thorium, quantities of helium of the order of C.C. have to be measured. Although the work is very delicate a number of reliable determinations have been made, and ages between lo6 years and 6-8 x lo@ years have been reported.The age given by this method is of course the time which has elapsed since the material of the meteorite assumed the solid state. It is significant that according to Professor Holmes the oldest minerals in the Earth’s crust have an age in this sense of 3.4 x lo9 years. It is possible therefore that the materials in some meteorites could have been formed at about the same time as the Earth’s crust. In 1949 a meteorite fell through the roof of the Prince Llewelyn Hotel, Beddgelert North Wales. It was bought jointly by the Durham Colleges and the British Museum and each now possesses one half of it. Since there are records of only eight meteorites falling on England and Wales in history this new fall in Wales was an important event.Interesting objects which may or may not be genuine meteorites are the so-called “glass meteorites.” These have been found in Java Libya Australia, Moravia and elsewhere. They are small glassy stones containing a large proportion of silica and having in consequence a high melting point. They could not have been melted at temperatures available to any primitive glass maker and they are therefore not of human origin. The main reason for believ-ing them to be meteorites is that no geological explanation can be given for their presence in the places where they have been found. SOME OXIDASE SYSTEMS IN FLOUR By Professor H. BURTON Ph.D. * D.Sc. F.R.I.C. [London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the London Section and Food Group of the Society of Chemical Industry 17 January, 19511 The black pigment produced from high extraction flours is not a melanin, i.e.it is not derived from tyrosine by way of 3 4-dihydroxyphenylalanine and 5 6-dihydroxyindole. The pigment is readily oxidised by hydrogen peroxide and is decolorised by acid its formation is accelerated by alkali Cd++ Mn++, and especially Fe++ and is inhibited by reducing agents e.g. sodium sulphite. Oxygen is necessary for the formation of the pigment. Using a standard technique it was found that different degrees of blackening could occur with flours of the same extraction. The substance present in flour responsible for the formation of the pigment is extractable by ether and is associated with the gluten.An oxidase system is considered to be involved; prolonged heating of the flour is necessary to inactivate the enzyme(s). Flour pastes made with aqueous solutions of catechol show a markedly increased and more rapid production of a similar and probably the same black I 1 5 9 pigment (cf. the Kent-Jones modified Pekar test). The rate of formation is little affected by relatively high concentrations of potassium cyanide indicating that an oxidase associated with a metal is not involved. Acid inhibits the pigmenta-tion but neutralisation of the mixture causes pigment formation to occur. The same effects are noted when bran and especially germ are used. With “heated germ” there does appear to be a marked retardation of pigment pro-duction by CN- in the absence but not in the presence of catechol unheated germ is less affected.Pigmentation is always on the surface and would appear to involve an oxidase plus oxygen. Model experiments with 1 2 4-trihydroxybenzene (hydroxyquinol) and 2 4 5-trihydroxytoluene show that the former when added even to 72 per cent. extraction flour (which gives no pigment when treated with catechol) causes the fairly rapid production of a black pigment the toluene derivative gives a marked red colour. Hydroxyquinol has no effect on wheat starch suggesting that the above oxidations involve an oxidase as well as oxygen. It seems probable that at least two oxidases may be involved one producing the original substrate of catechol type and a second causing the further oxidation of this compound, which then yields the pigment.It is probable that these enzymes are riboflavin-protein complexes. It is also probable that the compound of catechol type is derived from combined tyrosine by reactions which involve the ultimate oxida-tive removal of the amino-acid side-chain. Pigment formation caused by the addition of hydroxyquinol may alsoinvolve protein and iron. Further lines of investigation to be followed are (1) a comparison of the behaviour of new and old flours and wheat germs (2) a study of the phosphatases in flour (3) an attempt to decide whether 3 4-dihydroxyphenylalanine occurs in the protein. MEN AND MACHINES By Professor R. E. LANE M.D. F.R.C.P. [Manchester and District Section 3 1 January 195 1 J The slow improvement in the standard of living which started 200 years ago, was the result of industrial development and since then improvements in housing nutrition and sanitary control have brought about beneficial changes in the people of these islands.Setbacks have been numerous but they have been countered by the ingenuity of leaders in our community among whom are to be found chemists and doctors administrators and legislators. The contribution of experts is of the utmost importance and more and more does it become necessary for them to work in teams if they are to deal with some of the complicated problems of our modern industrial society. The chemist and the doctor the engineer and the social psychologist all have important contributions to make which can best be achieved if they work together and know something of each other’s field of work.The extent to which many of the remedies can be applied depends on the philosophy of the times. There is no doubt that the pattern and emphasis of medicine changes with demand and with opportunity. Industrialisation has brought with it many medical problems. Industrial medicine attempts to establish a factual relationship between the health and comfort of the worker and the stresses imposed upon him by his work and working environment. This approach is important for two reasons. By dealing with these problems an important contribution is made to the total health of the individual in the community and their solution makes a real contribution to industrial efficiency. Accidents at work have long received attention and the Factory Department has a long tradition of splendid achievement in this field.There is wide interest in the prevention of accidents and though much has been done on the mechan-ical side it has to be remembered that in approximately 85 per cent. of case industrial accidents are due to the human factor. Any study of accidents demands two lines of approach-through the working conditions such as temperature lighting and machine design and through the individual his age, reaction to physical and psychological stress and proneness to accident. There are other types of hazard of more interest to the chemist and though the number of sufferers from these is small the problem is important because cases can be prevented. One of the oldest of these diseases is lead poisoning.The electric storage battery industry provides an excellent example of the way such a hazard can be eliminated by the team work of doctor chemist and engineer. Cancer is a disease in which the chemical industries are particularly interested. As a result of the study of skin cancer produced by certain oils chemists were able to produce the first known chemical carcinogen 1 2 5 6:-dibenzanthra-cene. The danger of cancer of the skin from the action of aromatic polycyclic hydrocarbons is now of course widely recognised and methods of preventing this disease are known. A different and more serious group is the bladder cancers of dye workers. This disease has been recognised for many years and 8-naphthylamine and benzidine are now generally accepted as likely to produce bladder cancer.It was thought that this condition was produced only by certain basic aromatic primary amines but recent experience has incriminated other substances that do not belong to this group. Cancer of the bladder is a horrible disease insidious in onset and difficult to study; its prevention is a worth-while challenge to the chemist he has produced these substances and it is his responsibility to show how the diseases they have brought with them can be prevented. Another interesting group of substances which have been introduced in recent years are the organic phosphorus insecticides. These are likely to prove a great blessing to mankind in enabling a higher crop yield to be obtained but they can be highly dangerous to those who apply them to the crops.These substances destroy cholinesterase which is needed by the body to control the action of acetyl-choline and although atropine is able to counteract some of their ill effects it is by no means the complete answer. An ethical problem arises here; are we justified in using these dangerous insecticides? The answer surely is “yes,” but every precaution must be taken to see that they do not fall into the hands of people who do not appreciate their danger and every step must be taken to safeguard the workman who applies them. The examples cited above are clear cut but of narrow application. There is a wider field which demands the attention of those chemists who are working in industry and indeed of all thinking citizens. There are other much more subtle effects of industrialisation upon health.Industry’s function is to produce. The greater its economic success the better the standard of living of our com-munity but the material standard is not the only key to a satisfactory life. Food and shelter are primary essentials but work-satisfaction comes early on the list. The functions of industry are to feed clothe and house man and to make possible his further development. Industry should contribute to the development of the men and women who serve it. Its responsibility is not fulfilled by handing the workman a pay packet; it should also foster his growth and development as a national duty. This social purpose of industry is recog-nised by many of our leading industrialists. The responsibility of the expert cannot be evaded; our industrial society is faced by many new and very difficult problems that overlap the fields of medicine psychology and sociology.New research methods are required and new techniques must be worked out. This is one of the functions of the University Departments of Occupational Health. These departments are new and they need the support and interest of all who have these problems at heart RECENT PROGRESS IN THE STUDY OF METALLIC OXIDATION AND CORROSION By W. H. J. VERNON O.B.E. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.I.M. pristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry 15 March 19511 Studies of the corrosion of steel under conditions of rapid movement in salt solutions suggest that in contrast with earlier results at low or zero speeds of movement the rate-controlling process is of a chemical rather than a physical nature.Influence of temperature for example is much greater than has pre-viously been supposed whilst variations in the nature of the rust may have a greater effect on the corrosion rate than variations of speed. At sufficiently high speeds passivity may intervene the tendency to passivity being markedly influenced by the mode of surface preparation. Investigations of corrosion inhibitors for cooling water in circulatory systems have led to the use of sodium benzoate a “safe” inhibitor particularly suited for addition to antifreeze solutions of ethylene glycol or glycerine. Completely inhibitive in appropriate concentration towards steel with the further (smaller) addition of sodium nitrite the mixture is equally effective in preventing the corrosion of cast iron; attack on soldered joints that would be.induced by the nitrite alone is completely suppressed in the presence of the benzoate. These findings have been confirmed by many tests in working vehicles. Electrochemical studies of painted steel immersed in dilute salt solutions have yielded three inter-related methods of determining (independently of visual observation with the inevitable limitations of the personal factor) the onset of breakdown of the paint film and the commencement of rusting viz. by deter-mination of electrode potential and (by the use of alternating current) of electrical resistance and capacitance. Good correlation between results from the three methods has been obtained.The capacitance method has further enabled estimates of the water uptake of the paint film to be made and important relationships have been confirmed between the salt concentration of the ambient solution and the water uptake this being further correlated with the onset of film breakdown in the respective solutions. An outstanding feature of atmospheric corrosion research at the Chemical Research Laboratory D.S.I.R. has been the recognition of the essential part played by sulphur dioxide and other sulphur compounds in the corrosion process under service conditions. This has been applied to the development of accelerated tests the validity of which has been confirmed for example by the reproduction in the laboratory of the influence of copper in reducing the corrosion of mild steel-an effect that may be entirely missed by empirical methods of test.Investigation of the influence of temperature on corrosion rate over the range 15”-35” C. at high relative humidities has shown a relationship similar to that connecting temperature with chemical reaction as expressed by the equation of Arrhenius. A compact portable form of the accelerated test equipment is proving useful for the evaluation of protective coatings on steel. Protection of machined steel surfaces under highly humid conditions (e.g., adverse conditions of storage) has been achieved by the use of wrapping materials impregnated with sodium benzoate and also by rubber coatings (readily peeled off when desired) produced by immersion in rubber latex suitably treated with sodium benzoate and sodium nitrite.Volatile (“vapour phase”) inhibitors have also been developed the inclusion of which in an enclosed space will maintain the uncovered metal surface bright under adverse humid conditions. A study of the surface oxide film produced on iron by heating in air in the neighbourhood of 200” has thrown light on a phenomenon previously recorded viz. the absence of interference colours below 200” for oxygen uptakes con-siderably exceeding those which above 20O0 produce the characteristic sequence of colours. Above 200” (parabolic relationship between weight-increment and time) the curve for total oxygen uptake is coincident with that representing the oxygen content of the film after removal from the substrate.Below 200” (logarithmic relationship between weight-increment and time) there is a marked discrepancy between the two curves the stripped film (by deduction the film which in situ is reponsible for any colour change) then having a much lower oxygen content. Only after prolonged periods of heating does the film become sufficiently thick to give rise to colour by interference but the divergence between the two curves is maintained. Beneath the continuous film there is found a detritus consisting largely of magnetic iron oxide. The results are consistent with a mechanism in which an inward movement of oxygen predominates below 200” as compared with an outward diffusion of iron by the Wagner mechanism above 200”. The conclusion of this matter has not yet been reached and work is continuing.Investigations in the Microbiology Section have led to marked advances in the understanding of the corrosion of iron and steel embedded in impervious (water-logged) clay soils. Under conditions such that “aerobic” corrosion must be stifled through lack of oxygen corrosion is propagated by the intervention of anaerobic sulphate-reducing bacteria which in the presence of sulphates act as “acceptors” for cathodic hydrogen. Recent advances have included the study of the autotrophic growth of the organisms in a strictly inorganic medium ; under these conditions the supply of hydrogen in the absence of iron or alternatively, the presence of iron (in the aqueous medium) in the absence of extraneous hydrogen has been shown to be essential for the growth of the organisms.Intensive work on growth inhibitors has revealed the strong repressive effect of ferrous ions on these inhibitors. Nevertheless promising results have been obtained particularly in the discovery that selenates analogues of sulphates, prevent sulphate from being reduced. Field investigations in which this finding is being tried out are in progress. REFERENCES “Chemistry Research” (Annual Report of Chemistry Research Board with Report of Director of Chemical Research Laboratory D.S.I.R.) H.M.S.O. 1946-1949 ; 1950 (in the press) BOOK REVLEWS Systematic Organic Chemistry Modern Methods of Preparation and Estimation. W. M. Cumming I. Vance Hopper and T. Sherlock Wheeler. 4th Edition, revised by W. M. Cumming and I. Vance Hopper.Pp. xxviii + 556 with 72 figures. (London Constable and Co. Ltd. 1950.) 37s. 6d. net. This well-known book will need no introduction; it has been in popular use since 1923 and the present edition has been extended to include the more important developments since the third edition of 1937. In the words of the preface “The scope of the reactions has been extended by incorporating . . . reactions associated with the names of Ponndorf Diels-Alder Hinsberg, Markownikoff Kharash Zerewitinoff Fischer-Tropsch and also oxidations by periodic acid (Malaprade) and lead tetra-acetate formation of amidines sulphona-mides fluorine compounds. Modern interpretations by acid or base catalysis have been included where appropriate.” As in previous editions the book is in four parts (I) Apparatus and Methods, 58 pp.; (11) Reactions and Preparations 395 pp. ; (111) Quantitative Analysis, 56 pp.; (IV) Inorganic Section and Qualitative Analysis 29 pp. Part I now includes new small sections on ozonolysis hydrogenation chromatography and azeotropic distillation. The scope of Part I1 has been extended as indicated above and in Part 111 a chapter on micro methods of ultimate analysis replaces the previous one on semi-micro methods. The preparation section covers a wide range and does not appear to omit any important type. Numerous preparations of dyestuffs drugs and natural products are included in a total of 494 preparations. Adequate notes and references are a commendable feature of this section. In Part I11 the change from semi-micro to micro ultimate analysis may not meet with universal approval but no criticism can be offered against the remainder of the section which assembles a valuable collection of group estimations acyl, methoxy aldehyde etc.and other miscellaneous organic estimations (titanous chloride diazotisation). Considering the number of formulae used there are surprisingly few errors ; a moderately careful search shows that furfural has acquired an extra double bond in the reprinting (p. 412) and that the configurational formula of mannose is given as + + + + instead of + + - - (p. 436). Some of the abbreviations have an unfamiliar appearance e.g. “Am.Soc.” for the Journal of the American Chemical Society and it would be an improvement if these conformed with standard practice.These trifling criticisms however only serve to emphasise the care with which the book has been produced. It is a very serviceable and well-balanced practical book handy in size well bound and printed and it can be warmly recommended to university and technical college students at all levels. T. MALKIN Organic Chemistry. I. L. Finar. Pp. xv + 696. (London Longmans, Green and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 40s. net. To quote from a statement on the dust-cover “the aims of this book are to describe the fundamental principles of organic chemistry to stimulate the reader’s interest in organic chemistry and to enable him to read with under-standing original papers and monographs covering specialised fields” ; in the opinion of the reviewer all of these aims are admirably achieved.Any complete course in organic chemistry falls naturally into two sections, one dealing with those basic theoretical and factual aspects of the subject which are an essential part of the equipment of all organic chemists and the other with the application and extension of this basic knowledge to mor specialised topics. In the early days of the electronic and wave-mechanical theories of organic chemistry these naturally formed part of the second more specialised section Now however such theories are firmly established and it is essential that they should be incorporated in the first more fundamental, part of the course where they serve to integrate and illuminate what may other-wise appear to be unconnected masses of fact. Most teachers of organic chemistry presumably now lecture on these lines but have been handicapped by the fact that textbooks have lagged behind in this development.In the present book such theories are introduced from the start and applied throughout, thus fulfilling this requirement for a textbook giving a modern theoretical treatment structural and mechanistic of the basic facts of the subject. The factual content of the book is very considerable and up-to-date referring as it does to methods and reagents of recent introduction. The book gives clear evidence of being a compilation not from other textbooks but to a large extent, from the original literature. Very valuable features are the serious attempt to indicate the yields to be expected from most of the standard preparative reactions and the obvious trouble the author has taken to give up-to-date procedures for the technical preparation of industrially important compounds.As the author himself implies in an apposite quotation at the beginning of the book no work of this kind can be expected to be perfect and every reader will have his own criticisms to make. In major matters the reviewer was disappointed in the treatment of amino-acids and carbohydrates. As regards the first a fuller treatment confined to the aliphatic amino-acids, seems desirable and as for the second the time has surely come to abandon the old method of first treating the chemistry of the carbohydrates on the basis of the open-chain structures introducing Haworth’s twenty-five-year-old cyclic structures only at a later stage.It seems doubtful too whether the rather condensed treatment of stereochemistry will be readily intelligible to students ; a more detailed discussion of a narrower range of stereochemical topics would be preferable. These are faults which can well be corrected in later editions. In preparing these the author might also consider breaking with tradition as he has done for the alicyclic compounds by giving a much fuller treatment of polycyclic and heterocyclic compounds than has been usual at this stage. The book is well-produced and clearly printed although the reviewer would like to see Kekule hexagons used throughout for benzene rings. The price is very reasonable for a book of this size. This book then is warmly recommended to Honours students who will find the questions at the end of each chapter a help in assessing their mastery of the subject and the selected references to leading papers and review articles an excellent guide for further reading.The book will be useful too for research workers and other practising chemists both for reference and as a means of modernising their knowledge of fundamental organic chemistry. The reviewer will be surprised if “Finar” does not take its place as one of the standard textbooks of organic chemistry. H. N. RYDON Colloid Chemistry Theoretical and Applied. Vol. VII. Jerome Alexander. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London: In this the seventh volume of Dr. Jerome Alexander’s well-known series, there are no less than 43 separate articles each written by an acknowledged authority in the particular field.It is conveniently divided into three sections : Part I Theory and Methods; Part 11 Biology and Medicine; and Part 111, Technological Applications. It would be impossible in a short review to comment on all the articles included in the book but a number of them are of particular interest in that they Pp. xi + 736. Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 120s. net bring to the reader in reasonably small compass well-written reviews of matters which are at the present time subjects of active discussion and experimentation. In the first section one might mention Debye and Bueche’s contribution on the scattering of light by inhomogenous materials and Verwey’s article on the role of the electric double layer in the behaviour of lyophilic colloids.In this section, there is included an interesting personal article by Harkins on nuclear reactions, which however scarcely fits into the scheme. In the second section there are three articles in which the subject matter has advanced beyond the purely descriptive stage and in which quantitative formula-tion and the application of exact kinetic or thermodynamic relationships is possible ; these include Alexander’s contribution on surface chemistry and biology an article by Klotz on complex ions with proteins and an interesting review by Hauser on antibiotic colloidal electrolytes. In this it is shown that sodium penicillin behaves in solution as a colloidal electrolyte with a well-defined micelle point at about 20,000 units per C.C. at 37” C. Unfortunately the curve on p.308 revealing this fact also shows a marked rise in surface tension beyond the micelle point an indication that there is some capillary-active and associative impurity present in the sample. It is to be hoped .that these investigations will be extended. There are some 20 sections devoted to technological applications covering a wide field from asphalt to freeze-drying-an exemplification of the ubiquity of colloids and of the importance of colloid behaviour in our day-to-day existence. The general arrangement of the book into these three divisions is in the reviewer’s opinion admirable. The articles themselves are somewhat unsatis-factory in that they are scarcely complete enough to convey all the information a reader might desire but merely stimulate one to know more about the subject.The volume like the others in the series is well printed and bound and there are very few errors in the text. E. K. RIDEAL Principles of Phase Equilibria. F. E. W. Wetmore and D. J. LeRoy. Pp. x + 200. (London McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. 1951.) 30s. This book is the “result of the authors’ experience in presenting to graduate and undergraduate students in arts science and engineering the principles of heterogeneous equilibria.” In view of the fact that there are only two classes of phases (pure substances and solutions) the authors essay a fresh approach by tracing the similiarity in behaviour of gaseous liquid and solid solutions. The principles are discussed from the experimental standpoint without recourse to formal thermodynamics and the scope of the work will be evident from the following list of topics :-One component Water sulphur phosphorus, menthol tin silica ; Two components Solid-liquid equilibria sodium sulphate-water cadmium-bismuth potassium chloride-lithium chloride naphthalene-menthol magnesium-copper benzyhydrol-benzene.Liquid-liquid equilibria : phenol-water etc. Solid solution-liquid equilibria platinum-gold albite-anorthite 5kermannite-velardefiite lead-thallium etc. ; Three components : Sodium sulphate-magnesium sulphate-water ammonium sulphate-potassium sulphate-water partially miscible liquids sodium sulphate-sodium chloride-sodium fluoride ; Four components water and three salts with common ion, Janecke’s projection reciprocal salt pairs etc.The Appendix contains a derivation of the phase rule and a discussion of free energy-composition curves. On the whole the text is sound and reliable and there are few inaccuracies and inconsistencies. The authors do not appear to be aware that the existence of y-tin was disproved by the X-ray investigations of Mason and Pellissier (1939). The phase diagrams for maximum- and minimum-melting solid solutions are misleading inasmuch as they show a sharp intersection of the solidus and [ 166 liquidus curves. Beginners may also be misled by the following expressions :-“on being heated Glauber’s salt decomposes to give sodium sulphate and solution,” and “the decomposition of the solution into ice and Glauber’s salt” in connection with the crystallisation of the solution of eutectic composition.The only literature reference is to Gibbs’s first paper on the subject and the book would be improved by the inclusion of references to original papers dealing with the experimental investigation of phase equilibria. The book can be recommended to chemistry graduates and industrial chemists who are interested in phase equilibria. Although the proposals put forward at the recent Harvard conference on the teaching of the natural sciences to non-scientists are known to the reviewer he is still of the opinion that there is little justification for the claim that the authors have produced a book suitable for arts students. S. T. BOWDEN Chemical Thermodynamics. F. D. Rossini. Pp. xix + 514. (New York: John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd.1950.) 48s. net. This book is characterised by its emphasis on the practical applications of chemical thermodynamics. In certain respects it brings up to date the famous text-books by Lewis and Randall. The author uses substantially the Lewis and Randall symbols. In addition to discussing the more conventional themes of chemical thermodynamics the book includes references to modern developments such as nuclear thermo-chemistry and the behaviour of real dilute solutions. A feature of the treatment is the full scope given to the practical calculation of thermodynamic functions from statistical and calorimetric data. At the end a very topical collection of applied thermodynamic calculations (57 pp.) admirably illustrates the industrial importance of modern methods of computing thermo-dynamic functions.The special qualifications of the author for writing this kind of book are also evident in chapters such as those dealing with fundamental constants and with thermo-chemical computations. It must be noted that statistical methods and thermodynamic laws are introduced in a very direct and formal way. This compactness of treatment is well suited to what is in certain respects a calculator’s manual but insight into the theoretical foundations of the subject tends to be by-passed in this approach. In some cases as in dealing with solid solutions the discussion is so superficial as to be even misleading. Although thermodynamic behaviour is formally independent of detailed molecular structure a more physico-chemical approach to chemical thermodynamics helps to maintain maximum fruitfulness of application of this powerful discipline.The book gives little or no account of the experimental methods involved in obtaining the raw data which are to be transformed by thermodynamic calcula-tions. But in its special field it should find wide acceptance as a clear useful and authoritative text. It should prove particularly valuable for imparting training in a wide variety of thermodynamic computations. A. R. UBBELOHDE Metal Spectroscopy. F. Twyman. Pp. vii + 569. (London Charles Griffin Spectrochemical Analysis. L. H. Ahrens. Pp. xxiv. + 342. (Cambridge, $10. The titles of both books are somewhat misleading. Metal Spectroscopy is in fact the more general in its scope and includes a historical survey of the develop-ment of spectrographic analysis and the necessary equipment.Its author is well qualified to deal with this aspect as with Messrs. Hilger he was responsible for and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 50s. net. Mass. Addison-Wesley Press Inc. 1950. the basic design of much of the apparatus at present in use. In addition to the analysis of metals and alloys which is comprehensively discussed it touches on the analysis of gases electronic methods of spectrophotometry and flame photometry and X-ray spectrochemical analysis. The scope of Spectrochemical Analysis as its sub-title explains is limited to the D.C. arc analysis of minerals, rocks soils and powders in general. Dr. Ahrens has had wide experience of this aspect both in South Africa and more recently in the Department of Geology of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.The books are thus to some extent complementary although the approaches adopted are quite different. In Metal Spectroscopy it is conventional with a discussion of the theory of atomic spectra followed by descriptions of the basic types of apparatus British and foreign at present available and general discussion of light sources electrodes and procedure. The author has drawn on theexperience of numerous specialists in their respective fields who have been responsible for sections dealing with the applications of spectro-chemical analysis in practice. Spectrochemical Analysis is unconventional in that there are no descriptions of equipment or detailed procedures. The principles involved in the application of the D.C.arc to quantitative analysis including such factors as selective volatilisa-tion internal standard selection and effect of change of matrix composition on line intensity are dealt with adequately in the first part of the book. (It is just in this aspect that Mr. Twyman’s book is rather weak.) The section on light sources by A. Walsh deals satisfactorily with spark and triggered discharges but goes out of its way to suggest that the D.C. arc is particularly inaccurate-an imputation amply refuted by Dr. Ahrens’ data. The second part of Spectro-chemical Analysis deals in detail with the arc determination of individual elements and will prove of value to non-specialists in indicating what determinations it is reasonable to demand from the spectrochemist and will assist them in the interpretation of the results obtained.This section is followed by a set of wave-length tables covering the most suitable lines for each element taken from Harrison’s M.I.T. Wavelength Tables. These have possibly added more to the cost of the book than their utility justifies. There are occasional slips in both books and Chapter 12 of Metal Spec-troscopy dealing with works practice in particular contains a number of printer’s errors. Some of the indexing is not good ; for instance many references to Moritz appear under the reviewer’s name and while two diagrams on laboratory lay-out can be found from the index that at page 412 cannot. The arrangement of the book has resulied in some duplication as individual writers have occasionally covered the same ground.There is some indication too that the author is writing a justification for spectrochemical analysis which is we hope no longer required to-day. In Spectrochemical Analysis the definition of blackening as (d,-d) and not as a synonym for density is not in accord with the modern European practice. Both books are of a higher standard than some of the recent crop dealing with spectrochemistry and will serve their individual purposes well. R. L. MITCHELL Conductimetric Analysis at Radio-Frequency. G. G. Blake. Pp. xv + 109. The first few lines of the author’s preface to this book are so illuminating that they are worth quoting “The main object . . . is to describe the author’s new technique and methods of conductimetric analysis (this type of analysis, current/volume of reagent is sometimes termed amperometric titration) .. . ” The reader cannot complain therefore when he finds that the author deals with his own work on the subject but fails to present a balanced picture of the advantages and disadvantages of these high frequency titration methods or to [ 168 1 (London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 15s. net show how they supplement other methods of analysis depending on the electrical properties of solutions. That the subject is an important one for certain analytical purposes in avoiding the electrode difficulties of normal conductimetric titrations, in the possibility of increased sensitivity of detection of the end-point of titrations, and so on is now well established.The rapid development and application of the method is shown by the appearance of at least seven important papers within the last twelve months i.e. since this book was written. This means that the book is already dated on its major topic; indeed it now seems doubtful whether the term conductimetric analysis is really a correct description of this method. However readers will find details of certain of the circuits which can be used for this work as well as a number of novel suggestions on other possible applica-tions e.g. measurement of liquid diffusion rates automatic control of liquid flow, continuous determination of solution concentration study of delayed reactions, moisture meters etc. Of real value also are various ingenious ideas mostly quite incidental to high frequency titrations such as relays and air and liquid valves.The Appendix contains much useful information in a convenient reference form although it hardly seems necessary to have a paragraph on “the preparation of reagents for laboratory and general use” and then simply to refer the reader to an old edition of the Handbook of Physics and Chemistry. Chemists should perhaps be warned that the author is inclined to use the terminology of the electrical engineer or the physicist which is not always that most familiar to chemists. There is evidence that the book has been hastily prepared and this is even admitted by the author. Thus in his conclusion he says “this book describes the gradual development of the author’s work some of which has taken place during the time that it has been in the hands of the printer.” It seems to the reviewer that it would have been better either to have described the work up to a given time before the actual preparation of the book or preferably to have waited a little longer before publication.A. A. SMALES The A.B.C. of Acid-Base Chemistry. Horace W. Davenport. 3rd Edition. Pp. vi + 86. (Chicago The University of Chicago Press; London agents: Cambridge University Press 195 1 .) Dr. Davenport sets out “to provide medical students and physicians with a comprehensive and intelligible outline of the elements of Acid-Base Chemistry” and in this he succeeds. Many have dismissed the hope of grasping a subject with such a reputation for difficulty. Most of the available literature treats the problem either inadequately or in too great academic detail for those requiring a general working knowledge.The author points out that there is “no effortless road to a knowledge of Acid-Base Chemistry,” but he has certainly helped by providing this concise account. The book includes numerous diagrams and graphs. It is written in readable style well paragraphed and without waste of words. The reader is never left to wonder where an argument is leading; Dr. Davenport makes a statement which he then proceeds to explain or expand. The opening sections remind one of such fundamentals as the gas laws and physiological gas exchange pH and buffer action with basic equations and the distribution of ions between cells and plasma. The carriage in the blood of oxygen and carbon dioxide and the role of haemoglobin as a blood buffer are dealt with fully in both qualitative and quantitative aspects.There is inevitably much mathematical matter but the clarity of expression will appeal to all. No steps in a calculation are omitted equations are numbered for easy reference and useful worked examples are given in illustration. The author expresses the equation which he derives relating plasma pH, bicarbonate concentration and C0,-tension in the form of a “pH-bicarbonate [ 169 1 15s. net diagram” and on this he bases all further discussion of the buffer value of blood, acid-base disturbances and respiratory and renal compensatory mechanisms. He describes how this diagram may be used to assess a clinical condition giving case examples of metabolic and.respiratory types of acidosis and alkalosis. A section follows on investigations useful in clinical work giving evidence that the commonly performed C0,-combining power or “alkali reserve” determination is unsatisfactory and that the plasma CO content and capacity give more valuable information in the absence of simple methods for pH estimation. Sections on useful practical procedures are given in conclusion. It could perhaps be said that the book has been kept short at the expense of more elementary matter and detail. There is no description of the actual electro-lyte pattern of the blood though this omission is intentional. Many people have grown used to the “electrolyte block” system and may find the new forms of expression here more difficult at first.The account of the respiratory control of pH based on the pH-bicarbonate diagram is an example of this and explains in another way the mechanism of the carbonic acid-bicarbonate buffer system, which is not referred to as such. A section dealing with the concepts of fixed acid and fixed base is somewhat confusing. However the good qualities of this book far outweigh any deficiencies. It is a valuable contribution to the literature of acid-base chemistry and will be appreciated by all who have any interest in a subject which is becoming increasingly important to biochemist and physiologist and in all branches of medicine. E. J. KING Animal Nutrition. Cyril Tyler. Pp. 216. Frontiers of Science Series. (Lon-In this book by the Professor of Agricultural Chemistry at Reading Univer-sity a gallant attempt has been made “to compress a great variety of information into a relatively small space,” in the author’s own words.To answer the question whether the attempt has succeeded it is best to put it in another form namely, for whom is the book intended and what is it meant to help them to do? Assuming that we then think it desirable to help them to do whatever it is if we find the book likely to help them we may say “Yes” to the original question. Not to beat about the bush the answer seems indeed to be “Yes,” with very few qualifications. Professor Tyler’s book is stated to aim primarily at the agricultural student in the very proper belief that he will become a better practitioner-in whatever branch of agriculture-if he has the fundamental knowledge meant by the author when he refers to “a considerable background of physiology and biochemistry.” A glance through the chapter headings is sufficient to show that Professor Tyler puts first things first.He begins (Section 1) with the soil and works through the plant to the animal not forgetting to emphasise the importance of feeding-stuff analysis. The four following Sections cover digestion absorption, transport and storage of nutrients in the animal (2) ; the utilisation of nutrients (3) and the excretion of waste products (4) and maintenance and production (5). Between them these four Sections give an all-embracing reasonably detailed and not unduly superficial account of the complex processes involved in turning grass cellulose into the lactose of cheese and arachin into wool keratin-to mention two relatively simple chemical changes that the cow and the sheep perform more elegantly to say the least of it than the organic chemist ! Sections on experimental techniques (6) and on feeding-stuff assessment and rationing (7) are followed by an appendix on the biochemistry of certain intra-cellular reactions some of which are illustrated by “cyclic” diagrams of unusual neatness and clarity.There are six pages of references and a good index. don Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 15s. net Professor Tyler writes a simple clear and sometimes pungent style. Even when the punctuation has gone slightly awry-due perhaps to oversights in proof-reading-his meaning is never in doubt.One may question some of his statements-or ask for his evidence-as when he states categorically that all cellular carbohydrates are produced from glucose. One may wonder even why he writes “There are a . . . host of . .” and “There are a number of . . .”, but “There is a variety of . . .”! But one can have only praise for the skill with which the student having a knowledge of chemistry up to perhaps only “inter” standard is helped to make do with this and to follow the metabolic processes that enable the hen to lay eggs the pig to deposit fat and the cow to secrete milk. In spite of the author’s prefatory implication that his book is not expected to be useful to nutritionists there is much in it that many who claim that soubriquet would not fail to benefit from rereading as expounded with Professor Tyler’s lucidity and enthusiasm.A. L. BACHARACH Chemical Control of Insects. T. F. West J. E. Hardy and J. H. Ford. Pp. xi This book is the latest addition to the publishers’ Frontiers of Science series under the general editorship of Dr. Bernard Love11 and it fulfils admirably the intention of bridging the gap between the elementary account and the full text-book. The book begins with chapters giving a general description of insects and an outline of the practical aspects of pest control. This is followed by chapters devoted to various types of insecticides including both natural and synthetic substances. It is indicative of the difficulties of book production at the present time that literature later than 1947 is not quoted.Had it been possible one would have liked to see an expansion of the subject of the new phosphoric acid derivatives, particularly in relation to plant “systemic” effects and perhaps also a revision of the chapter on pyrethrum. This however is only a minor drawback in the general type of account given. The book is easy to read and is well balanced; it is attractively produced and illustrated by well-chosen photographs. References to original articles are given at the end of each chapter and there are both author and subject indexes. There are a number of errors in the chemical formulae but except for that of Parathion on page 11 1 these are not serious. + 21 1. (London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 15s. net. W. A. SEXTON Chemical Engineering Operations.F. Rumford. Pp. vii + 376. (London: Any indigenous book on chemical engineering matters is welcome even if to convince not only our overseas friends but oft-times students in our own engineering schools that the subject (in common one is tempted to add with developments in the atomic field) has been given some thought and study in this country and Dr. Rumford’s work will be welconied by beginners in the study of both chemical engineering and chemical technology. Chemical engineers in search of academic qualifications have a long and hard road to follow and the young man tracing this path may sometimes wonder when he will begin to correlate his mathematical physics with what in all probability he has conceived as chemical engineering proper viz. the application of chemistry on an industrial scale.The author of this book has taken the scientific principles of his subject in simple form and applied them to use his own words to processes peculiar to chemical plant practice. He has throughout followed the unit operational system and in 17 chapters has covered most of the principal techniques of industrial chemistry. To the chemist it may at Constable and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 30s. net first sight appear odd for a discussion on water cooling to be adjacent to a consideration of the functions of a Glover Tower and likewise the brief mathe-matical treatments of the operations discussed may possibly be regarded by the chemical engineer as unduly simplified but by the chemist as lacking in explanation. Consideration of any text-book for student use-for which duty the author in his preface has assigned his work-involves some thought as to the instructive value it offers to its readers as opposed to mere approval of style and form.Whereas the latter are entirely adequate it might be contended that the book falls between industrial chemistry on the one hand and chemical engineering on the other and does justice to neither. The answer to such criticisms is that if the work is read as a supplement to more formal and involved teaching and treatises the student cannot fail to benefit. Perhaps there is some danger in over-simplification but this will be counteracted if the reader makes use of the numerous references to the current literature. This work may in fact be regarded to some extent as forming a link between chemical engineering theory and industrial practice and it should serve as a useful guide to the student who is intermingling vacation works experience with his more formal studies.British chemical manufacturers and their friends the chemical plant makers might not altogether approve of the author’s concluding strictures on the chemical industry which is not unique in having health problems but they should share the satisfaction that in this book an attempt has been made to correlate their common interests. W. PRESTON The Modern Soap and Detergent Industry. Vol. I Theory and Practice of Soap-making. Geoffrey Martin. 3rd Edition revised by Edward I. Cooke. Pp. xii + 381. (London The Technical Press Ltd. 1950.) 50s. net, postage 10d.The third edition of volume I of this work the first and second editions of which were printed in 1923 and 1931 respectively is a reprint with very few additions and alterations. Possibly in some portions such as Section I, Chapter 11 on “Chemical Formulae and Properties of the Chief Salts of the Fatty Acids,” much revision or amplification may have been considered to be unwarranted in a book of this size and scope. In other portions a few references are given to recent literature and a very few changes in or additions to the original illustrations have been made; not enough in the reviewer’s opinion to be mentioned specially in the preface to this edition at any rate as far as volume I is concerned. These small changes can hardly be considered to bring this volume up to date and certainly there is no justification in retaining the description “Modern” in the title.For instance Section V which deals with the “Manufac-ture of Soap from Free Fatty Acids,” has frequent recourse to such phrases as “within recent years,” “up-to-date,” “these new methods,” in exactly the same wording as in the first edition of 1923 without giving anything modern. Thus in this Section Chapter I the two fat-splitting processes which receive any prominence are the Twitchell and the enzyme. When Lewkowitsch’s com-parison of these two processes is given the autoclave process is included although the only other reference to it is under “(i) the ‘autoclave’ or lime saponification process” in Chapter 11 particulars of which are stated to be given in another of Martin’s books.It is disappointing therefore that in this section of soapmaking, where such important advances have been made for example in the field of continuous high-pressure fat splitting the book has not been brought up to date. Similar comment can be made on many other parts of the book which is only to be expected since the new edition of this volume represents little more than a reprint of the first edition. It is appreciated that a revision of an existin book may be a tedious task; it would have been expected however for example, that the embossed lettering given on the hand stamp in Fig. 89 on p. 87 of Section VI in the first edition would have been corrected in this edition or have been commented on in the text if it is correct for it is difficult to see how such a hand stamp could give the desired impressions on the soap if used in the ordinary way.Many of the hints are most practical and must have been provided originally by persons well versed in the soapmaking practice at the time they were written; furthermore some of the information is not readily found elsewhere. Much of the book is very readable and very adequately illustrated. L. v. COCKS The Modern Soap and Detergent Industry. Vol II The Manufacture of Special Soaps and Detergent Compositions. By Geoffrey Martin. 3rd Edition, revised and enlarged by Edward I. Cooke. Pp. xii + 448. (London The Technical Press Ltd. 1951.) 50s. net postage 10d. Though it consists very largely of a verbatim reprint of the earlier editions the third edition of Volume I1 of this work contains more references to recent literature than did the third edition of Volume I.This however hardly has the effect of bringing the work up to date. In the earlier editions many of the then known processes were described in considerable detail and this course might with advantage have been adopted in the case of more recent developments; most of the additions apart from informing the reader of their source give him only very brief details. Some references are to journals in a foreign language, although the data covered are readily available in English. An example of this is afforded in Section VI p. 27 on the “Properties of Synthetic Fatty Acids for Soap Manufacture,” where it would have undoubtedly been useful if the English reader had been referred to some of the British Intelligence Objectives Sub-committee and related reports.In the review of Volume I disappointment was expressed at the omission of references to outstanding advances made in soapmaking. To some extent this has been rectified in this volume but it is not felt that anything like justice has been done Thus in Section VI p. 9 rather less than 30 lines are devoted to a number of new methods of which some are scantily described while others are merely mentioned by name without reference to originals. It would no doubt have been difficult to give adequate treatment to all of them or even to those in use on an industrial scale without either expanding the book or re-writing it almost entirely. It would however have helped readers if the indexing and references to the originals of the more important of the new methods and processes had been more complete.It will be appreciated that as very little has been deleted from the original the work as far as soap is concerned still stands as a rather unique publication especially for out-of-the-way information prior to the publication of the first edition. As the new Section X on “Synthetic surface-active materials-detergents, wetting and emulsifying agents” is confined to about 15 pages its scope is naturally very limited but it includes some useful bibliographical references. L. v. COCKS The Manufacture of Intermediates and Dyes. An Introduction to Works Practice. (London Constable and Co. Ltd. 1950.) As the author mentions in his preface there is a demand for a new book dealing particularly with the manufacture of intermediates and dyes.The present book which is intended as an introduction to chemical works practice for G. H. Frank. 15s. net. Pp. iv + 177. [ 173 students and junior chemists may do something to satisfy this demand but on the whole it is disappointing. Part I (Chapters 1-3) deals very briefly indeed (in 25 pages) with processes plant constructional materials and the hazards encountered in the chemical industry. It is extremely concise and apart from the fact that the seriousness of dermatitis is perhaps belittled authoritative. Part I1 (Chapters 4-9) describes the manufacture of benzene and its homologues by the distillation of coal-tar oils their chlorination and nitration the manufac-ture of amines phenols and their derivatives and sulphur dyes.Part I11 (Chapters 10-1 5) treats of naphthalene and its intermediates including the sulphonic acids nitro-compounds the naphthylamines and their sulphonic acids, aminonaphthol sulphonic acids derivatives of phenylnaphthylamines and, finally azo-dyestuffs. Part IV (Chapters 16-17) deals very briefly (18 pages) with anthracene anthraquinone its sulphonic acids chloro-derivatives nitro-and amino-anthraquinones quinizarin benzanthrone and ten anthraquinone dyestuffs. A final chapter on analysis describes the testing of benzene hydro-carbons fairly fully and gives some useful notes on technical methods of deter-mining and identifying sulphonic acids amines azo-dyestuffs and phenols.The concise practical recipes details of plant and brief process details are good, but could with advantage have been given more fully. In a book of this kind the technological details must be supplemented by sections dealing with theoretical matters and it is here that the book is disap-pointing and may even be misleading to a student working without expert guidance. The theoretical treatment is inadequate ; for example the introduction to Chapter 7 dealing with amino-compounds gives no indication that nitro-compounds are reduced by iron in presence of a small amount of ferrous salt, although this process is described in detail on the next page for the manufacture of aniline ; equation (b) on p. 57 is obviously incorrect ; in the section on chlorina-tion the importance of catalysts and their effects is insufficiently stressed.Nomenclature is not precise enough and is sometimes inaccurate; e.g. the sulphuric acid wash given to benzene removes olefines and thiophen not paraffins; y-acid is referred to as Y-acid; Tobias acid usually refers to 2-naphthylamine-1 -sulphonic acid and not the corresponding naphthol sulphonic acid; a better name for Naphthol AS bases would be azoic bases; Naphthol ASBS is the m-nitro-anilide of 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid and the chemical name given for Naphthol AS.G is confused ; chemically J-acid and y-acid should be included in Chapter 13 instead of in Chapter 12. One other point which should perhaps be mentioned is the unconventional formulation which is sometimes used; e.g. S for SO,H in some but not in all cases and the formulae for anthraquinone compounds should not be used without further explanation in a book intended for students.The book is well printed in large, clear type. Fuels and Combustion Handbook. Editor A. J. Johnson. Pp. xii + 91 5. (New York London and Toronto McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. 1951 .) 106s. 6d. The increasing demand by the world for power and heat has concentrated attention on the more efficient use of fuels and on the need for a wider knowledge of their properties. This book has been prepared to supply fundamental data and up-to-date information to all users of fuel. The Editor Mr. A. J. Johnson, and the Associate Editor Professor G. H. Auth have adopted the method of selecting from some 450 recent references and by skilful editing have built up a comprehensive handbook.They have also had the advice and help of the U.S. Bureau of Mines and of universities colleges and industry in the United States. The first third of the book deals with solid liquid and gaseous fuels and other sources of heat and power. There are other sections on combustion including S. COFFEY r 174 the determination and calculation of heat balances the selection of fuel the preparation of coal handling and storage heat transfer boilers furnace design and the firing of solid liquid and gaseous fuels. A final section is on measure-ment the use of instruments and standard boiler code tests. Although emphasis is given to the fuels of the United States world resources and production of fuels in various countries are shown.One hundred and seventy pages are devoted to solid fuels 80 to liquid and 58 to gaseous of which 20 refer to liquefied petroleum gases. It is however on the general prin-ciples of fuel and its utilisation that the book has substantial value to the British reader. The Editor has endeavoured to give wherever possible the most recent developments and more space is given to newer processes and methods than to the older ones. The sections are clearly and concisely arranged ; fundamental data are given, together with practical results. Advantages and disadvantages of different systems are compared. The book is well documented with tables of fundamental properties detailed methods of calculation nomograms and graphs. The illustrations are clear and the book is well bound and printed.The 900 pages are packed with information covering every phase of fuel and its utilisation. Whether the reader’s interest is pulverising of coal the production of synthetic fuels the water-proofing of coals gas turbines supersonic dust precipitation or even sintering ores he will find concise information on the subject. The book can be unreservedly recommended to all interested in fuel whether in the theoretical aspects or in the practical application. A. C . MONKHOUSE Safety in the Chemical Laboratory. H. A. J. Pieters and J. W. Creyghton. Pp. xii 4- 258. (London Butterworths Scientific Publications 1951 .) 15s. postage 9d. The chemical laboratory is potentially a dangerous place in which to work, but with proper precautions it may be made almost as safe as the domestic kitchen.The authors of this book rightly insist on the responsibility of all concerned from the director down to the laboratory assistant for doing their utmost to ensure their own safety and that of others. The volume is based on a booklet first prepared for the instruction of the employees of the Central Laboratories of the Staatsmijnen in Limburg of which the senior author Dr. Pieters now head of the Chemical Works Safety Department of the Netherlands State Mines was then Director. For the English edition it has been re-written and enlarged with the object of making it in the words of the preface a basic international safety manual. Perhaps because the attempt has been made to convert a manual originally designed for a particular laboratory with its own special hazards into a more general one it appears to the reviewer that the presentation is not quite happy.There is some overlap repetition and scattering of the discussions. Nevertheless the reader will find much admirable precept and sound advice on safe working helped by a good index. The scope of the book can quickly be given by quoting the subjects of the chapters 11 in number. The first deals with general considerations of responsi-bility and organisation. The second is concerned with precautions to be observed with glass-ware platinum gas and electricity (why one and a half pages on the care of platinum apparatus ?). The next two deal with fire and explosion hazards ; these are largely complementary and might have been considered together.Particular attention is called to the danger in handling ethers and some unfamiliar dangerous mixtures are quoted. There is next a chapter on cylinders of gases with information on the distinguishing colours used in Britain Holland U.S.A. and Germany. Chapter 6 describes the physiologica effects of toxic substances on the human body and is followed by one describing specific dangerous substances and how they should be handled. A chapter is then devoted to toxic gases (seven pages to carbon monoxide) and dusts and the next to protective devices (goggles clothing and respirators) and first aid with special attention to burns. Chapter 10 entitled “Safety Instructions and Regulations” sums up the lessons of the earlier chapters.The final chapter describes analytical methods for the determination of toxic substances especially when present in the atmosphere. This is the longest chapter 58 pages of which 16 are concerned with carbon monoxide. A feature of the book is the extensive bibliography given at the end of each chapter; for the last chapter it runs to 9 pages the references being conveniently classified according to subject. At the end of the book are a number of tables giving information about the effects of different toxic gases vapours and dusts and the concentrations at which these become dangerous ; other tables contain information about British, American and German gas-mask canisters. It is clear that the authors have been at pains to ensure the accuracy of the contents of the book.In their first aid recommendations they are conservative, treatment for shock being the first consideration. Primarily they insist that everyone working in a laboratory should be safety-minded and should guard against the tendency to contempt of danger which familiarity breeds. The book, in spite of defects of arrangement is well worth careful perusal by those responsible for groups of laboratory workers and by the workers themselves. E. H. RODD BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED Bibliography of Standard Tentative and Recommended or Recognised Methods of Analysis. Compiled under the authority of the Analytical Methods Committee of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists. Pp. vii + 225. (Cambridge W. Heffer and Sons Ltd.1951.) 25s. net. Physics of Lubrication. British Journal of Applied Physics Supplement No. 1. Pp. viii + 96. (London The Institute of Physics 1951.) Addendum 1951 to The British Pharmacopoeia 1948. Pp. xviii + 114. (London : Published for the General Medical Council by Constable and Co. Ltd., 1951.) 17s. 6d. net. Corrosion Guide. E. Rabald. Pp. vii + 629. (Amsterdam Elsevier Publish-ing Co. Inc.; London distributors Cleaver-Hume Press Ltd. 1951 .) 90s. [From the Preface “The ‘Guide’ has arisen from problems which are met by the chemist or engineer who is actively practising. . . . Corrosion and its causes interest him mainly to the extent that he wishes to avoid it. . . . In the first section some general considerations are given on the selection of materials.This is followed by a short introduction to the general aspects of corrosion. . . .” The interaction phenomena of over 40 important construction materials and more than 250 corrosive agents are collected in tables (557 pp.) and there is a bibliography (10 pp.).] Standard Methods for Testing Tar and its Products. Third edition. Pp. x + 470. (London Standardisation of Tar Products Tests Committee, 1950.) 30s. net postage 9d. represents a thorough revision of the 1938 edition and of revised sections issued since that date . . . includes several Tentative Methods. . . . A new section covers the tests to be applied to Coal Tar Fuels including those pentioned in ‘B.S.1469 Coal Tar Liquid Fuels.’ ”1 15s. [From the Preface “This vojume . . Superf luids.Vol. I. Macroscopic Theory of Superconductivity. Fritz London. Pp. viii + 161. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chap-man and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 40s. net. Distillation Equilibrium Data. Ju Chin Chu. Pp. v + 304. (New York: Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1950.) 48s. net. Cosmic Rays. Louis Leprince-Ringuet. Pp. xii + 290. (New York Prentice-Hall Inc.; London Constable and Co. Ltd. 1950.) Intermediate Practical Chemistry. Sylvanus J. Smith. Pp. vii t- 248. (London Macmillan and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 8s. net. 30s. net. British Standards. 577 1951. 579 1951. 1121 1951. Part 19: alloy steels Part 20: PD. 7. Is. Hexachloroethane. Pp. 11. 2s. net. Technical Ether. Pp. 10. 2s. net. Methods for the Analysis of Iron and Steel.Small amounts of soluble silicon in plain carbon and low and irons (absorptiometric method). Pp. 8. 1s. net. Tin in highly alloyed steels (including high speed steels), net. Part 21 Aluminium oxide in permanent magnet alloys. Pp. 8. 1s. net. 1715 1951. Methods for the Analysis of Soaps. Pp. 42. 5s. net. (Post free from British Standards Institution 24 Victoria Street London, S.W. 1 .) SCIENTISTS AND CIVIL DEFENCE Statement by Civil Defence Department of the Home Office It is already clear that in the event of another war the knowledge and experience of persons with scientific and technical qualifications will be required in Civil Defence in a number of tasks. Although it is not possible at this stage to enumerate all the ways in which such persons might be employed it has already been decided that technical parties will have to be incorporated in the Headquarters Section of the Civil Defence Corps for special reconnaissance and other work.It is likely that these parties will be organised on similar lines to the Gas Identification Service of the last war but they will have to be trained to meet other forms of attack in addition to chemical warfare. Specialist knowledge of all kinds will be needed for this work and it is accordingly suggested that members of the Institute should consider joining their Local Divisions of the Civil Defence Corps asking to be posted to the Headquarters Sections for these special duties. Local authorities responsible for organising Divisions of the Civil Defence Corps have been advised by the Home Office of the contents of this statement and have been asked by that Department to make the fullest use of the specialist knowledge of such of the Institute’s members as volunteer for service in the Civil Defence Corps SEVENTY-THIRD ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING FRIDAY 27 APRIL 1951 The Seventy-Third Annual General Meeting of the Royal Institute of Chemistry was held in the Lecture Theatre of the Institution of Electrical Engineers Savoy Place London W.C.2 on Friday 27 April 1951 at 11 a.m.Professor J. W. COOK Ph.D. D.Sc. Sc.D. F.R.S. President occupied the Chair and 60 Fellows and 9 Associates were present, The SECRETARY read the Notice convening the Meeting. Minutes.-The Minutes of the Seventy-Second Annual General Meeting having been printed and circulated (Journal 1950 11 11 l) it was agreed that they be taken as read.The CHAIRMAN Under the provisions of the revised By-law 4 paragraph (1) (a) the Annual Statements of Account with the Auditors’ Report form part of the Annual Report of the Council. That is a slight change which has been made under the new By-laws. The Annual Report of the Council has been circulated as a Supplement to the Journal and I should like in the first place to call on the Honorary Treasurer to present the Annual Statements of Account. Annual Statements of Account.-The HON. TREASURER (Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones) It is my duty to-day to present to you the accounts and not to move their adoption as under the new By-laws they are a part of the Annual Report of Council.The accounts are set out so clearly that I do not think there is much I can add to the information already before you. It is perhaps important, however to stress one or two broad aspects and I shall of course be pleased to answer any questions arising from the accounts. When I was elected Honorary Treasurer of the Institute in 1946 the time was obviously ripe to extend the activities of the Institute which had been restricted during the war years. I felt strongly that there were too many members of the Institute who did not take sufficient interest in its activities and who merely paid their subscription in order to continue their qualification. I therefore encouraged increased expenditure so as to improve and extend the activities of the Institute and stated that I would let the spending departments know when it was necessary to call a halt and re-examine the position.At the Annual General Meeting in Birmingham in 1948 increased subscriptions were agreed upon which became effective from 1 January 1949. Activities have since been expanded but we have now reached the stage where in spite of the higher subscriptions we cannot afford further increased expenditure at any rate for the time being. The financial stringency has been accentuated by the general rise in costs to which I will refer later. In these circumstances I feel that it is my duty to bring to your notice the following facts. Actually there has been from 1945 to 1950 a comparatively small rise in the cost per head of membership and studentship (corporate members plus registered students) attributable to salaries superannuation and past service pensions.In 1945 the annual cost was 15s. 4d. per head and to-day is only El 0s. 3d.-a comparatively minor increase if we remember the general rise in salaries and this is in part due to the rate of increase in membership. Considerable encouragement has been given to Local Sections as it was felt that the desired increase in activities of the Institute should largely be effected through them. Direct grants in 1945 to the Local Sections were as low as E520 and in 1946 they totalled only 5969. Direct grants for 1950 were $2,384. If there are included not only the grants but printing and stationery postage and the cost of Hon. Secretaries’ Conferences the figures for 1945 1946 and 1950 are respectively 21,279 E1,990 and &4,379.The cost per member of the Institute (including registered students) was in 1945 2s. 6d. and in 1950 7s. The figures, incidentally do not include any allocation of headquarters staff expenses Turning to the Journal the cost of this in 1945 was 2854 and in 1946,.€1,061. The big jump came in 1949 when the cost rose to &2,856 while in 1950 the figure was &3,063. If “Lectures Monographs and Reports,” and postage and other miscellaneous items are included there is an increase from i1,784 in 1945 to E4,873 in 1950. This corresponds to 1s. 8d. per head in 1945 and 7s. 3d. per head in 1950. The figures given do not include any allocation of salaries and overheads and indeed as the Special Accounts show the total cost was 26,983.Nevertheless I think all will agree that this increase in expenditure was well worth while. I have only quoted these figures to indicate what has been done in recent years to increase our activities and what some of these extra activities have cost us. We have to-day a much better Journal than we had and OUT Sections are much more active. These increased activities have only been possible through increased expenditure. But with rising prices we now have to call a halt, although I hope that this will only be temporary. Some idea of increased costs generally can be seen in what we paid for stationery in 1945 and in 1950. In 1945 paper for the Journal cost on average 7$d. per lb.; in 1950 it was 1s. 2$d. per lb. Duplicating paper has gone up from 8s.a ream in 1945 to 17s. a ream in 1951. Envelopes have gone up from 18s. per thousand to 42s. per thousand. When the readjustments that we are putting into operation which are described in the section of the Annual Report dealing with Finance are fully effective there is every reason to believe that unless prices rise quite abnormally, we shall be able to balance our budget certainly in 1952 and very nearly in 1951, depending upon what allocations to reserves the situation demands. We shall be able to maintain the high standard of activity we have achieved but we shall not for the present be able to continue to extend it. I hope members will feel that we have used our augmented income well to increase the activities of the Institute and to meet rising costs.I look forward to the future with considerable confidence as far as finances are concerned, even though there will be increased expenditure on salaries later in the year on the retirement (on reaching pensionable age) of certain senior members of the staff. The next point to which I wish to draw attention is the alterations to the Institute’s premises which are now nearly completed and which will have cost something in the region of E10,OOO. The need for increased office and committee room accommodation was very pressing and as members know the laboratory on the top floor has now been converted into additional offices and a number of other changes urgently needed have been carried out. We particularly wish to draw attention to the conversion of the Library adjoining the Council Room, into a Members’ Room.It is hoped that this change will in the future encourage members to use the Institute more than they have done in the past. The Institute is yours and the Council felt that it was important that suitable facilities should be available for members to meet one another at the Institute. It is hoped that light refreshments such as tea and coffee etc. will be available at moderate prices to members using this room. Turning to the Benevolent Fund you will notice that the capital position has been greatly strengthened by the Spiller bequest but you will also notice that the current account last year showed a deficit of 2443. In other words the calls upon the Fund were this amount in excess of the subscriptions and interest on investments.If such a position continued we should have to make serious inroads into our capital which is certainly not desirable. There is therefore, a very urgent need for all members to contribute to the Fund and I have always felt that if only we could let people know more of the good work of the Fund, we should have a greater response than we had last year when I regret to say only a third of the members contributed. The Benevolent Fund Committee L179 has never yet refused help when it felt that help was deserved and we try to act as benevolently as we can and not to be too niggardly. I thought you might like to know that grants and regular payments in 1945 totalled &1,348 while in 1950 this sum was nearly doubled namely &2,616. In addition to this there is the Children’s Holiday Grant which did not exist in 1945 and which this year is more than double what was distributed in 1946.The contribution to Reed’s School has also been doubled. I know many members appreciate these facts and have acted generously but I do feel that it is not a position to be particularly proud of when only a third of our members make contributions. I hope that my words will reach everybody that they will be given careful consideration and that in consequence our income for 1951 will be such that we shall be able to meet all demands adequately and not have to raid the capital funds to do so. In regard to the Residential Clubs Fund I think the position is well known. We have temporarily stopped making active collections for the Fund largely because so far we have had no firm demand from elderly members.Perhaps this cannot be expected without first establishing a club of the type proposed. But it is difficult to do this on our own-and other professional bodies have not felt able to collaborate. We have seriously considered not pursuing the matter further at any rate in its original form and as you know 1 wrote at the request of the Committee a memorandum to try and get the views of members on the matter. In general it was thought desirable not to come to a hasty conclusion or to terminate the effort at this stage. But if in the course of the year no further progress can be made the original plan may have to be abandoned. Whether something could be done through the Benevolent Fund in certain cases is another matter but of course the subscribers to the fund would have to be consulted, If there were a real need for the Residential Clubs Fund as originally envisaged, I still believe that the money required could be raised.Holding the honorary position I do I come in contact probably as much as anyone with the staff of the Institute. I hope therefore that the President will not think that I am encroaching if I conclude by saying how much I am indebted to the staff for their many kindnesses to me for their zeal and unfailing courtesy. We are indeed lucky in having at headquarters such an efficient hard-working and outstandingly loyal staff. The CHAIRMAN I am sure that we are all very grateful to the Treasurer for his very admirable and very lucid statement in regard to the financial section of the Report of the Council.He has quoted figures which will make many of us a little thoughtful. You will have an opportunity a little later on to ask questions about the financial section of the Report. Report of the Council for 1950.-The CHAIRMAN In moving the adoption of the Report of the Council I do not propose to comment in detail on the admirable survey of the Council’s activities which has been circulated to all corporate members. There are however certain features on which I should like to enlarge a little and I should like also to refer to some of the developments which have taken place since the end of the year. As the Treasurer has indicated the policy of the Council has been dictated to some extent during the past year by the need for economy.Like any other organisation the Institute must live within its means and expansions of activities which the Council would have liked to have made in certain directions have had to be restricted on account of rising costs. It is for this reason that some of the features of reporting in the Journal have had to be curtailed and that some restrictions have had to be imposed in regard to other publications. I am sorry that the issue of the new edition of the Register has had to be delayed. The task of revision has proved to be a very formidable one but the work is now at a very advanced stage and it is anticipated that the new Register will be ready within the next few months. This applies also to the new issue of the Directory of Independent Consultants The growth of the Institute has meant that the accommodation for staff, records and Committee meetings had become quite inadequate and the re-construction of the top floor of the Institute building has brought much-needed relief and will enable the work of the office to be carried on much more comfort-ably and efficiently.The new Members’ Room is also a very welcome feature, and it is the hope of the Council that this will encourage members to make more use of the facilities at 30 Russell Square and not merely to look on the head-quarters building as one to be visited only when they have business with one of the Administrative Officers. All these improvements have cost a considerable sum of money which has been provided out of capital funds but it is felt that the value of the building has been correspondingly enhanced.The work has been completed in a commendably short time and I should like to invite those of you who are visitors to London to take this opportunity to see the changes which have been made. The task of revision of the By-laws which has engaged the attention of successive Councils for a number of years has now been completed. It is a matter for considerable satisfaction to me personally that this task has been brought to a successful conclusion before the end of my term of office and I am sure that the same is true of my immediate predecessor Dr. Roche Lynch who has taken a prominent part throughout these deliberations. Dr. Roche Lynch is now retiring from the Council after many years of service and he will be sadly missed at the Council meetings.I should like to take this opportunity to acknowledge my indebtedness to him for his wise counsel during my term as President. The elections which have just been held are the first elections under the new By-laws. In future three Vice-Presidents will be elected each year for a term of two years and seven General Members of Council for a term of three years. This at any rate will simplify the task of the scrutineers at the annual elections, and will also assist in continuity of policy on the part of the Council. Advantage has already been taken of the powers given by the new By-laws to increase the number of District Members of Council and I should like to urge upon cor-porate members in the Sections the duty of taking a more active part in the election of District Members of Council upon whom a proportionately greater share of the management of the Institute will devolve in future.An interesting innovation in the new By-laws is a provision for the establishment of an Ethical Practices Committee to advise the Council on matters of ethical practice and we may anticipate that the implementation of this provision will help the Censors and the Council in dealing with those rare cases of lapse of members from the standards of professional conduct which are expected of them. We also have a new provision for the election of up to 20 Honorary Fellows and although this was a matter which caused some controversy I am sure that it is a wise provision.As the Report of Council states the membership of the Institute has con-tinued to grow and the total number of corporate members at the end of 1950 was 11,912. With the elections made at the Council meetings held this year this number has increased still further and I am happy to announce that the member-ship now exceeds 12,000. The table on page 26 of the Annual Report gives the membership of the various Local Sections at the end of 1950 and it is of interest that the figures range from 54 for the Dundee and District Section to 4,128 for the London and South-Eastern Counties Section. The membership of the London Section is of course far in excess of that of any other Section; next in order comes the Liverpool and North-Western Section with 921 and then the Manchester and District Section with 919.This small lead by Liverpool will soon be lost with the secession of some of its members to the new Section in Cumberland which has just been constituted. During 1950 three new Sections were formed and with the recently formed Cumberland and District Section thi brings the total number to 33. It is satisfactory to note that of the five Local Sections in India envisaged by Professor Findlay during his visit in 1947-48, four have now been constituted and the fifth seems likely to be formed shortly. A statement of the policy of the Council in regard to the formation of new Sections has recently been published in the Journal. The Report of Council contains a long and impressive list of meetings arranged by the Local Sections, and this bears testimony to their vigorous activity.Reference is made in the Report of Council to the Anniversary Meetings held in Glasgow last year. They were held immediately following the Chemical Society’s Anniversary Meetings in Edinburgh and this enabled a number of visitors from other parts of Britain to attend both series of functions. The Report of Council rightly pays tribute to the success of the meetings in Glasgow, and I should like once more to express our thanks to the Committee of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section for their excellent efforts on that occasion, and also my appreciation of the action of the Council in agreeing to hold the Anniversary Meetings on my home ground. Both our Council and the Council of the Chemical Society have accepted invitations from our Irish friends to hold their respective Anniversary Meetings in Dublin next year.A joint programme of functions is being arranged and in several important respects history will be made by these meetings. The Report of the Council is always a little out of date in regard to awards, and those mentioned on page 24 are in respect of 1949. As announced in Part I1 of the Journal for 1951 the Meldola Medal for 1950 has been awarded to Dr. E. A. R. Braude of the Imperial College of Science and Technology. The medal will be presented in due course doubtless following a lecture which Dr. Braude will be invited to deliver if recent practice is followed. The adjudicating Committee for this award was very much impressed by the high standard of candidates.The Administrators of the Beilby Memorial Fund have met recently and have made awards for 1950 to Mr. W. A. Baker of the British Non-Ferrous Metals Research Association and Dr. G. Whittingham of the British Coal Utilisation Research Association. Mention is also made in the Report of the Council of many members to whom acknowledgment is due for service in various capacities. It would obviously be impossible for me to refer to them all individually. I should, however like to express my appreciation of the very valuable assistance given in the work of the Council by all those who have served on it during my two years as President. I have already referred to my predecessor. I am also very grateful to the Treasurer for so willingly shouldering a very heavy burden and for the loyal support which he has given me at all times.It has been for me a very agreeable and happy partnership. Then we are losing from the Council five of the six Vice-presidents. They have all played a very active part in the work of the Council and its Committees and we shall miss them greatly. I must not anticipate what someone else will say in regard to this but I should just like to emphasise that the very successful work of the Publications Committee in recent years has been due in no small measure to its very active chairman Professor Challenger who has also rendered very valuable service as chairman of the Membership Committee. The work of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee under the very able chairmanship of Dr. Roche Lynch has been greatly helped by the sub-committee under the chairmanship of Professor Krall which has reviewed all the applications from candidates trained in India and Pakistan.In this latter connection I must also express our great indebtedness to Dr. G. J. Fowler who has acted for very many years as Secretary of the Indian Advisory Committee now disbanded and has now retired on account of advancing years. Finally I must express our thanks for the loyal and devoted service which has again been given during the past year by the salaried officers and their [ 182 staffs. The work of the office is very extensive and very complicated and I have seen enough of it at close quarters to appreciate how smoothly and effi-ciently the machine is kept running. In recent months the staff has done truly heroic work under the very difficult conditions of reconstruction of the building.It will perhaps be convenient if I take this opportunity to say that important changes are impending and will become effective before the next Annual General Meeting. Two of our officers are retiring at the end of this year and although the Council will wish later to pay more formal tribute to their great services it would be inappropriate to let this occasion pass without some mention of the matter. Mr. Collett our Registrar has been connected with the Institute since he became an Associate more than 40 years ago. He was appointed Assistant Secretary in 1925 and Registrar in 1945. He was Honorary Secretary and Treasurer of the London Section soon after its formation and a Member of Council from 1922 to 1925.With his long and wide experience of Institute matters he will not easily be replaced. Some of this experience is expressed in the recent address which Mr. Collett gave to the London Section on “Terms of Engagement of Chemists.” This address was published in Part I of the Journal for this year and will be of great value to some of our members. Miss Cawston has been in the service of the Institute longer than any other member of the staff. Now Principal Assistant Secretary she first joined the staff more than 40 years ago. In fact in January last year the Council made her a small presenta-tion to mark the completion of 40 years of service. Her many duties are carried out with such quiet and unobtrusive efficiency that we shall scarcely know until she has gone just how much she has been doing for the Institute.The Council has decided that on the retirement of Mr. Collett the present system of dual responsibility will come to an end and from January of next year Dr. Ellingham will become Secretary and Registrar and will be responsible to the Council for the whole of the work of the office. A scheme of future adminis-tration with certain adjustments of duties of the staff and some new appoint-ments has been approved by the Council. Some of the more important aspects of this will be announced in due course. For my part I know full well that any competence which I may have appeared to show in the conduct of my Presidential duties has been due in no small degree to the willing support and careful briefing that I have always received from both Dr.Ellingham and Mr. Collett in their respective spheres. Ladies and Gentlemen I have very much pleasure in moving the adoption of the Annual Report of the Council for 1950 including the Annual Statements of Account and I should like to call on Mr. Joiner to second the resolution. MR. E. M. JOINER Mr. President Ladies and Gentlemen it is with much pleasure that I second the adoption of the Report which is before you. It is in itself a quite extensive document and the fact that it has been prepared so admirably in so short a time speaks well for the efficiency of our Secretariat. It represents an even more solid achievement-the work of the Council lying behind the activities referred to in the pamphlet.I feel sure that the Report will be received with satisfaction and that the progressive policy which the Council has pursued during the post-war years will be endorsed by the members. Anyone who has read the Report must undoubtedly be impressed by the tremendous activity and growing efficiency displayed in the management of our affairs and I think we are all happy to know that provision is being made for welcoming members at Headquarters. That in itself is a recognition of the fact that we are indeed a fellowship. We are an Institute of persons and we must always bear that in mind. The Treasurer referred to the fact that frequently in bygone days people paid special attention to their paper qualifications and perhaps failed to appreciate the fact that they were entering a community of fellow chemists.I think the fact that provision has been made for increase activity in Local Sections also shows the increasing value that the Council attaches to the individuality of the chemist. This is not an occasion for a detailed examination of matters of policy but, undoubtedly in the post-war years the Council has been very much occupied in matters of administrative detail and in preparing the new By-laws-a formid-able task. I hope that having completed these labours with considerable success the Council will now have a little more leisure to devote itself to the subject of new policies and new ideas. I feel certain that members would not wish the Council to be static but would like it to go ahead with its future policies and future plans and I feel sure that although money is scarce at the present time a bold and progressive policy will improve the membership and the money will be forthcoming.Mr. President Ladies and Gentlemen it gives me very much pleasure to second the resolution. THE CHAIRMAN It is now my pleasure to invite discussion and questions on any part of the Report including the financial section. If there are any ques-tions on the financial section the Treasurer will answer them. MR. E. M. LEARMONTH I should like to support Mr. Joiner’s expression of satisfaction at the provision of a room for members at Headquarters. I think that that is a much more important step forward than it would appear at first sight to be. I think I can speak for other members besides myself when I say that hitherto we have felt in going to Headquarters that we were going to an office whereas now we shall feel that we are going to a place where we have some right to be.I think that will have a very important influence on the spirit of the Institute as a whole. I should like to add that there may be need for a little encouragement to be given to some of the younger members of the Institute especially the younger Associates to make use of these new facilities and I should like to ask whether the Council has in mind the taking of any step to familiarise the rank and file of the membership with the facilities that will be available. THE CHAIRMAN I am sure that that suggestion will be borne in mind by the Council. I ought to explain that the Members’ Room is not quite ready yet.Those who go to the Institute building to see the alterations that have been made will not find the Members’ Room in its final state because it has not yet been furnished. When it is completely ready for use the Council will certainly give consideration to the question of what steps should be taken to bring the new facilities to the notice of the members. We know that there is an increasing number of corporate members of this Institute and I believe that there is also a tremendous increase in the number of registered students every one of whom is a financial liability to us. I think the Treasurer knows that and we know it very well but it is important that all students of chemistry who wish to become professional chemists should look to the Institute as their parent body and the body of which later on they will become corporate members.We also know that the Ministry of Labour and National Service recognises the Institute in certain respects because if we certify our students as making satisfactory progress in the recognised courses those students can continue to the conclusion of the courses. Those two matters are tied together, and we have therefore a certain status as an Institute as we should have in that particular way. There are other professions in which that is not so and in which the Institutions concerned have not yet received recognition of their right to certify that their students are making satisfactory progress. THE CHAIRMAN Are there any further comments? If not I will now put the resolution that the Annual Report of the Council for 1950 including the Annual Statements of Account be adopted.The resolution was carried unanimously. DR. H. C . SMITH There is one point that I should like to mention. [ 184 Election of Officers Members of Council and Censors for 1951-52.-T~~ “We have examined the voting papers and report as follows:-The number of valid voting papers received for the election of Officers was The number of valid voting papers received for the election of General Harry Baines 1,617; Hubert Thomas Stanley Britton 1,533; Hugh Bryan Nisbet 1,524; Alfred Louis Bacharach 1,520; Frank Roffey 1,513; Harry Weatherall 1,504; Arnold Trevor Green 1,503; Hubert Newton Wilson, 1,499; George Taylor 1,487; Herbert Henry Hodgson 1,470; Ernest Harry Rodd 1,457; Harry Munro Napier Hetherington Irving 1,442; John Gaius Ashwell Griffiths 1,442; Sir Harry Jephcott 1,428; Raymond Renard Butler, 1,424; Sir William Thomas Griffiths 1,402; Percy Frederick Ronald Venables, 1,396; Charles Simons 1,343; Cecil Whitfield Davies 1,341; Frances Mary Hamer 1,321 ; Norman Booth 1,303; William Bradley 1,239; Charles Mills Cawley 1,191 ; Fred Hudswell 1,045.The number of valid voting papers received for the election of Censors was 2,050 and the votes were cast as follows:-Alexander Findlay 2,042; Gerald Roche Lynch 2,038; Sir Ian Morris Heilbron 2,037; William Wardlaw 2,036. The following voting papers were disallowed according to the By-laws :-1 from a member whose subscription was in arrear; 5 in unsigned envelopes.The total number of papers received was 2,063. Signed KENNETH G. A. PANKHURST H. G. SMITH. THE CHAIRMAN I have much pleasure in declaring the following elected to President H. W. Cremer. Vice-Presidents G. M. Bennett H. Burton J. W. Cook (immediate Past-President ex-uflicio) W. M. Curnming C. W. Herd W. H. Linnell Mamie Olliver . SECRETARY read the following Report of the Scrutineers:-2,050. Members of Council was 2,057 and the votes were cast as under:-Scrutineers. ” the specified offices :-Hon. Treasurer D. W. Kent-Jones. General and District Members of Council W. R. Angus A. L. Bacharach, H. Baines N. Booth H. T. S. Britton F. C. Bullock R. R. Butler H. H. Campbell T. Caughey C. W. Davies C. Forrester A. T. Green J.G. A. Griffiths Sir William T. Griffiths Frances M. Harner H. H. Hodgson, H. M. N. H. Irving E. Isaacs A. R. Jamieson Sir Harry Jephcott B. D. W. Luff C. G. Lyons A. R. Martin R. A. Mott H. B. Nisbet R. Owens E. G. K. Pritchett G. R. Ramage E. H. Rodd F. Roffey J. 0. Samuel C. Simons, G. Taylor P. F. R. Venables H. Weatherall T. S. Wheeler J. Williams W. T. H. Williamson H. N. Wilson. Censors A. Findlay G. Roche Lynch Sir Ian M. Heilbron W. Wardlaw. The examination of the voting papers and the counting of the votes has meant a tremendous amount of work for the Scrutineers and I should like to move from the Chair that a very hearty vote of thanks be accorded to the Scrutineers Dr. Kenneth Pankhurst and Dr. H. G. Smith for their services. I know full well the amount of time which this work involves and I am sure that those who have played this part will appreciate the advantage of the new By-laws under which the number of candidates to be elected will be very much reduced in future.The vote of thanks was accorded with acclamation. 185 Election of Auditors.-THE CHAIRMAN It is now my pleasure to propose the re-election of the Auditors-Mr. E. Q. Laws and Dr. K. A. Williams as Honorary Auditors and Messrs. J. Y . Findlay Robertson & Company Chartered Accountants at a fee of 150 guineas. THE HONORARY TREASURER I have much pleasure in seconding that motion. There being no other nominations the motion was put to the meeting and carried unanimously. DR. H. C. SMITH I do not know why I have been chosen to propose this vote of thanks.I feel grateful as you all do to the Auditors for when I am faced with large numbers of figures put in various columns and account books I feel that I want to run away from them. I do not mind being a Secretary or even a Chairman but to be a Treasurer or an Auditor is something which is quite beyond me. When I hear of members who are able to act as Auditors I am filled with admiration for them and when I find that they are willing to act as Auditors I am filled with the greatest gratitude. I think that a large num-ber of members share these feelings of mine. We know that both Mr. Laws and Dr. Williams are busy men; they play an important part in the world of chemistry and we are very grateful indeed to them for acting as our Auditors. I have the very greatest pleasure in proposing a hearty vote of thanks to them for the work which they have done for the Institute.DR. W. R. ANGUS I have very great pleasure in formally seconding the vote of thanks which has been proposed to the Auditors. The vote of thanks was accorded with acclamation. Vote of Thanks to the Retiring Officers and Members of Council.-PRoFEssoR A. FINDLAY Ladies and Gentlemen I have the great privilege of moving a vote of thanks to the retiring Officers and Members of the Council. This is not a merely formal duty which I am asked to perform; it is an expression of the very sincere gratitude of all Fellows and Associates of the Institute to these Officers and Members of Council who have served the Institute so exceedingly well. With regard to the first the President I am not going to say very much, because opportunities will be given during this meeting for a more fitting and a more adequate portrait of our President to be drawn than I can give you here.I have unfortunately not had the pleasure of being a Member of the Council under Professor Cook but I had the great good fortune of sitting in as an observer at meetings of the Council last year and I could not fail to observe that all the Members of the Council evidently appreciated in a very high degree the ability and the mature and wise judgment of our President in conducting the affairs of the Council. The duties of the President of the Royal Institute of Chemistry nowadays are very onerous and make very great demands on the time and thought of the President and we ought to be very grateful as I am sure all of us are to Professor Cook for the way in which he has conducted the affairs of the Institute during his two years of office.I have also to express our thanks to the Vice-presidents who are retiring, namely Professor Challenger Professor Krall Professor Linstead Dr. Roche Lynch and Mr. E. T. Osborne. In the olden days the office of a Vice-president was regarded as a very great honour but rather a sinecure but these Vice-Presidents have been exceedingly active in serving the Council and the Institute, all of them having acted as Chairmen or Vice-Chairmen of Committees of the Council. Professor Challenger has acted as Chairman of the Publications Committee and as Chairman of the Membership Committee a Committee which has been doing very valuable work during the last two years.Professor Challenger has given a very large amount of time energy and thought to his duties as Chairman of that Committee. [ 186 Professor Krall has acted as Chairman of the Advisory Committee on Indian and Pakistani Mairs and he is of course peculiarly well fitted for that office owing to his very long connection with India. This Committee may not appear to many members of the Institute as a very important Committee but, in my opinion it is one of our most important Committees because it gives us an opportunity of rendering great service to the cause of the profession of chemistry in India and Pakistan. Professor Linstead has acted as Chairman of the Appointments and Economic Status Committee which has been rendering very valuable service to the In-stitute.Mr. Osborne has acted as Vice-chairman of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee. Dr. Roche Lynch has acted as Chairman of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee. I am sure that the other Vice-presidents will not take it amiss if I single out Dr. Roche Lynch for particular mention. All Fellows and Associates of the Institute and especially of course members who have served on the Council know how very great have been the services which Dr. Roche Lynch has rendered to the Institute. As a Member of Council for many years as a Vice-president as President and again as a Vice-president, Dr. Roche Lynch has given I think a longer term of service to the Institute and therefore to the profession of chemistry than has been given by any other person, and we are deeply grateful to him.We regret that owing to the provisions of the revised By-laws Dr. Roche Lynch now has to retire for a time from his honourable office but after a period of rest which he has so thoroughly de-served he will no doubt find other ways of serving the Royal Institute of Chemistry. I should like to express to him especially our very deep gratitude for all that he has done for the Institute and for the profession of chemistry. There are also seven general Members of Council and five District Members of Council who are retiring. As far as we are concerned the District Members of the Council are just Members of the Council like the others but it is con-venient for certain reasons to divide them.To these twelve Members of Council, who have served the Institute so well during the past years we wish to express our very deep gratitude. Membership of the Council nowadays involves a large amount of work which cannot be carried out without a very great deal of thought and energy. When I had an opportunity last year of sitting in as an observer at meetings of the Council I could not fail to notice the enthusiasm, the keenness and the great amount of interest that were shown by the Members of the Council in the work of the Institute. To all these retiring Members of the Council I would express our very deep gratitude for the work which they have done. I move a vote of thanks to the retiring Officers and Members of the Council.MR. N. F. RAPPS Mr. President Ladies and Gentlemen it gives me great pleasure to be associated with Professor Findlay in this matter and as Professor Findlay has covered the subject in some detail perhaps a few more general thoughts will not be out of place. We have to-day heard an account of the housekeeping of the Royal Institute of Chemistry during the past year. It has been an account of continued, healthy and vigorous growth. We are passing through times which are particu-larly difficult for corporate bodies whose income is somewhat inelastic and the fact that there has been progress at all is extremely gratifying. Such institutions may quote Lewis Carroll and say that it takes all the running they can do to stay in the same place.The continued progress of this Institute has been due to wise and careful direction and I have much pleasure in seconding the vote of thanks to the retiring Officers and Members of Council. I trust that I may be permitted to put this vote of thanks to the meeting The vote of thanks was put to the meeting by Mr. Rapps and was carried with acclamation. THE CHAIRMAN I thank you very much Professor Findlay and Mr. Rapps, for the way in which you have proposed and seconded this motion and you, Ladies and Gentlemen for the way in which you have received it. I should like very briefly to reply on behalf of the retiring Officers and Members of Council and to say how much we all have appreciated the oppor-tunity and the privilege of serving the Institute. I think we have always been a very happy team.I have been very proud to serve the Institute in the office of President and I am glad to say that I have been able to keep every engagement which I have made on behalf of the Institute during my two years of office. I do not propose to speak on behalf of the retiring Vice-presidents individually, but I am sure that they have appreciated the words which have been spoken by Professor Findlay and Mr. Rapps. I now come to the last item on the agenda which is to extend a very warm welcome to my successor as President Mr. H. W. Cremer. [The Chairman’s welcome to Mr. Cremer is embodied in the article on p. 140 of this issue.] MR. H. W. CREMER Sir I address you thus because it has not yet been revealed to me at what precise moment you cease to be our President but I believe that I shall be allowed for a while to share that singular distinction of the Euclidean point of having position without magnitude at any rate until midnight to-morrow.I think that is a splendid idea because it means that we shall have you as our guiding star for a further thirty-six hours. Nothing could be better. I feel overwhelmed at the moment and it is very difficult for me to express adequately my immense appreciation of the honour which has been done me this day my consciousness of the responsibilities involved and my thanks to you Sir for the remarks which you have just made about my own past efforts. It was so characteristic of your kindliness and tact that you chose only those examples from my “crime sheet” which would be most likely to influence the jury in my favour.The real trial is yet to come and it is my great hope that I shall not be found wanting. I think it is in some words from Shakespeare’s King Richard I1 that I can best describe my feelings at the moment and they are caused by my having had forty years (from your previous references it seems a very significant number) of association in one way or another with the Institute: “I count myself in nothing else so happy As in a soul remembering my good friends.” I know that my good friends will see me through. Professor Findlay left me a very nice loophole to say something about you, Sir and although you will probably disagree I am sure that everyone else would like me to do so. You have combined high academic distinction with the greatest skill and tact in dealing with business affairs but I think that one of the most amazing phenomena that you have exhibited is that you apparently managed to be in Glasgow and London at one and the same time and in most of the Local Sections as well! I can only imagine that this is a perfect example of dynamic isomerism! The ubiquity must have imposed a tremendous strain upon you and you must have had to make many domestic sacrifices.I am sure you will agree Ladies and Gentlemen that we should express our thanks also to Mrs. Cook for supporting her husband so loyally through all these very strenuous days. I need hardly say Sir that you will be a very difficult person to follow. I have watched you closely during the past two years and you have set an extremely c 188 high standard for the one who is to follow you.Nevertheless I shall do my best to live up to the reputation you have created. Ladies and Gentlemen I thank you with the utmost sincerity for the manner in which you have acknowledged my election to this great office. (Applause). THE CHAIRMAN Thank you very much Mr. Cremer. I shall convey your expression of thanks to my wife. That completes the business of the meeting. THE ANNIVERSARY MEETINGS LONDON 1951 IMPRESSIONS OF THE SOCIAL EVENTS Annual General Meetings by themselves are apt to be very dull affairs, supported only by those with a very keen sense of duty or-dare we say it ?-by those with bees in their bonnets or-perish the thought !-with axes to grind.But not so with the Institute. Let it not for a moment be thought that keenness is lacking but experience has shown that the Annual General Meeting itself is but a prelude to a variety of events social and scientific which go to make up the Anniversary Meetings. This year it was the turn of London to act as host. Details of the Annual General Meeting held in the congenial surroundings of the Lecture Theatre of the Institution of Electrical Engineers on Friday 27 April are to be found elsewhere in this Journal. The Luncheon at the Holborn Restaurant which followed was attended by just over 100 members and friends. This informal function had been arranged by the London and South-Eastern Counties Section who had invited the Honorary Officers and Council of the Institute and the Chairmen of the Local Sections to be their guests.It was a family party and apart from the loyal toast there were no formal toasts. The Chairman of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section Dr. C. W. Herd welcomed the visitors and Professor J. W. Cook replied. The fact that these two speeches occupied between them rather less than four minutes prompted one member to express the opinion that they should be regarded as models for all after-lunch and after-dinner speeches. During the first part of the afternoon the retiring President Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. delivered his Presidential Address in the William Beveridge Hall of Senate House University of London choosing as his theme “The Education of the Chemist.” A full account of his address will be found at p.142. Later in the afternoon Professor and Mrs. Cook entertained members and their ladies who had come to London from the provinces to tea in the Institute Building. This provided an opportunity of inspecting the work of reconstruc-tion that had been going on for several months. The visitors saw how the old laboratories on the top floor which we are sure many regarded with sentiment, not unmixed with awe had been converted into an adequate filing room, printing room and offices for the Registrar and his staff. The improved accom-modation for the Secretary and his staff on the first floor and the provision there of two new large committee rooms have greatly added to the amenities of the building. On thz main floor the new Members’ Room which replaces the Library was open for inspection although at the time it was not completely furnished.Here before long Members may meet and discuss matters of mutual interest take tea or just sit. Even the basement is not without its improvements. In the evening nearly 500 members and their ladies came to Senate House for the Reception and Conversazione. Here they were received by the retiring President and Mrs. Cook and by the newly elected President Mr. H. W. Cremer C.B.E. For the enjoyment of the guests the University of London had arranged for several of its important rooms to be open for inspection including the Senate Room the Court Room the Chancellor’s Hall and the University Library. Running buffets in the Macmillan Hall and the Chancellor’s Mall provided refreshment in delightful surroundings.During the evening enter-tainment was provided in the William Beveridge Hall by the Ebor Marionettes. This for many must have been a novel and fascinating experience although the art of string pulling goes back a long way indeed. Many of the guests took the opportunity of visiting the Institute Building, where they were shown something of what the day-to-day running of the Institute’s affairs involves. On the Saturday morning two visits were arranged-one to the Science Department of the National Gallery where under the guidance of Mr. F. I. G. Rawlins and Dr. A. E. Werner some 30 members and guests were shown a little of what goes on behind the scenes and the second to the School of Pharmacy in Bloomsbury Square where Professor W.H. Linnell had kindly arranged for the visitors to inspect up-to-date equipment for carrying out microchemical analyses and many types of instruments for physical measurements in connection with chemical analysis. While these visits were taking place the 24th Conference of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections was being held in the Council Room at 30 Russell Square. Saturday afternoon was occupied with two more visits one to the Houses of Parliament and the other to the Royal Institution. Those who went to the Palace of Westminster had an opportunity of seeing the new House of Commons and were privilsged to be conducted round the building through the courtesy of Mr. Philips Price M.P. Chairman of the Parliamentary and Scientific Com-mittee. The party visiting the Royal Institution after seeing many of the gems of historical science which the Director Professor E.N. da C. Aiidrade, F.R.S. had arranged to be exhibited were entertained to tea. The Annual Dinner and Dance at Grosvenor House Park Lane rounded off the two days of celebration. The speeches delighted everyone. The toast of the Institute was proposed by Air Chief Marshal Sir Roderic Hill K.C.B., M.C. A.F.C. Rector of the Imperial College of Science and Technology, to which the retiring President responded. The newly-elected President proposed the toast of The Guests which was acknowledged by Sir Frederick Handley Page, C.B.E. After the speeches the retiring President with simple but moving ceremony invested Mr. Cremer with the Institute’s Presidential Badge of Office, and in turn received from the hands of the new President a miniature replica which all past Presidents now wear.So concluded the Anniversary Meetings of 195 1. Looking back-Birming-ham 1948; London 1949; Glasgow 1950; London 195 I-we have every reason to congratulate the Council not only on its foresight in embarking on such an attractive policy of hoiding a seiies of Anniversary Meetings rather than just an Annual General Meeting but also on the meticulous care with which through the Officers of the Institute it has attended to every detail to ensure the smooth and courteous running of the arrangements. We know this has not been an easy task this year in view of the temporary disorganisations that have been brought about by the constructional work which has been going on almost continuously during the past six months.It would be a grave dereliction of duty were we to omit to say a special “Thank you” to Miss Cawstoii and the office staff who after many hectic weeks of issuing tickets returning money for tickets no longer required and we are ashamed to say even issuing us with duplicate tickets to replace those which we had carelessly contrived to lose were still on dilty during the Conversazione to show members and guests over the Institute Building. It now remains for us to await Dublin 1952 and this we do with every confidence albeit with impatience. K.G.A.P ACTIVITIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS Aberdeen and North of Scotland.-On 22 March a meeting was held jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry in the Chemis-try Department Marischal College Aberdeen.Professor R. M. Barrer presided and Dr. W. T. H. Williamson Chairman of the Local Section of the Institute and District Member of Council gave a talk on “Chemistry in Relation to Soil Science,” to an audience of about 50 members and friends. An out-standing feature of the lecture was a grand display of coloured lantern slides. The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held in the University Union Aberdeen on 3 May 1951 with Dr. R. B. Strathdee in the chair in the absence of the Chairman Dr. W. T. H. Williamson. The Secretary’s report on the past year’s activities the financial statement and the District Member of Council’s report were considered and duly approved. The office-bearers and members of committee for the forthcoming year were elected as follows :-Chairman Dr.W. T. H. Williamson ; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Dr. H. G. M. Hardie; Hon. Auditor Mr. D. W. Menzies; Committee Dr. J. M. C. Thompson Dr. J. A. Lovern Dr. M. B. Watson, Messrs. J. E. Bowen A. M. Meston and A. F. Thomson (Peterhead). Belfast and District.-A meeting of the Section was held jointly with the Local Section of the Society of Chemical Industry the Chemical Society and the Andrews Club on 30 November 1950 when Dr. D. Entwistle gave a lecture on “Some Aspects of Cellulose Autoxidation.” The Christmas Lecture and Demonstration for School-children was given this year by Dr. B. C. Gee on 2 January 1951. The Section is much indebted to Dr. Gee for his work in this connection.On 10 January Dr. H. R. Wright lectured to the Section on “The Photographic Image.” The lecture included a short historical account of photography and dealt mainly with modern views on the latent image and development. The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 7 March and the following officers and committee were elected for 195 1 -52:-Chairman Dr. C. L. Wilson; Hon. Treasurer Dr. W. Honneyman; Hon. Secretary Mr. C. S. Mc-Dowell; Committee Dr. T. Caughey (ex-officio) Messrs. A. J. Howard J. McG. Jackson K. L. Robinson and V. D. Tughan. On 5 April Mr. R. F. Tnnes gave a lecture entitled “Forty-eight Years in the Profession of Chemistry.” The lecturer dealt briefly with his experiences during his earlier appointments and mainly with the work carried out during 30 years on the staff of the British Leather Manufircturers’ Research Association.Birmingham and Midlands.-The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 21 March with Dr. S. H. Jenkins in the chair. After the acceptance of the Annual Report and the Financial Statement the following Officers and Committee were elected for the Session 1951-52:-Chairman Dr. S. H. Jenkins; Vice-chairman Mr. F. G. Broughall; Hon. Treasurer Mr. E. M. Joiner; Hon. Secretary Mr. S. A. Ray; Committee Mr. E. G. K. Pritchett (District Member of Council) Dr. H. C. Smith Dr. F. W. Norris Mr. C. L. Evans Mr. F. A. Jones Dr. D. A. Hall Mr. G. Barnett Dr. J. C. Tatlow Mr. S. A. M. Thompson, Mr. E. S. Tonks; Auditors Messrs. J. H. Bennitt and C. H. Hewitt. The Vice-chairman Mr.F. G. Broughall in proposing the vote of thanks to the retiring officers and members of committee took the opportunity of paying tribute to the invaluable service given to the Section and Tnstitue over a period of years by the retiring secretary Mr. E. M. Joiner. In reply Mr. Joiner explained the reasons that had compelled him to tender his resignation and after thanking the Section for its help and encouragement throughout the years, commended his successor to the meeting. 191 At the conclusion of the business there was a programme of films provided by the Central Office of Information. A joint meeting with the British Ceramic Society took place on 25 April at the North Staffordshire Technical College Stoke-on-Trent when Dr. J. Thomas presented a paper entitled “The Relationship between Priestley and Wedgwood.” This was a non-technical lecture based on the speaker’s re-searches describing the material assistance given by the master-potter over many years to Dr.Joseph Priestley and was of absorbing interest. The audience were struck by Dr. Thomas’s sincerity and enthusiasm. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. G. Bullin (President B.C.S.) and seconded by Dr. Smith. In the afternoon prior to the lecture the small party from the Section visited the Brownhills factory of Messrs. Richards Tiles Ltd. the largest in the world devoted solely to the manufacture of white glazed tiles. The party was entertained to tea by the Directors and later proceeded to the Grand Hotel, Hanley for dinner with members of the British Ceramic Society.On 18 May the Second P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture entitled “Bio-logical Aspects of Proteins in the Light of Recent Chemical Studies,” was delivered by Dr. R. L. M. Synge F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre, The University Edgbaston Birmingham before a large audience which included Dr. E. P. Frankland and Miss Helga Frankland son and grand-daughter of the late Professor P. F. Frankland. The Chairman Professor M. Stacey F.R.S., in introducing the lecturer paid tribute to his achievements particularly in the field of chromatography. The vote of thanks was proposed by a former student of Frankland’s Professor R. H. Hopkins. After the lecture a dinner was held at which 34 members and guests were present including Dr. W. M.Cumming O.B.E. (Vice-president) who responded to the toast of “The Institute.” Both Dr. Cumming and Dr. J. Newton Friend, who proposed the toast of “The Immortal Memory of P. F. Frankland” coupled with the Frankland Family emphasised the efforts made by Mr. E. M. Joiner in raising the funds necessary to endow these memorial lectures. Dr. Friend in speaking of Frankland was able to draw on his reminiscences both as a student and later as a demonstrator under Frankland. His speech was also enlivened by anecdotes concerning Dr. E. P. Frankland with whom he had been a student at Wurzburg. In his reply Dr. E. P. Frankland expressed his appreciation at being present at this gathering and ventured to hope that at least some member of the family would always be able to attend future lectures.Bristol and District.-All meetings in the second half of the session were held jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry and one at Gloucester was arranged jointly with the Plastics Institute. The four meetings held in Bristol in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre of the University were as follows :-On 11 January Mr. B. H. Turpin and Mr. L. Curtis of Messrs. Quickfit and Quartz Ltd. gave a lecture on “Modern Laboratory Glass Apparatus,” Mr. Turpin presenting a historical account of the development of scientific glass-ware and Mr. Curtis describing in detail the numerous assemblies that were exhibited. After the meeting the audience inspected the exhibition of apparatus. (At tendance 79 .) Professor E. L. Hirst F.R.S.of The University of Edinburgh spoke on “The Structural Relationships in the Group of Cell-wall Polysaccharides” at the meeting on 8 February. (Attendance 63.) On 1 March Professor W. E. Garner C.B.E. F.R.S. of The University of Bristol lectured on “Solid and Catalytic Reactions with reference to the Practical Problems of Industry.’’ (Attendance 60.) A lecture on “Recent Progress in the Study of Metallic Oxidation and Corrosion,” illustrated by an excellent collection of specimens and lanter slides was given on 15 March by Dr. W. H. J. Vernon O.B.E. of the Chemical Research Laboratory D.S.I.R. (Attendance 58.) (For summary see p. 162.) In the Chemistry Lecture Theatre of Gloucester Technical College on 7 February Dr. J. K. N. Jones of The University of Bristol lectured on “Some Aspects of Polysaccharide Chemistry with special reference to Plastics Polymers.” (Attendance 42 .) A Social Evening and Discussion took place at Urch’s Cafe Gloucester on 9 March.Mr. J. H. Collins of Messrs. Erinoid Ltd. spoke on the Stroud Plastics Industry; Mr. T. Halse of the New Insulation Co. Ltd. Gloucester, gave an account of the applications of wood/plastic laminates; Mr. W. W. Reid, of Messrs. H. W. Carter Ltd. Coleford dealt with the fruit juice industry, with special reference to pectin-reducing enzymes; and finally Mr. E. Lewis, who presided at the meeting described the soap industry in Bristol. Af!er the discussion members met over refreshments. Mr. E. Lewis the Chairman opened the proceedings and the Hon. Secretary’s Annual Report and Statement of Accounts were presented.The result of the ballot to elect two members of the Committee from four nominated resulted in the election of Mr. G. H. Moore (as Chairman) and Mr. C. R. Oswin. Mr. B. W. Minifie was re-elected Hon. Secretary and Treasurer and Dr. A. J. Willavoys and Mr. H. S. Howes were re-elected Hon. Auditors. The Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to the University for the facilities afforded during the year. Among a number of items discussed at the meeting was a proposal by Mr. F. P. Hornby that the Section Rules should be revised in view of the develop-ments which had occurred in recent years. This was carried by the meeting and it was agreed that the Committee should frame the new rules and submit them to an Extraordinary General Meeting in the autumn.Cumberland and District.-h Inaugural Meeting of this newly-formed Section held at Windscale Works Sellafield on 14 March approved Section Rules for submissioh to the Council and made arrangements for a postal ballot for the election of officers and a committee and for its first Annual General Meeting to be held at Windscale Works on 25 April. The meeting recognised that adequate facilities must be provided for all areas of the district despite their widely scattered nature and the poor transport facilities. At the first Annual General Meeting of the Section held at Windscale Works, Sellafield on 25 April 1951 the following Committee was formally elected:-Chairman G. S. Towler; Vice-chairman H. Gregson; Secretary-Treasurer, K.A. Swinburn; Members H. G. Davey C. Jackson C. H. Kay T. A. Parry, J. H. Tonkin F. J. Woodman Arrangements for further meetings and works visits were discussed. Dublin and District.-The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held in the Chemistry Department University College Dublin on 28 March 1951, Mr. J. Andrews presiding. The Hon. Treasurer’s report showed that the Section funds were in a sound condition the balance in hand being 215 1s. 8d. The report which had been duly audited was adopted. The Hon. Auditors Messrs. B. G. Fagan and G. A. F. Harrison were unanimously re-elected and were thanked for their services. The following Officers and Committee have been elected for the Session 195 1-52:-Chairman Mr. J. Andrews; District Member of Council Professor T.S. Wheeler; Committee Mr. V. H. Bowers Mr. J. G. Belton Mr. D. Crowley, Mr. W. V. Griffiths Dr. A. G. G. Leonard Mr. W. J. Stringer; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. E. R. Stuart; Hon. Secretary Mr. H. D. Thornton. (Attendance 17.) The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 15 March. [ 193 A general discussion took place on the question of the organisation of the Anniversary Meetings of the Institute and the Chemical Society in Dublin in April 1952 and it was agreed to appoint the Chairman the Hon. Treasurer and the Hon. Secretary of the Section to form with the Local Representative of the Chemical Society an Organising Committee for the functions this Com-mittee to have power to appoint appropriate sub-committees. The Chairman referred to the loss the Section had sustained by the recent death of one of its oldest members Professor E.A. Werner. A vote of sympathy with the late Professor Werner’s family was passed in the customary fashion. The thanks of the Section were expressed to the authorities of Trinity College, and University College Dublin for meeting facilities during the previous Session. Consideration was given to a letter from the Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section expressing that Section’s concern at the omission of full reports of Proceedings of Council and Secretaries’ Conferences from the Journal. Following considerable discussion it was decided to support the decision of the Publica-tions Committee and to express the hope that when printing difficulties became less acute the decision would be reconsidered.The Section jointly with the Chemical Society the Institute of Chemistry of Ireland and the Dublin Section of the Society of Chemical Industry held meetings in Dublin on 4 April in Cork on 6 April and in Galway on 9 April, 1951. At each meeting Professor J. Read F.R.S. of the University of St. Andrews gave a lecture entitled “Humour and Humanism in Chemistry.” The meetings were well attended and the lecture was much appreciated by the members of the four societies and their friends. Dundee and District.-The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 11 May in the Royal British Hotel Dundee with Mr. Andrew Dargie pre-siding. The following were elected for Session 1951-52:-Chairman Dr. Robert Roger; Vice Chairman Mr. Alexander Hood; Hon.Secretary-Treasurer Mr. W. Stewart Liddle; Committee the foregoing with Messrs. A. Dargie P. A. Keiller D. M. G. Lloyd G. F. P. Parsons and H. A. Watson; Hon. Auditor, N. B. B. Johnstone. East Midlands-The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held at the Nottingham and District Technical College on 15 March 195 1. Mr. F. C. Bullock the retiring Chairman presided. The minutes of the previous meeting having been read and confirmed the annual report of the Committee and the balance sheet for the year were presented and accepted. The officers for the coming year were declared to be Chairman Mr. L. P. Priestley; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Mr. C. W. North; Hon. Auditor Mr. G. Oldham; Committee, (Nottinghamshire) Dr. Barber Messrs. Hall and Rowlands (Derbyshire) Dr.Catchpole and Mr. W. Hunter (Leicestershire) Mr. Atherley and Professor Hunter (Loughborough) Dr. Dyson (Lincolnshire) Mr. Ward ex-oficio (Member of Council) Mr. Bullock. At the conclusion of the business Mr. Bullock handed over the Chairmanship to Mr. Priestley who then presided while Dr. M. W. Goldblatt gave a lecture, illustrated by lantern slides and diagrams on “Aspects of Industrial Toxio-cology.” Following an interesting and vigorous discussion a vote of thanks was proposed by Dr. Barber and seconded by Dr. Lloyd Davies. Edinburgh and East of Scotland.-At the Annual General Meeting of the Section held on 22 February the following Office-bearers were elected:-Chairman Professor I. A. Preece; Vice-chairman Mr. G. E. Dodds; Secretary-Treasurer Dr.J. K. Grant; Recorder Mr. R. A. Pryde. Professor F. Bell, Dr. W. A. P. Black Dr. MacBean and Mr. J. C. S. Brash were elected to fill vacancies on the Committee. The Chairman paid tribute to retiring members of Committee to Dr. [ 194 MacBean who had resigned from thc office of Recorder and to Mr. Hugh Campbell who now represented the Edinburgh and the Stirlingshire Sections on the Council for their services. The work of Dr. James Stewart in organising the very popular Children’s Christmas Lectures also received recognition. Following the Annual General Meeting the Section joined members of the Society of Chemical Industry and the Chemical Society to hear a lecture by Dr. H. W. Thompson F.R.S. The speaker reviewed the applications of infra-red spectroscopy to many fields of chemical research in a very clear and interest-ing manner.Dr. Thompson answered many questions in the stimulating dis-cussion which followed the lecture. A vote of thanks proposed by Dr. Mowbray Ritchie was accorded by a very appreciative audience. On 15 March a joint meeting was held in the North British Hotel to hear a lecture by Dr. N. P. Inglis Research Director of Imperial Chemical Industries, Ltd. (Metals Division). The speaker was introduced by Professor S. J. Watson and his address was entitled “Some Observations on Materials of Construction for Chemical Plants.” The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. Haldane of the Chemical Engineering Group of the Society of Chemical Industry who also conveyed the greetings of the London Committee to the Edinburgh meeting.The Section held a joint meeting with the Microchemistry Group of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists in Edinburgh on 13-14 April. The meeting on 13 April in the University Biochemistry Depart-ment took the form of a Symposium on “Some Newer Biochemical Methods.” In opening the meeting Dr. C. L. Wilson chairrnan of the Microchemistry Group referred to the contributions of biochemists to Microanalysis. Then followed three papers-“Recent Developments in the Use of Isotope Techniques in Biochemistry,” by Professor J. N. Davidson “The Fractionation of Plasma Proteins,” by Dr. C. P. Stewart and after an interval for tea “Amino Acid Analysis” by Dr. G. R. Tristram. The papers were followed by brief discussions. The meeting concluded with remarks by Professor I.A. Preece Chairman of the Section. An informal dinner was held in the evening. On the following day a party visited Organon Laboratories Ltd. at New-house near Motherwell and saw the processes involved in the preparation of protein hormones from pig anterior pituitary glands and the syntheses of various steroid hormones from cholesterol derived from sheep wool. At the end of the visit the party took refreshments at the invitation of the director Dr. C. L. Hewett. Glasgow and West of Scotland.-The 32nd Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 16 March 1951 in the Gordon Restaurant Glasgow, when formal business was transacted and the following Officers and Committee were electea for the ensuing year Chairman Dr.David Traill; Vice-chairman, Professor F. S. Spring; Hon. Treasurer Dr. A. C . Syme; Hon. Secretary Mr. W. G. D. Wright; Committee Professor J. N. Davidson Dr. C. L. Hewett, Dr. R. I. Reed Mr. R. A. Shrewsbury Dr. C . H. Giles Professor J. Monteath Robertson Dr. J. Taylor; Hon. Auditor Dr. W. Good. The chairman expressed the thanks of the Section to the retiring members of the Committee Professor H. Nicol Mr. D. M. Ross and Mr. W. Watson. Following the business meeting a lecture entitled “Chemistry in the Diagnosis of Disease” was given by Dr. J. C. Eaton lecturer in pathological biochemistry, The University Glasgow. The lecture was illustrated by a short film and a number of interesting slides. A discussion followed and a vote of thanks was proposed by Professor H.Nicol and accorded with acclamation by the large audience. After the lecture tea was served in an adjacent room thus allowing a period of social intercourse which was greatly appreciated by the members. 195 Liverpool and North-Western.-A meeting was held at the Wigan and District Mining and Technical College on 20 February when a lecture was delivered by Dr. A. F. H. Ward entitled “Viscosity of Lubricating Oils at High Rate of Shear.” A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. Waide and seconded by Mr. Price. Messrs. Clark and Price took part in the subsequent discussion. At a joint meeting with the North Wales Section and the Institute of Petroleum held at Chester on 22 February Mr. N. Swindiii delivered an address on “Submerged Combustion.” At the conclusion of the discussion which followed a vote of thanks to Mr.Swindin was proposed by Mr. Woolatt and seconded by Dr. Edgar. On 8 March at a meeting held at the Widnes Municipal Technical College, Mr. H. W. Cumming gave a lecture on “Radiation and Light Sources for the Chemist.” A vote of thanks to the speaker was proposed by Mr. Bottomley and seconded by Mr. White. Messrs. Heron Whitt Woodruffe Bottomley and Clark took part in the discussion. London and South-Eastern Counties.-The application of the new By-laws presented the District comprising this Section and the East Anglian Section with vacancies for two District Members of Council and so the heavy burden of work and responsibility borne with such conspicuous success by Dr. C. W. Herd, who completed his term of office in April is shared between Dr.R. Owens and Dr. J. Williams the new District Members of Council. Of meetings in the period under review one of the most important was the symposium on “Applications of Colloid Science to Industry” held jointly with the London Section of the Society of Chemical Industry on 2 and 3 April at the Royal College of Science South Kensington. On the first day the Chair was occupied by Dr. A. C. Monkhouse Chairman of the London Section of the Society of Chemical Industry. After Professor E. K. Rideal F.R.S. had given the introductory address in which the theoretical and academic views on the classification of colloids were expressed a succession of authors reviewed specific aspects of lyophobic colloids as follows :-Dr.Junker (Philips Research Laboratories Eindhoven) “Stability of Lyophobic Colloids”; Mr. C. C. Mill (Printing Packaging and Allied Trades Research Association) “Printing Inks”; Mr. D. A. Holdridge (British Ceramic Research Association) “Some Applications of Colloid Science in Ceramics”; Dr. R. K. Schofield (Rothamsted Experimental Station) “Soil Colloids”; Dr. D. R. Duncan (Paint Research Station) “The Particle Size and State of Dispersion of Paint Pigments.” On the second day, with Dr. C. W. Herd Chairman of the Section in the Chair interest centred on lyophilic colloids and the speakers were :-Dr. P. Johnson (University of Cambridge) “General Properties of Lyophilic Colloids”; Dr. K. G. A. Pankhurst (British Leather Manufacturers’ Research Association) “The Collagen-Gelatin Transformation”; Dr.A. S. C. Lawrence (University of Sheffield) “The Require-ments of a Detergent”; Br. L. B. Morgan (Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd., Dyestuffs Division) “Crystallisation Phenomena in Fibre-Forming Synthetic Polymers”; Dr. R. H. K. Thomson (Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. Nobel Division) “The Solubility of Groundnut Protein and Fibre Formation”; and finally Dr. H. A. Standing (British Cotton Industry Research Association), “The Equilibrium Absorption of Direct Dyes by Cellulose Materials.” The undoubted success of this symposium was emphasised by the large attendance and the difficulty which the chairmen experienced in bringing the lively discussions to a close at a reasonable hour. The wide variety as well as the depth of the chemical interests of members is illustrated by the subjects of other meetings.For example at Luton on 5 April, Dr. A. C. Monkhouse in the course of his lecture on “Recent Trends in Fuel Research,” referred to the synthesis and production of liquid fuels the scientific [ 196 basis of smoke abatement and the design of combustion equipment for the efficient utilisation of fuels. The quality of the subsequent discussion contributed by members of the large audience emphasised the excellence of the lecture. “Some Experiences of a Chemist in the Museum Service” was the novel title of Mr. F. Greenaway’s discourse at Dartford on 19 March in which he outlined the history of the Science Museum and the educational function it fulfils, particularly in relation to chemistry.On 2 March at Woolwich Polytechnic and again on 8 March at West Ham Municipal College Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths read a paper entitled “Rockets and Chemistry.’’ Dr. Griffiths described the principles underlying rocket projection and dealt with some of the problems encountered in providing suitable materials of construction and suitable fuels for rockets. In addition to the paper the films “Rocket Flight” and “Operation Backfire’’ were screened at both meetings. At Welwyn Garden City on 20 March and at Chatham on 23 April Mr. D. E. Seymour gave an interesting account of “Recent Advances in the Chemo-therapy of Tuberculosis” in which he stressed the vastness of the subject and the importance of collaboration between the organic chemist the physical chemist and the clinical worker.A valuable analytical technique was surveyed by Mr. Stanley Price at South-East Essex Technical College Dagenham on 1 March when he described “Some Applications of Microbiology to Analytical Chemistry” including the principles underlying microbiological assays the techniques commonly employed and the statistical methods used to interpret the results obtained. Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving was received at the Waldorf Hotel London on 21 March by a large and enthusiastic audience on the occasion of his lecture on “Some Fundamental Problems of Analytical Chemistry’’ in which he demon-strated convincingly that there is a scientific approach to the art of designing new analytical processes and new organic reagents having accurately predicted analytical proper ties.Manchester and District.-On 2 April a meeting was held at the Central Library Stockport at which Professor M. G. Evans F.R.S. lectured on “Oxidation.” Dr. M. Barak was in the chair. An interesting discussion, opened by Dr. G. F. Davidson followed the scholarly review of modern work presented by Professor Evans. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. J. Wilson and seconded by Dr. I. E. Balaban. The attendance at this meeting, which included many who do not frequently attend the ordinary meetings, affords further justification of the Section’s policy of arranging periodical lectures in outlying districts. The Annual Ladies’ Evening held on 18 April at The Engineers’ Club, Manchester was devoted to “Glass.” Professor H. Moore delivered an illustrated lecture on “The Art and Science of Glassware’’ in a witty and fascinat-ing manner.He had a crowded audience in the literal sense for the attendance of over 300 was so unexpectedly great that many members and friends were unable to gain admission. The chairman Dr. M. Barak conveyed to Professor Moore the audience’s appreciation of his lecture. Afterwards there was a demonstration of glassblowing by Mr. Moxon of the University of Sheffield and an exhibition of household scientific and artistic glassware by courtesy of Messrs. Chance Brothers Ltd. Fibreglass Co. Ltd. Finnigans Ltd. James A. Jobling Ltd. John Moncrieff Ltd. and Quickfit and Quartz Ltd. There were also concurrent film displays and a supper buffet. The Social Sub-Committee has arranged an interesting programme of works visits and outings for the summer session.North Wales.-A joint meeting was held with the Liverpool and North-Western Section and with the Institute of Petroleum at the Grosvenor Hotel, [ 197 Chester on 22 February. Mr. N. Swindin addressed the meeting on “Sub-merged Combustion.” On 7 March Mr. R. Belcher spoke on “The Research Work of the Analytical School of Birmingham University.” A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. W. E. Hamer. On 21 April a visit was paid to the works of Messrs. Courtaulds at Holywell. The party was met by Mr. K. L. Graham Hon. Treasurer of the Section and members were then shown the manufacture of viscose fibre. After a photograph had been taken films were shown illustrating the use of textiles on the railways and the work of the British Railways Research Establishment at Derby.Tea was taken and Dr. W. Rogie Angus expressed the thanks of the meeting to the Directors of Messrs. Courtaulds through Mr. H. L. Jordan. The meeting was addressed by Dr. H. A. Thomas on “The Development of Uses of Rayon Staple” and after numerous questions and a lively discussion Mr. Vernon Williams proposed a vote of thanks to Dr. Thomas. South Wales.-A very successful meeting was held on 14 April at the National Oil Refineries Llandarcy by the kind invitation of the General Manager Mr. R. B. Southall. In the morning some of the members and guests were con-ducted on a tour of the Refineries whilst others attended a showing of films. The members and guests were then entertained at lunch by the Management of the Refineries.In the afternoon Dr. A. G. Ramsay presided over a gathering of about 50 and a discussion on “The Training of Chemists” was opened by Professor C. W. Shoppee of University College Swansea. Professor F. Morton, of the Department of Chemical Engineering University of Birmingham then spoke and a very animated discussion followed those taking part being Emeritus Professor J. E. Coates Mr. W. W. Evans Miss E. Leyshon Mr. T. B. Williams, Dr. B. G. Gowenlock Messrs. P. V. Lloyd J. 0. Samuel R. B. Southall and E. A. Hontoir. The chairman expressed the thanks of the meeting to Mr. R. B. Southall and the Management of the Refineries for entertaining the members and visitors. Subsequently those present were entertained at tea.The Thirty-third Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 25 April at the Grand Hotel Swansea with Dr. A. G. Ramsay presiding. In the Annual Report special mention was made of the extension of the activities of the Section during the session the holding of the first meeting of the Section in Aberystwyth and of three discussion meetings intended primarily for teachers. Officers and members of Committee for the ensuing session were elected as follows:-Chairman Dr. A. G. Ramsay; Hon. Secretary Mr. E. E. Ayling; Committee Professor C. W. Shoppee Messrs. R. H. Jones E. S . Squire T. H. Walters and G. R. Williams with Mr. J 0. Samuel District Member of Council (ex-officio). Mr. J. W. Adye and Dr. M. L. Hughes were re-elected as Hon. Auditors. Following a discussion on the subject matter of the Journal raised by the Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section the meeting supported the view that Proceedings of Council and Reports of Secretaries’ Conferences should be published in the Journal as fully as possible subject only to limitations imposed by the present shortage of paper.Mr. J. 0. Samuel District Member of Council then spoke of Institute activities during the past year. He referred to the financial difficulties being encountered by the Institute-partly offset by the increase in membership-the new By-laws the formation of three new Sections the constitution of North Wales as a separate District for the election of a member of Council advertise-ments in the Journal the Benevolent Fund and the Residential Clubs Fund.The chairman expressed the thanks of the meeting to Mr. Samuel for his talk. South-Western Counties.-The Council has approved alterations in Rules 3 and 4 of the Section to allow for the election of an Hon. Assistant Secretary I 198 and an Hon. Treasurer and to increase the number of ordinary members of the Committee from five to six. Consequential alterations in Rules 12 and 13 have also been approved. Stirlingshire and District.-The last scientific meeting of the Session was held on 8 March 1951 at the Golden Lion Hotel Stirling. The Chairman Col. F. M. Potter introduced Professor P. D. Ritchie of the Royal Technical College, Glasgow who gave a very interesting talk on “The Stereochemistry of High Polymers.” A stimulating discussion was initiated by the Chairman and others taking part were Messrs.J. Cunningham Currie Dunworth Loveluck and Dr. Pyke. Dr. Mercer expressed the appreciation of the meeting. The first Annual General Meeting of the Section was held at the Lea Park Rooms Falkirk on 12 April under the Chairmanship of Col. Potter. The Honorary Secretary-Treasurer presented his report and the balance sheet. The following officers were re-elected :-Chairman Col. F. M. Potter; Vice-chairman, Mr. E. 0. Wisbey; Honorary Secretary-Treasurer Dr. F. S . Fowkes. Mr. J. K. Cunningham Mr. J. B. Kitchin and Dr. G. H. Thomson were elected to vacancies on the Committee caused by the retirement of Messrs. Haig Loveluck and Webster. Dr. J. K. Thomson and Mr. J. N. Walker were elected Honorary Auditors.After the formal business was concluded the District Member of Council Mr. H. H. Campbell gave a brief but much appreciated account of some of the problems confronting the Institute. The evening concluded with a short discussion on part-time technical education introduced by Mr. Yuille. Bangalore.-The Local Section of the Institute co-operated with the Society of Biological Chemists the Society of Fermentation Technologists the South Indian Science Association and the Indian Dairy Science Association in arranging a Symposium on “Processing of Foodstuffs and its Effect on their Nutritive Value” in Bangalore on 4 September 1950. Dr. G. J. Fowler opened the session and Dr. V. Subrahmanyan presided over the symposium in the course of which twenty papers were presented.The Second Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 5 April 195 1, at the Indian Institute of Science Bangalore. In the absence of the Chairman and Vice-chairman Professor K. V. Giri presided. Dr. V. Subrahmanyan, Director of the Central Food Technological Research Institute Mysore, delivered an address on “The Profession of Chemistry in India.” There was a good gathering of members and non-members and the keen interest aroused by the lecture was shown by the lively discussion that followed. There was a general feeling that professional chemists should be more fully organised, as were the members of the engineering and medical professions. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the lecturer. Dr. V. Subrahmanyan presided over the business meeting which followed.Mr. I. S. Patel Hon. Secretary reported on the activities of the Sections since the First Annual General Meeting. Lectures symposia and visits to factories had been arranged and members of the Institute from various parts of India had met at the sessions of the Indian Science Congress held at Poona in 1950 and Bangalore in 1951. It was a great privilege for the Section to be addressed by Sir Robert Robinson P.R.S. at Poona. The Hon. Secretary felt that the Section was now established on a firm foundation and that its activities would continue with greater vigour in the future. He thanked the Officers Committee and members for their kind co-operation. The Hon. Treasurer Dr. T. L. Rama Char presented the statement of accounts certified by the Hon. Auditor Dr.R. Rajagopalan. This was approved. [ 199 The following Officers and Committee for 1951 -52 were elected Chairman, Professor K. V. Giri; Vice-Chairmen Mr. H. Shiva Rao and Dr. C. V. Natarajan; Hon. Treasurer Mr. I. S. Patel; Hon. Secretary Dr. T. L. Rama Char; Com-mittee Dr. N. Jayaraman Dr. s. V. Govindarajan Dr. C. P. Ananthakrishnan, Dr. A. V. Varadaraja Iyengar Mr. C. Varadan and Mr. K. Venkataramanan; Hon. Auditors Dr. R. Rajagopalan and Dr. B. H. Iyer. The following resolution was moved from the Chair and carried unanimously “The members of the Bangalore Section of the Royal Institute of Chemistry place on record their grateful thanks and deep sense of appreciation for the valuable services rendered by the retiring Chairman of the Section, Dr.G. J. Fowler ever since the inception of the Section.” After a general discussion on the future activities of the Section the meeting closed with a vote of thanks to the Chair. Subsequently members their wives and other guests attended a social dinner. Cape of Good Hope.-A meeting of the Section held in the Department of Chemistry at the University of Cape Town on 17 November 1950 was addressed by Mr. W. P. Hirst chief chemist of the Shell Oil Co. of South Africa on “The Use of Additives in Petroleum Products.” This paper was particularly interest-ing in view of recent widespread advertising of “detergent” lubricating oils. A film entitled “Smooth Running” followed the address. Members of the Section were invited to a meeting of the Western Province Section of the South African Chemical Institute held at the Athenaeum on 19 February 1951.Commander Copenhagen who is attached to the Division of Chemical Services in the Department of Agriculture gave a most interesting and topical address on “The Periodic Mortality of Fish in the Walvis Region.” The 26th Annual General Meeting of the Section was held at the Athenaeum on 29 March 1951. The following Officers and Committee were elected for the year 1951-52 Chairman Professor E. Newbery ; Hon. Secretary, Mr. H. W. Schirach; Hon. Treasurer Mr. H. E. Krumm; Committee Com-mander W. Copenhagen Dr. M. Lamchen and Professor W. Pugh; Hon. Auditors Mr. E. N. Costa and Mr. W. H. Seath. It was agreed that during the absence overseas of Mr. Schirach the Hon. Treasurer should combine the duties of Hon.Secretary with his own. After the conclusion of the formal business the retiring Chairman Professor Newbery read a paper entitled “Thirty Years of Electrochemistry in South Africa.” Northern India.-The First Annual General Meeting of the Section was held in the offices of the Director General of Industries and Supplies New Delhi on 3 March 1951. In his report the Hon. Secretary Mr. N. G. Mitra, traced the development of the Section from the date of Professor Findlay’s visit in January 1948 when a Working Committee was formed. The proposal to form the Section was accepted by the Council of the Institute in July 1948. Rules for the Section were drawn up and were adopted at a meeting on 21 October 1950; they received the approval of the Council in December last.In addition to bringing the Section formally into being the Working Committee had arranged four lectures “The Present Position of the Glass Industry in India,” by Mr. N. G. Mitra; “The Development of the Match Industry in India,” by Mr. M. N. Kale; “The Forecasting of Weather and its Utility in the Scientific Development of Agriculture and Industry in this Country”; “Some Thoughts on a Possible Synthetic Petrol Industry in India,” by Dr. J. N. Ray. (Two of the lectures were arranged jointly with the Science Club of the Director General of Industries and Supplies.) Finally the Hon. Secretary expressed regret that Dr. J. N. Ray who as Convenor of the Working Committee had been primarily responsible for the formation of the Section was leaving Delhi in the near future.[ 200 The Report and Statement of Accounts were adopted. Officers and Committee for 1951 were elected as follows Chairman, Professor T. R. Seshadri; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Dr. G. S. Saharia; Committee Dr. M. K. Maitra Dr. S. D. Mahant Dr. K. L. Moudgill, Dr. K. B. L. Mathur and Mr. N. G. Mitra. (Dr. K. L. Moudgill resigned subsequently and his place has been taken by Mr. D. Das Gupta; Mr. T. S. T. Chari has been added to the Committee.) Institute Aflfairs in India.-Since the publication of the article on develop-ments in India and Pakistan (Journal 195 1 I 43 *) the new scheme for submission of applications for admission to the Associateship by candidates trained in those countries has come into operation. The Council has accepted a petition for permission to establish a new Local Section for Eastern India to serve the States of West Bengal Bihar Orissa and Assam; when this has been formally con-stituted all of the five Indian Sections that it was proposed to set up following Professor Findlay’s visit in 1947-48 will have been established.Memoranda on the Institute and the profession of chemistry in India and on the development of Institute activities and services in India have been forwarded to Hon. Secretaries of the new Local Sections and a number of questions raised by Section Officers and Hon. Corresponding Secretaries have been dealt with in correspondence and in the case of the Western India Section by personal discussion with the Chair-man Professor Mata Prasad who was recently in London.The Council has concluded that in view of these developments there is no longer any need to maintain the special Advisory Committee on Indian and Pakistani AfTairs and that further questions affecting the organisation of Institute activities in those countries should be dealt with directly by the Council as is done for other overseas Sections or groups of members. * In this article (p. 44) the amount of the annual grant to each Local Section of the Institute should have been stated as E20 (not &lo) plus 2s. 6d. per member of the Institute having his registered address within the area of the Section, subject to a minimum total of E35. r 201 THE REGISTER Letter references preceding names indicate the Local Section (if any) to which each Member is attached (see p.220). NEW FELLOWS (C) Ford Ian Alastair Moncrieff (OE) Yeddanapalli Rev. Lourdu M., B.Sc. (Birm.). B. A. (Madras) M. A. (Cal-(P) Jones John Owen M.Sc. (Wales). cutta) M.A. Ph.D. (Prince-(N) Thomas William Leonard. ton) D.Sc. (Louvain). ASSOCIATES ELECTED (P) Arneil Alexander BSc. (Glas.), A.R.T.C. (P) Bender Arnold Eric B.Sc. (Liv.), Ph.D. (Sheffield). (P) Clarke Arthur Henry M.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Clasper Matthew. (P) Cook William James Mitchell. (P) Dickinson Edward John B.A., (P) Firrell John Pindar B.Sc. (P) German Eric A.C.G.F.C. (H) Hay Thomas William Dip. Ed., (B) Howard Alfred John M.A. (P) Jones Charles Robert B.Sc., B.Sc. (Oxon.). (Lond.). B.Sc. (Wales). (Cantab.). Ph.D. (Liv.). TO THE FELLOWSHIP (Q) Kench James Edward M.B., Ch.B.(Manc.) M.Sc. Ph.D. (Bris.). (Q) Maddison Lionel B.Sc. Ph.D. (Liv.). (P) McGhie James Francis B.Sc., Ph.D. (Lond.). Murray Kenneth Angus M.Sc. (Witwatersrand) Ph.D. (S.A.). (M) Nendick Gordon William B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Nowlan Noel Vincent M.Sc., Ph.D. (N.U.I.) M.I.C.I. (C) Stoneman John Philip B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Taylor Albert M.Sc. (Manc.). (E) Wells John Edward B. Sc. (Lond.) A.Met. (Sheffield). (Q) Woodhouse George M.1nst.F. NEW ASSOCIATES (C) Allport Colin B.Sc. (Birm.). (P) Cabell Michael John B.A. B.Sc. (E) Auchincloss Thomas Ralph B.Sc. (Oxon.). (Glas.). (P) Cantle Robert Raymond, (T) Bailey John Martyn B.Sc. A.A.C.I. (Wales). (OA) Cook Archibald Stewart B.Sc. (J) Baker Charles A.H.-W.C. (Glas.).(0) Bannister Frank Patrick B.Sc. (U) Cooke Frederick B.Sc. (Shef-(Manc.). field). (P) Barry Peter James Seymour (P) Cornelius John Augustine B.Sc. B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.). (H) Bates Harold. (N) Dalby Arthur. (K) Berrie Alistair Howard B.Sc. de Miklouho-Maclay Robertson (Glas.) A.R.T.C. Wentworth B.Sc. (Lond.), (V) Bredon Robert Moss M.Sc. A.A.C.I. (Wales). (X) Brierley Charles. (K) Dijksman Derek Jan B.Sc. (K) Buchanan John B.Sc. (Glas.). [ 202 1 (U) Dernie Eric B.Sc. (Sheffield). (Glas .) Duxbury Frederick Keith B.Sc. (Dunelm .). Farkas Robert A.A.C.I. Fletcher Clifford Malcolm B.Sc. (Leeds). Fletcher Walter Maurice, A.A.C.I. Ford Elemer B.Sc. (Lond.) Dip. Chem.Eng. Ph.D.Tech. (Zurich). Gallagher James Joseph B.Sc., Ph.D. (Glas.).Gallagher Kevin Joseph B.Sc. (Q.U.B.). Gardner Robert George B.Sc. (Glas .). Geddes Kenneth Wilfred B.Sc. (Leeds). Golledge Ronald William John, BSc. (Lond.). Gorsuch Thomas Talbot BSc. (Lond.) . Graham Thomas B.Sc. (Lond.). Gray Miss Sheila Mary B.Sc. (Glas .) . Hall Leslie Kenneth. Hamann John Bernard A. A. C.I. Hayes Kenneth William B.Sc. Hedderick John Barclay A.H.-Hill Derek Alfred Wheeler B.Sc. Humzah Abdul Hamid Muham-Hunt Jack Walesby B.Sc. Hurst Gerald Covington B.Sc. Illingworth Eric B.Sc. (Leeds). Irwin Miss Henrietta B.A. (Leeds). W.C. (Lond.). mad B.Sc. (Ceylon). (Lond.). (Lond.). (T.C.D.). (P) Lane Michael Richard B.Sc. (R) Lavender Charles Michael B.A. (P) Lawrence Leslie Philip B.Sc. (J) Lawrie Peter B.Pharm.B.Sc. (P) Leach Anthony B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Lees George Annison B.Sc. (0) Lightfoot Frank Ellis B.Sc. (N) Marsden William BSc. (Leeds). (R) Marsh Dennis James B.Sc. (Lond.). (X) McElderry Victor Neville B.Sc. (Q.U.B.). (P) Meredith Alfred George B.Sc. (Lond .). (P) Morgan Anthony John B.Sc. (Lond) . (P) Morris Donald Frank Charles, B.A. (Oxon). (H) Morris Victor William B.Sc. (Leeds) . (P) Motz Robert Julius Ingenieur (Vienna). (V) Nancollas George Harvey B.Sc. (Wales). (N) Niirsten Harry Erwin B.Sc., Ph.D. (Leeds). (P) Parkinson James Christopher, B.Pharm. (Lond.) Ph.C. (0) Parrish Dennis D.F.C. B.Sc. (Dunelm.). (N) Peacock John B.Sc. (Leeds). Pefanis Sarandi B.Sc. (Chem. Eng .) (Wi twa t er sr and). (WW) Pink Arthur Edward BSc.(Lond.). (Leeds.). (Oxon.). (Lond.). (Lond.). (Lond.). (Wales). Isaacs John B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Pdwney clement. (OG) Jain Kesho Dass M.Sc. Ph.D. (OF) Ramabhadran S. B.Sc. (Anna-(Agra). malai) . (K) Jamieson Miss Isobel Mary Rangrez Kirtosa Ganapatsa, B.Sc. (Glas.) A.R.T.C. M.Sc. (Osmania) M.Sc.Tech. (K) Kampf Hans Dr. Tech. Sci. (Manc.). (Vienna). * (P) Rapson Harry David Coleman, (E) Kemp Stanley Gordon B.Sc. B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.). (V) Reed Kenneth Gordon B.Sc. (M) Kirby Leonard. [W.C. (Wales). (Q) Komander Alfons Anzelm A.H.- (P) Reid Edward Horsley B.Sc. (N) Robertson James Alexander Mal-Krishna Murty Gollakota (Liv.). Gopala B.Sc. (Andhra) Ph.D. (Minn.). colm B.Sc. (Glas.) (K) Roxburgh Charles McCowan, B.Sc. (Glas.).(P) Sage Colin Henry B.Pharm. (Lond.) Ph.C. (P) Schein Howard George B.Sc. Cond.). Sen Gupta Sangram Ranjan, M .Sc. (Calcutta) . (G) Shacklady Cyril Alfred B.Sc. (Liv.). (S) Smith James Bell B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Smith Peter William George, B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. (P) Smith Ronald Herbert B.Sc. (Lond.). (R) Soanes Peter William B.Sc. (Lond.). (OG) Srivastava Lakshrni Narayana, M.Sc. (Lucknow). (P) Stansell Derek Ivor B.Sc. (Lond). (K) Stevenson Robert B.Sc. (Glas.), A.R.T.C. (A) Twyford Ian . Teasdale B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Tyman John Henry Paul B.Sc. (Lond). (OE) Vasudeva Sarma Rallabhandi Tulasi Satya Surya B.Sc. (Andhra). (OE) Venkataraman R. B.Sc. (Madras) M.Sc. (Lucknow). (P) Vora Shantilal Veerchand, B.Pharm. (Lond.) B.Sc.(Bom-(P) Ward Roy James B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Wigginton Raymond James. (C) Wildblood Norman Creyke, B.Sc. (Liv.). (0) Wilkinson Ian Arthur M.Sc. (N.Z.) Ph.D. (Birm.). (H) Wilshere Herbert David B.A. (Cantab.) B . Sc. (Lond.). (P) Woodgate Peter Ronald B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Woodham Anthony Arthur, B.Sc. (Edin.). (Q) Woodhead Harold Benjamin, B.Sc. (Manc.) Ph.C. bay). REELECTED ASSOCIATES (K) Payn Russell Charrosin M.Sc. (OG) Shukla Soorya Narayan M.Sc. (N) Randolph Charles Edward B.Sc. (WW) Yuille George Bowman B.Sc. (P) Rantzen Mrs. Rose B.Sc. (Wales). (Lond.). (Edin.). (Lond .). (Lucknow) Ph .D. (Lond .). DEATHS Fellows Isidore Elkanah Balaban D.C.M. M.Sc.Tech. Ph.D. D.Sc. (Vict.). Frank Edwin Connah A.A.C.I. William Michael Doherty F.A.C.I.Hugh Findlay. Frederick John Flowerdew B.Sc. (Birm.) M.P.S. John Brownlie Henderson O.B.E. Robert Walter Warrick M.B. B.S. (Lond.) M.R.C.P. M.R.C.S. L.M.S.S.A., Frederick William Watson B.Sc. aond.) A.R.T.C. Emil Alphonse Werner M.A. D.Sc. (Dublin). Walter Collingwood Williams B.Sc. (Lond.). Ph.C. Associates Wallace Berry. David Alexander Brown. George Shearer Christie A.H.-W.C. Arthur James Curtin Cosbie B.Sc. (N.U.I.) A.R.C.Sc.1. Samuel Morris A.A.C.I. Wilfred Sheldon M.Sc. (Manc.) OBITUARY William Blyth died on 5 January 1951 in his 63rd year. He received his early education at Overnewton School and Kent Road Secondary School Glasgow. In 1906 he became a junior assistant in the laboratory of Tatlock and Thomson Public Analysts Glasgow.Meanwhile he continued his studies at Glasgow Technical College. In 1910 he was appointed assistant chemist to the Caledonian Railway Co., and was connected with railway chemistry for the rest of his life-with the London Brighton and South Coast Railway Co. (1914-21) and with the London and South-Western Railway Co. at the Ashford Kent laboratory subsequently. In 1947 he became chief chemist and held this post under British Railways, Southern Region at the time of his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1926 and a Fellow in 1942. Thomas Wallace Fagan died on 10 February 1951 in his 78th year. He received his early education at Denstone College Staffordshire and proceeded with a Clothworkers Scholarship to Caius College Cambridge in 1895 graduating in the Natural Sciences Tripos in 1898.After three years as science master at Abertillery Intermediate and Technical School he studied agriculture and agricultural chemistry at the University College of North Wales Bangor during 1901-02. From 1902 to 1906 he was lecturer in chemistry and agricultural chemistry at the Harper-Adams Agri-cultural College Shropshire and in 1906 was appointed assistant lecturer and demonstrator in chemistry at the Edinburgh and East of Scotland College of Agriculture. In 1919 he was appointed professor of agricultural chemistry at the Uni-versity College of Wales Aberystwyth and occupied this chair until his retire-ment in 1939 when he received the title of Professor Emeritus. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1918.Eric Morgan Hall died on 6 February 1951 in his 59th year. He was educated at Lucton School Herefordshire and proceeded to the University of Birmingham where he graduated B.Sc. in 1913. After a short period as science master at Blundell’s School Tiverton he entered the Government Laboratory as a temporary chemical assistant in 1914. In 1919 he joined the laboratory staff of The Olympia Oil and Cake Co. at Selby and shortly afterwards was appointed chief chemist. In 1941 he took charge of the Hull Laboratory of The British Oil and Cake Mills Ltd. and was at the same time chief chemist to the Oil Mills Executive Lever Bros. and Unilever Ltd. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1917. Henry James Hodsman died on 31 January 1951 in his 65th year.He was educated at Archbishop Holgate’s Grammar School York and studied at the University of Leeds from 1903 to 1907 graduating B.Sc. with First Class Honours in chemistry in 1906 and proceeding to M.Sc. in the following year. Awarded an 185 1 Exhibition Scholarship he carried out research on gaseous combustion and the synthesis of ammonia under Haber at the Technische Hochschule Karlsruhe 1907-09 and on the measurement of the temperature of combustion of gaseous mixtures under Le Chatelier at the Sorbonne Paris 1909-1 0. [ 205 During 1910-12 he was a chemist in the experimental section of the British Cyanides Co. Ltd. Oldbury and was then appointed assistant lecturer and demonstrator in the Department of Coal Gas and Fuel Industries of the Uni-versity of Leeds.He became lecturer in gas chemistry in the Department in 1916 and was senior lecturer at the time of his death. During the 1914-18 war Hodsman was in immediate charge of the inspection of high explosives in the Leeds Area under the Ministry of Munitions and of chemical control work in the recovery of benzene and toluene at gasworks in Yorkshire and Lincolnshire. He was awarded the M.B.E. for his services. He was an Hon. Member of the Institution of Gas Engineers and a Member of the Institute of Fuel. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1918. James Kewley died on 20 February 1951 in his 72nd year. Educated at King William’s College Isle of Man he entered King’s College, Cambridge in 1898 and obtained Second Class Honours in chemistry in the Natural Sciences Tripos Part 11 in 1902.In 1906 heentered the employment of the Shell Trading and Transport Co., and went to Borneo as works chemist. He was later in charge of all chemical work for the Company in Borneo and finally works manager of the paraffin wax and lubricating oil plant. In 1912 he was appointed manager of the Suez Refinery of Anglo-Egyptian Oilfields Ltd. Returning to this country in 1915 he took charge of the Asiatic Petroleum Co.’s plant at Portishead for the extrac-tion of aromatic hydrocarbons from crude Borneo petroleum and was consultant to that Company the Anglo-Saxon Petroleum Company and the Shell Marketing Co. Subsequently he was for many years chief chemist to this group of Petroleum Companies. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1918.Charles McMullan died on 26 November 1950 in his 84th year. He was educated at St. Malachy’s College Belfast and received his scientific training at the Royal College of Science Dublin. His whole career was spent in Belfast and at various times he held appoint-ments as Public Analyst for the Counties of Fermanagh Tyrone Mayo, Monaghan and Donegal as well as being Medicine Analyst to a number of Poor LawiUnions. He continued in practice until the day of his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1893 and a Fellow in 1902. Alexander Henry Mitchell Muter died on 7 February 1951 in his 78th year. He received his scientific training at the University of Bonn and at King’s College London and then became an assistant in the South London Central Public Laboratory under his father the late Dr.John Muter. Shortly after-wards he became a partner in his father’s analytical practice and after the latter’s death he formed a partnership with the late C. A. Hackman and practised under the title of Muter and Hackman up to the time of his death. He was appointed Public Analyst to the Borough of Tunbridge Wells in 1908 and succeeded his father as Public Analyst to the Metropolitan Boroughs of Wandsworth and Lambeth and the Parts of Lindsey Lincolnshire and as Analyst to the Metropolitan Asylums Board. Subsequently he became Public Analyst to the Parts of Holland and Kesteven Lincolnshire and the Borough of Colchester. He was also Official Agricultural Analyst to the Parts of Holland and Kesteven.He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1896 and a Fellow in 1899 Thomas Turner died on 31 January 1951 in his 90th year. He studied at the Birmingham and Midland Institute and was awarded a studentship at the Royal School of Mines South Kensington in 1878. He obtained the diploma of A.R.S.M. and won the de la Beche Medal. In 1883 he was appointed demonstrator in chemistry at Mason College, Birmingham where he became lecturer in metallurgy in 1887 and graduated M.Sc. of the University of Birmingham. In 1884 he was appointed director of technical instruction to the Staffordshire County Council. From 1902 to 1926 he occupied the chair of metallurgy in the University of Birmingham, from which he retired with the title of Professor Emeritus. Subsequently for many years Turner was a consultant.He published many papers in the Journals of the Chemical Society the Institute of Metals and the Iron and Steel Institute and was the author of well-known books on metallurgy. He was a past president of the Institute of Metals. In 1925 he was awarded the Bessemer Gold Medal of the Irorl and Steel Institute and other honours including the Fox Gold Medal of the Institute of British Foundrymen the Seaman Gold Medal of the American Foundrymen’s Association and the Fellowship of the Imperial College of Science and Tech-nology (1939). He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1887. Philip Uryash died recently in his 42nd year. Educated at the Robert Montefiore School and Raine’s School for Boys, London he became an assistant in the laboratories of the British Leather Manufacturers’ Research Association in 1929.In 1933 he was appointed works chemist to Handford Greatrex and Co. Ltd. Walsall but returned to the B.L.M.R.A. in the following year as chief chemical assistant. He studied at Bat tersea Polytechnic 1935-37. He went back to the tanning industry in 1945 being employed successively with James Watkins and Sons Ltd. Titchfield and Henry Booth (Abingdon), Ltd. Towards the end of 1949 he accepted an appointment with the American Hide and Leather Co. Inc. Ballston Spa New York. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1945. NOTES PERSONAL The names of the following Fellows are included in the Birthday Honours list :-K.B.E.-William Kershaw Slater. Knight Bachelor.-Eric Keightley Rideal M.B.E.F.R.S. C.B.-Hugh Edmund Watts M.B.E. C.B.E.-William Ringrose Gelston Atkins O.B.E. (Mil.) F.R.S. 0.B.E.-Harold Hollings. A4.B.E.-Henry Alexander Fells. George Bishop Jones J.P. Arthur Marsden. Dr. F. H. Banfield Fellow has been appointed Director of Research to the Dr. D. H. R. Barton Fellow has received the first award of the Corday-Mr. B. E. Beater Fellow has been awarded the degree of D.Sc. (Agric.) by British Food Manufacturing Industries Research Association. Morgan Medal and Prize (for 1949) of the Chemical Society. the University of Pretoria. 1 207 Professor J. S. S. Brame C.B.E. Fellow has had conferred upon him an Honorary Fellowship of the Institute of Petroleum. Dr. L. E. Campbell Fellow has accepted an appointment as food tech-nologist to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and has taken up his duties in Rome.Professor F. H. Garner O.B.E. Fellow has been awarded the Melchett Medal for 1951 of the Institute of Fuel and the Redwood Medal of the Institute of Petroleum. Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S. Fellow has been elected a member of the Chemistry Research Board of the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research. Sir Ian Heilbron F.R.S. Fellow has been elected an Honorary Fellow of the Imperial College of Science and Technology. Professor E. L. Hirst F.R.S. Fellow will receive the honorary degree of LL.D. at the graduation ceremony of the University of St. Andrews on 29 June. Professor C. K. Ingold F.R.S. Fellow has received the Longstaff Medal for 1951 of the Chemical Society.Mr. G. B. Jones J.P. Fellow has been elected Mayor of Huddersfield. Mr. G. M. Kerman Fellow has been appointed chief chemist to the Aberthaw and Bristol Channel Portland Cement Co. Ltd. Dr. L. H. Lampitt Fellow has been elected an Honorary Member of the SociCt6 de Chimie Physique de France. Dr. N. J. L. Megson Fellow has been appointed Head of the Chemistry Department Royal Aircraft Establishment Ministry of Supply Farnborough, and has left the Ministry’s Advisory Service on Plastics and Rubber. Dr. J. W. McDavid C.B.E. Fellow chairman of Imperial Chemical Indus-tries Ltd. Nobel Division is shortly retiring from the Company’s service. He has been appointed an additional director of Scottish Agricultural Industries Ltd.Dr. J. D. Mounfield Fellow has been appointed principal of the National College of Food Technology. Dr. W. J. S. Naunton Fellow has retired from the position of head of the rubber laboratories of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. a post he has held for 25 years. Mr. H. V. Potter Fellow has been appointed chairman of the Association of Chemical and Allied Employers. Sir Robert Robinson F.R.S. Fellow has received the honorary degree of D.Sc. of the University of Nottingham. Mr. Stanley Robson Fellow has been elected an Honorary Fellow of the Imperial College of Science and Technology. Dr. W. A. Sexton Fellow has been appointed a delegate director of Imperial Chemical (Pharmaceuticals) Ltd. Sir John Simonsen F.R.S. Fellow will receive the honorary degree of D.Sc.of the University of Birmingham on 30 June. Dr. R. E. Slade M.C. Fellow has been awarded the prize of 2500 and the gold medal offered by the Royal Society of Arts for “a means of promoting the production or the economic utilisation of food in Britain.” Dr. Slade submitted a scheme for two systems of farming-one for grassland and the other for arable land. Dr. T. F. Weal Fellow has been appointed a director of Drug Houses of Australia Ltd. Mr. R. M. Winter Fellow has been elected a member of the Chemistry Research Board of the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research. Mr. A. B. Winterbottom Fellow has been awarded the Andrew Carnegie Silver Medal for 1950 of the Iron and Steel Institute. Mr. F. A. Wood Associate has been awarded a Walker Hines-Page Travell-ing Scholarship to visit the U.S.A.this year. 1 208 Mr. E. M. Joiner.-The Council has learnt with regret that for health reasons Mr. Joiner has been obliged to relinquish his work as Hon. Secretary of the Birmingham and Midlands Section of the Institute-an office he has filled with great distinction and success since 1940. He has accepted the less onerous duties of Hon. Treasurer of the Section and his advioe and guidance will thus continue to be directly available. Many of the Section’s activities owe their inception to his inspiration and energy and all owe much of their success to his organising ability and hard work. Reference may be made especially to the refresher courses in Microchemistry, Chemical Engineering and Colloid Science organised during and since the late war; to the exhibition “The Chemist in the Midlands’’ arranged in connection with the Anniversary Meetings of the Institute held in Birmingham in 1948; to the establishment of the P.F. Frankland Memorial Lecture; and to the Christmas Lectures for Schoolchildren that have been held since 1944. The ordinary work of the Section has included a great number of lectures, works visits excursions and luncheons not only in Birmingham but in Coventry, Wolverhampton Stoke-on-Trent Stafford and Rugby. A recent development has been the organisation of Careers Talks for the senior pupils in Grammar Schools of the district. Mr. Joiner has been instrumental also in raising considerable sums for the Benevolent Fund by means of social events including the Victory Garden Party in 1945.He has taken a leading part in the work of the Midland Chemists’ Committee, which seeks to co-ordinate the activities of several of the scientific bodies in the area and he is now Hon. Treasurer of this Committee. The Council desires to record its deep gratitude to Mr. Joiner for his work not only for the Birmingham and Midlands Section but for the Institute as a whole. TWENTY-FOURTH CONFERENCE OF HONORARY SECRETARIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS m,e Conference was held in the Institute at 10 a.m. on 28 April 1951. Professor J. W. Cook occupied the Chair and all established Local Sections in Great Britain and Ireland were represented except the Tees-side Section whose Hon. Secretary was prevented by indisposition from attendance.The other Sections were represented by their Hon. Secretaries except that Mr. E. M. Joiner represented the Birmingham and Midlands Sections Mr. M. D. Rogan the Hull and District Section and Dr. C. L. Wilson the Belfast and District Section. Mr. H. W. Cremer (newly-elected President) the Hon. Treasurer and Professor Challenger (retiring Chairman of the Publications and Library Committee) were also present. The Chairman welcomed the representatives and referred particularly to Mr. E. M. Joiner who had recently given up the office of Hon. Secretary of the Birmingham and Midlands Section (see p. 209) and to Mr. H. W. Schirach the Hon. Secretary of the Cape Section who was visiting England and had been invited to attend the Conference as an observer. The principal matters discussed by the Conference were :-Local Section grants; subject-matter of the Journal; Local Section administration; chemical education; chemists in Civil Defence.Under Local Section grants the Conference considered the possibility of re-allocating the total annual sum expended on Section grants in such a way as to benefit Sections with several widely-scattered centres. It was agreed to recommend however that consideration be given to making a supplementary annual grant to the Mid-Southern Counties Section as a special case in view of the cost of holding regular meetings in several important centres in this Section, whose total membership was not large but was widely scattered On the question of subject-matter of the Journal attention was mainly directed to the objections taken by the Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section, supported by several other Sections to the system whereby matters considered by the Council and by Conferences of Hon.Secretaries were reported under “Notes,” “Announcements” and in some instances in special articles instead of as more comprehensive records. In the discussion it became clear that the desire was not necessarily to return to exactly the former system-which had been criticised on several grounds-but to ensure that matters of professional interest were reported as fully as possible even if this entailed the exclusion of some of the more technical matter. It was agreed to recommend that means for securing this end be further explored and an appropriate scheme put into effect as soon as possible.Conclusions on this subject will be published in due course. Under Local Section administration consideration was first directed to the new draft of the Local Section Officers’ Handbook copies of which had been circulated shortly before the meeting. It was agreed that comments on this draft be forwarded to the Secretary of the Institute before the end of June so that arrangements could be made for the preparation of a substantive edition which might be set up in print and made available to Local Section committees. The other adminstrative matter arose from the increasing scarcity and cost of stationery and a useful discussion took place on means whereby economy could be exercised without detracting from the efficient conduct of Local Section affairs.Questions raised under the heading of chemical education referred to the inspection of recognised institutions and the development of courses for National Certificates. On the former point satisfaction was expressed with the recent decision of the Council to inspect recognised institutions at appropriate intervals. On the latter which was raised by the Leeds ‘Area Section it was agreed to await a memorandum on the subject to be prepared by the Hon. Secretary of that Section for consideration by the Council An official statement on the functions of chemists in Civil Defence was received from the Home Office shortly before the date ofthe Conference and is printed on p. 177. The thanks of the representatives to Professor Cook for taking the Chair at the Conference and for his close concern with the interests of Local Sections during his term of office as President was proposed by Mr.Ayling who also extended on behalf of the Hon. Secretaries a welcome to Mr. Cremer as the new President. SIR GEORGE BEILBY MEMORIAL FUND AWARDS 1950 The Administrators of the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund representing the Institute of Metals the Royal Institute of Chemistry and the Society of Chemical Industry have decided to make two awards each of one hundred guineas from the Fund for 1950. These awards have been made to-William Albert Baker B.Sc. (Lond.) F.I.M. in recognition of his experimental contributions to knowledge of the factors determining the production of sound castings of non-ferrous metals and alloys. Gordon Whittingham M.A.Ph.D. (Cantab.) in recognition of his experimental contributions to knowledge of the combustion products of fuels containing sulphur and their effects on corrosion. Awards from the Fund are made to British investigators in science as a mark of appreciation of distinguished work particularly in such fields as fuel economy, chemical engineering and metallurgy in which Sir George Beilby’s special interests lay. In general the awards are not applicable to the more senior investigators but are granted as an encouragement to relatively young men who have done independent work of exceptional merit over a period of years WILLIAM ALBERT BAKER joined the staff of the Assay Office Royal Mint, London as a student assistant and graduated in metallurgy at the University of London as an external student in 1934.Shortly afterwards he joined the British Non-Ferrous Metals Research Association as an investigator where he was engaged mainly on problems connected with the melting and casting of non-ferrous metals. Most of his studies were devoted to the effects of volume changes and gas evolution in the solidification of metals and alloys to the influence of alloy constitution and other metallurgical variables on the casting characteristics of the materials, and to the general principles to be observed in developing foundry techniques yielding serviceable castings. He is author or co-author of numerous papers on these subjects in the Journal of the Institute ofMetals and elsewhere. For several years he led a team of investigators in this and in the related field of welding non-ferrous metals and more recently has supervised other researches in non-ferrous physical metallurgy.The results of his most recent work on the equilibria between oxygen and phosphorus in molten copper will shortly be published. GORDON WHITTINGHAM went to the Herbert Strutt School Belper Derby-shire and entered Gonville and Caius College Cambridge in 1936. He graduated in 1939 with 1st Class Honours in the Natural Science Tripos (Physical Chemistry). From 1939 to 1942 he worked in the Physical Chemistry Laboratory Cambridge on the frictional properties of dry and lubricated metal surfaces with Dr. T. P. Hughes and on the combustion of halogen derivatives of methane under the supervision of Professor R.G. W. Norrish. He held a Caius College Shuttleworth Research Studentship from 1939 to 1942 and a Goldsmiths Company Senior Studentship from 1941 to 1942. In 1942 he joined the British Coal Utilisation Research Association in London as a member of a team engaged on an investigation into the corrosive nature of the products of combustion of solid fuels containing sulphur. During the next few years he carried out a study of the formation of sulphur trioxide during the pre-flame and flame combustion of carbon monoxide hydrogen and hydrocarbon gases containing small amounts of sulphur dioxide. This work led to a new theory that sulphur trioxide could be formed in combustion processes as a result of a gas phase reaction between sulphur dioxide and oxygen atoms.His later work has included spectroscopic observations on flames containing sulphur compounds and on the luminescence of burning carbon and an examination of the effects of fine smoke particles on combustion gases containing oxides of sulphur. Dr. Whittingham who is now the Superintendent of the Combustion Department in the B.C.U.R.A. Laboratories at Leatherhead has published upwards of twenty papers and has read papers in America and Sweden INSTITUTE ANNOUNCEMENTS Examinations will be held in September 1951 as follows:-In the week beginning Monday 10 September in London and Glasgow. The completed application form should have reached the Institute not later than Monday 11 June. No application in respect of the September Examination received later than that date will be considered.Entry forms will be sent as soon as they are ready to all candidates who have been previously accepted and to those whose applications have been received as above and accepted. The last date for the receipt of entry forms will be Monday 2 July after which no entry can be accepted. For the Fellowship : In the week beginning Monday 17 September in London or elsewhere at the discretion of the Council. Last dates for application and for entry as for the Associateship except thst candidates who desire to present themselves for examination in a Special Branch of work must have submitted their entry forms before Monday 11 June. Students’ Registration Fees.-It has already been announced that the annual registration fee payable by Students of the Institute is to be raised from 10s.to 21s. with effect from 1 January 1952 (Journal 1951 11 132). At its meeting 011 11 May the Council considered transitional arrangements, and decided that students who apply for registration after 1 July 1951 be required to pay a special fee of 15s. 6d. of which 10s. 6d. will be credited towards their registration fee for 1952. Second P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture.-The lecture by Dr. R. L. M. Synge on “Biological Aspects of Proteins in the light of recent Chemical Studies” was delivered before an appreciative audience in the University of Birmingham on 18 May. This lecture which was specially arranged as one of the Institute’s contributions to chemical activities during the Festival of Britain will be repeated in London in the Lecture Theatre of the Institution of Electrical Engineers Savoy Place W.C.2 on Friday 20 July 1951 at 6.30 p.m.The President will occupy the chair and a large audience of members and their friends is expected. Admission free without ticket. Dalton Lecture 1951.-The Council has approved a proposal by the Man-Chester and District Section that a lecture in this series be given in Manchester, during the period of the Festival of Britain by the Rt. Hon. Lord McGowan on “A Hundred Years of Chemistry,” and that this be accompanied by an exhibition illustrating local chemical industry throughout the century together with some Dalton relics. Arrangements have been made for the lecture to be delivered on Thursday 27 September; further particulars will be announced in due course.Statistical Methods in Analytical Chemistry.-The meeting originally arranged for 10 May 1951 (Journal 1951 pp. 71 131) will be held in the Autumn; full particulars will be published in Part IV of the Journal. The Monograph by Mi-. D. R. Read is issued with this Part. Any member requiring advance information of the arrangements should communicate with the Hon. Secretary of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section (c/o B.L.M.R.A., Milton Park Egham Surrey) who will also be pleased to receive any questions based on Mr. Read’s Monograph for discussion by the panel of experts at the meeting. 212 1 For the Associateship Period of Service of Vice-presidents and General Members of Council.-In accordance with the proviso to the new By-law 22 the Council at its meeting on 11 May proceeded to select three Vice-presidents and seven General Members of Council to serve for one year only and seven General Members of Council to serve for two years only.Of the six Vice-presidents (other than the immediate Past-President who is a Vice-president ex-oficio) only Professor Linnell had served in that capacity during the previous year and was therefore ineligible to continue in office beyond the Annual General Meeting in 1952. The others had already served as Members of Council during the preceding three years except Dr. Bennett who became a General Member of Council in 1949. It was agreed therefore that Dr. Bennett should be one of the Vice-presidents to serve for two years and that two others be selected by lot to hold office for that period.As a result it was decided that Dr. Cumming Professor Linnell and Miss Olliver serve as Vice-Presidents until the date of the Annual General Meeting 1952 leaving Dr. Bennett Professor Burton and Dr. Herd to continue in office until the date of the Annual General Meeting 1953. Of the 21 General Members of Council seven were eligible to serve for one year only six for two years and eight for the full three years. In the last-mentioned group however Dr. Venables had previously served for nine months in filling a casual vacancy and it was therefore decided that it would be appropri-ate to select him as the additional General Member of Council required to serve for two years only. The result of these decisions is as follows:-To serve until the Annual General Meeting 1952 Dr.Harry Baines Mr. R. R. Butler Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths Sir William Griffiths Dr. Frances M. Hamer, Mr. Harry Weatherall Mr. H. N. Wilson. To serve until the Annual General Meeting 1953 Professor H. T. S. Britton, Dr. A. T. Green Dr. H. H. Hodgson Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving Dr. H. B. Nisbet, Dr. E. H. Rodd Dr. P. F. R. Venables. To serve until the Annual General Meeting 1954 Mr. A. L. Bacharach, Dr. Norman Booth Professor C. W. Davies Sir Harry Jephcott Dr. Frank Roffey Dr. Charles Simons Mr. George Taylor. In future years it will not be necessary to make any such selections of Vice-Presidents or General Members of Co&cil to serve for less than the normal periods. Vice-presidents will be elected to serve for two years and three of them will retire each year.Similarly all General Members of Council will be elected to serve for three years and seven will retire each year. Appointment of Committees and Representatives of the Institute on Joint Committees and Other Bodies.-Before proceeding to make appointments the Council at its meeting on 11 May reviewed the work of existing committees and considered what changes were desirable for the effective conduct of Institute business in the session 1951-52. As a result of this review it was decided to discharge the following committees :-Special Purposes Committee which was of doubtful value as it was generally necessary to set up ad hoc committees to deal with matters that were intended to be referred to it; Advisory Committee on Indian and Pakistani Affairs (see note on Institute Affairs in India above); Scientific Courses Committee because the business could be dealt with by the Publications Committee in consultation with local committees concerned ; Committee on Revision of By-Laws whose task was finished; Membership Committee because its business had been completed except in so far as the Chairman Professor Challenger was still editing drafts of sections of The Profession of Chemistry prepared by members of the Committee-a matter which could now be dealt with by Professor Challenger in correspondence with authors and in consultation with the Publications Committee.1213 Special consideration was given to the future of the Appointments and Economic Status Committee in view of the growing importance of the subjects coming within its purview.It was decided to reconstitute this body as a Com-mittee of the Council with a settled membership of not more than 12 and to provide for it to meet montly on regular dates. The re-constituted Committee would be responsible for advising the Council on the general development of Institute policy in economic matters as well as on action on particular issues. It was agreed to change the name of the Publications and Library Committee to the “Publications Committee” in view of the Library being no longer main-tained as such (see Editorial p. 140). It was decided to defer appointment of an Ethical Practices Committee pending special consideration of the implications of the provisions of By-law 57. Following the settlement of these general questions appointments of com-mittees and representatives were made in accordance with the schedule on p.21 8. OTHER ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTIFIC COURSES CONFERENCES AND EXHIBITIONS Acton Technical College.-(l) Course of 12 lectures on “Some Aspects of the Recent Chemistry of Oils and Fats,” on Fridays at 7.30 p.m. beginning 28 September. Lecturers Dr. J. H. Skellon Dr. L. A. O’Neill Mr. C. Whalley, Dr. K. A. Williams and Mr. G. L. Holbrow. The course will be particularly suitable for industrial chemists research workers and others engaged in indus-tries connected with the extraction and refining of oils and fats and with their utilisation in other industries. Fee for the Course 20s. (2) Course of 12 lectures on “Modern Concepts in Biochemistry,” by Dr.A. E. Bender on Wednesdays at 7.30 p.m. beginning 26 September. The course will be of value not only to biochemists but also to industrial chemists engaged in food production and control fermentation and the preparation and exarriination of chemicals of physiological importance. Fee for the Course 20s. (3) An advanced course on “The Chemistry and Technology of Plastics Materials” will begin in September. The complete course extends over two years but limited vacancies exist for those desiring a one-year course. Lectures on “The Chemistry of Plastics Materials,” by Mr. J. B. Cameron (Thursdays, 6.30 p.m.) begin on 20 September; those on “The Technology of Plastics Materials,” by Mr. C. G. Griffiths (Wednesdays 6.30 p.m.) begin on 19 Sept-ember.An additional course on “Plastics Machines and Mould Design,” by Mr. A. N. Byford (Tuesdays 6.30 p.m.) begins on 18 September. The courses are suitable for the examinations for the Associateship of the Plastics Institute but will also be of value to chemists and engineers engaged in industries manufacturing or utilising plastics. Fees Single Course 20s. per Session; Two Courses 35s. Full particulars of the above courses may be obtained from the Principal, Acton Technical College High Street Acton London W.3. Battersea Polytechnic.-Post-graduate lectures and practical courses in Microchemistry will be held on Monday evenings during the 1951-52 session, under the supervision of Dr. P. F. Holt as follows:-Autumn Term (24 September to 21 December 1951) Inorganic Qualitative Analysis.Spring Term (14 January to 4 April 1952) Organic Microchemical Methods. Summer Term (28 April to 11 July 1952) Quantitative Organic and Inorganic Analysis. Further particulars and enrolment form may be obtained from the Head of the Chemistry Department Battersea Polytechnic London S.W. 1 1. 214 Birmiigham College of Technology.-(l) A full-time course in Chemical Engineering will begin in September 195 1. Students will be prepared for the external B.Sc. (Eng.) degree examination of the University of London and for the examination for A.M.1.Chem.E. (2) A full-time course in Plastics Technology will begin in September 1951. The course will be of two years duration beyond Ordinary National Certificate standard in chemistry or engineering and will prepare students for the examina-tion for the Associateship of the Plastics Institute in Section A (Chemistry) or Section C (Engineering).Particulars and forms of application can be obtained from the Registrar, College of Technology SufYolk Street Birmingham 1. Faraday Society.-A General Discussion on “The Size and Shape Factor in Colloidal Systems” will be held at Ashorne Hill Leamington Spa from 18 to 20 July 1951. Particulars may be obtained from the Assistant Secretary The Faraday Society 6 Gray’s Inn Square London W.C.l. Cambridge Summer Course in Food Science.-A summer course in food science will be held in the University of Cambridge in co-operation with the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research at the Low Temperature Research Station during 13-28 August 1951.During the first 10 days the course will cover the ground of that held in 1948; during the last week recent advances and special topics will be dealt with. Provisional registration for the whole course or for the second part only (which is open to those who have attended the previous course) may be made in writing to G. F. Hickson M.A., Secretary to the Board of Extra-Mural Studies Stuart House Cambridge. The British Association.-The meeting at Edinburgh during the period 8-15 August 1951 has been planned as the Association’s contribution to the Festival of Britain and the presidential and some of the sectional addresses have a direct relation to the occasion. The presidential address by H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh on 8 August will be entitled “The British Contribution to Science and Technology in the past Hundred Years.” Sir Cyril Hinshelwood F.R.S.will preside over Section B (Chemistry) and his address will be entitled “Chemistry at the Mid-Century.” Further informa-tion can be obtained from the Secretary British Association Burlington House, Piccadilly London W. 1. Conference on Mixing and Agitation in Liquid Media.-The Institution of Chemical Engineers is holding a Conference on the above subject at The Royal Institution Albemarle Street London W.l on Tuesday 17 July 1951. Particulars may be obtained from the Hon. Secretary of the Institution 56, Victoria Street Westminster London S.W.l. International Congress of Refrigeration.-This Congress will be held in London during the period 29 August to 11 September 195 1 under the Presidency of Viscount Bruce of Melbourne.Application forms for membership may be obtained from the Secretary Eighth International Congress of Refrigeration, Dalmeny House Monument Street London E.C.3. International Union of Leather Chemists’ Societies.--The Second Conference of the Union will be held at the Portland Hall Annexe of the Regent Street Polytechnic 9-14 September 1951. Forms of Registration may be obtained from Mr. G. H. W. Humphreys Forestal Central Laboratories Harpenden Rise Harpenden Herts. Building Research Congress 1951. The Congress will be held in London from 11 to 20 September. All correspondence should be addressed to The Organising Secretary Building Research Congress 195 1 57 Onslow Gardens, South Kensington London S.W.7.215 International Scientific Film Association.-The Fifth Annual Congress of the International Scientific Film Association will be held at the Hague Holland, during 15-22 September 1951. Particulars may be obtained from The Scientific Film Association 4 Great Russell Street London W.C.l. British Standards Exhibition.-This year the British Standards movement attains its Golden Jubilee and as a part of the celebrations an Exhibition supported by practically the whole range of British Industry will be held at the Science Museum South Kensington during the period 18-28 June 1951. The exhibition will be of direct interest to chemists in that many of its sections will refer to methods of test and apparatus (including scientific glassware as covered by British Standards) will be exhibited.Hours 10 a.m.-7 p.m. daily (except Sunday); admission free. British Instrument Industries Exhibition,-At Olympia London 4-14 July, 1951. MISCELLANEOUS St. Catharine’s College Cambridge “Permutit Senior Studentship.”-The Master and Fellows of St. Catharine’s College invite applications for a Senior Post-Graduate Studentship in Chemistry Engineering or Chemical Engineering, beginning 1 October 1951. The Studentship is designed for chemists or engineers who after a period of work in industry wish to study fundamental developments in their respective sciences the object being to promote the industrial application of such knowledge. It is not intended for students who merely wish to add a higher degree to their existing qualifications Preference will be given to candidates between the ages of 25 and 35 who hold an Honours degree of a British or Dominion University.Full particulars may be obtained on application to the Manciple St. Catharine’s College Cambridge. The British Iron and Steel Research Association is offering four Bursaries, tenable at the Imperial College of Science and Technology for post-graduate research covering fundamental investigations into the physical chemistry of liquid alloys slags and mixed oxide and metal/gas systems. Applications are invited from graduates in chemistry physics or metallurgy who are holders of a good honours degree. Value of the bursaries will be E250-&3 15 p.a. according to age qualifications and residence. Written applications only giving full curriculum vitae to Personnel Officer B.I.S.R.A.11 Park Lane London W.l. Class Z Reserve.-In the House of Commons on 1 May in reply to a question addressed to the Secretary of State for War MR. M. STEWART said that he could not say how many undergraduates and students who were Z reservists were being called up for training this year. Generally speaking exemption was granted in the case of undergraduates due to be called up in term-time and in the case of other students when call-up would prejudice their chances of success at examinations which were essential to their career or to the continuance of their studies. Graduate Scientists (Training Awards).-In the House of Commons on 12 April in reply to a question addressed to the Under-Secretary of State for the Home Department MR.DE FREITAS stated that there would be no reduction in the expenditure of the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research on grants to graduate scientists for training in research in the year 1951-52 as compared with 1950-5 1. In fact the estimates provided E246,OOO as compared with 2230,000 for last year. This would allow for about 350 new awards in 1951 compared with 374 in 1950. The sum provided in any one year had to cover not only new awards but also those continued from previous years OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF COUNCIL 1951-52 PRESIDENT : HERBERT WILLIAM CREMER C.B.E. M.Sc. M.I.CHEM.E. M.1~sr.F. VICE-PRESIDENTS : GEORGE MACDONALD BENNETT C.B. M.A. Sc.D. F.R.S. HAROLD BURTON PH.D. D.Sc. JAMES WILFRED COOK PH.D D.Sc.S c D F.RS WILLIAM MURDOCH CbMMING O.B.E.,' D.Sc. M.I.CHEM.E. F.INsT.PET. F.R.S.E. CLIFFORD WALTER HERD B.Sc. Ph.D. WILFRED HERBERT LINNELL PH.D. D.Sc. MAMIE OLLIVER M.Sc. HON. TREASURER : DOUGLAS WILLIAM KENT-JONES B.Sc. PH.D. MEMBERS OF COUNCLL: WILLIAM ROGIE ANGUS M.A. PH.D. D.Sc. North Wales. ALFRED LOUIS BACHARACH M.A. HARRY BAINES D.Sc. HON. F.R.P.S. NORMAN BOOTH B.Sc. PH.D. HUBERT THOMAS STANLEY BRITTON D.Sc. D.I.C. FREDERICK CECIL BULLOCK B.Sc. East Midlands. RAYMOND RENARD BUTLER M.Sc. F.I.I.A. HUGH HANNAY CAMPBELL B.Sc. A.H.-W.C. PH.C. M.P.S. Edinburgh and East of Scotland; Stirling-THOMAS CAUGHEY M.Sc. PH.D. Belfast and District. CECIL WHITFIELD DAVIES D.Sc. CHARLES FORRESTER K-I-H. PH.D. A.H.-W.C. F.INsT.F. A.M.I.CHEM.E.F.R.S.E Overseas. ARNOLD TREVOR GREEN O.B.E. D.Sc. F.INsT.P. M.I.CHEM.E. HON.M.INST.GAS E. JOHN GAIUS ASHWELL GRIFFITHS B.A. W.D. SIR WILLIAM THOMAS GRIFFITHS D.Sc. F.INsT.P. F.I.M. FRANCES MARY HAMER M.A. D.Sc. Sc.D. HERBERT HENRY HODGSON M.A. B.Sc PH.D. HARRY MUNROE NAPIER HETHERINGTON IRVING M.A. DPHIL. L.R.A.M. ELIAS ISAACS B.Sc. PH.D. Manchester and District. ARCHIBALD ROBERT JAMIESON B.Sc. Glasgow and West of Scotland. SIR HARRY JEPHCOTT M.Sc. PH.C. BERNARD DUNSTAN WILKINSON LUFF Liverpool and North- Western. CHARLES GEORGE LYONS M.A. PH.D. Bristol and District; Mid-Southern Counties; South- Western AUSTIN RAYMOND MARTIN PH.D. D.Sc. A.R.C.S. Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast; REGINALD ARTHUR MOTT D.Sc. M.I.MIN.E. F.INsT.F. Shefield South Yorkshire and North Midlands; HUGH BRYAN NISBET PH.D.D.Sc. A.H.-W.C. F.INsT.PET. M.INsT.F. F.R.S.E. RIDLAND OWENS B.Sc. PH.D. M.I.CHEM.E. London and South-Eastern Counties; East Anglia. ERIC GEORGE KEMP PRITCHETT B.Sc. Birmingham and Midlands. GEORGE ROWNTREE RAMAGE PH.D. D.Sc. Leeds Area; HuddersJeld. ERNEST HARRY RODD D.Sc. A.C.G.I. D.I.C. FRANK ROFFEY B.Sc. PH.D. JOHN OSWALD SAMUEL M.Sc. M.INsT.F. South Wales; Cardiff and District. CHARLES SIMONS B.Sc. PH.D. A.R.C.S. D.I.C. Barrister-at-Law. GEORGE TAYLOR O.B.E. PERCY FREDERICK RONALD VENABLES B.Sc. PH.D. DIP.ED. HARRY WEATHERALL. THOMAS SHERLOCK WHEELER PH.D. D.Sc. F.R.C.SC.I. F.INsT.P. M.I.CHEM.E. M.R.I.A. Dublin JOHN WILLIAMS B.Sc. PH.D. London and South-Eastern Counties; East Anglia. WILLIAM TURNER HORACE WILLIAMSON B.Sc.FH.D. F.R.S.E. Aberdeen and North of Scotland; HERBERT NEWTON WILSON. shire and District. Counties. Tees-side. Hull and District. and District. Dundee and District. [District Members of Council are indicaled by the appropriate references in italics to the Local Sections comprised in their Districts. 1 [ 217 CENSORS 19 5 1 -52 THE PRESIDENT ex-oficio. ALEXANDER FINDLAY CBE. M.A. D S c LLD WILLIAM WARDLAW C.B.E. D.Sc. GERALD ROCHE LYNCH 'O'B'E M ~ I . B s ' D P H SIR IAN MORRIS HEILBR~N,' D3.o.; D . s i ' i ~ . D F.R.s. COMMITTEES FOR 1951-52 COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL Appointments and Economic Status Committee- THE PRESIDENT* H. BAINES N. BOOTH J. W. COOK W. M. CUMMING A. T. GREEN J. G. A. GRIFFITHS E. ISAACS D.W. KENT-JONES: F. ROFFEY AND H. WEATHERALL. Finance and House Committee THE PRESIDENT THE HON. TREASURER* N BOOTH J G A GRIFFITHS c. w. HERD H. H. HODGSON SIR HARRY JEPHCOTT. 'w. H. LINN~LL c. G: LYONS M. OLLIVER C. SIMONS AND G. TAYLOR. LINNELL* AND THE COUNCIL IN COMMITTEE. Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee THE PRESIDENT G. M. BENNETTt W. H. Publications Committee' THE PRESIDENT W R ANGUS A L BACHARACH C W DAVIES C W HERD* H. H. HODGSON H. M. 6. H. IRVING B. D. w. LUFF H. B. ISB BET M. OL~IVER; E. H. RODD AND T. S. WHEELER. STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE INSTITUTE Benevolent Fund Committee and Residential Clubs Fund Committee. THE PRESIDENT THE HON TREASURER* (MISS) E. A. M. BRADFORD D. M. FREELAND E. M. HAWKIN~ G. ROCHE LYNCH AND THE MEMBERS OF THE FINANCE AND HOUSE COMMITTEE.* Chairman. t Vice-chairman. REPRESENTATIVES ON JOINT COMMITTEES The Chemical Council (for 1951) W. H. LINNELL E. T. OSBORNE E. H. RODD AND THE HON. TREASURER. The Joint Council of Professional Scientists (for 1951) THE PRESIDENT R. P. LINSTEAD AND THE SECRETARY. The Joint Library Committee (for 1951) A. J. ALLMAND A. L. BACHARACH H. BURTON AND H. W. CREMER. Joint Committee of the Institute and the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists G. M. BENNETT F. C. BULLOCK C. W. HERD E. B. HUGHES G. ROCHE LYNCH E. T. OSBORNE AND THE REGISTRAR. Joint Consultative Committee of the Institute and the British Association of Chemists MEMBERS OF THE APPOINT-MENTS AND ECONOMIC STATUS COMMITTEE TO BE APPOINTED AS AND WHEN REQUIRED.Joint Committee of the Institute the Biochemical Society and the Association of Clinical Pathologists J. W. COOK R. P. LINSTEAD G. ROCHE LYNCH AND THE REGISTRAR. Joint Committees on National Certificates: (a) With the Ministry of Education ( E d a n d and Wales) R. C. CHIRNSIDE H. W. CREMER H. H. HODGSON E. H. RODD AND J. WILLIAMS. (b) With the Scottish Education Department W. M. CUMMING A. R. JAMIESON J. WEIR AND W. T. H. WILLIAMSON. (c) With the Ministry of Education (Northern Ireland) T. CAUGHEY AND C. L. WILSON. REPRESENTATIVES OF THE INSTITUTE ON OTHER BODIES The Parliamentary and Scientific Committee (for 1951) THE PRESIDENT AND THE SECRETARY. The Poisons Board (Pharmacy and Poisons Act 1933) Statutory Appointment G. ROC= LYNCH. The Advisory Committee appointed under the Therapeutic Substances Act 1925 D.H. HEY. Ministry of Health Technical Committee on Sewage and Sewage Effluents W. GORDON CAREY. The British National Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Society E. T. OSBORNE. The British National Committee of the World Power Conference J. G. KING. The Chemical Divisional Council of the British Standards Institution G. M. BENNETT. The Bntish Biological Stains Commission W. BRADLEY: The British Chemical Ware Manufacturers' Comnuttee dealmg with Key Industries (Scientific Equipment and Governing Body of the National College for Leather E. H. RODD. Governing Body of the National College of Food Technology M. OLLIVER. The Oils Fats and Waxes Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute W.H. SIMMONS. Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute on the Dyeing of Textiles H. H. HODGSON. Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute on Laboratory Technicians' Work H. BAINES, The Chemical Trades Advisory Committee and the Chemical Trades Examination Board of the Union of The Scientific Film Association Appraisals Committee F. L. ALLEN; Sciences Committee D. M. FREELAND. The Governing Body of the Norwood Technical College S. G. E. STEVENS. The Governing Body of the Hackney Technical College H. W. VERNON. The Advisory Committee for Science to the Ipswich Technical College J. WILLIAMS. Russel Square Gardens Commission R. B. PILCHER. Materials) A. H. COOK. H. J. T. ELLINGHAM AND R. C. ROGERS. Lancashire and Cheshire Institutes D.W. HILL. r 218 BOARD OF EXAMINERS FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP AND FELLOWSHIP 1951-52 Chairman G. M. BENNETT C.B. F.R.S. Representatives of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee H. BURTON C. W. DAVIES. Examiners for the Associateship A. J. ALLMAND M.C. D.Sc.(Lxv.) F.R.S. H. J. EMELBUS D.Sc. H. M. N. H. IRVING W. H. LINNELL AND G. TAYLOR. (LOND.) A.R.C.S. F.R.S. D. H. HEY B.Sc. PH.D. (LOND.) M.Sc. (WALES) D.SC.(MANC.). Examiners for the Fellowship: *Branch B.-PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY R. G. W. NORRISH M.A. Sc.D. (CANTAB.) F.R.S. Branch D.-BXOCHEMISTRY R. A. MORTON PH.D. D.Sc. (LIv.). BranchE.-THE CHEMISTRY INCLUDING MICROSCOPY OF FOOD AND DRUGS AND OF WATER D. c. GARRATT’ B.Sc. PH.D. (LoND.). THERAPEUTICS PHARMACOLOGY AND MICROSCOPY: H.E. ARCHER M.R.C.S. (ENG.) L.R.C.P. (LoND.) PH.C. Branch F.-AGRICULTURAL CHEMJS’TRY R. 0. DAqIES. M.Sc. (WALL). Brailch G.-INDUSRUAL CHEMISTRY (GENERAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY) W. PRESTON M.Sc PH.D. &om.) M.1.CHEM.E. Examiners in the special sections of Branch G will be aGpointed as required. Branch H.-GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY R. C. CHIRNSIDE AND J. HASLAM. M.Sc. (Vxcr.) Branch I.-WATER SUPPLY AND THE TREATMENT OF SEWAGE AND TRADE EFFLUENTS w. GORDON CAREY. Assistant Examiner A. D. MITCHELL D.Sc. (LOND.). Oral Exarninafions H. V. A. BRISCOE D.Sc. (LoND.) Chairman; J. R. NICHOLLS C.B.E. D.Sc. (LoND.). * For candidates accepted under the old Regulations. HON. AUDITORS 1951-52: EDWARD QUENTIN LAWS B.Sc. KENNETH ALAN WILLIAMS B.Sc. PH.D. M . 1 ~ n . m .AUDITORS 195 1-52 : MESSRS. J. Y. FINLAY ROBERTSON & CO. Chartered Accountants. SOLICITORS : MESSRS. MARKBY STEWART & WADESONS. 5 Bishopsgate London E.C.2. BANKERS : THE WESTMINSTER BANK LTD. Bloomsbury Branch 214 High Holborn London W.C.1. SECRETARY : HAROLD JOHANN THOMAS ELLINGHAM. B.Sc. PH.D. A.R.C.S. M.I.CHEM.E. F.I.M. F.R.I.C. REGISTRAR : RONALD LESLIE COLLETT M.B.E. M.A. F.R.I.C. DEPUTY EXECUTIVE OFFICER: LEONARD WILLIAM RAYMOND I.S.O. B.A B.Sc. A.R.C.S. F.R.I.C. ASSISTANT SECRETARY: D. A. ARNOLD A.C.I.S. PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY: ISABEL CAWSTON. ASSISTANT REGISTRAR: L. W. WINDER LOCAL SECTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE Sections are glad to welcome members of other Sections to their meetings and social functions except when Members travelling abroad who desire introductions where there are Local Sections or Honorary numbers are restricted as for works visits. Corresponding Secretaries of the Institute are advised to notify the Secretary of the Institute. Sections. (A) (B) Belfast and District: (C) Birmingham and Midlands : (D) Bristol and District: (E) Cardiff and District : (EE) Cumberland and District: (F) Dublin and District: (FF) Dundee and District: (G) East Anglia: Aberdeen and North of Scotland: East Midlands : Edinburgh and East of Scotland: Glasgow and West of Scotland: Huddersfield : Hull and District: Leeds Area : Liverpool and North-Western: London and South-Eastern Counties : Manchester and District: Mid-Southern Counties: Newcastle upon Tyne and North-North Wales: Sheffield South Yorkshire and South Wales : South-Western Counties : East Coast: North Midlands : Hon. Secretaries. H G M Hardie P h D A R I C 21 Braeside Avenue Aberdeen C’S *McDowell ’B Sc f R’1.C’ Beldont Milebush Cahckfergus: S ‘A’ Ray B Sc‘ F R’r C ?2-j> High Sireet Birm’ingham 4 B’ W Mihie G.R.1 C’ 8’ Oakenhill Road Brislington Bhstol 4. G. M. Kermin F.R.I.E.,’c/o The Aberthiw and Brisiol Chainel Portland Cement Co. Ltd. East Aberthaw Barry Glamorgan. K. A. Swinburn B.Sc. A.R.I.C. c/o Ministry of Supply Chemical Inspectorate Windscale Works Sellafield Cumberland. H. D. Thornton B.Sc. A.R.C.Sc.I. F.R.I.C. City Laboratory, Municipal Buildings Castle Street Dublin. W. S. Liddle B.Sc. F.R.I.C. 275 Blackness Road Dundee. John Williams B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. 28 Corder Road. IDswich. - . Suffolk. Road. Derbv. C. W. North B.Sc. A.K.C. F.R.I.C. F.T.I. 582 Nottingham J. K. Grant B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Department of Biochemistry, W. G. D. Wright A.R.T.C. G.R.I.C. c/o Messrs. James’ Macneill & A. K Dunn BSc A R L C Sandbeds Honley Nr Huddersfield. M. D. Rogin F.RI.C. ‘22 Lilac AvenLe Willerby ‘Hull. W. A. Wightman M.A. F.R.I.C. The University Leeds 2. J. Ashley-Jones A.R.I.C. c/o J. Bibby & Sons Ltd. Great Howard University of Edinburgh Teviot Place Edinburgh 1 Sloan Ltd. 38 French Street Glasgow S.E. Street Liverpool 3. Milton Park Egham Surrey. K. G. A. Pankhurst B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. c/o B.L.M.R.A., Arthur Carroll F.R.I.C. 9 Central Avenue Sale Manchester. G. H. Osborn F.R.I.C. Glenhurst 78 York Road Broadstone, Dorset. College Newcastle upon Tyne. Chemicals Ltd. Ruabon Wrexham Denbighshire. Laboratories Princess Street Shefield 4. J. 0. Harris B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Chemistry Department King’s N. F. Rapps B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Analytical Department Monsanto K. C. Barraclough B.Sc. F.R.I.C. The Brown Firth Research E. E. Ayling M.Sc. F.R.I.C. University College Singleton Park, S wansea. 83-84. Oueen Street. Exeter. C. V. Reynolds B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. Public Analyst’s Laboratory, (WW) Stirlingshire and District F. S. FowkG B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. 28 Learmonth Street Fakirk, (X) Tees-side : Stirlingshire. Stockton-on-Tees Co. Durham. A. R. Martin D.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. 80 High Street Norton, (OA) Malaya Lim Chin Kuan BSc. A.R.I.C. c/o Municipal Analyst Municipal (OB) Cape of Good Hope H. W. Schirach B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Enckhausen Silwood Road, (OC) New Zealand N. H. Law MSc. A.N.Z.I.C. F.R.I.C. Dominion Laboratory, (OD) Bangalore T. L. Rama Char B.Sc. M.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Indian Institute of (OE) Madras K. V. Sundaram Ayyar M.Sc. F.R.I.C. 3 Jagadiswara Street, (OF) Western India Professor S. M. Mehta B.A. M.Sc. A.R.I.C. Institute ofscience, (OG) Northern India G. S. Saharia M.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Department of Chemistry, Building Singapore Malaya. Rondebosch Cape Town South Africa. Sydney Street West Wellington C.I. New Zealand. Science Bangalore 3 India. T’Nagar Madras 17 Madras India. Mayo Road Bombay 1 India. The University Delhi India.

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9517500137

出版商:RSC    

年代:1951

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART IV ‘95’ EDITORIAL THE JOURNAL Over five years have passed since the cover of the Journal was modernised but it was not until 1949 that serious attempts began to be made to improve and extend the subject matter. At the beginning of that year Editorials were resumed after a break due to the war book reviews were published in place of mere lists of contents and more space was devoted to special articles on topics of current interest. The typography was also changed so as to make the text more readable. In the following year the type was again altered-to a consistent use of Times Roman-giving further improvement in ease of reading especially of the notices and reports that have still to be printed in smaller sized type.At the same time more drastic and obvious changes were made the word “Proceedings” was dropped from the title which then became simply The Journal of the Royal Institute of Chemistry the size of the page was increased by half an inch in each direction and in the second half of the year the earlier practice of carrying advertisements in the Journal was resumed. More-over the range of special articles was maintained and the average length of lecture summaries was notably increased. Although few members wrote to state their views on these successive developments most of those who did expressed gratification or at least satisfaction. Contrary to expectation there were no protests at the change of format with its resulting disturbance of the evenness of the line of volumes on the shelf.The Council and the Publications Committee could therefore congratulate themselves on having revolutionised the appearance and content of the Journal without breaking any heads-or hearts-and without disturbing the equanimity of the Treasurer-who had indeed actively encouraged the Committee in their efforts to produce a Journal more worthy of the dignity and status of the Institute. This happy condition was not destined to last. In Part I11 of the Journal for 1950 we referred under the gruesome title of “Standards of Living,” to the need for setting a limit to the expansion of the Journal and, indeed for effecting some economies in publication but without it was hoped sacrificing any of the improvements made in the past 18 months. It was at this stage that it was decided to stop publishing “Proceedings of the Council” as a separate feature but this decision was not based solely or even mainly on the need to limit expenditure.It had appeared for some time that the attempt to present a balanced summary of all the I221 matters that came before each meeting of the Council was leading almost inevitably to something like a catalogue of acceptances of formal reports of committees and other transactions of routine business. From this dull mass it was difficult for members to pick out matters of real importance and it had always been necessary to repeat in some other part of the Journal announcements of Council decisions to which attention of members ought to be drawn. It seemed therefore that little disadvantage would result from omitting the Proceedings of Council in its established form provided that care were taken to refer to topics of interest or special significance to members under such headings as “Notes” or “Announce-ments.” Indeed by reporting on these matters under individual sub-headings greater prominence would be given to them and more space could be devoted to their discussion-in some instances by means of special articles.The simultaneous decision to omit the detailed reports of Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections was based rather more but not predominantly on the desire to save space. At these Conferences how-ever many of the matters discussed were of interest mainly to Section Officers while others were primarily of value to the Council in its subse-quent deliberations on policy.The knowledge that a full report of such Conferences was to be published might even tend to limit freedom of expression on controversial issues. In any event conclusions reached by Conferences of Hon. Secretaries like those of other Institute Committees, did not have effect unless they were subsequently endorsed by the Council, and their premature publication was apt to mislead members. The wisdom and propriety of omitting these time-honoured features of the Journal were challenged at subsequent Conferences of Hon. Secre-taries. It was appreciated however that a restoration of the Proceedings of the Council in its earlier form might be a retrograde step and the principal concern of the Section Committees was stated to be that as much as possible should be reported in the Journal on questions of pro-fessional interest whether they arose from discussions in Council at Conferences of Hon.Secretaries or in any other way. It was emphasised that reports on such topics should be given priority over accounts of more scientific or technical matters. The Publications Committee maintained that the omission of the Proceedings of the Council had not in fact led to any reduction in the space devoted to the presentation of professional topics but rather the reverse for elimination of references to much routine business had permitted more detailed reporting of these matters in separate notes and special articles. The concern of the Conference with these problems was appreciated however and it has been agreed that a step in the desired direction would be to bring together under a heading of “Institute Affairs” all conclusions and statements of policy on matters of general interest to members with such discussions of their background as may be appropriate.This decision comes into effect in the present issue of the Journal. * L 222 How far it will be possible to meet the often expressed desire for more information about the earlier stages of discussions of controversial issues depends largely on their nature. Summaries of discussions on professional matters at Local Section meetings have always been acceptable but seldom come forward. Where opinions on the Council are sharply divided on matters of importance and the differences cannot be resolved-as they often can-by securing more information a statement of the arguments on both sides may be prepared so that the considered opinions of Local Sections or of the general body of members may be obtained.There are however some questions especially those involving relations with other bodies on which discussion outside the Council can easily hinder progress or even make agreement impossible to attain. The Council of the Institute is constituted on highly democratic lines-more so than ever under the new By-laws-and we may assume that the Council would not wish to keep to itself any information that could usefully and properly be disclosed. But the Council must surely be the judge of what should be published at any stage. A further change introduced in this issue is to alter the title of “Local Section Activities” to “Local Section Affairs.” For the moment this may seem of little consequence but the intention is that it shall in future be permissible to include under this heading not only the customary reports of events that have taken place but also notices of any forthcoming events that are of exceptional importance such as memorial lectures large-scale symposia or scientific courses.We believe that further consideration should be given to making this section of the Journal more interesting and informative. Since the end of 1950 costs of printing and especially of paper have risen steeply and the Publications Committee has been much concerned with the measures that will have to be taken if it is to keep within its already reduced budget of expenditure for 1951.The seriousness of the situation may be judged from the fact that the price of paper is approaching three times what it was in the earlier part of 1950 and now represents about half the whole cost of producing the Journal. No longer is the run-on cost of additional copies almost negligible. Moreover the net revenue from a page of advertisements is substantially reduced. In these circumstances a severe cut in the number of pages in the Journal is inevitable but we hope that a reduction to half the recently established size of the Journal-which would be required to bring expenditure within the budgeted figure-may be avoided by the provision of some additional funds. As a first step the Publications Committee has already decided with some regret to cease to publish obituary notices of deceased members, except of past Presidents and Treasurers and possibly of others who have rendered outstanding services to the Institute.These notices have always been brief and factual and have not occupied a great deal of space but it is recognised that the annual number of deaths is bound to increase notably in the future owing to the steep rise in membership that began c 223 in 1918. It is also proposed to be selective in the publication of book reviews and to adhere more closely to the limit prescribed for their length. Stricter selection of lecture summaries has already been introduced but it is not proposed to vary the current request that they shall be within the range of 1,000-1,500 words or up to 2,000 words in special cases.The Publications Committee will be concerned with other aspects of this depressing task at subsequent meetings and unless the situation improves or the Treasurer is able to make additional funds available for their use, they may soon be driven to accept our own offer to lay aside the Editorial pen in favour of the blue pencil! DIRECTORY OF INDEPENDENT CONSULTANTS IN CHEMISTRY AND RELATED SUBJECTS The second edition of this Directory has now been published by the Institute. Like the first edition issued in 1946 this publication contains particulars of independent Consulting Practices concerned with any aspects of chemistry in which Fellows or Associates of the Institute are Principals.The general character of the Directory is unchanged but the separate geographical index has been omitted and the relevant information incorporated in the subject index which has been made more detailed in this and other respects in order to facilitate reference. Copies of the new edition of the Directory have been forwarded to the Consultants mentioned in it and to various organisations and individuals known to be interested. Copies will be sent free of charge to all who enquire about consulting services or whose names are brought to the notice of the Secretary of the Institute as appropriate recipients. I 2 2 4 NATIONAL CHEMICAL INSTITUTIONS OVERSEA *II. THE EVOLUTION OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN CHEMICAL INSTITUTE By J. A. MCLACHLAN D.Sc. M.I.Chem.E. F.Inst.S.P.Hon. Member of the South African Chemical Institute. In South Africa it has long been said that one cannot even drink a cup of tea (for coffee is the traditional national beverage) without being partisan. Now chemists are not famous for their political intuitions, having long been arraigned for sticking to their back rooms instead of mixing with their fellows and thereby contributing to the civic development of their town their country or their nation. So it is that the early origins of our Institute have particular significance when viewed against the political development of the country. The four provinces of Southern Africa were united by the Act of Union in 1910 and within two short years of this union an association of chemists was formed ab initio with a Union-wide vision.The credit for the adoption of such a wide view (for in those days the man-in-the-street had not yet fully accepted the meaning of Union) must be given to the handful of chemists inspired by Jas. Gray, F.I.C. and John McCrae Ph.D. F.I.C. who founded this association. The former was practising as a public analyst and consultant while the latter was head of the Government Chemical Laboratories in Johannesburg. Aims and Objects.-The South African Chemical Institute cannot claim to be the first body in this country to cater for the needs of the science of chemistry but it can claim to be the first national body in this country catering specifically for the needs of chemistry and of chemists. At the time of its formation in 1912 there was in existence the Chemical, Metallurgical and Mining Society of South Africa which handled very well the technical and scientific activities of a group of men of varied training who were intensively and successfully concerned with the very rapidly developing new technology of the gold mining industry.The chemist-specialist was no better defined nor were his needs better recognised than they are to-day; the present author renews his veneration for the handful of practising chemists of that day who saw so clearly a vision of the scope and significance of chemists at a time when the science and practice of chemistry were known even by name to only a very small number of people in this country of long distances and wide open spaces. It is understandable that the constitution of this first organisation should pattern itself on that of the then Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland for of its 22 foundation members nine were Fellows of the Institute amongst them the first President and first Honorary Secretary.These gentlemen constituted in June 19 12 the South African Association of Analytical Chemists as representing the organised voice *The first article in this series on the Netherlands Chemical Society appeared in Journal 1950 V 386. [ 225 of chemistry in this country although in its first year of activity it claimed to represent only one-third of the chemists in the Union. The first president Dr. John McCrae in reviewing the year’s work, stated that the main object of the Association “is to elevate and maintain at a high standard the profession of chemistry.We seek to establish the profession of chemistry by discouraging the practice of it by incom-petent and unqualified persons. . . . But we may look forward to the time when the style and title ‘Analyst’ will only be permitted to competent and qualified persons.” The original and continuing objects of the Association were two-fold, being equally to encourage and extend the knowledge and study of analytical and industrial chemistry and to uphold the status and interests of the profession of chemistry and of those practising it. This dual objective has at times proved extremely burdensome to our young Association but such duality was and is necessary in our country whose development is still not such as to justify the specialisation of function which has taken place in our parent chemical associations in Europe.It proved very difficult for example to hold the technical interests of the scattered and isolated membership working in only a few major fields of chemistry such as sugar extraction and refining in one centre, academic and government work in only some five centres and gold mining on the Witwatersrand whilst the Council exercised itself in forwarding the professional interests of the Association. Constitution.-It is a coincidence that-probably owing to the same factors operating-the organisation of the Institute has paralleled that of the National Constitution of our country in that a central Council administers the affairs of its Local Sections with local autonomy confined to scientific and social as distinct from professional matters.Local Sections are defined rather on a regional than a provincial basis. The administrative centre is in Johannesburg; much thought has been devoted to ways and means of securing more frequent contact between the central Council and the Local Sections but our long distances continue to prove an effective obstacle to the attainment of this object. Of recent years much encouragement has been obtained from the development of Annual Conventions held in the major centres in rotation when the Annual General Meeting and first meeting of the new Council are arranged. Membership and Growth.-Membership is open to all who practise the profession of chemistry in any of its branches and who have the necessary educational qualifications and/or experience.Provision is made for Honorary Members (persons who have rendered outstanding service to the Institute) and for Members Associate Members and Student Members. In the ninth year of its existence with its membership increased from 22 to 128 the Association felt that the breadth of chemical interest served justified a more accurate description of the body than was con-veyed by the original title and changed the name to “The South African Chemical Institute” (192 1). [ 226 It is a point of some pride to us that South African chemists and chemical engineers should have been the first in the Commonwealth to have a Chemical Institute. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL ACTIVITIES Meetings.-The traditional scientific activities of the Institute take the form of monthly meetings at which papers always of a chemical flavour are read and discussed but discussions of the liveliness and critical incisiveness enjoyed overseas very seldom develop here.This is adequately explained by the distances which separate us the common isolation of the single chemist both geographically and technically and the immaturity of our chemical industrial development. It says much for the enthusiasm of this small body that a regular programme of monthly meetings has been sustained through the years with very few blanks and without recourse to club amenities to fill in a vacant evening. No discussion of meetings would be complete without reference to our meeting place in Johannesburg “Kelvin House,’’ the use of which we enjoy as members of the Associated Scientific and Technical Societies of South Africa.This great achievement of the provision of a single home for the major scientific and professional organisations has called forth commendation from the leaders in the scientific and technical worlds in Great Britain especially from those who have been able to visit us. In this fine building so aptly named “Kelvin House,” are the secretariat of the Association (which serves also the majority of the constituent societies) committee rooms lounges reading room lecture rooms and club bar. The project has been made possible by the most generous support of the Transvaal Chamber of Mines; it is ardently hoped and actively striven for that a similar common meeting ground will be founded for scientific societies in the other major centres of industrial and mining activity in South Africa.In the main lecture hall of Kelvin House we have been privileged to listen to South Africa’s eminent sons in almost every field of scientific endeavour and to such honoured overseas guests as Professor Karl Fischer Professor Speakman Sir Ian Heilbron James Arthur Reavell and a host of others. Annual Conventions.-The initiation of annual conventions of which only four have been held to date has undoubtedly contributed much to the infusion of a new spirit of enthusiasm and sense of unity into the membership of the Institute. The convention supplies a long-felt want in regard to both the social and the technical and scientific activities of the Institute.Not the least value of the conventions to the Institute lies in the opportunity of bringing our existence and our functions prominently before the public and of arranging symposia on topical subjects in which chemistry and chemical engineering are currently playing a part in the development of South African chemical manufacturing industry. Publications.-It might be said with some truth that the matter of publications has always represented the biggest problem of the Council and the one which has cost it most. [ 227 For very many years Council found the annual issue of two small volumes of Journal and one of Proceedings adequate for the requirements of its members. With a rapidly developing membership these modest printings proved unsatisfying; as a news medium and in the face of war economies a monthly duplicated news letter was instituted while the two issues of Journal continued.In the post-war years these in turn proved insufficient and an ambitious publications policy has been embarked upon which while straining the Institute’s finances to the limit, does justice to its function in the fields of South African research and technology. With support from its Proceedings the Council had hoped to be able to issue a quarterly Journal devoted exclusively to South African chemical research in its broadest sense. At present the periodicals of the Institute are the monthly South African Industrial Chemist and the half-yearly Journal of the South African Chemical Institute. The S.A. Industrial Chemist is designed to interest members through its news items technical papers and reviews and industrialists through an authoritative recording of developments in South African chemical industry.Some effort is devoted to giving the matter a “commercial” appeal. A notable feature of the S.A. Industrial Chemist is the section devoted to the S.A. Association of Assayers which is a sister organisation, whose membership is drawn from chemists and metallurgists engaged in mining enterprise particularly gold mining on the Witwatersrand, The Journal of the S.A. Chemical Imtitute is intended for the publica-tion of South African chemical research. A high standard is aimed at, and a very critical refereeing of papers was instituted from the outset. In general the form of printing and presentation together with conventional abbreviations etc.follow closely the senior British research journals. Consistent with the law of the country the principle of bilingualism in English and Afrikaans is followed in all publications of the Institute. ORGANIS ATION The Organisation and Functions of the Council.-South Africa’s spars; population and widely separated centres of chemical activity have inevitably determined the form of administration of the Institute’s affairs. The Witwatersrand is a technical and geographical centre of gravity and the headquarters of the Institute have quite naturally been located here. The cost of travel and the time involved have always been a barrier to any system of rotation of the venue of Council meetings however desirable this may be from the point of view of cohesion and esprit-de-corps.For the conduct of affairs in centres where the density of chemists warrants it Local Sections have developed on the initiative of local enthusiasm. It is suggested that in South Africa the growth of Local Sections has been an even more significant factor in the astonishing development of the Institute than similar activity has been in many of the technical societies in say Great Britain. From the formation of the Institute in 1912 membership rose slowly reaching 100 (75 full members) [ 228 about 1920. The Natal Section was formed in 1927 when the member-ship was about 150 (90). By the time the Pretoria Section was formed about 1930 membership was nearly 200 (120). Five years later the Eastern Province Section came into being.Progress thereafter was more rapid and numbers rose from just over 200 (1 50) in 1935 to nearly 400 (250) in 1942 at which time the Western Province and Southern Transvaal Sections were formed. Membership reached 600 (340 full members) in 1944 and in 1950 was 1,050 (600 full members 230 associate members and 220 students).* Committees.-Council has a small number of standing committees devoted to the routine affairs of the Institute such as Membership, Finance and Publications and appoints ad hoc committees for special purposes as the need arises. Outstanding among such special committees has been that concerned with the drafting of the “Chemical Bill.” The cynics among us would say that for longevity and perseverance in the face of great odds and with no success to reward it this committee could not be rivalled; the issue which gave it its name may be as dead as the dodo but the committee appears t o have eternal life.The work of the Council and of the Southern Transvaal Section is performed by the secretariat of the Associated Scientific and Technical Societies housed in its own building “Kelvin House,” in Johannesburg. I n attempting to explain just how advantageous this arrangement is to the Institute one is tempted to say that anyone who has not undertaken the duties of Honorary Secretary to the Council or more particularly to a Local Section can be in no position to appreciate all the advantages. This is not the place to discuss “Kelvin House,” but the opportunity cannot be lost of emphasising the very significant part played in the development of the Institute by its membership of the Associated Societies.As a commentary on the rising costs of secretarial services it may be recorded that the sum of &200 which was the foundation of the Institute’s savings fund was accumulated by its first Hon. Secretary Mr. Jas. Gray, having the work done gratis by his own firm; as an outright saving of revenue over expenses this sum has not yet been added to. ACHIEVEMENTS AND ASPIRATIONS We are still young enough at 39 years of age to profit by an assess-ment of how far we have succeeded in securing our objects in order to decide what to do in the future to make up the major deficiencies. So far as the encouragement and extension of the knowledge and study of chemistry are concerned it is felt that a vital need has been met as far as the newness of the country and its industrial development made possible.So far as the teaching of chemistry is concerned it is suggested that the support now received from all Universities in the Union giving instruction in Chemistry represents a turning point in our *The above figures and dates are approximate having been compiled from the graph which accompanied the typescript of this article.-Ed. [ 229 history. We still feel that a large part of our energies must be devoted to educational and propagandist activities designed to enlighten the public about the status and significance of chemistry and the chemist. Publications are a major item among the matters referred to in the previous paragraph and here it is felt great strides have been made although much remains to be done.The achievement of producing a monthly journal devoted to industrial chemistry and a new journal of South African chemical research are most commendable. A high standard of professional conduct has been established but we still have to influence legislation successfully in the protection of the chemist and the public from many forms of misconduct. The profession in South Africa has been united but the final goal of representing the profession completely has still to be attained. Of the original eight objects of the Institute only one-that concerning the acceptance of donations for special and general objects-has not proved incommoding in its administration.In the absence of the legal recognition we are striving for the letters of designation bestowed by the Institute namely M.S.A.Chem.1. (Member of the South African Chemical Institute) and A.M.S.A.Chem.1. (Associate Member of the South African Chemical Institute) do not at present confer on members any added status and so they are not in general use. When it becomes more generally known that the candidate for member-ship must possess the minimum qualification of an academic degree (which includes a three years’ course in chemistry) plus three years’ experience in the practice of chemistry in the case of a Bachelor or two years’ experience after receiving a Master’s degree the position will doubtless improve. Briefly membership is restricted to those who can prove to the satisfaction of the Council that they have been engaged in the study and practice of chemistry for a minimum period of six years and are over twenty-four years of age.The qualifications demanded of Associate members are not nearly so stringent ahd are designed to cater for those who have been engaged in chemical work but have not had the opportunity of acquiring a qualification from an examining body approved by the Council. By reserving to itself the approval of examining bodies the Council can at all times keep a watchful eye on the status of any qualifica-tion bestowed by these bodies and is in a position to keep abreast of the times. Provision is also made in the Constitution to admit to the grade of membership members of other bodies representing chemists and in this way members of our sister organisations overseas may join the Institute on coming to South Africa.Aspirations were once directed to the conduct of our own professional examinations; no progress has been made in this direction but acknow-ledgments are hereby made to the assistance and guidance provided by the great chemical institutions in Great Britain particularly and to the children of these institutions who have brought to us all the in-spiration required. [ 230 LECTURE SUMMARY CORROSION PROCESSES AND THEIR PREVENTION By W. H. J. VERNON O.B.E. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.I.M. [London and South Eastern Counties Section at Brighton 16 February 19511 Corrosion reactions may be divided broadly into two groups-“Metal-Liquid (Electrolytic) Reactions” and “Metal-Gas Reactions.” Processes that fall definitely within the first category are those of immersed corrosion and underground corrosion.Metal-gas reactions are represented typically by direct oxidation at ordinary and elevated temperatures and by certain tarnishing processes at ordinary temperatures. Atmospheric corrosion occupies an intermediate position since both metal-liquid and metal-gas reactions enter into the process which is pre-eminently the resultant of film-formation and film-breakdown. None of these divisions must be regarded as being rigid or exclusive. Thus it is possible to produce under conditions of immersion the analogues of “direct-oxidation” films and such films together with strictly “air-formed” films play an important part in immersed corrosion.Immersed corrosion comprises corrosion of the “hydrogen-evolution” and “oxygen-absorption” types the former being characteristic of the more acid electrolytes (e.g. acid industrial waters) and the more reactive metals the latter being represented more especially by corrosion in neutral solutions and natural waters. Each is characteristically an electrochemical process and a con-sideration of the simple voltaic cell is most helpful both in illustrating points of nomenclature and in visualising the basic mechanism on which the great majority of corrosion processes depend (even though visual identification of anodes and cathodes may not be possible). A common feature is the transport of electrons through the metallic part of the circuit and of ions through the electrolyte.The process may be controlled by subsidiary factors operating either at the anode (preventing entry of metal ions) or at the cathode (preventing discharge of electrons) leading to anodic or cathodic “polarisation” respectively. The principle of the controlling factor (a factor responsible for restricting the rate of corrosion to a value often far below the theoretical maximum) is one of great importance e.g. in devising either accelerated methods of testing or methods of preventing corrosion. Film formation is the most common anodic controlling factor; at the cathode control may be associated with hydrogen over-potential (hydrogen-evolution type) or very commonly with the rate of supply of oxygen (oxygen-absorption type)-hence the importance of depth of immersion rate of movement etc.“Depolarisation” (removal of electrons) by the intervention of oxygen leads to an accumulation of hydroxyl ions in the neighbourhood of the cathode; “cathodic alkali” plays an extremely important part in determining the subsequent course of corrosion in many natural waters. If the rate of oxygen supply is excessive anodic polarisation by film formation may assume control. The distribution of corrosion is frequently of far greater importance than the total amount since if this is evenly distributed penetration into the metal may be negligible. Apart from the accentuation of intercrystalline or trans-crystalline cracking by the super-imposition of corrosion upon mechanical destructive factors (residual or externally applied stresses) the most important mode of rapid failure is that of excessively localised corrosion or “pitting.” This commonly arises from the conjunction of a very large cathode with a very small anode and is encouraged in neutral solutions if the cathode is highly aerated particularly if the anode is shielded as in a crevice.The principle of differential aeration depends on the fact that oxygen is needed only at the cathodes and the development of cathodic areas tends to be stimulated where the oxygen concentration is greatest. [ 231 Except under abnormal acidic conditions underground corrosion might well be supposed to be a special case of the oxygen-absorption type of immersed corrosion and examples of this do in fact occur.The paradox presents itself, however that by far the most virulent and most serious incidence of under-ground corrosion occurs in waterlogged clay soils under conditions such that access of atmospheric oxygen is effectively prevented. Cast-iron mains for example undergo characteristic “graphitisation,” with ultimate failure. The explanation of this paradox is found in the action of anaerobic sulphate-reducing bacteria (Desulphovibvio desulphuricans) which conjointly with sulphates present in the clay act as “acceptors” for cathodic hydrogen and so enable cathodic depolarisation (and hence corrosion) to proceed in the absence of oxygen. Thus we have two divisions of underground corrosion “aerobic” and “anaerobic,” with the greater importance normally attaching to the latter.Atmospheric corrosion is “aerobic” by definition and under conditions of complete exposure to rain the analogue of the oxygen-absorption type of immersed corrosion would again be expected. -Normally however the con-trolling factors are entirely different. Here the properties of the corrosion product assume major importance in controlling the course of the attack. An interesting contrast is provided by iron and copper. In inland districts the initial products will be ferrous and (normal) copper sulphate respectively. Hydrolysis will in each case occur but whereas the ferrous hydroxide is oxidised to hydrated ferric oxide (rust) which is physically incoherent and falls away from the metal the copper hydroxide associates itself with the normal salt to form a coherent and adherent basic copper sulphate (green patina).Initially approximating to CuSO, CU(OH)~ this gradually increases in basicity and in the course of some 70 years is coincident in composition with the mineral brochantite CuSO, 3Cu(OH),. Under sheltered and indoor conditions two further subdivisions of atmo-spheric corrosion present themselves according to whether the relative humidity of the ambient atmosphere is above or below the “critical humidity.” Above the critical humidity but not necessarily near the dew point corrosion of the common metals occurs to an extent that is dependent upon the degree of atmospheric pollution either gaseous or solid. Iron for example is extra-ordinarily sensitive to the effect of disperse solid particles.Air-conditioning may do much to reduce the corrosion of machined surfaces and to encourage the formation of protective (invisible) films of oxide. Below the critical humidity film-formation is predominant and film-breakdown (leading to visible corrosion or rusting) may be entirely suppressed. Of the purely metal-gas reactions by which films of reaction product are produced on the metal surface four definite types of growth have been recognised according as the film-thickness follows a (i) linear (ii) logarithmic (iii) parabolic, or (iv) asymptotic relationship with time. The films produced by direct oxidation at ordinary temperature have thicknesses below the visible range, although techniques are available for studying their mode of growth. At higher temperatures some films yield characteristic interference colours depend-ing upon their thickness; the conditions favouring the growth of such films appear to be coincident with those required by the parabolic law.In all cases the controlling factor is clearly vested in some specific property of the film as distinct from that of the metal from which it is derived; the importance of the properties of the initially-formed film is shown by remarkable examples of the regular growth curve persisting unaffected through wide fluctuations in the environment. As the temperature is raised still higher one enters the field of high-temperature “scaling” as distinct from that of film-formation. The significance of film-formation by metal-gas reactions at ordinary temperatures in relation to corrosion reactions in general is sufficiently apparent when it is realised that all metals in industrial use whatever be the environmen to which they are to be exposed must initially carry an air-formed film of oxide on their surface.The intensive study of such films is therefore of the greatest importance in the elucidation of corrosion phenomena. The use of corrosion inhibitors i.e. substances which in small concentrations will polarise either the anodes or the cathodes of the corrosion cells is restricted for economic reasons to limited amounts of corroding medium; a very suitable field of application is that of circulating liquids in heat-exchange systems. A highly efficient inhibitor such as alkali chromate may become “dangerous” in too low a concentration for if the metal is only partially covered by the inhibitive film localised attack may result (with more rapid penetration than if the inhibitor were not present).An example of a “safe” inhibitor is that of sodium benzoate since if insufficient is used absence of protection is normally accompanied by no tendency to localised attack. Cathodic protection is applicable when treatment of the medium may be impracticable as in certain marine or underground structures. In brief cathodic areas of the corroding system which normally receive electrons from the anodic areas are supplied with electrons from an external source so that the original cathodes are polarised to the same negative potential as the original anodes. The external source of electrons may be supplied by a “sacrificial” (replaceable) anode or by an E.M.F.from suitable generators. Such a method is economic only when used as a “second line of defence” in conjunction with a protective coating. SCIENCE IN PARLIAMENT Atomic Power.-On 9 July MR. G. R. STRAUSS (Minister of Supply) gave the following answer to questions on this subject by Mr. Ellis Smith:-I informed the hon. and learned Member for Aberdeen North (Mr. Hector Hughes) in reply to a Question on 3 July 1950 that considerable progress had been made in the planning of nuclear reactors for use as power units and in the development of the necessary facilities for investigating materials for use in such reactors. This work has continued and considerable progress has also been made in the technology of the special materials required for reactor construction.Design studies of experimental reactors for marine propulsion and for static use are in progress. It is too early to make any reliable estimate of the relative cost of generation of electricity by present methods and from atomic power. There is however a reasonable prospect that generation from atomic power can be developed on a large scale and that ultimately the cost will not differ greatly from that of power from conventional sources. The relative cost will vary from place to place accord-ing to the local availability and cost of coal and to other general economic factors. Generation from atomic energy is therefore likely first to offer advantages in particular places which may include some of the backward areas to which my hon.Friend refers. It is however too early to form definite conclusions or to prepare plans for action. The Research Establishment at Harwell and the production establishments provide technological training courses to staff the atomic energy project itself, and consideration is being given to extending this type of instruction to pupils from industry. The general question of education in preparation for the wide use of atomicpower is a matter for my right hon. Friend the Minister of Education. Patents.-On 10 July MR. BOTTOMLEY (President of the Board of Trade) gave the following answer to questions put by Mr. Vernon about delays in dealing with patent applications:-[ 233 At present there is an interval of about eight weeks between the acceptance of a patent application and the publication of the printed specification.The printing of abridgements is I regret to say considerably in arrear. One of the chief causes has been the general post-war shortage of printing operatives but in co-operation with His Majesty’s Stationery Office arrangements are being made to increase the printing capacity allocated to the Patent Office. The list of patents in force for 1950 is being printed and the list for 1951 is in preparation. BOOK REVIEWS Advanced Organic Chemistry. Reynold C. Fuson. Pp. 618. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 64s. net. This work is intended for those who have already received a broad intro-duction to organic chemistry and can forget the divisions which have been allowed to separate the different “branches” of the subject.The reader will look in vain for aliphatic aromatic or hydro-aromatic sections of the book. The first chapter is entitled “The Electron-releasing Power of Atoms and Groups” and the conception of resonance is briefly introduced. The second chapter deals with the fission of carbon-carbon links inchding the chemistry of cracking and isomerisation. Here we are introduced to hyperconjugation; the names of Baker and Nathan are cited but without reference to their original work a paper published in America and dated fifteen years later being mentioned. It seems improbable that the student will obtain much information about this phenomenon from what the author tells him. The peroxide effect is then introduced along with aliphatic substitution, chain reactions and olefinic and acetylenic compounds.The properties of positive halogen and N-bromosuccinimide are also discussed. The mechanism of the bromination of benzene is compared with that of the addition of bromine to ethylene “Benzene is believed to react in the following manner C6H6 + Br+ -+ [C6H6Br]+ -+ C,H,Br + H+. In other words the ionic intermediate does not accept theanion (in this case Br-) but instead expels a proton. This is perhaps the most important difference between aliphatic and aromatic double bonds”. Some recent work of P. W. Robertson and his colleagues has a bearing on this view but is perhaps outside the scope of this book. The author states “It is possible to explain nitration and sulfonation by similar mechanisms” and remarks that these involve NO2+ and SO&+.No reference to the work of Ingold Bennett and ChCdin nor to the fundamental observations of Hantzsch is made. A detailed summary of this work would have been out of place but some account should certainly have been given. None of the references cited to Tngold’s work is later than 1927. Nevertheless students and more experienced workers will find here many instances of reactions of unusual type while useful distinctions and analogies are drawn. It was the author’s intention to emphasise principles and he has undoubtedly succeeded. The sections dealing with “aromatic character,” attack by nucleophilic reagents metalation and compounds of sulphur may be mentioned.In passing it may be noted that sulphilimine formation is a much more general reaction than would be inferred from the example chosen. No reference is made to the work of Mann and Pope on these compounds and in general non-American work though not neglected receives somewhat scanty recognition. The reference to the formation of sulphones from salts of sulphinic acids and alkyl halides might have cited the analogous behaviour of salts of nitrous, hydrocyanic and arsenious acids. The book is well printed and bound; misprints seem to be few. FREDERICK CHALLENGER [ 234 The Acridines Their Preparation Physical Chemical and Biological Properties and Uses. Adrien Albert. Pp. xiii + 381. (London Edward Arnold and Co. 1951.) 70s. net. A book of this kind which tries to include everything of importance about a specialised group of compounds might very well turn out to be a thoroughly indigestible treatise of interest and value no doubt to the specialist but dull and uninteresting to everyone else.This book is of very different stuff. Its attractiveness depends partly on the nature of its contents and partly on the author’s skill in presentation. Parts I and I1 will appeal most to the organic chemist. Part I is devoted to a survey of the general methods available for the synthesis of acridine derivatives. Details of selected preparations all of which have been tested in the author’s laboratory are given to illustrate these methods. Part I1 begins with a chapter on the structure and properties of the molecules of acridine and its derivatives, followed by a discussion of the preparation and properties of individual compounds.Many readers will find the four chapters of Part I11 specially interesting. These deal with the biological properties and medical applications of acridine derivatives. The final four chapters (Part IV) describe other uses of the acridines e.g. as dyestuffs or indicators and include an interesting account of the absorption spectra of acridine derivatives and a description of luzigenin the most powerful synthetic chemiluminescent substance known. The inherent interest of the acridines gives Professor Albert a good start in making his book readable but his success is only in part due to this initial advantage. It is also largely the result of his skill as a writer and of his profound assimilation and critical presentation of his facts.He presents his special subject against a background which he fills in with discretion and judgment. The chemistry of an acridine compound becomes an illustration of some general principle and as we read this book we learn a great deal outside the immediate field. The author does not limit himself to recounting known facts. He points out the limitations of present knowledge and makes suggestions for further research. He indicates where he thinks an intensive investigation would most likely lead to substantial advances either in unravelling the mechanism of a reaction or in promoting practical results. Some of these seeds broadcast by the wayside may perhaps fall on fertile ground and be tried out by readers of this book.Professor Albert does not reserve his rights in these ideas. One feature adding to the attractiveness of this book is a certain personal touch. The ideas continually flung out contribute to this. So too do the innumerable practical hints and minor observations on detail which give the impression of the author chatting to us about his own work in the laboratory. Only someone who has mastered the field at first hand can successfully do this kind of thing. The book is a scholarly production and appears to be singularly free from obvious misprints. There are some 2,000 references to the literature over 40 being incidentally to papers involving Professor Albert himself. Part of his success in keeping the text so readable is due to his having incorporated much of the factual matter in the form of tables and occasionally of figures.Naturally the pages bristle with formulae but this makes for easy comprehension and is all to the good in a volume of this sort. We must conclude with one expression of regret. It is to be feared that the high price will make most private individuals hesitate to purchase the volume, but this is undoubtedly a book which should be in all chemical libraries and should be available to every laboratory worker whose work impinges however remotely on the acridines. All chemists and biochemists will find something to interest them within its pages. W. 0. KERMACK 235 The Solubility of Non-Electrolytes. J. H. Hildebrand and R. L. Scott. New 3rd edition. Pp. x + 488. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd.1950.) 80s. net. What is the best solvent to use for recrystallising this impure solid? If I know the solubility of substance A in a number of liquids will this help me to predict quantitatively the solubility of another substance X in the same solvents ? These are eminently practical questions and our present ability to answer them is well illustrated by the size of this book its elaborate mathematical and thermodynamic treatment and a quotation from page 3 where the “sober-minded worker” is warned to regard as Utopian “any hope of predicting solubilities from the properties of the pure components to better than say, ten per cent. If one must know a solubility to one per cent he should measure it and that with some care.” Though referred to as a new 3rd edition this book is no mere revision of Hildebrand’s well-known monograph published in 1924 and revised in 1936.Completely rewritten and greatly increased in length it now contains additional chapters on multicomponent systems mixtures of gases solid solutions high polymer solutions surface phenomena and chemical equilibria and reaction rates with a greatly extended treatment of metallic solutions. After a review of ideal and non-ideal solutions ;L discussion of intermolecular forces leads to a consideration of the liquid state and the entropy of athermal mixing. Solu-bility problems are next analysed in terms of the heat and free energy of mixing, full attention being paid to the important concept of a “regular solution,” i.e.one involving no entropy change when a small amount of one of its com-ponents is transferred to it from an ideal solution of the same composition the total volume remaining unchanged. The quantity AEv/V (the energy of vaporisation per c.c.) taken as a measure of the “internal pressure” is shown to play a very important role in the theory of solutions and its square root is called the “solubility parameter” and designated by the symbol 6. ‘The main thesis of the book is that the equilibrium properties of a mixture of substances (provided they are subjected to no specific chemical interaction) are a function of the difference in the solubility parameters; e.g. the heat of mixing of sub-stances of parameters 61 and & is proportional to (S; - s;).This hypothesis is examined in the light of a wealth of experimental data for much of which the authors are themselves to be thanked. Chapters on polarity hydrogen bonding specific interactions vapour pressure of binary liquid systems solubility of gases in liquids of liquids in liquids and of solids in liquids together with those mentioned above indicate something of the scope but little of the quality of this important book which is completed by four valuable appendixes and adequate author subject and formula indexes. A regrettably large number of trivial misprints points to haste in proof-reading but does little to detract from the value of this compilation which should certainly find its place among the current additions to the book-shelves of every chemist and physicist who is concerned with the fundamental properties of solutions.H. IRVINCi Microdiffusion Analysis and Volumetric Error. Edward J. Conway. 3rd edition. Pp. xxiv 4- 391. (London Crosby Lockwood and Son Ltd., 1950.) 25s. There is little need to comment in detail on this book which in its earlier editions is well-known to analytical chemists. The general lay-out and presenta-tion correspond closely to the earlier editions. There are three sections. Part I deals with apparatus and principles used in microdiffusion analysis, Part I1 with specific microdiffusion methods and Part TIT with the error of volumetric titration. Throughout in the theoretical considerations as well [ 236 as in the practical applications the emphasis is naturally on micro-methods, since diffusion methods of analysis as developed by the author and others over the past twenty years fall within the general class of microanalytical methods.Most of the additions to the new edition are of interest principally to the biochemist. At first sight an inspection of the table of contents suggests that the whole book is primarily of biochemical importance since diffusion methods lend themselves particularly well to the determination of many constituents of biological fluids. However as will already be known to the users of the first and second editions the particular value of the work to the general analytical chemist lies partly in the general description of apparatus in Part I (which has been somewhat extended in the new edition) and above all in the theoretical considerations of Part 111.These are of first importance to every critical user of a burette or a pipette on any range and not only in microchemistry. Although the additions are relatively few in number it is good to see that the book is being maintained in print. The comprehensive list of references has been extended to cover the new material dealt with in the body of the book. C. L. WILSON Linear Polymers. Elizabeth M. Frith and R. F. Tuckett. Pp. xi + 355. The authors state in their preface that this book was written for the graduate who was just starting research on polymers in either industry or a university. Its comprehensive scope can be realised from the titles of its eight chapters: 1 The structure of high polymers; 2 Double-bond polymerisation; 3 Formal kinetics of double-bond polymerisation; 4 Condensation polymerisation; 5 General principles of thermodynamics; 6 The solution properties of amorphous polymers; 7 Methods of determining the molecular weights of high polymers; 8 The physical properties of linear polymers.The most unexpected choice is the inclusion of chapter 5 in which the principles of thermodynamics are developed from first principles and some account is given of thermodynamic relations which are used in the following chapters. This method of presentation is typical of the authors’ approach to their task they have sought to make the book reasonably self-contained by including the essential physico-chemical background as well as its application to polymers.It is obvious that a book of this size cannot hope to cover such a wide field and at the same time include detailed accounts of the production and properties of individual polymers such information must be sought elsewhere. The emphasis of the book is on general methods of investigation particular cases being discussed rather by way of example. By adopting this plan the authors have succeeded in covering their wide field extremely well. The preface relates that the book was virtually completed in 1947. It is no longer as true as it was then that no books exist on the general physical chemistry of high polymers. None the less this new volume will be widely welcomed, especially-but by no means exclusively-by the class of reader for whom it was planned. The four years’ delay in publication has in no way caused it to become out of date.The student who has mastered its contents will be well equipped to follow further advances in polymer science. The book is well printed and bound and a special word of praise should be added for its modest price. (London Longmans Green and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 18s. net. GEOFFREY GEE Ion Exchange Resins. Robert Kunin and Robert J. Myers. Pp. xi + 212. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall, Ltd. 1950.) 38s. net. Drs. Kunin and Myers are responsible for research and development work on ion-exchange materials at the Rohm and Haas Co. Philadelphia U,S.A. [ 237 Both have made important contributions to the development of the improved ion-exchange resins that are available to-day.According to the publishers this book is intended as a reference work for the research worker and as a guide to the student and water-treatment engineer. The latter will find much interesting material in chapters 6-8 10 and 12 although there is some overlapping of subject matter. The reviewer would have liked a clearer exposition of the “leakage” phenomena observed when ion-exchange columns are operated under commercial conditions. Monets’ discussion of the economics of industrial ion-exchange processes has suffered badly from compression (pp. 1 6 1 - 165). This book can be recommended with less confidence to the research worker or student. In discussing theories of the ion-exchange process the earlier work is over-emphasised and figures 4 and 5 should be omitted from a later edition.Kinetics should have a more comprehensive treatment; unfortunately Kitchener and Kressman’s paper (Faraday SOC. Discussions No. 7) was probably not available to the authors at the time of printing. There is no classification and discussion of the various separation techniques that can be used with ion-exchange resins. This is a consequence of an insufficiently fundamental approach to the subject. Too much attention should not be paid to chapter 5 (Resin Synthesis) the materials cited as examples being obsolete to-day except perhaps in Germany. In general graphical presentation of data has been overdone (104 figures in 212 pages). In a future edition this should be pruned and the text amplified. The bibliography contains over 600 references.Less than a year from publication it has already many important omissions which indicates the rapid development of this subject at the present time. N. E. TOPP Cellulose Acetate Plastics. Vivian Stannett. Pp. xxiv + 325. (London: Although as a glance at the contents will show this little book covers a good deal of ground it can hardly serve as a handbook for the specialist owing to a certain lack of detail and the limited bibliography. However to those outside or on the fringe of the industry and especially to the young chemist entering the industry or those wishing to acquire a knowledge of its salient features the book is a valuable introduction. It is stated to be the first book devoted entirely to cellulose acetate plastics. Dr. Stannett’s writing is concise without being difficult and much informa-tion is contained in these pages.Naturally it has not been possible in such small compass to provide detailed treatment of all the topics discussed. The aim has been to describe what is actually done in the industry. Guided by his own varied experience and helped by the reports on German practice that have recently appeared the author has given on the whole an accurate and generally well balanced account of his subject. A judicious selection among patent specifications would however have enhanced the value of the book by providing more detailed information on existing processes and indicating the lines along which development may be expected. Inevitably the statistics given relate to the United States since no com-parable statistics are published elsewhere.This feature however tends to give the impression that British achievement does not receive a just measure of recognition. The impression is heightened by the fact that nearly all the illustrations of plant and products (most of which have their British counter-parts) are taken from United States sources. No serious errors likely to mislead the reader have been noted but a few suggestions for improvement may be made. The penultimate sentence on p. 41 erroneously suggests that combined sulphate is removed by drying. The Temple Press Ltd. 1950.) 30s. net explanation of “acetyl value” should be transferred from p. 307 to p. 44. Whether the acetone referred to on pp. 48-51 is anhydrous or not should be stated.Viscosity would be better expressed in. absolute units. Some items could be omitted without loss; for example the discussion of resonance (p. 13) the detailed description of the box-making machine (pp. 241 -248) and the reference to safety glass (p. 267). The dry-extrusion of tubes might have been dealt with more fully. Information on the behaviour of cellulose acetate towards a much larger range of organic liquids than is dealt with on pp. 47-50 and 153-159 would be useful and is available. The printing and presentation of the book are clear and pleasing. W. A. DICKIE Modern Chemical Processes. A series of articles describing chemical manu-facturing plants by the Editors of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. Pp. 222. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd.1950.) 32s. net. This is not a complete book nor is it intended as one. The volume is the first of a planned biennial series in each of which some 24 articles from Industrial and Engineering Chemistry are to be reprinted. These articles describe typical chemical processes and the plant in which they are carried out. As would be expected from such a scheme this first volume of the series ranges over a very wide field extending from sulphuric acid and paving asphalt to the manufacture of chloroquin and the isolation of carotene. The individual articles are reprinted from the original type of the periodical; there is no definite plan of arrangement nor are the processes chosen consistent in their phases of industrial development.A method for the manufacture of rubber by low temperature co-polymerisation is apparently still in the experimental stage whilst the manufacture of methanol at a rate of 45,000 gallons a day is described in a preceding article. Again a very detailed chemical process is laid out for the manufacture of Chloroquin (Aralen Di-phosphate-a new antimalarial drug) whilst the article on paint and varnish manufacture is almost entirely devoted to descriptions of the plant used. A clearly defined common factor is found in the detailed accounts of the materials used in the construction of the various plants. Enamelled (“glass-lined”) vessels of 7,500 gallons capacity are mentioned whilst the use of “Karbate,” or resin-bonded carbon blocks for all plant in which hydrochloric acid is handled is apparently spreading.It is probable that the majority of these articles have already been noted by interested parties but the book does provide a more accessible source of reference than the serried ranks of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. When the whole field of industrial chemistry is covered as planned by the Editors, the volumes will form what may well be the standard guide to American practice in chemical manufacture. F. RUMFORD Laboratory Design. Edited by H. S. Coleman. Pp. ix + 393. (New York: Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1951.) 96s. net. Those who have had the misfortune to have to equip and work in laboratories never meant for the purpose will find in this book confirmation if any is needed, that a laboratory best fulfils its purpose when it is thoughtfully designed and so constructed as to be adaptable for present and future requirements.In the 400 pages of “Laboratory Design,” 44 authors have contributed their experience on the design of practically every important type of laboratory for teaching, research and industrial purposes. [ 239 The book is divided into four parts. Part I deals with Materials Facilities, Services and Equipment. Part I1 is of about the same length and is devoted to Teaching Laboratories. With the extension of industries and research establishments in which trained biologists are essential members of the staff, it is a pity that no space is given to laboratories for the study of zoology botany or general inicrobiology; the more so since the title of the book and the preface give no hint that it is meant mainly for chemists.Parts 111 and IV between them take up two-thirds of the book Part 111 dealing with Industrial Laboratories in twelve separate sections whilst Part IV describes thirteen different types of modern laboratories ranging from the pilot plant laboratory at the University of Illinois to the multiple purpose laboratory at the Johns-Manville Research Centre. In many of the sections there is a degree of overlapping which in a text-book would call for adverse comment; in a book of this description it is a mark of editorial wisdom since the repetition of such matters as ventilation or safety measures helps to emphasise their importance. No matter how narrow one’s interest Part I should be compulsory reading but the wealth of information it contains can only be gained by careful reading of the whole book.How else is it possible to learn-what is described with such admirable self-restraint-how to apply ceiling plaster that will best resist water from the floor above? Most of the laboratories described serve large industries or research institutes, but the reader in search of ideas for the design of a small laboratory should not thereby be deterred from referring to this book since so many of the larger laboratories are polymers built up from a few basic units. No doubt it was a matter of policy to exclude any reference to the conver-sion of existing buildings into laboratories although such a chapter would have been of use to many readers in Britain.“Laboratory Design,” which is magnificently illustrated with 150photographs and 150 drawings will take the eye of all chemists and equally important of their directors ; architects and constructional engineers will find it invaluable for design purposes. S. H. JENKINS BOOKS -4ND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED Edited by F. H. Garner E. B. Evans and G. Sell. Pp. viii + 350. (London The Institute of Petroleum 1951.) 27s. 6d. Technical Publications 1948. Edited by Arman E. Becker. Pp. xiii + 512. (The Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey) 1950.) The Chemistry of Hydrazine. L. F. Audrieth and Betty A. Ogg. Pp. xii + 244. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1951.) 40s. net. Reports on Progress in Physics.Vol. XIV (1951). Executive Editor A. C. Strickland. Pp. 412. (London The Physical Society 1951.) 50s. net. Milk Testing The Laboratory Control of Milk. J. G. Davis. Pp. 260. (London: Dairy Industries Ltd. 1951 .) Internal Ballistics. Chairman Editorial Panel F. R. W. Hunt. Pp. x + 31 1. (London H.M. Stationery Office for the Ministry of Supply 1951.) 25s. net. Reviews of Petroleum Technology. Vol. 10 (covering 1948). 15s EXAMINATIONS APRIL 1951 ABSTRACT OF THE REPORT OF THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS Examinations were held as under :-For the Associateship. Entered Passed Examiners Professor A. J. Allinand M.C. F.R.S. Professor The examination was held in the Examinations Hall and 193 H. J. EmelCus F.R.S. and Professor D. H. Hey. Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington and at the University of Leeds theoretical papers being taken also at various local centres in the periods 2 to 7 10 to 13 and 16 to 19 April 1951.*Some candidates completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in those parts in which they had previously failed and a number of candidates failed in part only of the examination. 47* EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP MONDA Y 2 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY.] What electronic structures are ascribed to the rare earth elements? On what evidence are they based? Summarise the methods which are available for the separation of these elements. 2. Compare the fluorides and chlorides of FOUR of the following elements :-(a) lithium (b) boron (c) oxygen ( d ) sulphur (e) carbon.3. Give a comparative account of the chemistry of EITHER copper silver and gold OR gallium indium and thallium. 4. Discuss with examples the types of isomerism which occur in 6-co-ordinated complex salts. 5. Describe the preparation properties and structure of FOUR of the following :-1. (a) H2S2 (4 Ni(CO), (4 Na2S203 (4 HN3 (4 GO27 (f) HF. 6. Outline two methods for the separation or enrichment of non-radioactive isotopes. Give two examples of the application of enriched non-radioactive isotopes in chemical investigations. 7. Illustrate the applications of complex ion formation in analytical chemistry. 2 to 5 p.m. [Attempt FOUR questions ONLY.] 1 . (a) From the following data which hold for 25" C. calculate the heat of formation at both constant pressure and constant volume of nitrous acid in dilute aqueous solution :-AH (cal.) NH,NO,(s) + N2(g) + 2H20(1) .. . - 71800 2H,(g) i- 0 2 w - 2 H m ) * - . . . . - 136600 N2(g) + 3H2(g) -t aq -+ 2NH3(aq) . . - 40800 NH3(aq) + HNO,(aq) -+ NH,NO,(aq) - 9100 N%NO,(s) 4- aq + NH,N02(aq) . . + 4750 [ 241 (b) The following values of standard entropies and of heats of combustion S (cal./" C.) to gaseous CO and liquid water hold for 25" C. :-- AH (cal.) C(graphite) 1 -4 94200 H2(g) 31.2 68 300 C,H,OH(1) 38.4 326600 55.0 372800 C,H,(g) 52.3 333000 -CZH6(g) HZO(1) 15.9 Calculate the AH and AG values for the following reactions under the same temperature and pressure conditions. Which of them are then thermodynamic-ally possible or could be made so by relatively small changes in the conditions? 2C + 2Hz -+ CzH4 2 c + 3Hz -f C2H6 C2H4 + HZO -+ CzHBOH CZH -t- H2 -+ C2Hs CZH6 + H,O -+ C2H50H + H, 2.(a) State and comment briefly on Raoult's Law which deals with the vapour pressures of solutions of non-volatile solutes in volatile solvents. (b) Using a reversible cycle deduce the Clapeyron equation which relates the temperature coefficient of vapour pressure of a liquid to its latent heat of evaporation. (c) Utilising (a) and (b) work out the relation first deduced by van't Hoff, which connects together the elevation of boiling point of a dilute solution of a non-volatile solute and its concentration. 3. EITHER (a) Discuss (i) the factors which determine whether a solution of a solute (A) in a non-conducting solvent (B) will be electrically conducting or otherwise and (ii) the factors which in the former event will affect the conducting power.(b) Mention the facts which indicate that ions can be hydrated in aqueous solutions of electrolytes and describe critically the experimental methods which have been used for the quantitative measurement of the effect. What views are held on the nature of this hydration? 4. Four types of force have been distinguished as holding together the constituents in crystals viz. :-OR (i) heteropolar electrovalent or ionic ; (ii) homopolar or covalent ; (iii) metallic ; (iv) molecular residual or van der Waals. Discuss their main characteristics in the light of the physical properties of crystals.5. Discuss the effect of temperature on the rate of chemical change. 6. In a homogeneous gaseous equilibrium expressed by the general equation where all the constituents can be regarded as perfect gases the equilibrium constant can be formulated either as K, Kp or K, the active masses being expressed as molar concentrations partial pressures or molar fractions, respectively. vlA + vzA,. . . . . ;rr v;A1 + . . . Deduce the quantitative relations which connect the numerical values of these three constants. Under what conditions can different constants have identical numerical values ? In a particular experiment made while studying the equilibrium 2s0 + 2s0 + 0, Bodenstein and Pohl recorded the following mole fraction data for this equilibrium at 1OOO" K and a total pressure of 760 mm.:-SO = 0.309; SO = 0.338; 0 = 0-353. Calculate the values of the above three constants, stating the units in which they are expressed. Use the atmosphere and the litre as units of pressure and of volume (R = 0.0821 litre atm./" C.). 7. Write an essay on the adsorption of gases and vapours by solids. TUESDAY 3 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] 1 . Describe in each case one method for the preparation of (a) n-butane, (b) isobutene and (c) butadiene. Compare and contrast the chemical properties of these three hydrocarbons and outline the theoretical interpretations which have been advanced to account for the addition reactions of isobutene and of butadiene. 2. By what chemical reactions could you distinguish between (a) arabinose, (b) glucose (c) fructose and (d) galactose? A glycoside C,,H,,O on hydrolysis gave a mixture of glucose and o-hydroxybenzyl alcohol.Suggest possible structural formulae for the glycoside and indicate what further experimental work would have to be carried out in order to establish the exact formula. 3. Give an account of geometrical isomerism illustrating with the aid of typical examples the different types of compound which exhibit this phenomenon. What methods can be used to establish the identity of geometrical isomerides and by what means can geometrical isomerides be inter-converted ? 4. The following structures have been assigned to three compounds. Outline the reactions which you would carry out in order to confirm the correctness of these 5 .structures :-CH NH2 I C= CH*COOCH, I CH,CH*CH, I I ~ How have the structures of quinoline and isoquinoline been established'? Outline the general methods available for the synthesis of quinoline and isoquinoline derivatives and mention any important naturally occurring compounds which contain these heterocyclic systems. 6. Describe the experimental evidence for the independent existence of the free radicals (a) triphenylmethyl and (b) methyl. Give examples of reactions in which free methyl radicals are considered to participate. 7. Review the chemistry of TWO of the following:-(a) hyoscyamine, (6) benzanthrone (c) caffeine (d) oestrone (c) cholic acid 2 to 3.30 p.m. [The use of dictionaries is ullowed.] FRENCH Translate into English :-Certains corps sont capables de rdemettre la lumiere qu’ils ont absorbee.Ces phenomknes de photoluminescence peuvent se diviser en deux groupes. Souvent l’emission suit immediatement l’absorption et cesse dks que l’eclaire-ment est supprim&. Parfois au contraire elle se prolonge pendant un certain temps aprks que l’action de la lumikre a cesse. Le phenomkne prend le nom de JIuurescence dans le premier cas et celui de phosphorescence dans le second. Entre ces deux groupes de phenomknes il n’y a pas une limite nettement tranchke et une courte emission secondaire de lumikre sera classee parmi les phenomenes de phosphorescence ou de fluorescence suivant la sensibilite de la methode d’observation et la brikvetk de la periode d’extinction qu’elle permet de mettre en evidence.Dans la fluorescence cette periode ne depasse pas sec. Toutefois cette limite est arbitraire et pour une mCme substance la d u r k de l’emission varie avec les conditions experimentales. Elle croit ordinairement quand la mobilite des molecules diminue et il est possible en faisant croitre la viscosite du milieu de passer de la fluorescence B la phos-p horescence. GERMAN Translate into English :-Das rohe Nickeloxyd wird in vollkommen gegen das Eindringen von Luft geschutzten Etagenofen bei moglichst 400” nicht uberschreitender Temperatur sorgfaltig mit Wassergas zu einem schwammigen Nickelmetall das Verun-reinigungen wie Kupfer Schwefel Kobalt Eisen usw. enthalt reduziert. Infolge seiner grossen Oberflache setzt sich dieser Nickelschwamm bereits unter gewohnlichem Druck mit Kohlenoxyd oder kohlenoxydhaltigen Gasen unter Bildung von fluchtigem Nickelcarbonyl um.Da die NickelcarbonyIbildung exotherm verlauft ist durch eine besondere Kiihlvorrichtung in der “Verffuchtigern” die giinstigste Temperatur fur die Carbonylbildung die unter gewohnlichem Druck bei 50” liegt genau einzuhalten. Das von den Verfluchtigern kommende Gas wird nun durch Turme (Zersetzer) geleitet die mit Nickelkugeln gefullt und auf 150 bis 200” erhitzt sind. Bei dieser Temperatur zerfallt das Nickelcarbonyl in Kohlenoxyd und Nickelmetall das sich an den in den Tiirmen befindlichen Nickelkugeln abscheidet . Practical First Group WEDNESDAY 4 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required.Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly. ]* The solution (A) contains salts of calcium and aluminium with free hydrochloric acid. Determine the calcium volumetrically and the aluminium gravimetrically by the methods prescribed.? Express your results in terms of grams of Ca and A1 per litre of solution. 1 . (The aluminium determination may be completed to-morro w.) 2. Identify the compound (B) [(B) = EITHER K,SiF OR K2S208.] *This note was repeated on each of the eleven following papers. ?Not reproduced. [ 244 THURSDAY 5 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Finish yesterday’s exercise 1 . 3. Determine the chlorate content of the solution (c) by the gravimetric method prescribed.? Express your result in terms of grams of (ClO,) per litre of solution.4. Analyse qualitatively the mixture (D) which contains six radicals. [(D) = EITHER Na oxalate MnCO, ZnO and CaCO OR K oxalate CaCO,, SrCO and MgO.] FRIDAY 6 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 1. Identify the single substances (E) and (F). Any crystalline derivatives [(E) = EITHER p-tolylurea OR prepared should be submitted for inspection. o-chloroacetanilide. (F) = isopropyl lactate. 3 SATURDAY 7 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 2. Identify the two components of the mixture (G) and estimate the approx-imate proportions in which they are present. Any crystalline derivatives prepared should be submitted for inspection. [(G) = p-nitrobenzoic acid and rn-cresol.] Practical Second Group TUESDAY 10 APRIL 1951 10 a.m.to 4.30p.m. 1. The solution (H) contains ferric chloride and cupric chloride. Determine the iron volumetrically and the copper gravimetrically by the methods prescribed.? Express your results in terms of grams of Fe and Cu per litre of solution. (The copper determination may be completed to-morrow.) 2. Identify the compound (J). [(J) = EITHER K1O4 OR Na2S20,.] WEDNESDAY 11 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Finish yesterday’s exercise I. 3. The solution (K) contains a molybdate. Determine the molybdenum by the method prescribed.? Express your result in terms of grams of Mo per litre of solution. 4. Analyse qualitatively the mixture (L) which contains six radicals. [(L) == EITHER Na formate PbO CdBr and CdCO OR K formate PbO KI and Bi carbonate.] THURSDAY 12 APRIL 1951 10 a m . to 4.30p.m. 1 . Identify the single substances (M) and (N). Any crystalline derivatives prepared should be submitted for inspection. [(M) = EITHER methyl p-hydroxy-benzoate OR aceto-p-phenetidide. (N) = ethyl citrate. 3 FRIDAY 13 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 2. Identify the two components of the mixture (0) and estimate the approxi-mate proportions in which they are present. Any crystaIline derivatives prepared should be submitted for inspection. [(0) = o-toluidine and o-cresol. 1 ?Not reproduced. I 245 Practical Third Group MONDAY 16 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. I . The solution (P) contains hydrazine sulphate and free sulphuric acid. Determine the hydrazine volumetrically and the sulphate gravimetrically by the methods prescribed.7 Express your results in terms of grams of N2H4 and of SO4 per litre of solution.[(Q) = EITHER potassium cobaltinitrite OR potassium cobalticyanide.] 2. Identify the compound (Q). TUESDAY 17 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 3. The solution (R) contains cadmium sulphate and free sulphuric acid. Determine the cadmium by the volumetric method prescribed.? Express your result in terms of grams of Cd per litre of solution. 4. Analyse qualitatively the mixture (S) which contains six radicals. [(S) = EITHER sodium acetate NiC03 and CuSO OR potassium acetate CoCO and WEDNESDAY 18 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. AbdSO 413 - 1 1. Identify the single substances (T) and (U). Any crystalline derivatives prepared should be submitted for inspection.[(T) = EITHER methylacetanilide OR salicylanilide. (U) = ethyl carbonate.] THURSDAY 19 APRIL 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Identify the two components of the mixture (V) and estimate the approxi-mate proportions in which they are present. Any crystalline derivatives prepared should be submitted for inspection. [(V) = o-nitrotoluene and m-toluidine. ] 2. ?Not reproduced. REPORT OF THE EXAMINERS Inorganic Chemistry. In the written papers there was a noticeable improvement in the standard, although the material presented in answers was often poorly arranged. Can-didates should note that in questions (e.g. Q. 2 and Q. 3) where a comparison between different elements and compounds is asked for it is not sufficient to give separate accounts of the substances; the emphasis should be on compara-tive chemistry.The first part of Q. 1 was well answered but the use of ion exchange resins in separating the rare earths was seldom mentioned. Q. 4 was on the whole well answered but in Q. 5 it was surprising to find how little knowledge some candidates had of the physical characteristics of the substances described; nickel carbonyl for example was frequently described as a gas. In Q. 6 the use of exchange reactions in isotope separation was often neglected. Separations by diffusion and by thermal diffusion were confused. In Q. 7 the use of complex ion formation in quantitative analysis was under-emphasised. The practical exercises were well done on the whole although some candidates continue to be obsessed with the idea that rare metals are bound to be present in substances to be identified.Physical Chemistry. A high proportion of the candidates did not approach a reasonable pass standard and this fact was largely responsible for the high percentage failing in the whole examination. In Q. 4 for example some candidates claimed [ 246 homopolar binding to be weak as shown by the low m.p. of many organic compounds and in Q. 5 the Le Chatelier Principle was brought in to justify the statement that the rates of exothermic reactions are retarded by rise in temperature. Many candidates came to grief in Q. 1 owing to carelessness in elementary arithmetic and mistakes in the sign of heat effects. Q2 was popular and usually well done. Q. 3a and 3b were attempted by relatively few candidates; the former elicited some fresh and thoughtful answers but the latter was disappointing.There were some good and concise answers to Q. 6 which was less popular than was hoped. Q. 4 and 5 suited many candidates and there were a number of capable answers. Q. 7 was the most popular question and also one which the weaker candidates found most easy. In general the main fault was to take too narrow a view of a question, concentrating on particular and sometimes barely relevant aspects. Thus in Q. 4 instead of commenting on physical properties Goldschmidt’s work on radius ratio etc. would be considered in detail. In Q. 5 the facts were often inadequately set out with no mention of such cases as photochemical catalysed, ionic and heterogeneous reactions and there was too much specialised theory applicable only to gas reactions.In Q. 7 a number of candidates offered little else than a detailed deduction of the Langmuir equation and a perfunctory mention of “physical” adsorption whilst a few wrote almost exclusively on heterogeneous catalysis. Organic Chemistry. The paper on theoretical organic chemistry produced some very uneven results. In many cases straightforward book-work was reproduced adequately, but the application of this knowledge to specific examples was much less satisfactory. Most of the candidates were acquainted with the methods of preparation and chemical reactions of the three aliphatic hydrocarbons (Q. I), but few were able to offer any views on the theoretical interpretation of the reactions to be discussed.In Q. 2 on the glycoside very few candidates ap-preciated the full extent of the structural and stereoisomeric possibilities. There was some confusion between gluconic acid and saccharic acid and a number of candidates thought that galactose was a disaccharide and referred to the complete methylation of a sugar as an example of exhaustive methylation. Q. 3 on geometrical isomerism revealed some misunderstanding of the differences between geometrical structural and positional isomerism. Many candidates gave good descriptions of the work of Gomberg on triphenylmethyl and that of Paneth on the free methyl radical but few were able to give examples of reactions believed to involve the participation of free methyl radicals (Q.6). Several candidates held the quite erroneous view that free methyl radicals are necessarily involved in any reaction involving the migration of a methyl group. Q. 5 on quinoline and isoquinoline received in general adequate treatment. The most popular question (Q. 4) proved to be the one which was least satis-factorily answered. Few candidates resorted to the method of synthesis in order to establish the structure of the three aromatic compounds and in their use of degradation reactions many candidates including those who had answered three other questions with intelligence made the most fantastic statements. For example the hydrolysis of 5-nitroacetylsalicylic acid was said to give 4-nitrophthalic acid while similar treatment of methyl (p-amino-phenyl) crotonate was said to give acetic acid.5-Nitroacetylsalicylic acid was also described as giving typical ketonic reactions. Such statements show a lack of understanding in the application of general principles of organic chemistry to specific compounds which are not likely to have been met in the text-book or the laboratory but which are nevertheless straightforward and typical of their class. 247 In practical organic chemistry the standard attained was in general satis-factory although the identification of the liquids ethyl carbonate isopropyl lactate and ethyl citrate proved to be beyond the capacity of many candidates. There was again clear evidence of the premature use of melting-point and boiling-point tables which in many cases only served to lead the candidates along false trails.PASS LIST Examination for the Associateship Ashworth Frank Municipal Technical College Blackburn. Bailey James Kenneth Municipal Technical College Hull. Beck William Henry B.Sc. (Lond.) Technical College Sunderland. Bickley John Cecil Municipal Technical College Hull. Blackburn Alan Municipal Technical College Hull. Branch Ronald Frederick B.Sc. (Lond.) South-East Essex Technical College, Dagenham. Castle Peter Clement College of Technology Liverpool and Denbighshire Technical College Wrexham. Charlton James Ronald College of Technology Liverpool. Clark Edmund Roy Wolverhampton and Staffordshire Technical College, Wolverhampton and College of Technology Birmingham. Clarkson Colin College of Technology Manchester and Royal Technical College Salford.Corrigan Daniel Stephen Royal Technical College Salford. Crowther John Cooper College of Technology Leeds. Cumming Lester William West Ham Municipal College London. Cundall John Henry College of Technology Manchester and Royal Technical Dent Peter Alan B.Sc. (Lond.) Municipal College Portsmouth. Duckworth Samuel Municipal Technical College Blackburn. Easton Bartholomew Richard College of Technology Manchester. Ferguson Hugh Fraser Loughborough College Loughborough. Field John Edward Technical College Coventry. Garbutt John Alan Municipal Technical College Hull. Gledhill Dyson Technical College Halifax. Grady Dennis Municipal Technical College Hull. Graham Stanley College of Technology Leeds. Hamer Arnold Municipal Technical College Blackburn.Handley Douglas College of Technology Leeds. Hards Ronald Henry B.Sc. (Lond.) College of Technology Birmingham. Hill Allen Technical College Brighton. Holburt Geoffrey Alan College of Technology Leeds. James Kenneth Charles Technical College Cardiff. Jones Alan Hugh B.Sc. (Lond.) Woolwich Polytechnic London. Kelly George Thomas B.Sc. (Lond.) College of Technology Liverpool. Kendall Royston Peter College of Technology Bristol. Latty James Eric College of Technology Leeds. Lawton Bernard Alan Stockport College for Further Education Stockport. McFarlane Donald College of Technology Leeds. Moule Howard Antrobus Wolverhampton and Staffordshire Technical College, Prentice Albert George South-East Essex Technical College Dagenham. Procter James Peter Royal Technical College Salford.Richards Gordon Edward Simon Technical College Derby. Robertson John Russell Royal Technical College Glasgow. College Salford. Wolverhampton. [ 248 Robinson Edwin Arthur Norwood Technical College London. Senior Geoffrey College of Technology Leeds. Smith Barry Dudley Medway Technical College Gillingham and Plymouth and Devonport Technical College Plymouth. Starkey Ronald James Technical College Coventry. Whitchurch Donald Roland Technical College Derby. Whitehead Roy Technical College Halifax. Whittaker Kenneth College of Technology Manchester Harris Institute, Preston and Mining and Technical Institute Bridgend. THE REGISTER NEW FELLOWS Briske Robert Sylvester Dr.Ing.Cheni. (T) Graesser-Thomas Franz Robert h.1 .Sc.(Liv.). (Berlin). ASSOCIATES ELECTED ‘ro THE FELLOWSHIP Bibby Charles Leslie M.A. RSc. (Oxon.). (C) Lainchbury Mrs. Rosalind Mary B.Sc. Callow Ronald James B.Sc. (Liv.). Dewing Tom M.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.). (J) Mackay Thomas B.Sc. (Edin.). Dyson. Ralph James Hardy B.Sc. (Lond.). (Birm.). (P) Morris Douglas Sydney B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.) - . Earland Christopher M.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. A.R.C.S. Nath. Professor Madhab Chandra. D.Sc. Fonseka Eric Lawrence. M.Sc. Ph.D. (Dacca) F.N.I. (Lond.). (H) Olpin Henry Charles M.Sc. (Leeds). (OF) Ford Gerald B.Sc. (Lond.). (OE) Rangaswami Srinivasa M.A. (Madras), (P) Gentry Charles Harold Raymond BSc. Ph.D. (Andhra) Dr.Phil. (Bade). (Lond.). (0) Riley John Price B.Sc. Ph.D. (Liv.). (K) Graham Walter B.Sc.Ph.D. (Glas.). Terry Richard Creese MSc. (Lond.), (P) Gridgeman Norman Theodore B.Sc. (Lond.). A.R.C.S. D.I.C. Cp) Harley Robert Bruce B.Sc. (St. Andrews). (K) Vance William John Ph.C. (P) Hawkins Frank Swain B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.). (Q) Walton Edward Tunna Syivester B.Sc. (Liv.). (P) Hughes Edward Graham B.Sc. (Manc.) (G) Woodward Ronald Newall. (V) Jones Islwyn M.Sc. Ph.D. (Wales), Ph.D. (Lond.). (P) Young John Thomas Ph.C. B.Sc. (Lond.). NEW ASSOCIATES (OG) Amar Singh M.Sc. (Punjab). (S) Armstrong Robin Horsley M.Sc.Agric. (L) Davis Edward Francis Filby B.Sc. (Lond.), (0) Ashton Geoffrey B.Sc. (Birm.). (R) Dent Peter Alan B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Ashworth Frank. (OD) Doraiswamy Krishna Iyer B.Sc. (B.H.U.). (P) Ashworth Miss Mary B.A. (Cantab.). (Q) Duckworth Samuel.watersrand). (P) Edwards Miss Mary Gwendolen B.Sc. (M) Bailey James Kenneth. (Bris.). (S) Beck William Henry B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Ellery Eric B.Sc. (Lond.). Bhatnagar Moo1 Chand M.Sc. (Punjab) (C) Ferguson Hugh Fraser. M.1nst.F. (M) Garbutt John Alan. Bhattacharjee Bhupesh Chandra B.Sc. (P) Gaze Pichard B.Sc. (Lond.). (Calcutta). (L) Gledhill Dyson. Das Gupta Debabrata B.Sc. (Patna). (Dunelm.). A.R.C.S. Atmore Milton Graeme B.Sc. Ph.D. (Wit- (U) Easton Bartholomew Richard. (M) Bickley John Cecil. (G) Goodchild Geoffrey B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Branch Ronald Frederick. (M) Grady Dennis. (P) Burgan John Glyn M.A. (Oxon.). (N) Graham Stanley. (E) Burrows Harold George B.Sc. (Wales). (P) Green Joseph B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.). (N) Butler Clifford George B.Pharm. (Lond.).(P) Byers Miss Marjorie B.Sc. (Bris.). A.I.I.Sc. (0) Castle Peter Clement. (K) Hall Fred B.Sc. (Glas.) A.R.T.C. (0) Charlton James Ronald. (Q) Hamer Arnold. (OG) Chaudhry Govind Rai M.Sc. LL.B. (Delhi). (K) Chipalkatti Vasant Bhimrao B.Sc. B.Sc. (S) Harker Harry B.Sc. (Dunelm.). ( C ) Clark Edmund Roy. (M) Henigan Howard Peter B.Sc. (Lond.). (N) Clark Edward Watson B.Sc. (Leeds). (P) Henley Wiliiam James Reginald M.Sc. (Q) Clarkson Colin. (Lond.). (D) Cooper Joseph Holgate B.A. (Cantab.). (H) Hogg Donald Raynor B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Corrigin Daniel Stephen. (N) Crowther John Cooper. (P) Holland Harold Graham M.Sc. (Sydney). (OB) Cruywagen Paul Hougaard B.Sc. (Cape Hosein Esau Abbas M Sc (McGdI). Town). @) Howe,’Peter Gordo; Bkc (Lond.). (P) Cumming. Lester William.(L) Jackman Geoffrey Baldwin B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Cundall John Henry. (Q) James Kenneth Charles. Hakim Dattatraya Nemidas BSc. (Nagpur), (C) Hards Ronald Henry B.Sc. (Lond.). (X) Harris John George Hendry B.Sc. (Glas.). Tech. (Bombay) Ph.D. (Glas.) A.R.T.C. Christie James B.Sc. (Glas.). (L) Heaton Richard. (N) Holburt Geoffrey Alan. [ 249 Jegatheesan Krishnasamy Aiyer B.Sc. (Ceylon). Jones Alan Hugh B.Sc. (Lond.). Jones Frederick William. Kelly George Thomas B.Sc. (Lond.). Kendall Royston Peter. Knowlden Sydney Basil B.Sc. (Lond.), A.R.C.S. Latty James Eric. Lawton Bernard Alan. Layzell Peter Graham B.Sc. (Lond.). Ling Frank Bruce. Long Robert Frank B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. Maclennan Alastair Paterson B.Sc. (Lond.). McCarter Miss Agnes Elizabeth A.R.T.C.McDonald Peter BSc. (Dunelm.). McFarlane Donald. Maloney Terence Jerome. Mardon James B.A. (Cantab.). ;) Marphatia Ravikumar Kanaiyalal B.Sc., B.Sc. Tech. (Bombay). May Charles Gerard M.Sc. Ph.D. (Manc.). Mehaffey Miss Margaret Allan B.Sc. (Belfast). Merchant Jaysukhlal Ranchoddas M.Sc., Ph.D. (Bombay). Moore Peter Alan B.Sc. M.Sc.Agric. Chem. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. Morris William Haydn M.Sc. (Wales). Moss Kenneth Duxbury B.Sc. (Lond.). Moule Howard Antrobus. Olszyna-Marzys Andrzej Edward B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Owen Walter B.A.Com. B.Sc. (Manc.). (OD) Pillai Subrahmania Chellappam B.A., (V) Pincott John B.Sc. P1i.D. (Wales). (C) Player John Huntly B.Sc. (Bris.). (P) Potter William Geoffrey B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Prentice Albert George.(Q) Procter James Peter. (WW) Rae James Beveridge B.Sc. (Edin.). (L) Raffan Miss Isabel Mary B.Sc. (Edin.), M.Sc. (Birm.). (H) Richards Gordon Edward Simon. (K) Robertson John Russell. (P) Robinson Edwin Arthur. (P) Senior Geoffrey. (P) Smith Barry Dudley. (0) Smith William Joseph B.Sc.Tech. (Manc.). (OB) Tarica Victor B.Sc. (Cape Town) M.Sc. (K) Taylor Ambrose George M.A. (Cantab.). (Q) Trevor George Anthony B.Sc. (Lond.). (D) Watson Derek B.Sc. (Lond.). (H) Wheatley Edward William. (H) Whitchurch Donald Roland. (L) Whitehead Roy. (P) Whiting Roland. (P) Whitlock Ernest Arthur William B.Sc. (Lond.). (E) Whittaker Kenneth. (P) Whittem Robert Neil B.Sc. (Sydney). Ph.D. (Madras) A.I.I.Sc. (U.S.A.). RE-ELECTED ASSOCIATES (R) Bell Basil Lawn BSc.(Lond.). (OG) Roy Mriganka Bhusan B.Sc. (Patna). (G) Bowman Ronald Arthur M.A. (Cantab.). (H) Tittensor Eric B.Sc. Ph.D. (Liv.). (K) Gibb Henry M.A. B.Sc. (Glas.). (W) Truman Albert Clifford BSc. (Lond.). (G) Johnston Alexander BSc. (Glas.). CHANGE OF NAME (P) Ilya Daniel Sonnenschein Associate to Ian Daniel Spenser. DEATHS Fellows Arthur John Allmand M.C. D.Sc. (Liv.), F.K.C. F.R.S. Died 4 August 1951 aged 66. F. 1920. Examiner 1929-33 1950-51. Edward Ardern D.!k (Lond.). Died 14 July, 1951 aged 72. F. 1918. Examiner 1945-48. ') Bernard Cracroft Aston C.B.E. Died 31 May 1951 aged 79. F. 1909. Hon. Corresponding Secretary Wellington New Zealand. Robert Bickerstaffe. Died 5 September 1950, aged 63. A. 1918 F. 1927. Robert Boyd B.Sc.(Glas.) A.R.T.C. Died 5 July 1951 aged 64. A. 1909 F. 1912. Hon. Corresponding Secretary for Britisli Columbia. Died October 1950 aged 76. F. 1919. Died 4 August 1951 aged 57. 1922. George Bernard Brook F.I.M. F.R.S.E. Thomas Harold Fairbrother MSc. (Manc.). A. 1918 F. ( N ) William Lowson B.Sc. (Lond. and Leeds). ' Died 20 May 1951 aged 76. A. 1901, F. 1904. (FF) Alexander McKenzie M.A. LL.D. D.Sc. (St. Andrews) Ph.D. (Berlin) F.R.S. Died 11 June 1951 aged 81. F. 1916. (P) William Edmund Francis Powney. Died 20 March 1951 aged 72. A. 1908 F. 1919. (OB) St. Clair Overbeck Sinclair M.A. (Cape), D.Sc. (Stellenbosch). Died 7 May 1951, aged 75. F. 1922. (P) Vernon Thorpe Tadman. Died July 1951, aged 51. (R) Douglas Frank Twiss B.Sc.(Lond.) D.Sc. (Birm.) F.I.R.I. Died 23 May 1951 aged 68. A. 1905 F. 1908. Council 1922-25,27-30, 37-40. A. 1923 F. 1944. Associates (Q) William James Sanderson M.Sc. (Manc.). (T) Hugh Arwel Thomas M.Sc. (Wales) M.B., Died 29 April 1950 aged 53. A. 1920. Ch.B. D.P.H. (Liv.) L.R.C.P. (Lond.), M.R.C.S. Died 24 February 1950 aged 59. A. 1918. [ 250 LOCAL SECTION AFFAIRS Bristol and District.-On 30 May a Joint Summer Meeting with the Chemical Society and Society of Chemical Industry was arranged at the Seale-Hayne Agricultural College Newton Abbot Devon. A party of twenty-four travelled by coach or car to Newton Abbot where they were met at lunch by Mr. B. M. Dougall senior lecturer in agricultural chemistry at the College. After lunch the party drove to the College which is situated on a hillside in beautiful surroundings about three miles from the town where they were met by Dr.Ian Moore the Principal. Dr. Moore explained the main work of the College particularly that relating to the experimental grassland and then asked Mr. Dougall to conduct the members over the laboratories library farm and dairy. The tour of the farm and grounds was made most enjoyable by the perfect weather which prevailed during the whole trip. The party returned to Newton Abbot for tea and at the conclusion Mr. G. H. Moore Chairman of the Section thanked Mr. Dougall on behalf of the visitors for the trouble he had taken to make the visit so pleasant. The coach then returned to Bristol via the coast road through Teignmouth and Dawlish.Cumberland and District.-The first Section activity took the form of a visit to the Workington Iron and Steel Works on the evening of 13 July. Eighteen members had a most enjoyable and instructive tour which was conducted by Messrs. C . H. Kay and T. Sanderson. Dr. H. Gregson (Vice-chairman) expressed thanks to those responsible for the arrangements which had made the visit a real success. Dublin and District.-A joint outing of the members of the Belfast and Dublin Sections and their friends was held on 16 May 1951. The parties met for lunch at the Tearinann Hotel Termonfeckin and subsequently proceeded to the margarine factory of Messrs. W. and C. McDonnell Ltd. Drogheda where they were received by the manager Mr. Camman and members of his staff. The visitors were much impressed by the lay-out of the factory believed to be the most modern of its kind in Europe and by the highly hygienic conditions in which the product is manufactured.The Chairmen of the two Sections-Dr. C. L. Wilson Belfast and Mr. J. Andrews Dublinexpressed the thanks of the visitors for the kindness and efficiency with which they were received and conducted through the factory by Mr. Camman and his staff. Following an evening meal in the Tearmann Hotel the parties relaxed in the pleasant weather with which the outing was favoured before taking their respective roads for home. Glasgow and West of Scotland.-The Joint Scottish Summer Meeting of the Chemical Bodies was held on Friday and Saturday 4 and 5 May when a party of about 130 persons visited Pitlochry Perthshire.The meeting was organised by the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section of the Institute the Glasgow Section of the Society of Chemical Industry and the Chemical Society. The main party of Scottish chemists and their friends gathered in Pitlochry Hydro Hotel on the Friday afternoon. That evening and the Saturday morning were spent informally. Perfect weather prevailed on both days making it possible for the members to explore the surroundings or to participate in golf or fishing. At lunch time on Saturday 35 other members arrived from Glasgow and in the afternoon all joined in a visit to the Pitlochry Dam and Power Station of the Scottish Hydro-Electric Board. This visit was of great interest showing, C 251 as it did something of the immensity of the work undertaken not only in Pitlochry but throughout the neighbourhood.An opportunity was also given of seeing the under-water inspection chamber in the “fish-ladder,” which enables observations to be made on the movements of salmon. The party returned to the Hotel for tea and thereafter yet another very successful Summer Meeting broke up. Three visits were arranged for the members of the Section during May. On the evening of 9 May a party visited the Clyde Soyameal Factory King George V Dock Glasgow. This modern and well-equipped factory no longer processes the soya bean but the members saw groundnuts being pressed for oil and the whole subsequent refining process. The visit which lasted for two and a half hours terminated with tea at 10 p.m.On 16 May there was an afternoon visit to Organon Laboratories where a range of synthetic hormones is made with cholesterol from wool grease as the precursor. Semi-large scale plant is used throughout the factory and it was an education in pilot plant chemical engineering to see the complex organic reactions involved being carried out with such ease. The members also saw the biological testing of the products and the processes of finishing and packing in ampoule or tablet form. This rrlost interesting visit concluded with tea. On 29 May the members were the guests for the whole day of the Distillers Company at their Yeast Factory and Yeast Research Station at Menstrie, Clackmannan. The forenoon was spent in the yeast factory where the growth of the yeast culture was traced from the laboratory sub-culture to the large fermenters in which the final development takes place after which the yeast is centrifuged and conveyed as a creamy suspension to the final stages of pressing and packing.After lunch the members were given a most interesting and thoroughly organised survey of the Research Station. The many aspects of the work being conducted there were demonstrated and explained. The visit concluded with tea. The Section is greatly indebted to all those who made the above visits possible and for the hospitality shown by the Companies concerned. Attendance was in all cases good the number of allocations being fully taken. London and South-Eastern Counties.-Arrangements have now been made for the postponed discussion on The Application of Statistical Methods to Analytical Chemistry (Journal 1951 I 71; 11 131) to be held at the Waldorf Hotel London W.C.2 at 4 p.m.on 25 October 1951. The following have agreed to participate Dr. G. L. Davies Dr. D. J. Finney and Dr. E. C. C. Wood, as well as Mr. D. R. Read whose lectures at the Summer School last year (since published in the Lectures Monographs and Reports series 1951) provide the basis for this discussion. All members of the Tnstitute are invited to contribute to the discussion. Manchester and District.-As part of the Summer Programme three interesting and varied visits to works have been made. That the permitted numbers were attained in each party is an indication of the popularity of these events. On 6 June the venue was the research and development laboratories of Messrs.Imperial Chemical Industries Limited (Dyestuffs Division) at Blackley, where opportunity was afforded for inspection of laboratories engaged on a wide range of activities connected with dyestuffs textile auxiliaries and rubber technology. On 20 June a visit was paid to the Shirley Institute Didsbury the laboratories of the British Cotton Industry Research Association. Here, interest was added to the visit by a tour not only of the extensive existing laboratories and workrooms but also of a large new laboratory block in course of construction. On 4 July a party descended the salt mine at Winsford by courtesy of Messrs. Imperial Chemical Industries Limited (Salt Division). The [ 252 visit to this the only working salt mine in this country provided an interesting and unusual experience for those fortunate enough to attend.For particulars of the forthcoming Dalton Lecture to be delivered by the Rt. Hon. Lord McGowan K.B.E. in Manchester on 27 September 1951 see p. 256. Mid-Southern Counties.-The Fourth Annual General Meeting was held at Portsmouth Technical College on 5 May 1951 with Dr. J. M. Wright in the chair. Eight nominations for the eight vacancies on the Committee having been received the following were declared elected:-Mr. C. M. Bere (Portsmouth), Dr. A. R. Burkin (Southampton) Mr. A. S. Carlos (Poole) Mr. H. E. Clarke (Bournemouth) Mr. D. R. Davis (Salisbury) Mr. G. N. Farrand (Poole), Mr. I. B. Mowat (Farnborough) and Dr. D. Wyllie (Portsmouth). The Chair-man thanked the retiring members-Messrs.A. G. Hill s. R. Finn and A. L. Williams-for their valuable work. The following officers were elected for 1951-52:-Chairman Dr. J. M. Wright (Salisbury); Vice-chairman Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston (Poole); Hon. Treasurer Mr. R. W. Watridge (Southampton); Hon. Secretary Mr. G. H. Osborn (Poole). Dr. Webb and Dr. Parker were elected Hon. Auditors. The Hon. Treasurer Mr. R. W. Watridge presented the financial statement, which showed a deficit. A lengthy discussion on future policy ensued and it was eventually agreed that it would be undesirable to curtail the activities of. the Section. A resolution that all members of the Section should be asked to contribute to a reserve fund for social activities was carried by a majority.The report of the Hon. Secretary (Mr. G. H. Osborn) showed that the membership of the Section at 31 December 1950 was 193. During the session three lectures a symposium and a film display had been held at Bournemouth, six lectures and a symposium at Portsmouth (jointly with the Portsmouth Chemical Society) three lectures and a conversazione at Salisbury and four lectures a symposium and a social evening at Southampton. No meetings had been held at Farnborough or Basingstoke. The annual summer outing, to the Gardens of the Royal Horticultural Society at Wisley was a great success. All meetings had been well attended. A general discussion followed at the conclusion of which the chairman expressed thanks to the authorities of the Portsmouth Technical College for facilities for meetings and to the Hon.Secretary and other officers for their work during the past .year. After an interval for tea a very enjoyable lecture with demonstrations, was given by Mr. G. C. Chamberlain on “Colour Colour Measurement and its Uses in Industry.” In thanking the lecturer Dr. C. G. Lyons described the lecture as “a splendid example of the art of scientific showmanship.” Many questions were asked and answered. South Wales.-A meeting was held on 30 June in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Swansea with Dr. A. G. Ramsay presiding. The meeting was intended primarily for teachers of chemistry and was well attended. Mr. E. E. Ayling opened a discussion on “The Electronic Structure of Carbon Compounds” and a number of the teachers present participated.Following the meeting those present lunched together in the College Refectory. South-Western Counties.-The South-Western Counties Section was created two years ago largely on the initiative of Professor H. T. S. Britton Exeter, who became the first Chairman with Dr. C. V. Reynolds Exeter as Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. At the second Annual General Meeting held at Plymouth on 5 May 1951 Dr. L. H. N. Cooper Plymouth was elected to the Chair for the coming two years with Dr. Reynolds as Vice-chairman, [ 253 Mr. E. R. Braithwaite Plymouth as Hon. Secretary and Dr. F. A. Royle as Hon. Treasurer. The ordinary members of Committee are now:-Mr. T. W. Parker Mr. E. Winterbottom Dr. E. Vanstone Dr. S. J. Gregg Dr. K. Schofield. The membership is largely concentrated in the university city of Exeter and the industrial centre of Plymouth and so far two meetings a year have been held in each.There remains a membership scattered along the 140 miles of the south-western peninsula; they find it difficult and expensive to reach either town. It may prove possible to arrange for at least one lecture to be given in more than one town. The Committee would welcome suggestions as to other centres in Mid- or West-Cornwall or North Devon where meetings might be held with some hope of success. Three scientific meetings have been held during the past winter; two at Plymouth were addressed respectively by Mr. D. C. Henry on “Colloids” and Dr. J. R. Nicholls C.B.E. on “Food Adulteration-Past Present and Future,” and one at Exeter by Sir William Savage on “Some Chemical Problems Affecting Public Health.” A fourth very successful meeting was held at Exeter on “The Training of Scientists,” at which talks were given by NIr.A. C. Truman on “Chemistry in the Grammar School,” Dr. J. F. J. Dippy on “The Training of Chemists in Technical Colleges and Polytechnics,” Professor H. T. S. Britton on “Training of Scientists in University Institutions,” Dr. L. H. N. Cooper on “Basic Training in Relation to the Needs of Research Institutions” and Dr. I. J. Faulkner on “Basic Training in Relation to the Needs of Industry.” The subsequent discussion was very vigorous and stimulating. It is clear that there is a demand in the Section for similar meetings dealing with issues of wide interest.Close and friendly relations have been maintained with the Chemical Society and the South-Western Section of the Society of Chemical Industry, and meetings (except the Annual General Meetings) of all three bodies have been open to members of the others. Tees-side.-The first combined visit and social occasion organised by the Section was held on 7 July. Some 30 persons visited the potash borings of Imperial Chemical Industries Limited in Eskdale and later lunched together in Whitby. The officers for 1951-52 are:-Chairman Mr. J. Hughes. Committee Mr. C. E. Beynon Dr. A. G. Carter Dr. A. A. L. Challis Mr. B. Harris Dr. H. W. B. Reed Mr. C. C. Skou and Mr. H. N. Wilson. Hon. Treasurer Mr. W. T. Elwell. Hon. Almoner Dr. G. I. Higson. Hon. Auditors Dr. E. R. H. Davies and Dr.H. Evans. Hon. Recorder Mr. A. E. Rout. Hon. Secretary Dr. A. R. Martin. Bangalore.-The first meeting of the 1951-52 session was held on 13 April, 1951 at the Indian Institute of Science Bangalore with Professor K. V. Giri in the chair. Dr. M. S. Muthanna of the Department of Organic Chemistry, Indian Institute of Science gave a very interesting lecture on “Synthetic Fibres.” The lecture was suitably illustrated. A good discussion followed at the con-clusion of which the speaker was warmly thanked on the motion of Dr. T. L. Rama Char. Madras.-The inaugural address was delivered on 8 December 1950 by Sir C. V. Raman F.R.S. Sir Alagappa Chettiar presided. Sir C. V. Rainan said that chemists occupied an important position to-day and there was not a single field of human activity in which they did not have a say.He stressed the need to revive scientific activity in South India. Intelligence and educational r 254 institutions were not lacking but something new was needed. A man of science should be an internationalist. He appealed to chemists to put forth work which would stand up to the criticism of others and of themselves. Con-cluding he wished the Section and chemists all success. On 12 December Dr. R. R. Williams Research Director Research Cor-poration New York gave an address on “Chemistry and Public Health.” Professor B. B. Dey chairman of the Section presided. After the meeting the guests were entertained to tea. Dr. F. M. Lea Member of Council was entertained to light refreshments by the Committee at the Government Arts College on 25 January 195 I .In the course of an informal talk Dr. Lea said that he had no doubt that the position of chemists in India would improve as industrial chemistry progressed. Conveying the good wishes of the Institute to the members in Madras Dr. Lea said that the prestige and experience of the parent Institute would be of great help in the organisation of the profession of chemistry in India at least in the early stages; if ultimately a national Institute of Chemistry was formed in India, as in other Commonwealth countries the Royal Institute of Chemistry would feel that it had done its work in India. After answering questions Dr. Lea promised to convey to the Council the views expressed by members at the meeting. New Zealand.-In the Annual Report for the year 1949-50 presented at the 24th Annual Meeting held at Wellington on 16 February 1951 it was noted that the membership of the Section was 100 (37 Fellows 63 Associates).The 1950 Joint Annual Conference with the New Zealand Institute of Chemistry was held at Christchurch in August 1950 and was attended by 179 members of the two Institutes. Emeritus Professor W. P. Evans opened the Conference and the Mayor of Christchurch Sir Ernest Andrews welcomed the visitors. The Chairman of the Canterbury Branch of the N.Z.I.C. wel-comed the members. Dr. C. R. Barnicoat Chairman of the Section gave an address on “The Biological Significance of Metals” and Dr. Melville President of the N.Z.I.C. delivered his presidential address on “Some Aspects of Photosynthesis.” Papers were presented on agricultural physical and structural biological, and analytical chemistry and on industrial processes utilising New Zealand raw materials.There was also a symposium on isotopes at which four papers were read. Excursions were made to various industrial plants and there was an exhibition of apparatus and books. The Report also noted that a letter had been received from the Council of the Institute conveying their thanks for the Section’s gifts of food parcels. Numerous letters of appreciation had been received from individual recipients of parcels. Dr. J. K. Dixon had again spent much effort on this scheme. Northern India.-The first meeting of the Section was held on 17 March, 1951 in the Chemistry Department of the University of Delhi.Professor T. R. Seshadri Chairman gave an address on “Certain Pyrone Derivatives as Potential Insecticides.” The lecture was followed by a lively discussion in which chemists and biologists took part. A hearty vote of thanks to the speaker was proposed by Dr. G. S. Saharia after which those present were entertained to tea. On 14 April under the chairmanship of Professor T. R. Seshadri Dr. K. L. Moudgill Deputy Director (Chemicals) Indian Standards Institution gave a very interesting and informative talk on “The Salt Industry in India. INSTITUTE AFFAIRS FORTHCOMING EXAMINATIONS Examinations will be held in January 1952 as follows:-For the Associateship : In the week beginning Monday 14 January in London. If the number of entries is large some candidates in the London area may be required to do their practical exercises on Wednesday to Saturday 9 to 12 January inclusive or Tuesday to Friday 22 to 25 January inclusive.Candidates who have not yet been accepted should obtain from the Registrar the prescribed form of application without delay so as to leave ample time to secure thereon the necessary signatures certifying that they have complied with the Regulations concerning their courses of training. The completed application form must reach the Institute not later than Monday 8 October 1951. No application in respect of the January Examination will be considered if received later than that date. Entry forms will be sent as soon as they are ready to all candidates who have been previously accepted and to those whose applications have been received as above and accepted.The last date for the receipt of entry forms will be Monday 12 November 1951, after which no entry can be accepted. For the Fellowship : In the week beginning Monday 21 January in London or elsewhere at the discretion of the Council. Last dates for application and for entry are the same as for the Associateship, except that candidates who desire to present themselves for examination in a Special Branch of work must submit the2 entry forms before Monday 8 October. SEVENTH DALTON LECTURE The lecture entitled “A Hundred Years of Chemistry” will be delivered by the Rt. Hon. Lord McGowan K.B.E. D.C.L. LL.D. at 7 p.m. on Thursday, 27 September 1951. It will be held in the Town Hall Manchester by kind invitation of the Lord Mayor and Corporation of the City of Manchester.Admission will be by ticket to be obtained by application between 10 and 22 September to Mr. Arthur Carroll F.R.T.C. Hon. Secretary Manchester and District Section 9 Central Avenue Sale Manchester. In connection with this event a two-day Exhibition illustrating the historical development of industrial products will be held in the Gas Show-Rooms, Town Hall Extensions Mount Street Manchester by permission of the North-Western Gas Board and will be officially opened at 10 a.m. on 27 September. The award of this Medal and Prize (value E l 0 10s.) for 1951 will be made for the best essay not exceeding 3,000 words in length on any one of the under-mentioned subjects submitted by a Registered Student who is not more than 22 years of age on 31 December 1951.The Council reserves the right not to make an award if no essay of sufficient merit is received. “The Scientist as a Reader and a Writer.”, “The EfTect of National Service on Chemical Training and Education.” “The Examination System.” “The Functions of Professional Organisations.” SIR EDWARD FRANKLAND MEDAL AND PRIZE The subjects for 1951 competition are:-The object of the awards is to encourage Students to give thought to matters of professional and historical interest and to express their ideas in clear and concise English. [ 256 Essays must be forwarded to the Secretary of the lnstitute at 30 Russell Square London W.C.1 to reach him not later than 31 December 1951.Each essay must be accompanied by a signed declaration that it is the independent work of the candidate and forwarded in an envelope endorsed “E. Frankland Prize.” THE MEMBERS’ ROOM Following the completion of the constructional work at 30 Russell Square, which began in October last year the Council has been giving attention to the provision of improved amenities in the building for members and staff and particularly to the conversion of the Library into a Members’ Room. This room has now been newly carpeted and curtained and furnished with small tables and comfortable chairs. There are also two writing tables with appropriate equipment and although many of the journals and text-books formerly constituting the library have been disposed of some current periodicals will continue to be available in the Members’ Room and reference books in the adjoining corridor.The Members’ Room will be open from 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. on week-days (9.30 a.m. to 12.30 p.m. on Saturdays) beginning on 3 September 1951. Service of light refreshments on a tariff to be displayed will be in operation between I0 a.m. and 5 p.m. on week-days beginning on 1 October 1951. A small room alongside the Members’ Room will be available to members for private interviews on due notice being given. It is hoped that these facilities will be used by members visiting London from other centres and in general as a meeting place for members. The amenities are necessarily limited and not comparable with those of a Club but it is believed that in establishing this Members’ Room the Council has taken a step that will give a new significance to the Institute as a professional body.CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS Regulations relating to Publications and Extra-Mural Work of Scientists in the Colonial Service.-One of the constituent institutes of the Joint Council of Professional Scientists recently drew the Council’s attention to the varying interpretations in respect of scientists in the service of Colonial Governments, which are placed on paragraph 52 of Colonial Regulations (Colonial No. 88-1 of 1945) viz.: “An officer whose remuneration is fixed on the assumption that his whole time is at the disposal of the Government is prohibited from engaging in trade or employing himself in any commercial or agricultural undertaking.” While agreeing that it is undesirable for servants of Colonial Governments to act as consultants to industrial firms the Joint Council expressed to the Colonial Office the view that it was not in the best interests of the service for this rule to be interpreted in such a way that it would prevent a scientist acting for example as a university examiner or undertaking other academic work or contributing to scientific literature in the ordinary way.The Council’s view was that much would be gained if scientific members of the staff of an establish-ment were free to undertake such extra-mural work as b e Director of Research or other responsible officer expressly approved and if these Directors and officers had wide discretion in authorising such work and in deciding what extra-mural activities they themselves should undertake.These views were submitted to the Colonial Office in a document signed by its Chairman and the Presidents of its four constituent bodies The Institute of Biology The Royal Institute of Chemistry The Institution of Metallurgists and the Institute of Physics. The Assistant Under Secretary of State for the Colonies in charge of research, both in interview and in correspondence pointed out that it is a matter o common practice for scientific officers in the service of Colonial Governments to contribute to scientific literature and in th’e same way other officers frequently publish matters not excluded by the terms of the Colonial Regulation. He also pointed out that it is by no means uncommon for specialist officers employed by a Colonial Government to undertake for remuneration lectures at a university or college in the territory and to serve as external examiners.The official view is that in general the regulations are interpreted reasonably from the point of view of both scientific and other officers and of the Colonial Governments but the Secretary of State has undertaken to enquire into any particular case where it is considered that an unduly strict interpretation of the relevant Colonial regulations has been adopted. Streatfeild Memorial Lectures.-When the Finsbury Technical College was closed in 1926 the Old Student Association of that College invited the Institute to maintain the series of annual lectures which had been inaugurated in 1918 in memory of the much beloved lecturer in chemistry at the College, Mr.F. W. Streatfeild. Since then Streatfeild Memorial Lectures have been held regularly under the auspices of the Institute until 1949 and many of these lectures were published in the Lectures Monographs and Reports series of the Institute or summarised in the Journal. The original mandate was that the lectures should be delivered for as long as possible by old students of Finsbury Technical College. Latterly it had appeared to the Council of the Institute that the time was approaching when it would become difficult to maintain the lectures on this basis and the question of their continuance was raised with representatives of the old students of the College. At the meeting of the Council on 15 June proposals put forward by the old students’ Committee were received and readily adopted.These proposals entail the winding up of the series of lectures and the handing over of the original Streatfeild Memorial Lecture Fund (which had not been drawn upon by the Institute) for use in establishing with the City and Guilds of London Institute a Streatfeild Prize in a suitable branch of chemical technology. The old students’ Committee has expressed its gratitude to the Institute for maintaining the Streatfeild Lectures since 1926 arid the Council has indicated its satisfaction in having been able to help in paying this tribute to the memory of Mr. Streatfeild. EthicaI Practices Committee.-The Council has considered the implications of the new By-law 57 and has decided to set up an Ethical Practices Committee as a standing committee of the Institute with terms of reference as stated in By-law 57 (2).This new Committee has been constituted as follows:-The President (Chairman) Mr. R. C. Chirnside Professor R. P. Linstead Dr. G . Roche Lynch Mr. George Taylor and Sir Harold Tempany. Chemical Education.-At its meeting on 15 June the Council received memoranda on two aspects of this subject submitted respectively by the Leeds Area Section and the London and South-Eastern Counties Section. Both of these referred primarily to the development and status of courses for National Certificates the former being in elaboration of a matter raised at the Twenty-Fourth Conference of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections (Journal 1951 111, 210).Following discussion of these and related questions the Council decided to set up an Education Committee as a standing committee of the Institute. Although Education has always been a major concern of the Institute there has not been in recent years an established committee to which problems in this field could be referred and ad hoc committees had to be set up to deal with such questions as the education and training of laboratory technicians and with the development of higher technological education At the July meeting the Council adopted the following terms of reference for “To advise the Council on all questions of education and training at any levels in chemistry and ancillary subjects that may be referred to them by the Council or brought to their notice in other ways; to make recommendations on actions to be taken by the Institute on specific problems in this field, including matters of an administrative nature.” The following were then appointed as members of the Education Committee for 1951 -52:-Professor Harold Burton (Chairman) Dr.Harry Baines Dr. Norman Booth Dr. R. L. Elliott Dr. H. H. Hodgson Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving Dr. C. G. Lyons Mr. G. H. Moore Dr. H. B. Nisbet Mr. E. T. Osborne Dr. G . R. Ramage Dr. H. C. Smith Dr. P. F. R. Venables and Professor W. Wardlaw. the Committee:-Appointments and Economic Status Committee.-On 20 July the Council received the first interim report of the newly constituted Committee. At a meeting held on the previous day the Committee had before it a memorandum on the practice of other professional bodies in the general field of protection of the interests of their respective professions and gave preliminary consideration to directions in which the Institute might properly and usefully vary or extend its activities in this field.Discussions on this general issue will be continued at future meetings. In the meantime the Committee made recommendations on specific questions of economic status that had been brought to their notice and these were subsequently endorsed by the Council. The Residential Clubs Fund.-Reference has been made recently in the Annual Report of the Council 1950 p. 14 and by the Hon. Treasurer at the Annual General Meeting (Journal 1951 111 180) to the serious difficulties encountered in giving effect to the purpose for which the Fund was instituted.Although there had been some enquiries about residential club accommoda-tion of the type envisaged (Journal 1949,II 83) very few firm applications were received and the Treasurer as Chairman of the Residential Clubs Fund Com-mittee issued with the Journal for August 1950 a request for the opinions of members on the future of the scheme. Nearly 100 letters were received in reply and the general trend of opinion was summarised by the Treasurer in a special article (Journal 1950 VI 445). It was generally felt that the basic idea of the scheme was sound and that it should not be abandoned lightly. On the other hand it was made clear that old people especially married couples were reluctant to give up their own homes however inconvenient or difficult to manage particularly if joining a residential club meant abandoning most of their cherished possessions and moving to a different locality away from friends and established interests, This reluctance was confirmed by consultation with other professional bodies, including several with experience of running “homes” for old people receiving support from their benevolent funds.None of these bodies was prepared to consider joining in a scheme for elderly people with resources which though limited brought them outside the normal operation of benevolent funds-the people whom the Institute had specially in mind in establishing the Fund. At a meeting of the Residential Clubs Fund Committee held on 16 July the situation was further discussed and it was agreed with great regret to recom-mend that the Fund be wound up as soon as the necessary arrangements could be made.This recommendation was accepted by the Council on 20 July and the officers were authorised to obtain professional advice on the various legal questions involved and to communicate with the contributors to the Fund The intention is that contributors to the Fund whether by loan or by gift, will be given the choice of receiving their money back or except in the case of interest-bearing loans of transferring it to the Benevolent Fund subject to expenses incurred in the operation of the Residential Clubs scheme being dis-charged. It is hoped that capital sums thus made available to the Benevolent Fund may be used in securing and maintaining nominations for beneficiaries in homes run by Crossways Trust or other similar organisations.As soon as the necessary details have been settled (which may take some weeks) a communication will be sent to each individual contributor to the Fund giving a clear statement of the alternatives open to him. Contributors are asked not to take any action in the matter until this communication reaches them. Honorary Representatives of the Institute in Technical Colleges.-The following addition and amendment have been made to the lists of Hon. Repre-sentatives (Journal 1950 IV 323 VI 498):-Belfast College of Technology . . Dr. M. Crawford. Dagenham South-East Essex Tech-nical College and School of Art . . Mr. J. Ratcliffe (in place of Dr. D. Ridge resigned). The Second P.F. Frankland Memorial Lecture.-The lecture by Dr. R. L. M. Synge F.R.S. on “Biological Aspects of Proteins in the Light of Recent Chemical Studies,” which was delivered in Birmingham on 18 May (Journal, 1951 IIT 192) was repeated in London on 20 July before an appreciative audience in the Lecture Theatre of the Institution of Electrical Engineers. The President occupied the chair and in introducing Dr. Synge referred to the debt of gratitude the Institute owed to the late Professor P. F. Frankland who had held various offices for many years and was President from 1906 to 1909. The present series of Memorial Lectures had been established on the initiative of the Birmingham and Midlands Section as a tribute to Frankland’s outstanding services to the Institute and the profession.At the conclusion of the lecture a vote of thanks proposed by Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. and seconded by Mr. A. L. Bacharach was carried with acclamation. PERSONAL NOTES Dr. S. K. Bhattacharyya Fellow has been appointed assistant professor of physical and general chemistry in the Indian Institute of Science Bangalore. Dr. G. C. Bond Associate is going to America in September to take up a Post-doctoral Fellowship at Princeton University. Mr. R. J. Callow Fellow has been appointed research manager to Thorium, Ltd. Dr. R. Child Fellow has taken charge of the Chemical Department of the Tea Research Institute of East Africa. Mr. R. S. Colborne Fellow has left B.X. Plastics Ltd. to become General Manager of the Greenwich Leathercloth Co. Ltd. Mr.R. H. Del Mar Fellow has been appointed Commercial Director of Lever Bros. (South Africa) (Pty.) Ltd. Durban South Africa. Professor E. C . Dodds M.V.O. F.R.S. Fellow has been awarded the Medal of the Society of Chemical Industry and chose as the subject of his Medallist’s Address “The decisive influence of chemical industry on medicine.” He has recently been appointed Sir Arthur Sims Commonwealth Travelling Professor for 1952. Dr. T. Eden Fellow has taken up duties as Director of the newly established Tea Research Tnstitute o f East Africa at Kericho Kenya Colony Professor F. H. Garner O.B.E. Fellow has been awarded the Osborne Reynolds Medal of the Institution of Chemical Engineers. Dr. K. V. Giri Fellow has been appointed professor of biochemistry in the Indian Institute of Science Bangalore.Dr. E. G. N. Greaves Fellow Deputy Government Chemist Trinidad, has been appointed Government Chemist. Dr. D. V. N. Hardy Fellow has relinquished his post with the British Oxygen Co. Ltd. to take up an appointment in the Development Division of Monsanto Chemicals Ltd. at Fulmer Hall Bucks. Professor L. Hunter Fellow professor of chemistry at University College, Leicester has been appointed acting principal of the College pending the appointment of a successor to the retiring principal. Mr. L. 0. Kekwick Fellow has been elected President of the Oil and Colour Chemists' Association. Mr. A. E. Kerr Fellow Assistant Government Chemist Trinidad has been appointed Deputy Government Chemist. Dr. T. L. Rama Char Associate has 'been elected Secretary-Treasurer of the newly formed India Section of the Electrochemical Society.He has also been appointed Regional Editor for India of the Journal of the Society. Mr. John Rogers O.B.E. Fellow has taken office as President of the Society of Chemical Industry in succession to Mr. Stanley Robson Fellow. Mr. Fred Scholefield Fellow is retiring from his position as head of the Department of Textile Chemistry in the Manchester College of Technology, where he was first appointed as lecturer in textile chemistry in 1926. Dr. V. Subrahmanyan Fellow has been appointed Director of the Central Food Technological Research Institute Council of Scientific and Industrial Research India at Mysore. Dr. T. K. Walker Fellow senior lecturer in fermentation processes in the University of Manchester has been appointed reader in this subject in the faculty of technology of the University.Professor H. E. Watson Fellow has had conferred upon him the title of Professor Emeritus on his retirement from the Ramsay Chair of Chemical Engineering at University College London. Mr. B. White Fellow is visiting the United States as secretary of a special nlission sent under the aegis of the Anglo-American Council on Productivity, to enquire into methods for the conservation and efficient use of scarce materials used in the engineering and allied industries. Dr. Martha Annie Whiteley O.B.E. Fellow has been elected an Honorary Fellow of the Imperial College of Science and Technology. Dr. F. N. Woodward Fellow has been appointed honorary scientific adviser to the Secretary of State for Scotland.The following are among those on whom the Honorary Fellowship of the Heriot-Watt College was recently conferred :-Dr. Charles Forrester K.i.H., Member of Council; Dr. W. B. Peutherer Fellow; Dr. James Sandilands Fellow; Dr. Alexander M. Smith Fellow OTHER NOTES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTIFIC COURSES (see also Journal 1951 111 214) Chelsea Polytechnic.-(1) Biochemistry. Four groups of five lectures on Biochemistry will be given by Dr. E. M. Crook and Dr. F. L. Warren during the Autumn and Spring Terms on Mondays at 7.15 p.m. beginning 1 October, 1951. The lectures are designed for students who have a knowledge of chemistry to degree standard and wish to acquire a knowledge of general biochemistry.Fee for the whole course 40s.; for each part 10s. (2) The Chemistry and Microscopy of Food Drugs and Water. A special course of lectures and practical work based on the syllabus for the F.R.I.C., Branch E will be given for 1 st year students on Tuesday and Thursday evenings during two complete sessions beginning 25 September 1951. Responsible Lecturer Mr. R. G. Minor; Lecturer in Materia Medica Mr. E. S. Mayers; Lecturer in Bacteriology Mr. A. W. G. Chetham; Assistant Lecturers and Demonstrators Mr. A. J. M. Bailey and Mr. W. R. Rankin. Course Fee for each session E4 4s.; Laboratory Fee 5s.; Membership 1s. Further particulars of the above Courses may be obtained from the Principal Chelsea Polytechnic Manresa Road London S.W.3. City of Gloucester Technical College.-A course of ten lectures on Chemical Technology (including Instrumentation Mass Spectrography Spectrographic Analysis and Chromatography) will be held on Tuesdays at 7 p.m.beginning 9 October 1951. Particulars of fee and application forms may be obtained from the Principal of the College Brunswick Road Gloucester. Northampton Polytechnic London.-( 1) Applied X-ray Difraction. A course of 30 lectures with practical work on Mondays at 7-9.30 p.m. beginning 24 September for graduate or Higher National Certificate students concerned with industrial (including metallurgical) applications. Lecturer Mr. A. E. De Barr. Fee El 10s. (E2 5s. to cover additional evening per week). (2) Industrial Radiography (X-ray and Gamma ray). A course of 30 meetings on Tuesdays at 7-9.30 p.m.beginning 25 September 1951 for persons engaged in industrial radiography. Lecturer Dr. R. J. Barnes. Fee El 10s. Particulars may be obtained from the Principal of the College St. John Street London E.C. 1. Sir John Cass College.-Further particulars of the following special courses in the session 1951-52 may be obtained from the Principal of the College Jewry Street London E.C.3:-(1) Spectrochemical Analysis and Absorption Spectroscopy 12 lectures by Messrs. A. S. Nickleson and A. R. Philpotts beginning Friday 28 September at 6 p.m. followed by practical course in the second term for graduates in chemistry. Fee for lecture course 25s. (2) Radiochemical Analysis 10 lectures by Dr. A. G. Maddock Dr. J. F. Duncan and Mr. A. A. Smales on Thursday evenings at 6 p.m.beginning 4 October followed by practical course in the second term for graduates in chemistry. Fee for lecture course 25s. ( 3 ) Fundamentals of Microbiology 30 lectures by Dr. T. H. Anderson with laboratory work on Tuesdays from 6-9 p.m. beginning 2 October. Fee E4. (4) Statistical Methods in ScientiJic and Industrial Research 12 lectures on Statistical Analysis (beginning 24 September) and 12 lectures on Design of Experiments (beginning 7 January 1952) by Mr. A. J. Feuell on Mondays at 6.45-8 p.m. Fee E2 10s. for whole course. r 262 ( 5 ) Lubrication A course of six lectures by specialists on Thursdays a 6 p.m. beginning 1 November. Fee 15s. (6) General Technology of Petroleum A course of 20 lectures by specialists, on Thursday afternoons (2.45 p.m.) beginning 4 October; coupled with two visits to industrial installations.Fee for the course 30s. (7) Quantum Theory of Metals 6 lectures by Professor C. A. Coulson, F.R.S. on Tuesdays at 6 p.m. beginning 30 October. Fee 15s. (8) Crystal Physics 10 lectures by Mr. L. A. Thomas on Thursdays at 6 p.m. beginning 4 October followed by 10 lectures on X-ray Crystallography in the second term. Fee for the course 25s. (9) Solid Fuel Analysis A laboratory course under the direction of Mr. S. Wald on Mondays at 6-9 p.m. beginning 7 January 1952. (10) Lectures by Mr. Eric Walker Barrister-at-Law will be given on Thursdays at 6 p.m. and will cover Industrial Law (beginning 27 September) Patents and Industrial Design Protection (beginning 24 January 1952) and Trade Marks (beginning 24 April 1952).These lectures are not addressed to lawyers but to men and women in executive and administrative positions in industry. Fees, 25s. 20s. and 7s. 6d. for the respective courses. CONFERENCES AND SYMPOSIA Discussion on The Application of Statistical Methods to Analytical Chemistry. -For particulars of this discussion arranged by the London and South-Eastern Counties Section of the Royal Institute of Chemistry on 25 October see p. 252. General Discussion on Heat Transfer.-Developments in the mechanism of transfer of heat and in the design of apparatus relating thereto will be the subject-matter for discussion at a conference to be held in London from 11 to 13 September in the Institution of Mechanical Engineers and in Caxton Hall.The Conference is being arranged jointly by the Institutions of Chemical Engineers and of Mechanical Engineers and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. Particulars may be obtained from the General Secretary The Institution of Chemical Engineers 56 Victoria Street London S.W.1. International Chemical Conclave New York and Washington.-This conclave will include The Diamond Jubilee celebration and the 120th national meeting of The American Chemical Society 3-7 September in New York; the XVIth Conference of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry beginning on 8 September in New York; the XIIth International Congress of Pure and Applied Chemistry 9-1 3 September in New York; the Golden Jubilee celebration of the U.S. National Bureau of Standards 14-15 September in Washington.Preparations for these events are now well advanced and the Royal Institute of Chemistry has appointed Mr. R. C. Chirnside (past member of Council), Professor W. H. Linnell (Vice-president) and Mr. E. T. Osborne O.B.E. (past Vice-president) as its official delegates to the International Congress. Other members of the Institute who have signified their intention to attend the Inter-national Congress but require further information should communicate with Dr. Harry L. Fisher 2101 Constitution Avenue Washington 25 D.C. U.S.A. Fifth Chemical Convention Union of South Africa.-The Convention which is sponsored by the South African Chemical Institute the Society of Leather Trades Chemists (S.A. Section) the Institute of Sewage Purification (S.A.Branch) and the S.A. Institute of the Boot and Shoe Industry will be held at Port Elizabeth on 1-6 October. Further particulars may be obtained from the Hon. Secretary of the Convention Dr. C. A. Maunder-Foster F.R.I.C. 6 Belmont Terrace, I 263 Port Elizabeth who on behalf of the South African Chemical Institute extends to members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry who are able to visit South Africa in the autumn a cordial invitation to attend the Convention. International Congress of Industrial Chemistry.-The XXIVth session of the Congress will be held in Paris from 29 November to 1 December 1951. Par-ticulars may be obtained from La SociCtd de Chimie Industrielle 28 Rue Saint-Dominique Paris 7e. TRAINING OF LABORATORY TECHNICIANS The attention of members who are concerned with advancement of the training and qualifications of laboratory technicians is directed to the following information about courses provided at the Paddington Technical College, Saltram Crescent W.9 in the session 1951-52. Further particulars may be obtained from Mr. R. C. Rogers at the College. Preliminary Course One-year course of one day per week for junior laboratory personnel preparing for entry to the Intermediate Certificate Course below. City and Guilds Intermediate Certificate Course Three-year course which may be taken on either (a) three evenings per week or (b) one day and one evening per week. City and Guilds Final Certificate Course Two-year course of two evenings per week running initially on provisional syllabuses. Qualifications for entry to this course are comparatively wide and prospective students will be judged on their merits. Enrolment Evening classes-1 7-21 September 6-8 p.m.; Part-time day classes-3-7 September 2-4 p.m. Early application for places is advised. MISCELLANEOUS Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association.-From 1 July 195 1 the Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association has established its own offices on a permanent basis. Mr. R. H. Hamblin M.A. has been appointed General Secretary and all business enquiries and communications should be addressed to him at the new offices Memorial Hall Farringdon Street London E.C.4. Toxic Chemicals used in Agriculture.-The Working Party on Precautionary Measures against Toxic Chemicals used in Agriculture which has recently issued its first report (H.M.S.O. No. 24-190) has been asked by the Ministries of Agriculture and Fisheries Health and Food and the Department of Health for Scotland to enquire whether any risks arise from the point of view of the consumer of the final product in the use of toxic chemicals in agriculture and in the storage of food and to make recommendations for protective measures should these appear to be desirable. Organisations wishing to submit written evidence to the Working Party should write to Mr. W. K. Melrose Ministry of Food Portman Court, London W.l

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9517500221

出版商:RSC    

年代:1951

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART V ‘95’ EDITORIAL THE CHEMICAL COMMUNITY We are often asked how many qualified chemists there are in the United Kingdom and feel somewhat ashamed at not being able to give a reasonably precise answer. If “qualified” implies as it should, possessing the qualifications required for admission to the Associateship of the Institute a minimum figure can readily be given; it is simply the number of corporate members of the Institute in the country. It is difficult to assess however the number of chemists who have the necessary qualifications but have not taken steps to secure corporate membership of their professional body. It has been suggested that an answer to this question might be obtained from a study of the membership statistics of the other major chemical societies.Membership data for the three chartered chemical bodies-the Chemical Society (C.S.) the Society of Chemical Industry (S.C.I.), and the Institute (R.1.C.)-and of such more specialised societies as the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists (S.P.A.) the Faraday Society (F.S.) and the Biochemical Society (B.S.) are published annually. Moreover it has become necessary to determine at regular intervals the overlap in the membzrship of these six bodies in order to calculate the proportion of the maintenance cost of the Chemical Society’s Library to be borne by each body under the terms of the Chemical Council Agreement. From calculations made in July last year it appears that the total number of persons who were members of one or more of the six bodies was about 19,450; this is apart from registered students of the Institute (about 2,500) and those enjoying joint student facilities in the C.S.and S.C.I. (about 100). If it be,assumed that every qualified chemist worthy of the name belongs to at least one of these bodies this figure when corrected for members overseas would represent an upper limit while th corporate membership of the Institute at that time (1 1,550), when similarly corrected would constitute the lower limit. It is appreciated however that membership of the chemical societies does not necessarily imply the standard of qualifications required for admission to corporate membership of the Institute or indeed any qualification at all. On the other hand there are probably few people who in these days join these societies merely as interested amateurs and it can be assumed that most of the members have some professional [ 265 interest in their activities though not necessarily as chemists.Thus the Chemical Society includes a number of Fellows whose qualifications are in other sciences or in medicine or pharmacy while the Society of Chemical Industry includes a much larger number of engineers and other technologists as well as of managers and industrialists of various types. The Faraday Society and the Biochemical Society in virtue of their border-line fields of interest have a notable membership of physicists and biologists respectively. There is no doubt therefore that of about 7,900 individuals who belong to one or more of the five societies but not to the Institute a considerable number are not chemists and a still larger number are not qualified for admission to the Institute.Without counting individuals with reference to the nature and classes of their degrees and diplomas-an almost impossible task-we cannot get much further on a purely factual basis. It would seem however, that at least a rough estimate might be obtained by assuming that all persons who belong to two or more of the five societies are qualified in chemistry but that only half of those belonging to a single society are so qualified. On this basis 3,100 would have to be deducted from the above total of persons belonging to one or more of the six bodies leaving 16,350 presumed to be qualified.This is probably still on the high side. If it were true it would mean that just over 70 per cent. of the chemically qualified members of one or more of the six bodies were corporate members of the Institute. These figures relate to memberships in this country and overseas. For the Institute about one-seventh of the corporate members are resident abroad (including the Republic of Ireland) and it is probable that this ratio would not be far wrong in respect of membership of the societies. Unlike the Institute these societies admit foreigners to their membership; the Society of Chemical Industry has a flourishing section in the U.S.A. All including the Institute have many members in various parts of the Commonwealth. If this assumption be accepted our estimate for 1950 of the number of qualified chemists in the United Kingdom would come out at about 14,000-of whom some 9,900 were corporate members of the Institute.In other professions where membership of a professional body is not an essential requirement for practice it is also difficult (probably more so) to determine what proportion of the suitably qualified persons in fact belong to the body. Where estimates have been made however, they frequently lie around 70-75 per cent. As we believe that chemists are at least as enthusiastic as other professional men and women in supporting their established organisation this may be taken as indicating that the figures given above are probably on the low side. This is not the place in which to stress the value of the services of the Institute and of its work in maintaining and developing professional standards.That would be preaching to the convertzd. It may be [ 266 J Even the S.P.A. is not limited to qualified chemists proper however to suggest that in the interest of the advancement of chemical science on which the future of the profession largely depends, a much greater number of members of the Institute might support the scientific societies especially thz other two chartered chemical bodies on whom the great and growing burden of publication of new knowledge largely rests. Tn 1950 some 3,600 chemists belonged to all three chartered bodies mostly through the Chemical Council’s joint subscription scheme, but whereas this number represented nearly 45 per cent.of the total membership of the Chemical Society and almost 50 per cent. of that of the Society of Chemical Industry it was only a little over 30 per cent. of the corporatc membership of the Institute. Moreover a further 20 per cent of Fellows of the Chemical Society and over 22 per cent. of members of the S.C.I. were members of one of the other two bodies, whereas the corresponding figure for the Institute was under 8 per cent. There were in fact over 7,000 corporate members of the Institute who gave no support to the two chartered societies and nearly 6,500 of these were also not members of any of the three above-mentioned specialist societies. One of the orginal objects of the joint subscription scheme was to secure from chemists additional funds for the publishing societies because, although financial support from industry or from the Government was to be welcomed it was important that chemists themselves should con-tribute a major part of the money if the control of publications policy was to remain-as we believe it should-in their hands.The essence of the scheme is that members of the three chartered bodies are allowed to pay a joint annual subscription amounting to about two-thirds of the total of the three separate subscriptions while retaining all the privileges of membership of the bodies except as to publications. Each joint subscriber is entitled to receive publications up to a stated value and selected by himself and to purchase any additional publications he desires at scheduled rates-which are much less than those for the general public.This scheme which was introduced in 1941 has since been extended to make special provision for junior members (under age 25) and to enable joint subscribers who are also members of either the Faraday Society or the S.P.A. to cover their subscriptions to that body at the same time. Before the scheme was introduced it was estimated that there were less than 500 chemists who were members of all three chartered chemical bodies. The fact that this number has now increased to about 3,600 is striking evidence that the advantages of the scheme have been widely recognised. The publishing societies have benefited considerably, because although each receives only about half the normal subscription from a joint subscriber it has to provide only about half the publica-tions due to a single-body member.It is evident however that there are many more chemists chiefly members of the Institute who might be expected to assist the work of the publishing societies by [ 267 becoming members of them and paying the joint subscription The amount of the joint subscription to the three chartered chemical bodies is still less than the annual subscription which members of several other professions are required to pay to a single professional body even where the services provided by that body are far less than those available to chemists. It is understood that a new edition of the Chemical Council brochure giving particulars of the joint subscription arrangements will shortly be published for wide distribution among chemists and we believe that members of the Institute who are not already participating in the scheme would do well to consider the advantages it offers.They may be assured that in any event their support of the scheme would be helpful to the publishing societies and therefore to the chemical community as a whole. INSTITUTE ADMINISTRATION PENDING CHANGES Mr. R. L. Collett M.B.E. Registrar is due to retire at the end of this year after 26 years as a salaried Officer of the Institute. An invitation to corporate members to subscribe to a presentation to Mr. Collett accompanies this issue of the Journal. A biographical note on Mr. Collett with special reference to his services to the Institute and the profession will be published with a photograph in Part VI.Miss I. Cawston Principal Assistant Secretary will also be retiring at the end of the year when she will have completed 42 years in the service of the Institute. An announcement will be made in Part VI of the Journal inviting subscriptions to a presentation to be made to her at a later date. As a result of these retirements the Council has decided on the advice of an ad hoc Committee on Future Administration on a far-reaching re-organisa-tion of the administration involving an extensive re-distribution of responsi-bilities and duties among the remaining salaried Officers and Staff as well as the appointment of a new Assistant Secretary. The separate offices of Secretary and Registrar will be re-combined and on 1 January 1952 Dr. H. J. T. Elling-ham will assume the dual title with Mr.L. W. Raymond T.S.O. as Deputy to the Secretary and Registrar. The general business of the office will be organised in three main divisions (instead of two as at present) with an Assistant Secretary in charge of each. Mr. D. A. Arnold A.C.I.S. and Mr. L. W. Winder will administer two of these divisions while the third will be in the charge of Dr. F. W. Gibbs M.Sc. A.R.I.C. who has been appointed an Assistant Secretary with effect from 1 October 1951. Further particulars of the new organisation will be announced in the next issue of the Joiirnal SOME ASPECTS OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION IN THE UNITED STATES AND GREAT BRITAIN* By P. F. R. VENABLES B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C.,’Dip.Ed. INTRODUCTION In comparing different aspects of technical education in the two countries one must be continually mindful of a threefold difference in population and a far greater difference in geographical factors; of the very different histories social and industrial organisation of the two countries ; and of the different educational background of the students attending reasonably comparable institutions.When we try to extract a lesson from American experience we must make sure that it will apply in the contemporary British situation. This is no easy matter and we must not overlook the likelihood that an independent diagnosis of our position may prove more profitable than a borrowed remedy.l THE SCOPE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION In both countries technical education is provided in a variety of institutions and at different levels but in the United States the distinction is more clearly and rigidly maintained between technological education and vocational education.Technological education is an education with a sufficiently broad scientific basis especially in mathematics physics and chemistry required for those who are going to maintain manage and develop industry; by vocational education is meant the training of technicians and those engaged in the crafts with more limited objectives and a primary emphasis on skills rather than on fundamental principles. In the U.S.A. there are no institutions strictly comparable with the British technical colleges either as local colleges of further education (which .the majority are tendmg to become) or as regional technical colleges providing both kinds of education and with technological work carried to a high level.Reference should be made to an interesting survey on “Engineering and Technological Education in Great Britain’’2 by Professor W. R. Woolrich Dean of Engineering in the University of Texas, both for the intrinsic value of his own observations and also to illustrate the problem of nomenclature. It is when one tries to put exact interpreta-tion upon such common words as technician and technologist institute and technical college that one realises the truth of Bernard Shaw’s aphorism that “The English and the Americans are two peoples divided by a common language.” The growth of technological education in the U.S.A. was not accom-panied by an equal growth in vocational education.To make good this deficiency the American Engineers’ Council for Professional Development *Substance of a paper delivered to Section L Education of the British Association for the Advancement of Science 13 August 1951. [ 269 has recently established a system of “accrediting” technical institutes specifically concerned with vocational education for technicians and craftsmen. This has been a welcome development but if one reads the signs aright this accreditation also secures a segregation of this kind of work. To the lack of desire on the part of the technological institutions in the U.S.A. to undertake any of this work is added a vigilant attitude towards any attempt to close the gap. In the recent controversy on higher technological education in Britain, the point has frequently been made that such a separation of vocational education from the major technical institutions should take place in this country.Already the more elementary work e.g. below Ordinary National Certificate level including vocational craft work is being progressively excluded at least as far as other accommodation and schemes of establishing local colleges permit. Certainly the expansion of professional and higher technological work within an institution has usually been accompanied by a smaller expansion of vocational work, and even by its neglect and American experience is similar. In the British scene the separation may never be complete but the trend is hardly to be denied. TECHNOLOGICAL EDUCATION In trying to convey the prevailing American outlook we may note that many of the bulletins or prospectuses of American colleges and universities contain statements asserting that they are not concerned with the narrower training of technicians.For example one institution is asserted to be dedicated to “the development of leaders in science both pure and applied industry and public affairs-not to the training of technician^."^ This statement is also typical in that it implies the two main aims of a creative competence in the chosen profession and an essential and responsible contribution to the general life of the community. That these aims are essential to present day society in general and industry in particular is a faith proclaimed more often and more widely in the United States than in Great Britain and a greater value is placed upon general education and social studies in the curricula for degree courses.While it is true that the differing standards of education prior to entry will account for part or most of the general education it does not remove the need altogether and certainly it does not remove the social studies from consideration. These wider aspects of technological education are often designated as education in the Humanities. EDUCATION IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL STUDIES What is so interesting is that the argument for this kind of education is based primarily on professional grounds. “It is (the institution’s) duty to prepare its students for social responsibility and for a rich and [ 270 complete life. But important though these objectives may be techno-logical and social problems are now so inextricably interwoven that the humanities and social sciences are essential components of a man’s professional education.Without an adequate cultural background a technical specialist is no longer qualified for leadership in his own field.”* From several sources I was informed that there was a general expecta-tion that ten years after entry into industry less than half of the graduates would be directly engaged in the technical work for which they had been trained. Their education should therefore be concerned with their needs in ten years’ time no less than when they leave. In ten years’ time their competence will depend at least as much on their characters and on their understanding of their fellow men and of society as on their technological capabilities.Admittedly a good deal will be caught by them not taught to them in those ten years but an indispensable task for the educator is to create an awareness of what must be caught as well as taught. Acceptance of this task has two consequences-one a minor though integral part of the time should be devoted to those ancillary studies throughout all technological courses. The second consequence is the necessity of devising special “hybrid” courses in which the social studies are more nearly of equal value with the technological, as for example in the degree courses in engineering and business administration. Neither consequence has been accepted in this country for full-time degree or diploma courses.As regards the first consequence the nature of one such course may be briefly indicated. After recent experience the courses at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology are being revised into two main stages the first two years being spent on a general study of “Man in Society.” The second stage (third and fourth years) is spent on certain elective subjects all of which have great importance in the contemporary scene for example a case history of the formation of institutions in the U.S.A.; the industrial revolution in England and the U.S.A.; Government and business in the U.S.A. ; international order and institutions ; development of democratic thought and the history of ideas. A private report of a survey made by Professor J. B. Rae and Professor D.S. Ballantine (of M.I.T.) of similar courses in leading American institutions makes it clear that many interesting experiments are being undertaken in this field. In British technical colleges this aspect of technological education has not received the attention it deserves. This is certainly possible with the full-time diploma courses especially the newly-established ones and, were it not for the rigours of the external examination system it ought to be attempted in the degree courses. The problem of the part-time degree and Higher National Certificate courses is far more formidable. Even here there is need for experiment by providing such courses as post-advanced courses especially by University Extra-Mural Departments. Such part-time post-graduate courses would have the advantage of being given to older students with a potentially meaningful industrial experience.271 IMMEDIATE TECHNOLOGICAL AIMS No precise line of demarcation can be fixed between pure and applied science between science and technology. We find not infrequently that those trained in one field pass over to work in the other and vice versa. It is to the great advantage of both that this should be so and that they should work together and this should warn us against any attempt to establish rigorous mutually exclusive disciplines. Nevertheless there is a difference of approach and emphasis. This may be conveyed by the cryptic remark of one American chemical engineer in discussing the solution of a practical industrial problem-“The scientist will solve it completely eventually the technologist will have it working on a deadline.”5 Professor Warren K.Lewis says “Our objective is the development of the capacity of the student when found with a new and unfamiliar situation to handle it with a competence involving skill initiative and leadership.” It was urged by many professors and especially by those in chemical engineering that this does not require the training of technologists to go to the finest limits of scientific accuracy in each fundamental discipline in order to secure successful application of discoveries. Rather what is required is to create an awareness and understanding sufficient to facilitate a successful synthesis of the various disciplines. It is an impossible task to become expert in all disciplines.The application of general principles qualitatively and quantitatively within predetermined limits on a deadline is the essence of the training of the technologist and it is this which leads to the great emphasis in the U.S.A. on planned industrial experience in one form or another. RANGE OF COURSES This emphasis on getting a job done on a deadline implies a great interest in the material or object produced and so the term “engineering” includes all those applications of science required for the manufacture of an end-product. The term engineering has a much wider application in the U.S.A. than in Great Britain and includes various technologies. There is therefore in the United States a greater differentiation of courses for degrees in engineering.The prestige and all-pervasiveness of engineering has led to such self-contradictory concepts as “human engineering,” “social engineering,” and the like. Mention has already been made of the establishment of courses in engineering and business administration and these have been described as courses in “social technology.” These courses have justified themselves completely-both as regards the students who are primarily interested in people and management and less in initiating and developing processes and also as regards industry which because of its increasing complexity and its social problems needs such trained people. This is a very marked difference in provision from the British system and we would do well to examine-not least in relation to our productivity problems-whether we have not a serious gap here.[ 272 The other major difference in the provision of courses is in chemical engineering. These have developed greatly in the U.S.A. in the last thirty years and now closely follow in magnitude those in civil electrical, and mechanical engineering respectively. This development has taken place in both undergraduate+ and post-graduate schools and it is important to note that the undergraduate courses are regarded as indis-pensable. The view is firmly held that without them it is not possible to supply all the chemical engineers required for the maintenance as well as the development of industry. It is not without significance that it is in American chemical engineering education that we find a very special emphasis on works experience as an integral part of the course, notably in the highly successful works practice schools.These courses are very acceptable to industry and have in turn riceived increasing support from industry. But they are only part of a significant difference between the two countries-namely the greater accessibility in the U.S.A. of the highest posts in industry and elsewhere to educated technologists. There is moreover a wider range of posts available and there are good indications that something like two and a half times as many trained people at degree or comparable level are being employed in the U.S.A. as in Great Britain. STANDARDS OF COURSES When one considers the inevitable differences in standards between courses in a variety of institutions in this country-between the universities themselves and technical colleges-it is a formidable task indeed to try to gauge the standards in the more varied institutions and conditions of the United States.The reasons why such a survey should be undertaken are fairly self-evident but one must not be overlooked. The numbers of degrees granted have been taken as indexes of the relative development of the systems of higher education in the two countries and these have been used for comparative purposes with indexes of productivity. This does mean that a controversial assumption has been made as to the quality of the degrees which have been counted. It may be that the error involved in this assumption does not invalidate the differences which Sir Ewart Smith discovered and the conclusions which he put forward in his paper last year.6 We ought to know what the differences are or at least we ought to try to make valid comparisons.It would seem that the entry standards to degree courses in the U.S.A. are not less than one year below those to British degree courses and that the standards of the first degree are generally not higher than those of a British pass degree. Several professors with a knowledge of the British system went far beyond this and conceded up to a two-year difference in entry standards. The range of American higher institutions is so great and varied that it is well to realise that the power of conferring degrees does not mean [ 273 quite the same thing in thc two countries. There are about 1,890 institutions in the U.S.A.concerned with higher education and of these 1,294 confer degrees. The work of these institutions is accredited by certain associations and of the 1,294 degree-granting institutions mentioned only 810 are accredited by at least one of six regional bodies ; of these 8 10 about 330 are recognised by the Association of American Universities but these include teacher-training colleges and other institutions which in this country do not grant degrees. The most important accrediting association is the Association of American Universities which consists of some 32 graduate schools in the U.S.A. and 2 in Canada. In this context it is a quite misleading act of British modesty to omit Higher National Certifi-cates from any comparison with American degrees.Nevertheless, though reduced the force of Sir Ewart Smith’s argument remains powerful and we do well to give it urgent attention. Two points may be made in passing. It is often argued that the standards of American degrees must in many cases be low because of the low entry standards to the State Universities. On the contrary, those of the faculty whom I met had a lively appreciation of the problem of maintaining degree standards and yet having to accept a low standard of admission as a social necessity. But a high percentage of the students fail the course and frequently only about a third of those who enter succeed in gaining degrees. This may be wasteful (in our though not necessarily in their social situation) but it is not evidence of low standards.My other point is also of importance in relation to entry standards, though it will be anathema to the lovers of the comprehensive school. Among the faculties I found a widespread admiration of British grammar school standards most of the expression of it being entirely unsolicited, while some amounted to envy. Many if not most of those I met expressed regret that the present social situation in America does not permit the early selection of those of high intellectual capacity? a factor which affected the standards of their courses adversely. To return to degree standards it would seem reasonable to suppose an approximate equivalence between a British Special Honours degree and an American Master’s degree. Indeed one Dean informed his colleagues in my presence that they were identical.Such an unsolicited view has a value not lightly to be ignored. But one should not overlook the fact that although most M.S. degrees require preponderantly lecture-course work, the student does get some insight into research work through a limited practical experience. At the Ph.D. level as far as I was able to judge, there is no good reason to suppose the standard in the best institutions is in any way lower than that in Great Britain though there is a difference in orientation? as again course-work is largely required. CO-OPERATION WITH INDUSTRY Co-operation between industry and the colleges and universities takes place in a rich diversity of ways most of which are familiar to us in [ 274 Great Britain though the balance of effort and expenditure is under-standably different.Research sponsored by industry has grown in the U.S.A. though it is by now greatly overshadowed by government-sponsored research. One feature of co-operation with industry in this country is almost entirely lacking in the United States. This is the system of part-time day attendance at technical colleges during working hours which now benefits some 241,487 student-employees a year. When I proffered information on this point a remarkable variety of responses was evoked. Frequent among these was frank incredulity compelling the characteristic question “But how did you sell it to industry?” I need hardly add that the incredulity was not lessened when I added that the arrangement did not entail loss of wages that most employers paid the tuition fees and that the privilege was being increasingly extended above the age of 21 years.In fact the total of such students has reached 31,816. One related single feature of the American scene is the co-operation between a few large firms and certain universities in respect of work done in postgraduate courses and research. A small amount of time-off is given to students but generally by British standards the extent of such concessions is not impressive. In one particular instance I was informed that in a period of 20 years of a total of some 6,000 students who had attended the courses for credit towards a degree 16 had gained doctorates and 207 master’s degrees. One cannot but wonder whether extended release and particularly secondment at critical periods would not have produced a bigger return.This is not to imply that we ourselves could not do with more release and many more secondments. CO-OPERATIVE COURSES These courses are analogous to our “sandwich” courses and both are based on the principle of planned industrial experience alternating with attendance at college over a four or five-year period. This type of education was first begun in 1906 at the University of Cincinnati and is now established in 29 institutions with some 15,000 students and concerning about 3,000 firms. By British standards some of the units are very large and in some cases form the whole basis of training of undergraduate students as for example at North-Eastern University, Boston (3,200 students in engineering chemistry commerce and liberal arts) and North-Western University Technological Institute Evanston (800 students in engineering and chemical engineering).These co-operative courses secure an essential element in the training of practical technologists by providing a realistic background of industrial working conditions to continued study. The realism is in working with people as well as with things; in industrial practices and the ways of ad-ministration; in experiencing at first hand the effects of dirty but essential work of routine work ; in seeing at work the line of responsibility and also the actions wise and unfortunate of both employers and trade unions. [ 275 The employers very soon realise that here is a valuable means of selection and recruitment of future staff.As for the student one point of great appeal-not least because of the lack of scholarships and other aids to higher education in the U.S.A.-is that he can usually earn most if not all of the money required to maintain him during the college periods. This essential principle of alternating planned industrial experience with education in college admits in application of many different working arrangements. For example the alternating periods may be different : three months or “quarters,” six months ten weeks sixteen weeks are all known. Without going further into such details one other point of general relevance to British practice should be made. The question is whether the student is to be regarded as being college-based or works-based-that is whether the student is regarded as released from college into industry or as an employee released to college for study periods.In all cases arguments were advanced for the student to remain essentially a student during his industrial period but these seem to me to apply only to schemes working badly and not to reflect difficulties inherent in works-based schemes. They may be valid in the context of American industry which is so much bigger and where there is not the same tradition of works-based co-operation as there is in England through part-time day courses. A college-based course entails a very large and expensive administrative staff if the placements in industry are to be secured and arranged. Not for nothing are the chief officers styled as professors even though strangely enough to us they often do no teaching or research.We need both these and the traditional full-time courses. In supporting “sandwich” courses, in arguing for a greater proportion of them and that it is the peculiarly appropriate task of the senior technical college to provide them I do not contend that we should follow American practice in having our courses wholly or even mainly college-based. In the different context of British industry and technical college education the balance seems to me to lie in favour of works-based co~rses.~ WORKS PRACTICE SCHOOLS The Massachusetts Institute of Technology is the only exponent of this form of works education and the first school was founded in 1930. There are three undergraduate schools widely dispersed and with very different backgrounds,s and the students have 8 weeks’ experience at all three stations in each of two periods.They are given realistic problems and generally work in groups in fact group working is regarded as an essential part of the training. During a 24-week period the students work on a total of about 8-10 realistic problems most of which have been suggested by the firm. It is not expected that the students should attain final results in all or even the majority of experiments but experience shows that two or three dollar-saving or dollar-earning projects result in the course of a year. The work is closely scheduled and there is a [ 276 constant insistence on completing work on a deadline ; nevertheless there is no absurd scramble for results and the primary emphasis is always on the method of attack on the problem.In this as in other kinds of work no mutually exclusive attitude is maintained and graduate students are trained by similar methods. By special arrangements with the firm the results are submitted as theses for higher degrees. Since the war M.I.T. has established another Practice School at Oak Ridge. This is a graduate school run as a self-contained unit providing experience in chemical engineering in the field of atomic energy. In the works practice school the student gains insight into the practical application of scientific principles and learns that engineering is but part of the whole complex of industrial processes and relations. The college is not called upon to instal large items of modem industrial plant and equipment extremely expensive to purchase house and operate, and inevitably with an expensive obsolescence.There would seem to be good reason for one such school being established in this country, especially in relation to the newer chemical industries. TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND RFBEARCH This is a vast topic deserving a paper to itself and only a few points can be dealt with here. Research is organised and sponsored differently in the two countries. Since the war the overwhelming proportion in the U.S.A. is government-sponsored and it is as if in the large institutions a local or even a main part of our Department of Scientific and Industrial Research were established as part of the university or college.The scale of such work is enormous and in the biggest institution the cost amounts to some 15 million dollars this year and may reach 27 next year. Research is sponsored directly by industrial firms in a variety of ways by special professorships by research fellowships by grants for research and for equipment by loans of equipment and so forth. Most of these are familiar to us but the scale of assistance is much greater than in this country. The overall assistance to research is about seven times greater in the U.S.A. after allowing as one must do in all such comparisons for the difference in population and relative costs. It may be argued that there are differences in range and quality in so enormous a provision and that by no means all of it is comparable in value nevertheless so great a difference cannot be readily explained away.I was able to see the work of two Industrial Research Foundations, one of which is an integral part of an institute of technology while the other is an independent institution but occupying a site on a university campus. I could find no valid or sufficient argument for having the foundation within the institute of technology and it appeared to be but a matter of historical accident. The separate body seems to me to [ 277 be better and I found more evidence of co-operation between the university and this particular research foundation than within the institute of technology. Indeed the experience there of informal arrangements made as matters of goodwill indicates strongly that there could be similarly advantageous arrangements between British research institutes and senior technical colleges.It is not my concern to discuss research in British universities. In senior technical colleges in this country the research work done is real and valuable but the provision is lamentably small when viewed against the American scene. Encouragement from industry here is far too small and one doubts if any greater support is forthcoming from the D.S.I.R. And what if one looks to the local authorities for significant support here? A recent statement by the Association of Education Committeesg on “Technological Education” gives one the impression that technological education is mostly a matter of courses courses, courses even though some are courses beyond degree level.It is true that we read there that “There must be full opportunity for the develop-ment of research in institutions undertaking advanced technological study,” but have the implications of this statement really been faced? How many have established really adequate research scholarships not merely for those in their own area but to attract others from elsewhere? How many have established research demonstratorships for students-a means of staffing research projects which has proved invaluable in its flexibility especially in the U.S.A.? How many have freed rooms from large elementary classes to equip them for a few and very expensive research students? How many will be willing to appoint several additional staff in one department including highly qualified ones at Senior Lecturer salaries of &1,000-E1,150 per annum in order to reduce staff timetables and facilitate the vigorous prosecution of research? How many will look only to industry and the D.S.I.R.hoping to recoup all additional costs from these sources? Without research technological education to degree standard is very apt to become repetitive and sterile research is not something added almost as an after-thought but is a vital requisite. There has been much confusion in recent thought about higher technological education. Technological education is provided in many places up to degree level, but it should be clearly grasped that higher technological education begins after the first degree not before it. This higher technological education can be provided through courses and through research both are essential but there is no doubt that the courses are much easier and cheaper to provide.Research is fundamentally necessary and the financing of it is fundamental too. The issue cannot be burked if the local authorities and the Ministry of Education with or without them, cannot speedily solve this financial problem of research it is folly to speak of bright prospects for advanced technology in such institutions. The Percy Committee Report indicated but did not name some 26 [ 278 institutions as being likely to be recognised institutions of higher tech-nology. Interpreted in the sense of providing courses in higher technology in conjunction with local industry this number may be reasonable but in terms of providing considerable research facilities and securing sufficient highly qualified staff this number is likely to be reduced to not more than half.The resources material and intellectual required for modern research cannot be dispersed as a unimolecular layer over a large area of technical education if effective use and full value to the community are to be secured. STAFF AND WORKING CONDITIONS Good work deserves good conditions and should get them. This applies to conditions under which teaching takes place even without any visit to the States a glance through a recent American publication on “Laboratory Design”lo will show what great improvements are still required in this country. This applies to staffing conditions including secretarial assistance which in the U.S.A.is on a far more adequate scale. The average ratio of staff to students in major American institutions is about one to twelve and in a few including research demonstratorships is as high as one to eight. Again I am not concerned to discuss British universities but I do know that these ratios are a great advance on the ratios in senior technical colleges. Owing to the incidence of part-time work it is difficult to calculate an accurate figure but I very much doubt if the ratio is higher than one to sixteen. Certainly a comparison of teaching hours of staff teaching a comparable standard of work reinforces this impression. Not wishing to make too favourable a comparison I leave full professors out of account. I commonly found Associate Professors with 6-9 contact hours of teaching Assistant Professors with 9-12 and instructors doing about 15 hours per week.These are the times in institutions where the staff are expected to maintain the vitality and quality of their teaching and general work. Another striking difference is the greater extent to which American teaching staff are both permitted and encouraged to undertake consultative work with industry. An equivalent of one day per week is generally considered to be a reasonable time there is great flexibility staff are treated as responsible adults in the matter and there is rarely any abuse. This is lucrative to the staff but equally there is no doubt of the value of the arrangement to the institution in increased prestige in better relations with industry in securing staff from industry in sources of research problems and facilities and in placement of students.Not the least of the advantages-and again a very big difference from British technical college practice-is the very much readier inter-change of teaching staff between industry and college. Indeed no one can hope nowadays to gain promotion in a technological department without several such transfers and without making a significant con-tribution either by research or technologically or administratively in [ 279 each phase. Against this background the British position is unduly rigid. In the American institutions it is rare for an appointment to the staff to be made permanent under three years and the provisional period is quite commonly as long as seven years.Perhaps the conditions of tenure of staff in our technical colleges have followed those of the primary and secondary schools too closely for the general good of what after all is very different work. CONCLUSION I wish to pay tribute to the hospitality and generous help accorded to me in the United States. First .and foremost would I express my gratitude to President James R. Killiam and his staff of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology which was my host institution. My stay there was a most interesting and also a delightful experience. My second main stay was at the North-Western University Technological Institute, Evanston Illinois and my cordial thanks are due to Dean 0. W. Eshbach and his staff. Among other institutions at which I was also most kindly received were the North-Eastern University Boston; the University of Illinois Urbana ; the Illinois Institute of Technology Chicago ; the University of Pittsburgh and the Carnegie Institute of Technology, Pittsburgh ; the Mellon Institute for Industrial Research ; and the Case Institute of Technology Cleveland Ohio.My grateful thanks are due to the U.S. State Department Educational Commission for the Fulbright and Smith-Mundt Awards and for the most interesting instructive and delightful visit which they thus enabled me to make. REFERENCES 1. Professor Frederick Lilge “Mid-Century Convocation of M.I.T.” p. 3 16. (Chapman & Hall 1950). 2. “Engineering and Technological Education in Great Britain 1929 to 1949,” W.R. Woolrich Dean of Engineering The University of Texas. (American Journal of Engineering Education 1950 40 301). 3. “Brochure for Information of Freshmen,” Massachusetts Institute of Tech-nology 1950. 4. “Report of the Committee on Educational Survey M.I.T. 1949,” pp. 26-27. 5. Professor J. Byrne Director M.I.T. Chemical Engineering Practice School, Bethlehem Corporation Steel Works Lachawanna. 6. “Report on Higher Technological Education and Productivity,” Sir Ewart Smith Journal of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, December 1950. 7 . See “Co-operative Education at the Graduate Level”-Papers and Discussions contributed to a conference on this topic 22 June 1949 at the Annual General Meeting of the American Society for Engineering Education.Secretary Professor Bronwell The Technological Institute North-Western University Evanston Illinois. 8. M.I.T. Bulletin and other publications 1951 from M.T.T. Cambridge, Massachusetts U.S .A. 9. Education 6 July 1951 pp. 9-11. 10. Laboratory Design,” Edited by H. S . Coleman American National Council Report on Design Construction and Equipment of Laboratories 1951. (Reinhold Publishing Corporation). [ 280 SUMMARIES OF LECTURES SOME CHEMOTHERAPEUTIC PROBLEMS OF TROPICAL DISEASES By BRIGADIER J. S . K. BOYD O.B.E. M.D. F.R.S. [London and South-Eastem Counties Section at Dartford 16 October 19501 Many diseases and particularly tropical diseases are caused by infection with living organisms. The object of chemotherapeutic research is to discover compounds which destroy these invaders in concentrations that are not toxic to the human host.For the treatment of Mularia quinine is an excellent natural chemothera-peutic agent. Unfortunately as amply demonstrated in the 1914-18 war it does not prevent infection and does not prevent benign tertian malaria-the common mild type-from relapsing. Plasmoquine (now pamaquine) was the first of the synthetic antimalarials. Its general therapeutic properties were disappointing but unexpectedly it was found greatly to reduce benign tertian relapses. However its toxicity precludes its use in doses sufficient to give permanent cure in all cases. Atebrin (mepacrine) the next to appear has most of the properties of quinine and as shown by the classical investigations of Hamilton Fairley and his colleagues is capable when regularly taken in small daily doses of suppressing all overt attacks of fever.It is not however a true prophylactic. Latent infection is acquired and overt attacks make their appearance at variable periods of time after the daily dose is discontinued. Nevertheless by the rigid use of mepacrine loss of manpower from malaria was virtually eliminated during the campaigns in the Pacific theatre. The more recently introduced Paludrine is also an excellent suppressive being in fact a true prophylactic in malignant tertian malaria. Unfortunately there is some evidence that strains of the parasite resistant to its action are emerging. These may ultimately nullify its value. Despite all that has been discovered there are still gaps to be filled.There is urgent need for a non-toxic compound active against the recently demonstrated tissue forms as well as the blood forms of all species of the malaria parasite. Such a drug would be both prophylactic and curative . Amoebic Dysentery has a curious epidemiology. The parasite Entamoeba histolytica has a world-wide distribution. Even in countries such as Britain it is present in (according to some surveys) 5 per cent or more of the population, yet the disease it causes is rarely found except in tropical or sub-tropical countries. Further cases of amoebic dysentery occur sporadically and not in the outbreaks which characterise other bowel diseases. Ipecachuana bark and its alkaloid emetine have long been known as potent chemotherapeutic agents, yet they leave much to be desired in the treatment of well-established cases of infection.Recent work has shown that preliminary treatment with penicillin enhances the chance of success with subsequent emetine therapy and the newer antibiotics aureomycin and terramycin when given alone produce apparent cure in some cases. There is little doubt judging from the epidemio-logical picture and the results of treatment that the amoeba is not alone responsible for the development of dysenteric symptoms but requires the co-operation of some other factor which is probably a bacterium or combina-tion of bacteria. Unless a compound can be discovered which is active against both the amoeba and the so far unidentified accomplice combined treatment appears to be desirable.In the chemotherapy of Bacillary Dysentery (a much more common and economically more important disease than amoebic dysentery) success can be claimed. Sulphonamides have been proved to have a specific action on the r 281 causative organism. British -physicians prefer the first-tried compound, sulphaguanidine because it can be given without fear of renal complications in tropical countries but other preparations-sulphadiazine (the U.S. Army choice), sulphathiazole sulphamezathine etc. are equally effective. The use of sulpha-drugs has robbed of its terrors this disease which once ranked high as a cause of incapacity in the tropics. Sleeping Sickness caused by infection with trypanosomes (flagellate protozoa which are conveyed by the bite of the tsetse fly) is one of the scourges of tropical Africa.The chemotherapy of this disease presents several problems. At first confined to the blood and lymph systems the parasites ultimately invade the central nervous system where they give rise to the lesions producing the characteristic symptoms. Several compounds are known which destroy the parasites in the blood but have no action on those that have reached the brain, the reason being that their molecular structure makes them unable to pass from the blood to the cerebro-spinal fluid and so come in contact with the parasites. Only one effective drug has this property-the organic arsenical “tryparsamide”-and this has two grave shortcomings. In large doses it is toxic causing among other things optic atrophy. In too small and repeated doses it encourages the emergence of drug-resistant trypanosomes and indeed in certain areas many of the strains are now apparently permanently resistant to tryparsamide.There is therefore urgent need for an active non-toxic compound capable of passing the so-called “blood-brain barrier” and devoid of any tendency to produce resistant forms. At present no known drug satisfies these conditions. It may be mentioned that important advances have been made in recent years in the chemotherapy of diseases such as leprosy yaws leishmaniasis, filariasis and schistosomiasis. In all of them however important problems still remain,unsolved and the research worker has a wide field open in front of him. RECENT ADVANCES IN RHEOLOGY By G . W. SCOTT BLAIR M.A.Ph.D. D.Sc. F.Inst.P. F.R.I.C. [London and South-Eastern Counties Section at the University of Reading, 4 November 19501 Rheology is defined as “The Science of the Deformation and Flow of Matter.” Thus although the name is derived from the Greek for “flow,” elastic phenomena are also included. The observables of rheology are deformations usually expressed as strains and their time derivatives. Forces generally expressed per unit area as stresses and their time derivatives are inferred. Rheology has applications to almost all the sciences. In astronomy the Weizacker-Ter Haar theory of planet and satellite formation depends on the assumption of viscous forces to account for the equalisation of angular velocities. In the study of polycrystalline solids the Fiirth-Born theory that strength depends on heat of melting per unit volume has helped to bridge the gap between theoretical and experimental strength values.Bridgman’s recent high-pressure experiments show however how inadequate are our present theories of strength of solids. With glass also which has no ordered structure at levels above that of the silica tetrahedra little real advance has been made in theories of strength since Griffith’s classical work in 1920. Perhaps the most popular field of work for rheologists at the moment is that concerned with viscosity-concentration relations in solutions of high polymers especially in relation to molecular weight determinations. The mai difficulties are (1) nonieiiclature which has become very involved and (2) the fact that the different methods for measuring molecular weights depend on statistically independent averages when as is usual one is dealing with mixtures of molecular species.As an orthotropic system analogous to a rhombic crystal wood has formed the material for a series of elegant researches on swelling. Coal has been studied in relation both to its planes of weakness and also to the remarkable flow behaviour it shows when small particles are squeezed between plates. The theory of high-elasticity has recently been greatly developed. Theoretically it should be easy to distinguish between “energy-elasticity,” in which the molecules store energy potentially as in a coiled spring and “entropy-elasticity,” in which elastic recovery depends on the molecules returning when stress is withdrawn to a more probable configuration.In practice the distinction is often far from easy to make. In biological systems such as muscle the situation is still further complicated by chemical changes. The mechanisms of muscular contraction and relaxation are still a subject of keen controversy. It would be wise not to attempt to go further than the generalisation that the interaction of adenosine triphosphate and actomyosin plays an important part in these processes. Studies on synovial fluids have shown that even in health nature has not provided us with a very good lubricant (by engineering standards) for our joints. In some pathological (arthritic) conditions local failures in lubrication appear to be the ultimate cause of trouble in others changes in the viscosity of the blood plasma suggest that the whole organism is affected.Some workers claim that all severe and much minor illness is accompanied by agglutination of blood corpuscles. The rheological properties of secretions from the uterine cervix have recently been shown to be correlated both in man and in some animals with the phases of the sexual cycle with pregnancy and probably with certain pathological conditions. In many industries the properties of complex substances are assessed by experts handling the materials. The effects of age training methods of handling, etc. on acuity in making such judgments present a problem in psychology; but the linking of such assessments to measurable physical properties concerns the rheologist.Some interesting results have already been obtained by co-operation between psychologists and rheologists in this field. Where large batteries of empirical tests are used in industry some type of factor analysis applied to the inter-test correlation matrix will often yield an economy in descriptive magnitudes. In other instances the rheological behaviour of materials has been described in terms of entities lying dimensionally between the classical physical properties which are not invariant for such complex materials. RATIONAL CHEMOTHERAPY By H. N. RYDON Ph.D. D.Phil. D.Sc. A.R.C.S. F.R.I.C. [London and South-Eastern Counties Section at Norwood Technical College, 20 February 19511 Ehrlich’s theoretical approach to chemotherapy in which he postulated toxophore and haptophore groupings analogous to the chromophores and auxochromes of Witt’s theories of dyestuffs did not release chemotherapeutic research from empiricism largely because of a lack of knowledge in Ehrlich’s time of secondary valence forces.A more truly rational approach was suggested by Fildes in 1940. This was based on the reversibility of the inhibition of -SH enzymes by arsenicals on other examples of competitive inhibition of enzymes and especially on Woods’s finding that the sulphonamides inhibited bacterial growth in virtue of their resemblance to p-aminobenzoic acid. Fildes made the suggestion that research in chemotherapy might profitably be directed to making and testing substances so closely related in structure to essential metabolites that they could fit the same enzyme but sufficiently unrelated as to be devoid of essential metabolic activity.This idea of Fildes was seized on by many workers and a large number of metabolitic analogues having the characteristics he suggested were prepared and tested; three of these viz. oxythiamine aminopterin and phenyl-pantothenone have shown some practical promise. More successful application of Fildes’s principle requires a better definition of “likeness”; in the past this has often been purely “pictorial” and its essentially chemical character has been overlooked. Such work requires a fuller knowledge of the mode of combination of small molecules with proteins than is at present available. This type of reversible combination clearly involves not co-valencies but the weaker secondary valence forces such as hydrogen bonding and van der Waals interaction.Consideration of these possibilities leads to the conclusion that in agreement with the views of Pauling hydrogen bonding is likely to be the more important factor ; van der Waals interaction is probably unimportant for small molecules. Information on the mode of interaction of small molecules with proteins can be obtained in several ways e.g. by studying the inhibitory activity of metabolites modified by the introduction of substituent groupings of known electropolar properties and by similar experiments on similarly modified enzyme substrates. This type of approach is illustrated by the work of Fildes and Rydon on the inhibition of Bacterium typhosurn by the methyl-indoles and methyl-tryptophane and by the unpublished work of Nath and Rydon on the hydrolysis of substituted phenyl-@-D-glucosides by emulsin.CHEMISTRY IN THE DIAGNOSIS OF DISEASE By J. C. EATON BSc. M.B. Ch.B. F.R.I.C. [Glasgow and West of Scotland Section 9 March 19511 The final diagnosis of disease must always rest with the clinician who examines the patient. The chemist may be able to demonstrate an abnormality usually associated with disease though of no significance unless the patient is ill. Yet most disease processes-including infections-are ultimately chemical disorders. Diseases of widely differing aetiology may give rise to similar symptoms and it often remains for the chemist to distinguish them. Again, if from his physical examination the clinician is in doubt as to the existence of disease the demonstration of a chemical abnormality known to be associated with it can be of immense help.Chemists are also becoming increasingly involved in control of treatment e.g. in guiding the clinician as to the qualitative and quantitative loss of minerals in dehydration or chronic vomiting so that proper replacement can be made. Analytical Problems.-Some of the analytical problems involved in dealing with biological material especially in man differ from those commonly en-countered in other branches of chemistry. (1) Sampling is a major difficulty since many tissues cannot be sampled without serious injury. The material usually studied has naturally been the most accessible-excreta blood cerebro-spinal fluid gastric contents-but tissues such as skin muscle and liver may also be sampled.[ 284 (2) Owing to the state of dynamic equilibrium of most body constituents, simple analysis may show a normal concentration even when there is a grossly abnormal rate of turn-over. In such cases a measure of intake and output or some other “function test” is required. (3) The size ,and complexity of samples present difficulties. The variety of substances in biological material is immense and many are extremely unstable owing to the highly reactive enzyme systems present. The total amount available for analysis may be as little as 1 millimicrogram. Various micro procedures such as micro-titrations and colorimetric methods are therefore, necessary. Where applicable fluorimetry is of value for microgram samples and even with adrenaline for quantities down to 0.004 microgram.Micro-biological assay is also applicable to samples of this order. (4) Specificity is often of greater importance than precision. Concentra-tions in biological material vary so widely and rapidly under normal conditions that minor errors may be of relatively little importance provided related but physiologically inactive substances do not interfere. (5) Results are often required urgently; though in other spheres rapidity of analysis is often sought it is usually known in advance when a particular assay will be required. In medical chemistry an unusual determination may have to be performed at short notice so that the necessity of preparing elaborate apparatus is a disadvantage.The variety of clinical problems in which the help of the chemist is sought is now so wide that only some random examples illustrating different techniques can be given. Diseases of the Skeleton.-Bone consists mainly of calcium phosphate and carbonate and is in dynamic equilibrium with these constituents in the body fluids. Consequently any abnormality in the concentrations of these substances in the fluids will tend to alter the skeleton. Deposition of Ca,(P0J2 is favoured by action of a phosphatase produced by certain bone cells that hydrolyses phosphate esters in the body fluids and thus increases locally the concentration of phosphate ions. Skeletal disease will therefore occur if (i) the production of phosphatase is abnormal; (ii) there is deficient supply of essential material in the food; (iii) absorption is defective (as in rickets or coeliac disease); (iv) excretion is excessive (as in parathyroid tumours).In these conditions skeletal material is progressively lost and fractures may occur from trivial violence or from ordinary muscular activity but treatment differs widely according to the cause. Estimation of the calcium phosphate or phosphatase in plasma or measurement of the excess of excretion over intake, often enables the clinical chemist to disentangle the causes of the disease and so to indicate appropriate treatment. A condition associated with deficiency of calcium ions in the body fluids is tetany which is really violent cramp of all muscles but has nothing to do with ordinary cramp.The fall of calcium ions in the fluids may be due to such widely differing causes as deficiency of parathyroid hormone or of vitamin D or to hysterical over-breathing. Only chemical examination can conclusively demonstrate the true cause. Endocrine Diseases.-Some hormones or their metabolites are excreted in the urine and are thus readily accessible for examination. Chemical assay of protein hormones is not at present possible but they may be concentrated and purified by chemical processes preparatory to biological assay. The pituitary gland produces a variety of protein hormones of which some act by stimulating the activity of other glands such as the suprarenals or gonads. Consequently defective action of these glands could be due either to inactivity of the pituitary gland or to defective response of the glands on which the pituitary horniones act.By appropriate assay it is possible to demonstrate where the I 285 defect lies. Being proteins the pituitary hormones are assayed in appropriate animals after suitable concentration and purification. The suprarenal and sex glands produce a variety of steroid hormones derivatives of which are excreted in the urine. Several groups of these with differing actions can be estimated, e.g. the “1 7-ketosteroids,” derived almost wholly from the suprarenal glands in the female but in the male also derived from the testes; the “1 1-oxysteroids,” which have very important eflects in controlling the general chemical exchanges in the body; oestrogens and pregnanediol which are derived from steroids that prepare the uterus for reception of the ovum.Abnormalities in the excretion of these hormones are indicative of a pathological condition. Sometimes abnormalities in function of a ductless gland will produce diagnostically significant alterations in other body constituents. Thus changes in the secretion of the suprarenal cortex cause marked and characteristic alterations in the chloride sodium and potassium concentrations of the plasma. The thyroid hormone may be estimated directly in the blood by virtue of its iodine content the normal value of about 5 microgram per 100 ml. blood being altered in exophthalmic goitre and myxoedema. This involves measuring an iodine sample of the order of 0.1 microgram which is most conveniently done by determining the catalytic effect of iodine on the reduction of ceric sulphate.Thyroid disease provides an example of the use of radio-active tracers in diagnosis. Three stages in the iodine metabolism of the thyroid gland can be distinguished (1) removal of iodide from blood (2) synthesis of thyroxine (3) release of thyroxine into the blood. After giving a tracer dose of 1131 orally the rate of its disappearance from the blood gives a measure of phase (1) and the rate of increase of thyroxine iodine in the blood gives a measure of phases (2) and (3). The suprarenal medulla produces adrenaline. Tumours of this tissue result in a great rise ih blood pressure. The normal blood adrenaline level is of the order of 0.01 microgram per ml.; if such a tumour is present adrenaline concentration may reach 1 ,OOO times this value.Estimation of blood adrenaline is the only conclusive method of diagnosis and this may be done fluorimetrically. Chemical Diagnosis of Cancer.-Many attempts have been made to obtain a chemical diagnosis of cancer. Changes in the coagulability on heating or the polarographic properties of the plasma proteins have been examined. Changes in serum polysaccharides have been demonstrated. It has been claimed that serum from cancer patients will inhibit the action of the enzyme hyaluroni-dase. In gross tumours these tests are fairly precise but such aid is unnecessary in presence of an obviously cancerous growth. With one exception no chemical method has been found so reliable as microscopic examination of the tissue.This exception is in cancer of the prostate gland which produces a phosphatase characterised by maximum activity at an acid pH. When a tumour of the gland spreads to other parts of the body the blood level of this phosphatase rises, giving evidence of the presence of the growth. Heart Disease.-The chemist has recently been able to help in demonstrating anatomical abnormalities in “blue babies.” Now that surgical cure is a possi-bility in certain kinds of congenital heart disease it is essential for the surgeon to know as accurately as possible the anatomical abnormality that exists. By catheterisation it is possible to collect blood samples from various parts of the main vessels and chambers of the heart. By estimating the relative oxygen concentration in these blood samples the chemist can assist in determining the course of abnormal blood flow in such patients RECENT TRENDS IN FUEL RESEARCH By A.C. MONKHOUSE B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. [London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the London Section of the Society of Chemical Industry and the Luton Scientific Association at Luton 5 April 19511 Of the 193 million tons of coal used in Great Britain per annum 36 million tons are for domestic purposes 79 for industry 30 for electricity and 48 for the carbonisation industries-gas works and coke ovens. Although the probable reserves of coal in the country have been estimated at 169,000 million tons, this total amount can not be economically worked. There is however good evidence of sufficient workable coal for at least 200 years.Of the types of coal mined reserves of the best quality coking coal are less than of other types. Recent trends in fuel research are concentrated on improving the efficiency of utilisation of coal and the subject is conveniently considered under the three headings (1) combustion; (2) gasification; (3) oils and chemicals from coal. In domestic heating the trend has been in the development of appliances that will provide at least twice as much heat from the same amount of coal as would pre-war appliances. This has involved the development of methods for the measurement of radiation convection and water heating. At the Fuel Research Station of the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research a building has been erected containing four calorimeter rooms each 12 ft.square and 9 ft. high placed centrally in a constant temperature chamber. The walls, floor and ceiling of the rooms are made of plywood covered on the inside and outside with copper sheets in which are embedded thermocouples so that the flow of heat can be measured. Air flow and temperatures are automatically recorded. The smoke content of the chimney gases is measured by projecting a beam of light across the flue on to a photo-electric cell. Work is in progress by the British Coal Utilisation Research Association and by industry to find out how to burn coal without emitting smoke. Advances have been made with appliances of the closed-stove type but the avoidance of smoke in open fires particularly during the lighting up and refuelling periods, has not yet been achieved.Considerable attention has been paid in recent years to the burning of coal in boilers and furnaces where the consumption of coal excluding power-station boilers amounts to about 80 million tons per year. Of this amount, 40 to 50 million tons are used in boilers of the Lancashire type many of which are hand-fired. These hand-fired boilers are particularly prone to smoke emission. By the admission of controlled secondary air through the furnace front using special doors devised at the Fuel Research Station it has been found possible not only to reduce smoke but also to increase the efficiency of the boiler. In tests on a hand-fired Lancashire boiler with integral superheater, the efficiency fell from 72 to 60 per cent as the smoke increased from zero to black owing to loss of combustible gases.Another cause of inefficiency is excess air but to reduce the efficiency to that obtained with black smoke would require 120 per cent excess air. A source of inefficiency in large power-station boilers is the formation of deposits on the generator superheater and economiser tubes. These deposits lower the transfer of heat and reduce the gas space between the tubes. In the cooler parts of the boiler system acidic deposits corrode the plates or tubes. These deposits are derived from the inorganic constituents of the coal; they may be fused ash or a matrix of sulphates or acid sulphates in which are embedded particles of fly ash or a similar matrix of phosphates. The deposits are influenced by the particular ash constituents of the coal-alkali chlorides, phosphorus and sulphur-and their concentration as well as by the method o combustion.In general there are less deposits in pulverised-fuel boilers than in mechanical stokers when burning the same coal. The burning of coal in the pulverised form is becoming of increasing im-portance. The use of the “Grid,” “Multijet” and “Vortex” burners in which the coal particles and the air are brought into intimate contact leads to a high heat release per unit of combustion space. Work is in progress on the com-bustion of pulverised coal for use in the gas turbine. If this is successful the gas turbine will be able to compete with the steam turbine particularly for small units and where water facilities are limited.In the United States experiments are being made on the development of a coal-fired gas-turbine locomotive. The more efficient utilisation of small and low grade fuels is required. Various schemes of gasification both in air and steam and in oxygen and steam, are undergoing trials including the use of a fluidised bed. In this the fuel particles are maintained in suspension by the gas. The density of the gas has been found to be without influence on the velocity required for fluidisation, and the velocity required is inversely proportional to the absolute viscosity of the gas. Gasification technique has been applied to coal in situ underground. Experi-ments have been made in Belgium France Great Britain and the United States. The problems are to control the gasification to avoid by-passing of the air and to make satisfactory use of the gas of low calorific value which is produced.In view of the increasing demand for liquid fuels and the diminishing oil resources of the world considerable attention is being given to the processes for producing liquid fuels from coal. Methods of hydrogenation and hydro-carbon synthesis by the Fischer-Tropsch process each require some 5 tons of coal per ton of liquid products. This proportion might be reduced if improved methods of gasification could be found. An estimate has been made that in Great Britain using coke at $3 per ton as the source of synthesis gas the cost of production of oil by the Fischer-Tropsch process would be 2s. to 2s. 6d. a gallon. Intensive work on fuel research is being undertaken in all the main countries of the world emphasis being laid on the countries’ own particular resources of fuel and their individual problems.NASCENT HYDROGEN-A REINTERPRETATION By F. S. DAINTON M.A. F.R.T.C. [Leeds Area Section 12 February 19511 By the end of the nineteenth century it was well known that reduction of a substrate is much more easily effected if it is in contact with the hydrogen generating system (e.g. zinc and sulphuric acid) than if it is merely exposed to hydrogen gas. In Watts’ “Dictionary of Chemistry” (1899 Edition) we read that this superior reducing power of newly formed or “nascent” hydrogen was usually ascribed either to the great pressure or to the atomic condition of the gas. No substantial experimental evidence has ever been presented in support of either of these two hypotheses.The purpose of this lecture is to consider how the second hypothesis may be verified by the use of modern methods of “radical catching,” and to consider the details of some methods of preparing atomic hydrogen in aqueous media. Hydrogen atoms possess only one electron and like other odd electron species achieve stability either by combination in pairs (2H -+ H,) or if they are formed in an aqueous environment by loss of an electron to an acceptor which is thereby reduced (e.g. Fe,”’ + H -+ Fe++ + H;J. Such reaction are very rapid and therefore (a) high stationary state concentrations of hydrogen atoms are very difficult to achieve and (b) any reagent introduced with the object of reacting with most of the H atoms generated must be both very reactive and present in excess in order to compete successfully with the recom-bination and electron transfer reactions already mentioned.Probably the most useful type of reagent is the water-soluble vinyl compound CH2=CH.Y, (where Y may be CN COOH or COOR) which is polymerised by any free radicals (X*) present. Such polymerisations are chain reactions in which the following are the essential steps :-Initiation X* + CH CHY -k XCH2eHY X* + m -2 mi* k k or Propagat ion Termination mj* + m -% mj+, where j is any integer k (a) Mutual mj* + mk* 2 Pj+k or Pj + ~ k , where k is any integer and P denotes dead polymer k (b) RadicaE mj* 4 X* L- Pj . Evans Baxendale and their collaborators in Leeds have used this method to demonstrate the presence of hydroxyl radicals (X- = HO-) in the reaction between ferrous ion and hydrogen peroxide (Fe++ + H202 -+ Fe+++OH- + OH).In principle the same method should be applicable to the detection of hydrogen atoms (X* = Ha) and would also appear to offer several advantages over other methods. Thus as many as lo4 monomer molecules may react per chain started ; this multiplication factor confers great sensitivity on the method and enables the reaction to be conveniently followed by such simple means as weighing dilatometry or turbidity. Secondly the C-X group will be present at at least one end of the polymer molecule and can be detected and identified as an end-group by spectroscopic means. This is particularly important in the case of X* = He since replacement of the hydrogen atoms by the isotopic deuterium atoms will result in a polymer containing a terminal C-D group, with which is associated a stretching vibration of -2,200 cm.-l which is responsible for an absorption peak in the infra-red spectrum at -4.56 p .A further important feature is that as the concentration of H atoms in the system is increased it would be expected that radical termination would gradually predominate over mutual termination. Such a change would have profound kinetic consequences. When mutual termination is the sole mode of cessation of growth of the reaction chains the reaction rate is given by whereas when radical termination predominates we have The two states of affairs can be readily distinguished.In the former case the reaction rate is proportional to the product of the first power of the monomer concentration and the square root of the rate of initiation (and hence usually also proportional to the square root of the intensity of absorbed light if the formation of H atoms is photochemical or to the square root of the concentra-tion of reagent if the H atoms are formed by a thermal reaction). In the latter [ 289 case the rate is independent of intensity or of the concentration of any reagent other than the monomer which is present and depends solely on the square of the monomer concentration. The polymerisation method has one major drawback. Dissolved oxygen is a potent inhibitor of the growth of polymerisation chains and quantitative experiments must therefore be carried out in carefully deaerated solutions.Such careful deaeration is tedious experimentally but would be necessary, whether or not a polymerisation reaction were being used in all systems con-taining hydrogen atoms owing to the great facility of the reaction H + O2 -+ Hog. Care in interpretation of results is also necessary. For example in systems in which hydrogen atoms are generated at an excessively high rate no insoluble polymer may be detected. This phenomenon is due to the fact that the radical termination rate is so large relative to the growth rate of the chain (k,l[H] [mj*] > k,[m,] [mj *I) that the products consist of soluble short-chain polymers and C2H,Y exclusively. Such an effect is readily detected by changing the conditions (lowering light intensity or reagent con-centration) so as 'to decrease the rate of production of hydrogen atoms when a flocculent precipitate of polymer always results.We will now consider a number of systems in which atomic hydrogen can be shown by this method to be present. (a) Cathodic Discharge of Protons.-Reduction of (i.e. hydrogen addition to) non-ionic solutes such as acetone at metal cathodes in acid aqueous media has long been known. In the example cited pinacol (CH,),C-C(CH,), is formed in the products suggesting that the first step is the addition of a hydrogen atom to the solute. A simple experiment confirming the formation of H atoms as intermediates in the discharge of protons is to make a large pool of mercury the cathode in the electrolysis of a normal solution of sulphuric acid saturated with methyl acrylate.At low current densities no hydrogen gas is evolved and insoluble polymer soon appears. Parravano and H. S. Taylor (private communication) have extended observations of this kind to other electrodes, using methyl methacrylate as detecting reagent and already their results show a correlation between available hydrogen atoms and hydrogen overvoltage. A further phenomenon observed by these workers is that when palladium is the cathode material the hydrogen atoms can diffuse through the electrode and initiate polymerisation in a solution containing monomer with which the palladium is in contact even when this solution is not the solution through which the current is passing. (b) Hydrogenation Catalysts.-Adsorption of hydrogen on certain metallic surfaces is thought to be associated at least in part with a chemisorbed layer of hydrogen atoms.The strength of such metal-hydrogen bonds is dependent on the metal but cannot be less than half the dissociation energy of a hydrogen molecule. Taylor and Parravano regard these hydrogen atoms as capable of detachment by vinyl compounds the reaction being I I OH OH Metal * - * H + CH2= CH.Y -f Metal + CH3-CHY This view agrees with their observation that immersion of metals such as nickel, ruthenium platinum iron and osmium on which hydrogen has been chemi-sorbed in water containing methyl methacrylate causes the polymerisation of the solute. Whilst this does not constitute proof of the participation of hydrogen atoms it is to be noted that the efficiency of the process is low but appears to increase with the order of decreasing strength of the Metal - * * FI bond as gauged by other measurements and that all these observations are consistent with the proposed initiation reaction.[ 290 (c) Photochemical Electron Transfer from Reducing hs.--If we consider the probable potential energy profile (i.e. the simultaneous changes of energy and configuration) of the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide by the reducing ion Mz+ given by the equation the important factors determining the energy of activation and the heat of reaction are seen to be (i) D(H0 - - - OH), (the dissociation energy of hydrogen peroxide in aqueous solution) and (ii) I(ME:) - (,?(OH) + S(OH-)) where l(M:Z) is the energy necessary to detach an electron from a reducing ion in water (Le.the aqueous ionisation potential) E(0H) is the electron affinity of the hydroxyl radical and S(OH-) is the hydration energy of the hydroxide ion. If a similar electron transfer reaction is written in which a water molecule replaces the hydrogen peroxide i.e. MZt + H 2 0 4 M''+')+.OH- + H a hydrogen atom appears on the product side. The potential energy profile of this reaction will be very similar in shape to that of the above-mentioned reaction and the important energy terms will be (i) D(H0 * - H) and (ii) I<M:i) - (E(0H) + S(OH-)). Since D(H0 - . . H) > D(H0 * * OH) few ions exist which spontaneously reduce water i.e. for which the energy of activation of reaction is sufficiently low.However this reaction can be effected photo-chemically. A region of the absorption spectrum of aqueous solutions of reducing ions exists in which the absorption of a light quantum involves the transfer of an electron from the ion to its hydration sheath. This process is either reversed thermally (the primary back reaction) or one of the water molecules is dissociated. We may represent the latter reaction by the equation M ~ + -+ H ~ O ~ -+ M(~+~)+.OH- - t OH hv MZf x H ~ O + M'Z"'f.(~-l)H20.0H- + H and it is easily shown that the magnitude of the minimum quantum necessary to effect this reaction should be proportional to I(M"+). Two difficulties are encountered at this point. Firstly the identification of the wavelength at which this process begins and secondly the evaluation of changes in ionisation potential when one reducing ion replaces another.The form5r is easily overcome by using acrylonitrile (which is transparent down to 2,300 A) as a detector for H atoms. The latter difficulty may be avoided by choosing a series of ions, such as those of the transition elements in the first long period of the Periodic Classification given in the table below and for which owing to similarity of size and valency the hydration entropies are likely to be the same and therefore changes in the ionisation potential I(MZ:) will be given by changes in the redox potential of the MZ+/M(Z+')f couple. The table illustrates the expected relation between this redox potential and the minimum quantum. I Cr++ 1 Mn++ Fe++ Ion M++ 1 v++ Co+f Ni++ i-Minimum quantum (kcal.) .. to effect the reaction MZ+.H~O h," M(z+~)oH-+ H 8 This type of approach to these problems is of great utility. For example, we would predict on this basis that complexing agents which preferentially stabilised the reducing ion-an effect which is revealed by the shift of the redox potential-would displace the electron transfer spectrum to shorter wavelengths. Such complexing agents usually also give rise to new strong structureless absorption bands which overlap the electron transfer bands and thus give a superficial impression of the movement of the latter bands to longer wavelengths, contrary to expectation. Here also the polymerisation method proves its value since the polymerisation of water-soluble vinyl compounds does not occur until shorter wavelengths thereby providing evidence of a blue shift in the electron transfer spectrum which would not be revealed by spectroscopic examination alone.(d) Other H-atom Generating Systems.-There is reason to believe that the mechanisms of many reactions in which hydrogen gas is one of the products involve hydrogen atoms as intermediates. Two examples may easily be demon-strated in the laboratory. Acrylonitrile is polymerised and hydrogen evolution is suppressed if a little acrylonitrile is added to zinc pellets before addition of 2N-hydrochloric acid. Likewise the same effect is observed in the catalytic decomposition of solutions of formic acid by traces of oxidising ions such as Hg++. There seems tg be a good case for a fuller investigation of such systems.(e) The Action of Nuclear Radiations on Water.-The absorption by water of radiations from radio-active substances or of high energy quanta causes the formation amongst other species of hydrogen atoms and hydroxyl radicals. Accordingly aqueous solutions of acrylonitrile methyl acrylate and methyl methacrylate are readily polymerised when irradiated by such rays and the resultant polymers contain terminal OH and C-H groups. By studying the kinetics of these reactions far-reaching conclusions about the spatial distribution of the H atoms and OH radicals can be deduced. These are based on the observations (i) that when the H atoms and OH radicals are made separately by photochemical methods which ensure a uniform distribution of these entities, the polymerisation rate is proportional to &[ml] and (ii) that when X- or prays are used at intensities suitable for the production of the same over-all rate of polymerisation of the same aqueous solution of monomer the rate is pro-portional to A”[m1]2 where R is the dose rate and x tends towards unity.These two observations can only mean that when X- or prays are used the radicals are not uniformly distributed but exist in high local concentrations in small volume-elements which do not overlap and the number of which is proportional to the dose rate R. Within each such element the main mode of termination is by radicals and the rate is kik,[m1l2/k,~. In conformity with this idea the exponent x decreases with increasing dose rate owing to the increased probability of overlap of the volume-elements.Thus whilst strictly not in context with the title of this lecture these studies afford a good example of the power of the polymerisation method in yielding useful information about those odd electron species of which hydrogen atoms are the simplest formed by the action of ionising radiations. I am greatly indebted to Messrs. Collinson James and Smith on whose work this lecture is largely based and who with Mr. Eaton have prepared the demonstrations BOOK REVIEWS Heterocyclic Compounds. Edited by Robert C. Elderfield. Vol. I. Three-, Four- Five- and Six- Membered Monocyclic Compounds containing one 0 N and S Atom. Pp. vii + 703. Vol. 11. Five- and Six-Membered Polycyclic Compounds containing one 0 or S Atom.Pp. vii + 571. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and’Hall, Ltd. I 1950; 11 1951.) Vol. I 88s. net; Vol. IT 120s. net. These two volumes are the first of a series which when complete should provide a reasonably full account of the chemistry of heterocyclic organic compounds. To organise and edit such a series is clearly a formidable task, and it is of great interest to note the chief lines of treatment upon which Dr. Elderfield has based-and is basing-his work. He states that initially he and his colleagues considered the preparation of a number of monographs dealing with specialised phases of the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds, but that this plan was abandoned in favour of the symposium type of book, in which various chapters are written by specialists in the particular fields dis-cussed.It is stressed that a general treatment of the various subjects is provided and that no attempt has been made either to list all the known derivatives of the main compounds dealt with or to tabulate the physical properties of those derivatives that are mentioned. Furthermore Dr. Elderfield emphasises two guiding principles that have been kept in mind in the produc-tion of these volumes. First if a particular field has been recently and adequately discussed elsewhere its treatment here will be correspondingly abbreviated. Secondly although the newer concepts of theoretical organic chemistry are introduced when they help the interpretation of the reactions and properties of substances under discussion yet “every effort has been made to avoid wild flights of theoretical speculations.” The latter principle is excellent and it is to be hoped that many other authors and editors of organic textbooks will follow Dr.Elderfield’s example. In any series of volumes on heterocyclic organic chemistry the alkaloids present a special problem. An exposition of this vast class of compounds would have to be done in some detail to be of solid value and such detail would upset the balance of the whole. Consequently the chemistry of the alkaloids is now introduced only when some particular point can best be illustrated by reference to them. Volume I contains nine chapters on ethylene and trimethylene oxides, ethylenimine derivatives of azete furan thiophene pyrrole monocyclic pyrans and pyrones and their thio-derivatives pyridine and piperidine.When the chapters are written by different authors it is clearly impossible to maintain a uniform standard but all the above chapters contain a valuable and very careful digest of their various subjects. The chapters on thiophene, pyrrole and pyridine will be of particular value to organic chemists and the last of these-dealing with pyridine and its derivatives-is probably the fullest and certainly the most up-to-date discussion of these fascinating compounds now available. Volume I1 contains fourteen chapters which are therefore shorter than those in Vol. I and are too numerous to be cited individually in a review. Polycyclic compounds of oxygen and sulphur are dealt with in these chapters, which again give a refreshingly new and general account of these compounds, which of course include many of the naturally occurring plant pigments.The editor and the various authors are to be heartily congratulated upon the production of these two volumes. If the standard is maintained throughout the remaining volumes the complete series will constitute a most notable addition to organic chemical literature. F G MANN 1 293 Organo-Phosphorus Compounds. G. M. Kosolapoff. Pp. vii + 376. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1950.) 60s. net. No comprehensive summary of work in this field has appeared in English since the useful account presented in 1936 by Goddard (“A Textbook of In-organic Chemistry,” Vol. XI Part 111 edited by J.N. Friend) which was on a rather less ambitious scale. Moreover much progress has been made since that date. The phosphoric esters of alcohols phenols and carbohydrates are necessarily included although they are not "organa"-derivatives. The book should therefore preferably be entitled “Organic Compounds of Phosphorus.” The alkyl and aryl halogen phosphates and thiono-phosphates X.PO(OR)2 and X.PS(OR)% and related compounds have recently attracted much attention on account of their insecticidal action and the possibility of their use as war gases. In this connection while referring to diethyl p-nitrophenyl thiono-phosphate and to the dialkyl fluorophosphates and tetraethyl pyrophosphate, the author on pages 241 and 348 offers a timely warning against the introduction of such compounds into agricultural and similar operations before their toxicity to man has been properly assessed.His comments brief as they are seem worthy of application to compounds well beyond the particular ones discussed. This work will be indispensable to all who are studying any section of the field which it covers. Each chapter is provided with a very full list of references, including those of very recent date. Many of them deal with Russian work which has greatly enhanced our knowledge of organo-phosphorus compounds from both the theoretical and experimental point of view. Each of the twelve chapters deals with a particular class of compound and concludes with a list, complete up to January 1950 of all known compounds of the type in question.Tribute is paid to the pioneering work of Michaelis in Rostock and reference is made to the researches of Arbusov especially to his work on the isomerisation of compounds of the type R1.R2.P.0R3 to phosphine oxides R1.R2.R3.P0 and the analogous reaction of the corresponding sulphur compounds. The pheno-menon is not however compared with the Claisen transformation nor with the work of Meisenheimer and of Cope on the reverse type of change in amine oxides. The section on the structure of the phosphine oxides is very useful and also the discussion of the possible mechanism of the conversion of phosphorus trichloride to hydroxy- and ketophosphonic acids by reaction with aldehydes and with unsaturated ketones-a most valuable reaction. In fact it should be emphasised that all the methods available for the preparation of the different classes of organic phosphorus compounds are clearly set out.Many of these reactions merit further study. It may perhaps be suggested that the frequent use of phrases such as “a spectrum of substitution derivatives” and “the entire spectrum of primary and secondary phosphonic acids” on pages 80 130 and elsewhere to imply the formation of a series of closely related compounds is to say the least, unusual. FREDERICK CHALLENGER The Vitamin B Complex. F. A. Robinson. Pp. xi + 688. (London Chapman The author of this book is an industrial chemist who “has been engaged on the production isolation and assay of the most important member of the vitamin-B complex and has been particularly concerned with the relation between the B vitamins and chemotherapy.” One’s first impression of this volume is that the subject-matter is exceptionally well systematised and arranged.There are fourteen chapters dealing in turn and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 60s. net. c 294 with vitamin B, riboflavin nicotinic acid vitamin B, pantothenic acid, biotin folic acid vitamin BIZ p-aminobenzoic acid inositol choline, miscellaneous factors and finally a section headed “Conclusion.” Each chapter is subdivided into numerous sections devoted to the different aspects of study for each vitamin. The treatment is essentially that of a systematic review of the relevant original scientific publications. Each section or subsection concludes with a list of references. Finally there is an extensive author index running to 33 pages and a somewhat less full (but still helpful) subject index.There is no doubt at all that this careful compilation will be most useful to many specialists engaged in the field. It is not and is no doubt not intended to be a book for the general reader for the less advanced student or for the general clinician. Those sections dealing with the isolation production and determination of several of the vitamins are perhaps the most successful. Dietetic and medical interests are on the whole less fully catered for. For example the statement on p. 56 that beri-beri is “characterised by degenerative changes in the nervous system including a multiple peripheral neuritis,” is not in accord with the view that beri-beri is generally distinguished by a neuro-pathy rather than a true neuritis the lesion (except perhaps in advanced cases) being essentially chemical and not structural.Throughout the book the writing is inclined to be informative rather than particularly critical but this does not detract from its usefulness to the specialist. The reviewer for one regrets the absence of illustrations and figures. Should not any such book on the vitamins preferably contain a few pictures of the characteristic deficiency states and their morbid histology or anatomy, not to mention some typical growth-curves and dose-response lines? Moreover, a few tabulations illustrating the incidence of deficiency in different regions of the globe or the distribution of the different vitamins in some of the principal foodstuffs and so on would have helped to bring home the practical implications of vitamin research.But these are perhaps personal predilections; and our main desire must be to thank the author for having placed at our disposal so much useful information in such an unusually well-organised form. LESLIE J. HARRIS An Advanced Treatise on Physical Chemistry. J. R. Partington. VoI. 11. The Properties of Liquids. Pp. xliv + 448. (London Longmans Green and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 50s. net. Any work which aims at dealing with the general physical chemistry of liquids and includes 11,758 separate references inspires respect. It is stated that in this book special emphasis is placed on experimental work and on closely connected theoretical principles and the treatment is claimed to be intelligible to readers without advanced knowledge of mathematics and physics.Studies on solutions. and on colloids are deliberately omitted. This book is valuable but its scope is often somewhat unexpected in an advanced treatise. There is a strong emphasis on historically important publications which are often particularly abundant on the liquid state. At the present time such historic interests are attracting increasing attention and are sometimes of considerable educational value but in more than one place the historic presentation is most uneconomical. Occasionally it can even be described as dragging obsolete lumber into the text. Thus Laplace’s own geometrical methods of calculating capillarity are sketched in some detail, yet later developments are telescoped into six lines.Detailed tables of Regnault’s data are recorded. Often these have been superseded by more modern data, some of which are in fact tabulated on neighbouring pages without a critical comparison. Practical users have a right to find the best values clearly selected 295 by the author. Elaborate thermodynamic ‘‘cycles’’ likewise take up too much space in an advanced text. An extensive collection is offered of empirical and semi-empirical formulae for various properties of liquids without critical assessment of accuracy or range of validity. The choice presented may be valuable but the practical man must be prepared to try the formulae out for himself. Though the treatise is quite full in certain directions some modern experi-mental and theoretical techniques for studying liquids are either dismissed summarily or not mentioned.The absence of any discussion of the viscosity of non-Newtonian liquids is unfortunate in view of modern developments. X-rays ultrasonic and optical studies on the structure of liquids are largely disregarded. The “hole” theory is briefly dismissed in spite of its suggestive importance. There is no real attempt to deal with quantum problems in liquids at low temperatures. More compact presentation of “classical” work might have left room for such topics. The author has included some 60 pages on mathematical themes such as determinants matrices Group Theory and the co-ordinate geometry of three dimensions. In an advanced treatise on physical chemistry this kind of matter is out of place since it is available in special books for the use of chemists.Though neither this feature nor the excessive bias towards an historical essay can be regarded as entirely desirable in an advanced treatise of limited size, the author is to be congratulated on the fruition of much labour admirably produced by Messrs. Longmans at a reasonable price by contemporary standards. A. R. UBBELOHDE Principles of Chemical Thermodynamics. Martin A. Paul. Pp. viii + 740. This book is intended to serve a course in chemical thermodynamics at honours or early post-graduate level. It concentrates rather successfully on general principles and their origins. Specific applications of thermodynamics are deliberately limited to a number of topics that are primarily the concern of the chemist.A fair idea of the scope of the book may be obtained from a summarised list of contents. There are ten chapters entitled Temperature (38 pp.) The First Law of Thermodynamics (18 pp.) Thermal Behaviour of Simple Systems (36 pp.) Thermochemistry (27 pp.) The Second Law of Thenno-dynamics (30 pp.) Thermodynamic Behaviour of Simple Systems (48 pp.), Thermodynamic Behaviour of Solutions and Heterogeneous Mixtures (1 67 pp.), Chemical Equilibrium (3 1 pp.) Thermodynamics of Galvanic Cells (56 pp.) and Statistical Molecular Theory of Thermodynamics (33 pp.). Each chapter will be found to contain interesting and well-presented material of real use for students who have mastered the elements of thermodynamics and for teachers of the subject.Very high commendation can be given to the general treatment of particular topics selected by the author for discussion. The field of thermodynamics is so large that no single presentation can do justice to all its aspects. In this book there is a rich collection of dates and a sound historical perspective is emphasised in a way that brings out the active development of chemical thermodynamics without collecting too much antique lumber. Active growth in thermodynamics is further illustrated by the selection of the problems at the end of each chapter, many of which stem from recent research literature. Mathematical formula-tions of thermodynamic concepts are employed freely but no mathematics beyond the calculus is assumed without special explanation.In view of current diversity of practice it is worthy of note that the author uses the symbols H, F S for enthalpy free energy and entropy respectively. [ 296 1 (London McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. 1951 .) 64s Only comparatively small space is given to statistical thermodynamics. This is in part achieved by careful selection. The author does not aim at giving a full mathematical theory of “extra-thermodynamic7’ topics such as the behaviour of strong electrolytes though he does quote the main results in a way which links up well with other thermodynamic concepts discussed. Some of the explanations given of the ideas underlying statistical thermodynamics should be found very helpful “contact material” for the chemist who needs a broad general introduction to modern developments.In spite of the 740 pages the treatment cannot be expected to be completely balanced over the whole field of thermodynamics at the level attained in the topics discussed. The description of experimental methods is brief. Though adequate references are given to fuller treatments there is still an unfulfilled need for a really authoritative textbook on experimental chemical thermo-dynamics. Again whereas the treatment of solutions and of galvanic cells is good little or no systematic consideration is given to critical phenomena in gases and there is practically no discussion of the thermodynamics of the solid state. To some extent the variety of practical examples for working out com-pensates for these omissions from the text. All in all the book forms a notable landmark in the teaching of chemical thermodynamics and it can be strongly recommended.A. R. UBBELOHDE Metallurgical Thermochemistry. 0. Kubaschewski and E. Ll. Evans. Pp. The processes at present in use for the extraction of the commoner metals have resulted from the gradual development of traditional methods many of which originated in a pre-scientific age. For the newer metals the position is different but even here the rapid increase of scientific knowledge is opening up novel possibilities which may revolutionise established practice. Thus the work of K. K. Kelley and his associates in the U.S. Bureau of Mines has done much to show the value of more accurate data for the heat effects and free energies of physical and chemical changes especially at high temperatures in assessing the scope of these possibilities.A special welcome should therefore be accorded to this book in which the techniques and results of measurements and calculations of such thermodynamic data for metallurgically interesting reactions are clearly set forth and critically discussed. Dr. Kubaschewski is well known for his experimental work in this field, and in this volume he and his colleague at the N.P.L. have devoted special attention to experimental methods and to the practical difficulties which limit the accuracy of the results though due consideration is also given to means for estimating the values of quantities which are not readily determined directly. The introductory chapters should be particularly useful to metallurgists who may not be familiar with the relevant thermodynamic principles and notation, while the discussion of the application of those principles to metallic solutions will appeal also to physical chemists whose main concern is normally with aqueous solutions.The tables of data which with references to the original literature occupy nearly a third of the book include critically selected values for such quantities as lattice constants vapour pressures heat capacities latent heats and heats, entropies and free energies of formation of substances over wide ranges of temperature. These data relate to a variety of compounds including those, such as silicates carbides silicides and intermetallic compounds whose forma-tion and interactions are often of special importance in metallurgical operations.This applies also to various lower valency compounds which are stable at higher temperatures such as the gaseous SiO A1,O and AlCl. The examples xi + 368. (London Butterworth-Springer Ltd. 195 1 .) 35s. E 297 in the last chapter of the book have been well chosen to illustrate the variety of metallurgical problems on which light can be shed by a proper application of the methods described. The book is well produced. It is described as volume 1 of an international series of monographs on Metal Physics and Physical Metallurgy under the editorship of Dr. G. V. Raynor. Further volumes will be eagerly awaited, though from the general title it cannot be expected that they will contain so much of direct interest to chemists as this one-the subject of which comes more properly in the category of “chemical metallurgy.” Crystal Growth.H. E. Buckley. Pp. xv + 571. (New York John Wiley The subject of crystal growth has made rapid advances in the last twenty years. Its development has responded to a succession of theoretical approaches, each of which has left its mark. There are in addition a large number of facts not specially related to the main theoretical developments which have arisen out of the necessities of chemical industry in this field. The subject is very heterogeneous in character and has not been so well organised as has the closely related field of crystal structure. Dr. Buckley has had twenty-five years’ experience of research on crystal growth and is well placed to give a balanced account of the subject as a whole.In his treatment he discusses with considerable insight the successive theories of crystal growth-for example surface tension diffusion adsorption and surface structure theories-and brings out the wealth of material that lies hidden in the early papers on the subject. The main sections dealt with are solution and solubility artificial preparation of crystals the various theories of crystal growth dissolution phenomena including etch figures crystallisation following cold-work modification of crystal habit by impurities inclusions in crystals and peculiarities occurring in crystal growth. There is a very full list of references on all these topics. The various branches of the subject are not all equally developed partly because branches such as the metallurgical applications are treated elsewhere, but there are very few gaps and no important field that is not discussed in some detail.There is however one aspect which is considered of sufficient importance to have received special attention and a separate treatment viz., the fundamental aspects underlying nuclei formation. The chapter on the artificial preparation of crystals will prove to be especially valuable since the survey has been very thoroughly made and gives a good deal of technical information about the methods available even those which are not very well known. The chapters and appendix on habit modifications and the chapter on inclusions are also features of the book which will prove valuable to research workers concerned with crystallisation processes and to those generally interested in crystals.This book is a welcome addition to our libraries for it will prove to be very valuable as a book of reference on the subject and stimulating to read. It is well illustrated by clearly drawn figures. Introduction to Agricultural Biochemistry, P. M. Althouse. Pp. xii 4- 502. Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 48s. net. H. J. T. ELLINGHAM and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 72s. net. W. E. GARNER R. A. Dutcher C. 0. Jensen and (New York John Wiley and Sons, This book covers a large section of the subject which we know in this country as agricultural chemistry. The first part deals with general and intro-ductory matter such as the development of agricultural chemistry chemistry of living matter physical states of matter carbohydrates lipids proteins enzymes and biological oxidations.In the second part the authors discuss the plant under the chapter headings seed germination the soil and its relation to plant growth fertilisers plant metabolism pesticides and farm chemurgy. The third part deals with the animal under the headings food and feeding stuffs digestion of foods the chemistry of blood lymph and body tissues the vitamins energy metabolism carbohydrate metabolism lipid metabolism, protein metabolism protein nutrition mineral metabolism and mineral nutrition. The book is well produced and contains much useful information but unfortunately the treatment of the subject leaves much to be desired.In the first place there are many surprising gaps. It is hard to understand why ruminant digestion milk secretion and milk fever are barely mentioned or omitted altogether while whole chapters are devoted to the elementary chemistry of fats proteins and carbohydrates pH and the like. Especially is this so in the light of the statement in the preface that this book is intended for students with a sound training in inorganic and organic chemistry. Then there are many statements which are lacking in clarity e.g. p. 295, “Carboxypolypeptidase acts only on those polypeptides with free carboxyl groups . . .”; p. 387 “crude fibre (cellulose)”; p. 450 “Until quite recently cobalt has not been considered a dietary essential. . . .” The references are nearly all to American work and furthermore refer almost entirely to other textbooks and not to original papers.Some chapters get their quota of references but others get none and it is difficult to offer an explanation. One of the very few references to a British worker is that to “Baldwin of England.” Those concerned with biochemistry in this country will realise that this refers to Ernest of Cambridge and not Stanley of Bewdley! It is difficult to see how this book can satisfy the needs of either agriculturists or agricultural (bio) chemists in this country. Colloidal Dispersions. Earl K. Fischer. Pp. vii + 387. (New York John Wiley and Sons Znc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 60s. net. “Colloidal Dispersions” is not a good title for this book. In the first place it does not deal with liquid-liquid systems and in the second the systems con-sidered are not always suspensions.The paint maker fondly thinks they are and the paint user is equally convinced that they consist of a hard residue at the bottom of the tin covered by a layer of the liquid vehicle. The author is mainly concerned with paint technology although his remarks are of equal importance in the manufacture of printing inks and of textile and ceramic colouring matters and (although he does not claim it) in most chemical engineering processes which handle solid precipitates in fluids either aqueous or organic. The-advent of the electron microscope has changed the whole aspect of suspensions. Instead of guessing the scientist can now know the size and shape of the particles he has to handle and this invention will do more to elucidate the problems of precipitates than any other.The author is fully aware of this fact and the first 70 pages of this book present a critical and useful summary of the results that have been obtained by its use together with all the other methods. This is followed by a chapter on questions of wetting and contact angles and by another called “The State of the Dispersed Solid.” This is a very interesting and detailed analysis of the factors determining the peptisation and flocculation of a suspension and their effect upon the behaviour of this suspension. The next chapter is on the “Rheological Properties of Suspensions.” The author does not make use of the fluidity of suspensions which was one of the main approaches of Bingham to this subject.It is obvious here as elsewhere CYRIL TYLER [ 299 in the book that the large new terminology which marked the advent of colloidal chemistry now needs considerable revision in view of scientific developments. Thixotropy is a case in point as well as pseudo-plastic flow. A flocculated solid owes its existence to bonds between the particles. A viscometer ruptures these bonds and hence anomalous results are obtained compared with those on pure liquids. The flocculation is composed of two factors-the strength of the bond and the rate at which two particles can re-form when the bond is broken. If the bond is weak or the rate of re-formation is slow one set of phenomena is observed. If the bond is strong or the re-formation fast another set of phenomena takes their place.There are the intermediate conditions where the rate of re-formation is of the same order as the rate of deflocculation produced by the measuring instrument or viscometer. A chapter on surface-active agents gives the use of these materials for altering the physical properties of suspensions. Another section deals with mixing roll mills ball mills and pebble mills and puts this subject on a more scientific footing than has ever been attempted before. A final chapter deals with the flushing process or the method of taking an aqueous precipitate and dispersing it in an oil medium by displacement of the water on its surface by oil. This process obviates the intermediate stage of drying the pigment and regrinding it in the oil medium.The book is a very valuable contribution to technology and is well documented. Paint Film Defects Their Causes and Cure. M. B. DONALD Manfred Hess. (London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 50s. net. Pp. xvii + 544. This book is outstanding partly by reason of the subject and partly by the sense of action and vigour which the author conveys to the reader. At one step he has placed himself in the select company of paint technologists who know the craft and practice of painting as well as the art of manufacture and are capable of applying sound scientific concepts to both. One can say at once that whilst it is a reference book as the author claims, it will enjoy much more intimate use than most reference books and that no one seriously concerned with paint or painting both industrial and decorative, can afford to be without it.A first reaction will be surprise that paint films can suffer from so many defects and still live for not even the informed person has seen the defects all together on parade as it were unless he is familiar with the earlier German work (1938) by the same author. This present volume is a translation of the original but much enlarged and developed in style and content as a result of the author’s riper experience and his understanding and appreciation of the important developments in the production of media and pigments and in new techniques that have taken place in recent years. The advent of the electron microscope is a good example of what new techniques can do to a technology: it brought an entirely new vision of what is meant by particle size and shape-factors which have a considerable bearing on film structure and consequently on film behaviour.What a lot is to be learned from failures! To do that it is necessary to find their causes and that is what the book is really about. Failure-cause-remedy is the method of treatment applied when the subject has been found, and there are some 4,000 entries in the subject index which itself provides quite an intriguing study. What for example is “permutoid swelling” (which sounds very medical and is described in Section 106B) or “kick-out,” for which one is advised to look up “precipitation”? Repetition could obviously be a problem in a work of this kind but it has been avoided by an extensve use of cross-references at the cost of giving som of the reading matter a rather disjointed setting.One cannot complain, because the author has so carefully explained what he has done and why. The book is divided into four parts faults which develop during storage; faults developed during application (a) due to the tools employed or to the mode of application (b) connected with the paint and varnish materials em-ployed; failures developing shortly after application; and defects of coatings on the finished objects when in use. The author is to be congratulated and the interested public urged to invest in a copy of the book. Plastics Scientific and Technological. H. R. Fleck. 3rd Edition. Pp. xv f - 414. In this third edition of his book Mr. Fleck has given up one unequal battle.He admits at last that synthetic rubbers and elastomers can be and should be treated as a separate subject. They are not even included in this edition. This is just as well. The scientific and the technological aspects of plastics are expanding in a manner that to any author is nothing short of alarming. To persuade all the subject-matter into the confines of an ordinary book is a herculean task. It follows that to cram it all into 400 pages involves most intensive compression. This has led to a somewhat uneven treatment in which the technological aspects have suffered badly. The manufacture of plastics is dealt with in 13 pages out of which the production of polymers receives 24. The section on moulding is very sketchy and inadequate.Injection moulding gets a mere two pages. Laminated plastics have three-quarters of a page. Readers interested in such matters can obviously get little satisfaction. It is difficult to understand why the chapter on synthetic resins is included. The subject-matter is primarily of interest to the paint industry and tends to wander outside the confines of what is normally considered as the plastics industry. According to the cover the book “Comprises a correlation of the scattered data which will be valuable to both chemists of the plastics industry and the practical man whose work requires a knowledge of the technical side of plastics.” Mr. Fleck‘s book is full of good things. This applies in particular to the scientific aspects. But how on earth does one find them after the first reading? The subject index is woefully inadequate.There is no author index. All the references are buried in the text. In these circumstances how can the book be used as a reference book? If one is well versed in the subject one can turn to the section that will probably contain the reference sought after. For the less erudite reader to find a particular reference is likely to be a formidable task. This is a deficiency that must be rectified. From the scientific point of view the book is excellent. The chemistry and physics of plastics are very well presented even if somewhat scattered. The treatment is quite mature and the reader is expected to know his chemistry. This gives the book a sparkling character that is very refreshing. But oh! those references ! Industrial Solvents.New 2nd edition. Ibert Mellan. Pp. x + 758. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall, Ltd. 1950.) 96s. net. Since the original publication of this book in 1939 much progress has been made both in the manufacture of solvents and in the development of new uses for them. To bring it up to date and to maintain its usefulness a thorough revision was needed. L. A. JORDAN (London Temple Press Ltd. 1951.) 40s. net. HARRY BARRON [ 301 In this edition which has been rewritten the early chapters deal with general and theoretical considerations; the nature of solution classification of solvents, requirements of solvents diluents and thinners azeotropes vapour pressure, evaporation rate viscosity and general industrial application.An excellent new chapter on the “Safe Handling of Solvents” has been added and it gives much valuable information on the flash points fire points and explosive ranges of inflammable chemicals and on toxicity. The remaining chapters are devoted to detailed consideration of about 380 solvents hydrocarbons halogenated hydrocarbons nitroparaffins amines alcohols furfural ketones acids esters and ethers being discussed in separate chapters. Much of the information given has hitherto not been readily available and the selected bibliography should prove helpful to many readers. A large number of graphs and tables have been included and although they sometimes interfere with the text they give much specific and comparative information, particularly on physical properties.In a book intended for ready reference the index is of great importance. In the first edition it was difficult to find the more important references in the subject index but now they can be picked out at a glance. On the other hand the index could with advantage be extended to include in particular, more items referred to in the tables but not mentioned in the text. A number of mistakes and typographical errors have been observed but they are not more than might be expected in a book of this kind. Owing to American usage there are some pitfalls for the English reader e.g. weights per gallon refer to U.S. gallons. The object of this book as stated by the author is to bring together and organise for ready reference in one volume sufficient information about the more important solvents to save the reader the trouble of searching through a voluminous literature.Whether this could ever be achieved is another matter, but it must be acknowledged that a very useful and comprehensive reference book has been produced. Information has been given in abundance and all concerned with solvents particularly in their industrial applications will find much of value in its pages. P. MCGREGOR Fundamental Mechanisms of Photographic Sensitivity. Proceedings of a Symposium held at the University of Bristol in March 1950. Edited by J. W. Mitchell. Pp. viii + 347. (London Buttenvorths Scientific Publications 195 1 .) 63s. It is not possible to review this work in the ordinary sense beyond com-mending the pains that have obviously been taken in producing a handsome volume comparatively soon after the Bristol conference; for example all the graphs in nearly 50 papers have been redrawn in a uniform style.Dr. J. W. Mitchell who acted as secretary to the conference and who was responsible for the publication of the proceedings contributes a post-conference paper summing up the position of the work. The papers are collected together under five general headings Physical Properties of Silver Halides Production and Properties of Silver Halide Grains in Photographic Emulsions Photographic Sensitivity Latent Image Formation and Nuclear Track Emulsions. The first section includes papers devoted to photochemical investigations on the alkali halides which it is now thought can serve as models for the study of the photolysis of the silver halides.One of the underlying themes of this section is an attempt to establish whether Schottky defects are likely to play an important part in the photolysis of silver halides The three middle sections of the book are not so homogeneous in nature and cover a wide range of topics the photochemistry of nitrogen tri-iodide and silver amide the photoconductivity of silver halides the interpretation of the characteristic curves of photographic materials and the dependence of the activity of developers on pH and on the metallic ions of their constituents, are some of the items taken at random. The last section includes papers on all aspects of the handling of nuclear track emulsions and on the interpretation of the results obtained.The inclusion of this facet of applied photography in the conference stems from its importance in contemporary nuclear research and from the fact that this application of photography has yielded such fine results in the hands of Professor Powell and his team at Bristol. The problem of photographic sensitivity is so complex that the mass of research represented by the publication before us still leaves the mechanism very uncertain. Comparing this set of papers with the transactions of any pre-war photographic conference one notices the extent to which the initiative in the theory of photographic sensitivity once the preserve of chemists physical and other has fallen into the hands of physicists of the solid state. In the hands of the physicists the problem seems to involve the formulation of an end-game in a sort of three-dimensional chess in which the board is the silver halide lattice and the pieces and pawns are Schottky and Frenkel defects, interstitial silver ions and electrons.Check is given by trapping an electron on some lattice defect and mate is effected by bringing a silver ion to the same site. G. I. P. LEVENSON Methods of Analysis of Fuels and Oils J. R. Campbell. Edited by W. Gibb. Dr. J. R. Campbell died soon after completing the manuscript of this book and the final revision was carried through by Dr. Gibb. The book is intended as a textbook for the practical work connected with courses in fuel technology taken by students of chemistry metallurgy and engineering and is based on the work done in the Royal Technical College, Glasgow.It includes in addition to testing and analysis (but not sampling) of fuels and lubricating oils a section on pyrometry. The methods described are based on the British Standard Specifications and the Institute of Petroleum Standard Methods where these apply but the book is far from being a selection of extracts from these specifications. Some sections are preceded by an account of the theoretical principles involved in the estimations and accounts of the methods include sufficiently detailed directions to allow the student to get to work without further instructions. In some instances a standard method has been modified in order to permit of its being completed within one laboratory class period or perhaps as in the omission of the final boiling-point determination in the distillation of a motor fuel in the interests of safety in a teaching laboratory.Normally these modified methods will give results agreeing closely with those got by the standard method but the reviewer feels that it should be impressed upon students that where a result has to be compared with one obtained in another labqratory the appropriate standard method should be used. In the agglutinating value of coal for example the method adopted might in a critical case give a result significantly different from that obtained by the standard method. In B.S.S. 705/1936 the caked mass is lifted off the bung and the powder remaining on the bung is included in the powder to be weighed.Tn the modified method the powder on the bung i s not weighed. Pp. xii -i- 216. (London Constable and Co. Ltd. 1951.) 21s. net. [ 303 The chapter on pyrometry deals with the theory of radiation and optical pyrometers without mentioning emissivity. This is justified by the statement (p. 196) that “most industrial furnaces are good approximations to uniform temperature enclosures” and so black body conditions can be assumed. Optical pyrometers are often used sometimes unwisely in circumstances where black body conditions do not exist so that further discussion of this point seem desirable. Since this is a textbook intended for student use it will normally be supplemented by lectures. As a laboratory guide it should serve its purpose admirably. R. C. HowrE BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED Die Chemische Affinitat.Egon Wiberg. Pp. xii -I- 254. (Berlin Walter de Gruyter and Co. 1951 .) DM 24. Lehrbuch der Organischen Chemie. Holleman-Richter. 27th edition. Pp. xii + 526. (Berlin Walter de Gruyter and Co. 1951.) DM 24. Chemistry To-day. A. Allcott and H. S . Bolton. 2nd edition. Pp. 181. (London Oxford University Press 1951.) 7s. 6d. net. Encyclopedia of Chemical Reactions. C. A. Jacobson. Vol. IV. Pp. 790. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall, Ltd. 1951.) 112s. net. Pharmaceuticals Report of the Anglo-American Productivity Team 1950. Pp. x + 69. (London and New York Anglo-American Council on Productivity 1951 .) Obtainable from the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers price 3s.post free. SCIENCE IN PARLIAMENT Raw Materials. (a) Phenol Supplies to Industry.-On 11 June in reply to a question by Mr. Watkinson the MINISTER OF FUEL AND POWER (Mr. P. Noel-Ba ker) -Natural phenol is a product of coal tar which is a by-product of the carbonisa-tion of coal. The increase of carbonisation in recent years has given a greater output of natural phenol but the demand has risen even more; much of it must, therefore now be met by an expansion in the manufacture of synthetic phenol. I understand that the chemical industry is greatly increasing its synthetic phenol plant which should soon suffice to meet all the demands. In the meantime, exports of phenol have been stopped except for small quantities required by hospitals abroad.(b) Sulphur-producing Experiments (Bacteria).-On 7 June in reply to a question by Mr. Dodds MR. DE FREITAS (Under-Secretary of State for the Home Department) :-[Bacteria used in the sulphur-producing experiments] are found in soils and natural waters in many parts of the world including France Holland, Italy Persia Libya South Africa the United States Venezuela and from near the hon. Member’s own constituency in Kent. The strains of bacteria which are most effective in producing sulphur have been isolated in a pure state and cultures of these are kept at the Chemical Research Laboratory. As further quantities are needed they can be bred from these (c) Tin-Nickel Coating Process.-On 16 July in reply to a question by Mr. W. T. Williams about the new electroplate process developed by the Tin Research Institute THE MINISTER OF SUPPLY (Mr.G. R. Straws):-I assume that my hon. Friend is referring to the process for depositing electrolytically a tin-nickel coating on certain metals. This process is believed to have useful possibilities and certain firms are investigating its commercial applications. My Department is watching further developments with interest, but it is not possible at this stage to estimate the extent to which the process may effect economies in the use of chromium and nickel. Science Teachers.-On 26 June in reply to a question by Mr. M. MacPherson, the SECRETARY OF STATE FOR SCOTLAND (Mr. McNei1):-There are about 1,050 fully-qualified science teachers in Scotland. Another 120 would bring staffing to a satisfactory standard.I fear that this will con-tinue to be the position in the coming session. Technical Education.-On 24 July a debate on Education took place in the Mouse of Commons. MR. HARDMAN (Parliamentary Secretary to the Ministry of Education) replying for the Government said:-“In the programme for technical education . . my right hon. Friend and I share the views of the Committee that facilities for technical education must be expanded and improved to enable the nation to get abreast of technological development and to increase industrial productivity. But here again up-to-date figures are perhaps some consolation. By 1 June last nearly El8 million worth of building for technical education was completed or under construction. Another 57 million worth in the 1951-52 programme was being prepared to start in the next six months and this makes a total to date of &25 million.In the 1952-53 programme jobs commenced will be about the same as the current year’s programme. “Another of the problems that face my right hon. Friend and myself in the field of technical education is that the demand for it is insatiable and in spite of the fact that local education authorities have since the war started work on provisions estimated to cost the El8 million which I have detailed it is quite impossible to accommodate all the students without resorting to many kinds of improvised arrangements which we all admit make teaching extremely difficult. “The right hon. Lady (Miss Horsbrugh) ventured upon a generalisation which I find is very hard to accept that in the field of technical education practically nothing or nothing has been done.May I just give as an indication a few figures of what in fact is happening now? In 1939 5,330 national certificates were awarded. Last year this number had increased to 15,861-a threefold increase in a most important field in the training of technicians. At the craft level where the City of London Guilds Institute operate there were in 1939,45,000 entries. Last year the figure was 75,600 and these figures do not include the large number of students who sat for the examinations of the regional examining unions. Again looking at the provision for technical education as a whole the number of full-time students rose from 11,115 to 39,000 in the same period while the total class entries rose from 2,700,000 to 3,400,000.” Technical Personnel Committee (Reconstruction) .-On 26 July in reply to a question by Major Vernon THE MINISTER OF LABOUR (Mr.Robens):-It has been decided to reconstitute the Technical Personnel Committee, which under the chairmanship of Lord Hankey dealt so successfully with questions of scientific and technical manpower during the last war and during the immediate post-war period. The new Committee will have rather wider terms of reference than the old one. It will review the requirements for scientist and engineers at home and especially those arising from the defence programme, in relation to the available supply. It will also consider what more can be done to meet certain important overseas needs for people of the same type.I am happy to say that Lord Hankey has agreed to serve as Chairman of the reconstituted Committee and the Committee’s membership and full terms of reference are as follow:-TECHNICAL PERSONNEL COMMITTEE Chairman The Rt. Hon. Lord Hankey G.C.B. G.C.M.G. G.C.V.O. Members nominated by the Federation of British Industries : Sir Arthur Fleming C.B.E. D.Eng. M.Sc. F.C.G.T. Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E. Hon.D.Sc. F.R.I.C. Captain A. M. Holbein C.B.E. F.C.G.T. Representative of the Universities: Sir Edward Appleton G.B.E. K.C.B. F.R.S. Chairman of the University Grants Committee : Sir Arthur Trueman D.Sc. F.R.S. Member representative of Science (nominated by the Lord President) : Professor S. Zuckerman C.B. F.R.S. Treasury Mr.S. L. Lees. Foreign Office Mr. E. A. Berthoud C.M.G. Colonial Office Mr. R. A. Whittle M.C. Board of Trade Mr. S. A. ff. Dakin. Commonwealth Relations Ofice Mr. A. C . B. Symon C.M.G. O.B.E. Ministry of Labour Mr. H. M. D. Parker C.B.E. Ministry of Supply Mr. W. D. Wilkinson C.B. C.B.E. D.S.O. M.C. Lord President’s Office Mr. E. D. T. Jourdain. The Secretary will be Mr. A. J. S. James Ministry of Labour and National Composition. Service. Terms of Reference. (1) To consider make recoinmendations and deal with questions relating to the home and overseas demand for the available supply of scientific and technical personnel of professional or approximately professional standards, including the making of recommendations on its economic use and the need for increasing the available supply.(2) In connection with the overseas demand for such personnel: (a) To make recommendations upon appropriate steps to promote the recruitment from the United Kingdom of persons required to assist the economic development of underdeveloped countries. (b) To consider any special steps which are required to provide oppor-tunities for training in the United Kingdom of persons from under-developed countries. The Committee will be empowered to invite representatives from other Government Departments or outside interests to be present when matters of concern to them are being discussed LOCAL SGCTION AFFAIRS Birmingham and Midlands.-The final meeting of the Session was held at Coventry on 30 May when Mr. D. C. G. Lees of the Aluminium Development Association delivered a lecture on “Metallurgical and Chemical Problems in the Casting of Aluminium Alloys.” The discussion which followed was extremely lively but unfortunately shortage of time made it necessary to curtail it.In the afternoon a party of some thirty members visited the foundries of Messrs. Sterling Metals Ltd. Before entering the foundry itself they were shown a display mould with the cores and other ancillaries needed for casting an automobile cylinder block. The party was greatly impressed by the trouble taken by demonstrators and guide throughout the whole proceedings. At the conclusion of the visit members were entertained to tea by the Company and the thanks of the party were expressed by the Chairman Dr. S. H. Jenkins.An acknowledgment was made by Mr. M. A. Wainwright on behalf of Messrs. Sterling Metals Ltd. Thanks are due to Dr. H. C. Smith who made all the arrangements at Coventry for the works visit and the lecture. The Midland Chemists’ Garden Party was held on 9 June at the Botanical Gardens Edgbaston. The weather on this occasion was rather unsettled and this contributed in no small measure to the diminished support given to the function. The games Punch-and-Judy show and conjurer as always were a great favourite with the children and many others still young in heart. For the more serious-minded there was an excellent exhibition of scientific apparatus. In the evening a dance was held which was better attended than on the last few occasions. Our congratulations are due to the new Secretary of the Midland Chemists’ Committee Mr.E. S. Tonks for his excellent work in organising this function. London and South-Eastern Counties.-By the courtesy of industrial firms and other organisations members of the Section have this summer again been given the opportunity of paying a number of visits all of which have presented many points of scientific interest. To the impressive physical experience of descending Betteshanger Colliery, near Deal Kent walking and scrambling hundreds of yards along underground passages crawling along a working face and finally removing in a modern pit bath the coal dust accumulated on one’s person was added a realisation and an appreciation of the part the chemist has played and is playing in the coal-mining industry.For example a modern Davy lamp carried with the party measured with sufficient accuracy the methane content of the air; each individual carried an electric battery and lamp which provided a relatively brilliant light for many hours; special explosives were available for certain mining operations; the coal from the face was carried to the tubs on long conveyors made of wide rubber belting of special manufacture and so on. A most instructive visit to the factory of J. and E. Hall Ltd. Dartford, Kent Refrigerating Machinery Lifts and Escalator Manufacturers (located on the site of an old priory dating back to the time of Henry VIII) included inspection of the foundry and compressor factory where compressors of all sizes, from small portable ones to those for a ship’s refrigerator are manufactured.Visitors to Enfield Rolling Mills Brimsdown Middlesex were shown the process of refining copper in a reverberatory furnace The casting of wire bars was demonstrated as were the manufacture of hot-rolled and cold-drawn copper and brass rods and the rolling of copper brass zinc and aluminium sheet etc. Particularly interesting was the making in air-conditioned rooms, of very finely polished copper and zinc engraving plates. Few of the visitors to Hackbridge and Hewittic Electric Co. Ltd. Hersham, r 307 Surrey had realised previously that so large a factory devoted to manu-facturing electrical engineering equipment was to be found in such a rural area or that the name Hewittic derives from that of Peter Cooper Hewitt, inventor of the mercury vapour lamp.The party was most interested in the manufacture of the two main products Hackbridge transformers and Hewittic mercury arc rectifiers which are well-known in their respective fields of A.C. and D.C. supply. The construction of rectifiers involving as it does some most impressive glass-blowing feats was only one of the attractions of this visit. Among items which proved particularly attractive at the Courtauld Research Laboratories Maidenhead Berks. were micro-analytical apparatus apparatus for the autoxidation of glucose polymerisation of ethylene derivatives e.g. polystyrene sulphone polymer under the action of ultra-violet light work on polypeptides and the infra-red department where work is carried out on the elucidation of the structure of both natural and synthetic fibres.At the Building Research Station Garston near Watford Herts. lunch was followed by a short introductory talk by the Deputy Director who outlined the work of the Station; the party was then conducted round the extensive buildings and outdoor exhibits. Special attention was paid to the items of chemical interest and these were so numerous that the afternoon proved far too short to do full justice to the material available. Mid-Southern Counties.-The Annual Summer Outing of the Section was held this year on 14 July. The parties from Portsmouth Southampton Bourne-mouth and Salisbury met at Abingdon at 12.30 p.m. and after an enjoyable lunch at the Abingdon Bridge Hotel at which they were joined by Dr. H. M.Irving Member of Council proceeded by coach to Oxford. Dr. Irving conducted a tour of Christ Church and the neighbouring colleges, enlivening the proceeding with a very witty and enjoyable commentary. After about an hour and a half strolling through some of the colleges the parties rejoined the coaches and were driven around Oxford guides giving a general impression of the various colleges which there was not time to visit. At about 4.30 p.m. the parties were set down again and made their way on foot to St. Edmund Hall where a most enjoyable tea was held in the old dining hall. Dr. J. M. Wright the Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to Dr. Irving and the Fellows of St. Edmund Hall for the great trouble they had taken in organising the tour of Oxford in such great detail.Dr. Irving in reply welcomed all the members to the University and spoke of the double pleasure it gave him as a Member of Council of the Institute and University lecturer at Oxford. After tea members walked through the cloisters and gardens of Magdalen College and at about 6 o’clock boarded the coaches for their destinations having had a most enjoyable and memorable afternoon. Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands.-On 14 March 1951 a meeting of the Section at the Grand Hotel Sheffield heard an excellent lecture, illustrated by a remarkably fine collection of slides by Mr. L. W. Chubb of Messrs. Shell Chemicals Ltd. on the subject of “Petroleum Derived Solvents.” This lecture was all the more appreciated in that Mr. Chubb was deputising at short notice for Mr.J. W. Armstrong who unfortunately was ill. On 17 March a joint party from the Section and the Yorkshire Section of the Society of Chemical Industry visited the Orgreave By-product Plant near Sheffield. The weather was inclement but despite this and thanks to the efforts of Dr. H. L. Riley Director of Chemical Research and his staff the visit was extremely enjoyable and instructive. An excellent tea kindly provided by the management concluded the proceedings. The Annual General Meeting was held on 2 May in the Mining Department Lecture Theatre of the Applied Science Department of the University of [ 308 Sheffield. The meeting opened with the retiring Chairman Mr. W. F. Andrews, in the chair. The Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Mr. K. C. Barraclough, presented the Annual Report on Section activities during the year and the Financial Statement .At this stage Mr. W. F. Andrews who had been Chairman during the past two years introduced the new Chairman Mr. H. C. Hillary and handed over the chair to him. Officers and Committee for the coming session were then eIected. Mr. G. E. Speight was due to retire from the post of Vice-chairman and thanks were expressed to him for his many years of valuable service. Mr. A. H. Dodd desired to relinquish the post of Hon. Auditor. His resignation was accepted with regret and with much appreciation of his work as an official of the Section; in whatever capacity he had served-committee member, chairman or auditor-he had always been a pillar of strength. Dr. D. H. Peacock was nominated for the position of Ascending Vice-chairman and Mr.E. J. Miles as Hon. Auditor. Mr. A. E. Wiles Mr. J. L. West and Dr. A. S. C. Lawrence were nominated to fill vacancies on the Committee. Officers and Committee for 1951-52 are therefore as follows:-Chairman Mr. H. C. Hillary ; Ascending Vice-chairman Dr. D. H. Peacock; Descending Vice-Chairman Mr. W. F. Andrews; Hon. Secretary-Treasurer Mr. K. C. Barra-clough; Hon. Recorder Mr. D. J. D. Unwin; Hon. Auditor Mr. E. J. Miles; District Member of Council (ex oficio) Dr. R. A. Mott; Members of Committee, Mr. J. Hiles Dr. A. S. C. Lawrence Messrs. L. W. Needham J. H. Oldfield, E. P. Underwood J. L. West A. E. Wiles and Dr. G. H. Willis. The meeting was then thrown open to discussion which centred around arrangements and suggestions for the coming season’s programme.After the discussion Mr. Andrews gave his address as retiring Chairman on the subject of “Thoughts on Examinations in Technical Subjects.” A visit to the Board of Greenkeeping Research Station at Bingley had been arranged for 16 May but had to be cancelled because of lack of support. Malaya.-On 28 February 1951 members of the Section visited the fortified-rice factory run by Diethelm Co. a t Tanjong Pagar. Mr. G. K. Parman the chemist explained the process of artificial enrichment of rice and showed members round the plant in which milled rice is enriched with vitamins. “The Manufacture of Storage Batteries” was the subject of an interesting lecture given by Mr. McClintock of the National Carbon Co.at the University of Malaya on 2 March. The lecture was much appreciated by the students, who asked many questions. At a film show on 14 March technical films lent by the British Council were shown. On 13 April there was another film show featuring films from Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. As on previous occasions these shows were exceedingly popular. On 27 April Mr. G. K. Parman addressed a meeting on “The Role of the Chemist in the Manufacture of Drugs.” A lively discussion followed the lecture. An interesting visit was paid to the Tropical Research Unit of the Royal Naval Personnel Research Committee on 5 May. Dr. F. P. Ellis and his assistants demonstrated various pieces of apparatus designed to measure working efficiency and also showed members the air-conditioning equipment used to produce extreme tropical conditions.The first social function since the war took the form of a Dinner at Raffles Hotel on 13 July. This was a great success; 29 members and guests were present. The guests of honour were six chemistry graduates of the University of Malaya. Dr. G. V. Allen Vice-Chancellor of the University in proposing the toast of “The Royal Institute of Chemistry,” spoke at length of the help and encouragement the Tnstitute is giving the University. I 309 Northern India.-On 25 July Professor E. D. Desai gave a lecture to the Section on “The Technical Preparation and Uses of Acetylene.” Mr. K. V. Sundaram Ayyar Hon. Secretary of the Madras Section lectured on “Chemistry and Public Health,” on 22 August.“Nitrogen in Indian Agriculture” was the subject of a lecture on 1 September by Rao Bahadur Dr. B. Vishwanath. On 8 September Dr. D. V. Karmarkar Technical Adviser to the Ministry of Food New Delhi spoke on “The Chemical Aspects of Canning.” Dr. K. B. L. Mathar has taken over the duties of Hon. Secretary from Dr. G. S. Saharia who has gone to the United Kingdom to work at the Imperial College of Science and Technology. THE REGISTER NEW ASSOCIATES Birtill Joseph Edgar. (K) Horn John Bowes B.Sc. (Glas.). (Q) Blakeway John Murray B.Sc. (Manc.). (P) Yonge Robert William B.R. Gond.). Cutting Cyril Vernon B.Sc. (Lond.). DEATHS Fellows (F) Kenneth Claude Bailey Sc.D. Litt.D. (K) Robert Ferris Lyle. Died 15 August 1dSl. (Dublin) D. d’Univ. (Toulouse). Died aged 76.A. 1897 F. 1902. 18 September 1951 aged 55. F. 1936. (R) Charles Edgar Male Ph.C. Died 11 August, (P) Richard Victor Briggs. Died 12 February 1951 aged 72. A. 1904 F. 1908. 1951 aged 72. F. 1925. (J) Edmund George Vincent Percival B.R. Ph.D. (Q) Thomas Henry Cooke B.Sc. (Birm.). Died (Birm.) D.Sc.(Edin.) F.R.S.E. Died 27 early in 1951 aged 46. A. 1928 F. 1949. September 1951 aged43. A. 1930 F. 1936. (0C)William Donovan M.Sc. (N.Z.) F.N.Z.T.C. (W) Thomas Chilwell Sharrott M.A.G.C.D.). F.R.S.N.Z. Died 4 December 1950 A.R.C.S. Died 15 September 1951 aged aged 71. F. 1926. 78. A. 1894 F. 1898. Associates (P) Humphrey Cathair Doyne M.A. (Oxon.). (Q) Norman Partington B.Sc. (Manc.). Died Died 20 August 1951 aged 61. A. 1928. 2 January 1951 aged 51. A. 1925.Registered Student (C) Michael Whitehead. Died 20 September, 1951 aged 31 INSTITUTE AFFAIRS FORTHCOMING EXAMINATIONS Examinations will he held in January 1952 as follows:-In the week beginning Monday 14 January in London. If the number of entries is large some candidates in the London area may be required to do their practical exercises on Wednesday to Saturday 9 to 12 January inclusive or Tuesday to Friday 22 to 25 January inclusive. The completed application form must reach the Institute not later than Monday, 8 October 1951. No application in respect of the January Examination will be considered if received later than that date. The last date for the receipt of entry forms will beMonday 12 November 1951, after which no entry can be accepted. For the Associateship : For the Fellowship: In the week beginning Monday 21 January in London or elsewhere at the discretion of the Council.Last dates for application and for entry are the same as for the Associateship, except that candidates who desire to present themselves for examination in a Special Branch of work must submit their entry forms before Monday 8 October. MEDALS AND PRIZES The Meldola Medal.-This medal is the gift of the Society of Maccabaeans and is normally awarded annually. The next award will be made early in 1952 to the chemist who being a British subject and under 30 years of age at 31 December 1951 shows the most promise as indicated by his or her published chemical work brought to the notice of the Council of the Royal Tnstitute of Chemistry before 31 December 1951.No restrictions are placed upon the kind of chemical work or the place in which it is conducted. The merits of the work may be brought to the notice of the Council either by persons who desire to recommend the candidate or by the candidate himself by letter addressed to “The President Royal Institute of Chemistry 30 Russell Square London W.C. I ,” the envelope being marked “Meldola Medal.” Beilby Memorial Awards.-From the interest derived from the invested capital of the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund at intervals to be determined by the Administrators representing the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Institute of Metal> awards are made to British investigators in science to mark appreciation of records of distinguished work.Preference is given to investigations relating to the special interests of Sir George Beilby including problenis connected with fuel economy chemical engineering and metallurgy and awards are made not on the result of any competition but in recognition of continuous work of exceptional merit bearing evidence of distinct advancement in science and practice. In general awards are not applicable to workers of established repute but are granted as an encouragement to younger men who have done original independent work of exceptional merit over a period of years. The Administrators are empowered to make more than one award in a given year if work of sufficient merit by several candidates is brought to their notice. For 1950 two awards each of one hundred guineas were made to Mr.W. A. Baker and Dr. G. Whittingham. [ 311 Consideration will be given to the making of an award or awards from the Fund early in 1952 and the Administrators will therefore be glad to have their attention drawn to outstanding work of the nature indicated not later than 31 December 1951. All communications on this subject should be addressed to the Convener of the Administrators Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund Royal Institute of Chemistry 30 Russell Square London W.C. 1. Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize.-The award of this Medal and Prize (value El0 10s.) for 1951 will be made for the best essay not exceeding 3,000 words in length on any one of the undermentioned subjects submitted by a Registered Student who is not more than 22 years of age on 31 December, 1951.The Council reserves the right not to make an award if no essay of sufflcient merit is received. The subjects for the 1951 competition are:-“The Scientist as a Reader and a Writer.” “The Effect of National Service on Chemical Training and Education.” “The Examination System.” “The Functions of Professional Organisations.” The object of the awards is to encourage Students to give thought to matters of professional and historical interest and to express their ideas in clear and concise English. Essays must be forwarded to the Secretary of the Institute at 30 Russell Square London W.C.l to reach him not later than 31 December 1951. Each essay must be accompanied by a signed declaration that it is the independent work of the candidate and be forwarded in an envelope endorsed “E.Frankland Prize.” . The Newton Chambers Prize Essay Competition 1951.-In 1945 Messrs. Newton Chambers & Co. Ltd. offered to the South Yorkshire Section (now the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section) of the Institute a sum of El00 per annum for seven years for the award of an annual prize for contributions to the subject of Chemistry and Industrial Welfare. The object of the award is to encourage chemists particularly younger chemists to make greater use of their knowledge of chemistry and their facilities for experi-mental work to enhance the existing knowledge of Industrial Welfare. Applica-tions to compete for the Award for 1951 are invited under the following conditions :-The 1951 competition is open to all Fellows Associates and Registered Students of the Royal Institute of Chemistry.The 1951 Award is offered for an essay paper or papers published or unpublished embodying the candidate’s own observations or experi-mental work on some aspects of the application of chemistry to the promotion of Industrial Welfare. The term “Industrial Welfare” will be widely interpreted. Such matters as safety measures handling of toxic materials the training of personnel smoke and fume abatement personal protection for the employee comfort in working protective clothing, health of operatives and so on but not political implications are all within its scope. A critical examination of existing knowledge is admissible to the competition providing that the conclusions reached constitute an addition to the knowledge of the subject.Each candidate must transmit to the Hon. Secretary Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section Royal Institute of Chemistry (Mr. K. C. Barraclough B.Sc. F.R.I.C. The Brown Firth Research Laboratories Princess Street Sheffield 4) to reach him on or before 312 31 December 1951:-(a) A formal letter of application to enter the competition stating his name address date of birth and status (Fellow, Associate or Registered Student) in the Institute; (b) two copies of each essay or paper submitted together with a brief statement in duplicate, indicating in what respect the essay or paper advances knowledge of the application of chemistry to the promotion of Industrial Welfare; and (c) a declaration by the candidate that the work is his own or in the case of joint papers a statement signed by the candidate and his collaborators as to the extent to which the results and conclusions are the work of the candidate.4. The decision of the Committee of the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section on any matter connected with the Award is final. The Committee will pay due regard to the age of candidates and the conditions under which they are working. The Committee may at its discretion divide the Award between two or more candidates or may withhold the Award if no entry of sufficient merit is received. 5. The Committee may require a candidate to attend for interview in con-nection with his application. 6.The Committee reserves the right to publish the successful essay or paper (if not already published) in whatever form it thinks desirable. NOMINATION AND ELECTION OF DISTRICT MEMBERS OF COUNCIL Fellows and Associates are reminded that for the election of District Members of the Council to take office at the close of the Annual General Meeting 1952 nominations should be received at the offices of the Institute on or before Monday 10 December 1951. In accordance with By-law 30 (I) the Districts as defined by the Institute in General Meeting held on 7 March 1921 and amended in 1923 1935 1937 and 1949 were further amended by the Council on 16 February 195 I and are now as follows:-Number of District England. 11. Names and reference letters of Local Sections whose areas constitute the territory of the District I.Birmingham and Midlands (C). Bristol and District (D); Mid-Southern Counties (R); South-Leeds Area (N); Huddersfield (L). Liverpool and North-Western (0); Cumberland and District London and South-Eastern Counties (P); East Anglia (G). Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast ( S ) ; Tees-side (X). Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands (U); Hull and Western Counties (W). 111. East Midlands (H). IV. V. V1. VII. Manchester and District (Q). VIII. IX. @El. District (M). Wales and the County of Monmouth. I. 11. North Wales (T). Scotland. I. 11. ITT. South Wales (V); Cardiff and District (E). Aberdeen and North of Scotland (A); Dundee and District (FF). Edinburgh and East of Scotland (J); Stirlingshire and District Glasgow and West of Scotland (K).WW). [ 313 Norflierti Irelciicl. Republic of Ireland. Overseas. With the exception of the District “England VI,” which elects two District Members of the Council each District elects one District Member of the Council. The following Regulations apply to the nomination and election of District Members of the Council:-1. ( I ) Any ten Members whose registered addresses are within any one District in Great Britain or Ireland as defined and adopted by the Institute in accordance with the By-laws may nominate one eligible Fellow as a candidate for election as a District Member of the Council for that District but no Member shall nominate more than one such Fellow; except that the Committee of any Local Section constituted in accordance with By-law 93 (2) (a) may as such, nominate for election one candidate (or such greater number of candidates as is equal to the number of District Members of the Council to be elected by the District) or if there be more than one Local Section in a District the Committees of all the Local Sections in that District shall sit jointly or consult in other agreed manner for the purpose of making such nomination(s).(2) Any nomination made under these Rules shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Offices of the Institute on or before the second Monday in December in the year preceding the date of election and shall be in the following form :-Belfast and District (H). Dublin and District (F). [Covering all areas outside Great Britain and Ireland.] do “We the undersigned Members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry, hereby certify that A.B. of (registered address) a Fellow of this Institute, is in our estimation a fit and proper person to be a District Member of the Council of the Institute and we do hereby nominate him as a candidate for election as a District Member of the Council.” (3) Any such nomination may consist of several documents in like form, each signed by one or more Members. The Member of the Council for the Overseas District is elected by the Council. 11. (1) On or before the fifth day of January in any year the Council shall cause to be sent to every Member in each District in Great Britain and Ireland in the manner prescribed by By-law 81 a ballot paper containing the names of the candidates nominated for election as District Members of the Council for such District and the ballot paper shall indicate which if any of the candidates has been nominated by the Committee or Committees of the Local Section or Sections in the District.(2) Each Member desirous of voting-(a) Shall record his vote for a District Member of the Council by making a cross against the name of the candidate for whose election he desires to vote but no Member shall vote for more than one such candidate for any particular vacancy. (b) Shall deliver or transmit his ballot paper in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the signature of the Member addressed to the Secretary, at the office of the Institute so that it be received not later than the first post on the Monday immediately preceding the third Friday in January in the year for which the election is being held.[ 314 111. ( I ) The envelopes containing the ballot papers shall on the day before the third Friday in January in the year in which the election is held be opened by two Scrutineers neither Members of the Council nor candidates nominated for election as District Members of the Council who shall be nominated by the Council in December of the year preceding the election at a meeting con-vened with notice of that purpose. (2) The Scrutineers shall present their Report to the Council at the meeting on the third Friday in January convened with notice of that purpose. (3) The candidate (or in a District for which a greater number of District Members of the Council is to be elected that number of candidates) receiving the greatest number of votes in each District respectively shall be elected and in any case of an equality of votes the Council shall decide the matter by ballot.(4) If at any time after the ballot papers have been sent to Members and before the dissolution of the Annual General Meeting any candidate who would otherwise have been elected has died or has withdrawn his nomination or has in any way become ineligible for Membership of the Council then the candidate having the next greatest number of votes shall be elected. ( 5 ) The election of District Members of the Council shall be notified to Members when they are served with the ballot paper for the election of General Members of the Council at the Annual General Meeting.The Fellows whose names are given below are the present Members of the Council for the Districts indicated. Those whose names are given in italics will have completed three successive years’ service on the Council and are ineligible for re-election in accordance with By-law 23. Englaiid. I. 11. 1v. V. v1. irr. VII. VIII. IX. Eric George Kemp Pritchett BSc. Charles George Lyons M.A. Ph.D. Frederick Cecil Bullock BSc. George Rowntree Ramage Ph.D. DSc. Bernard Dunstan Wilkinson Luf. Ridland Owens B.Sc. Ph.D. M.1.Chem.E. John Williams B.Sc. Ph.D. Elias Isaacs B.Sc. Ph.D. Austin Raymond Martin Ph.D. D.Sc. A.R.C.S. Reginald Arthur Mott D.Sc. M.I.Min.E. F.1nst.F. Wales and the County of Monmouth.1. ir. Scotlmd. 1. 11. John Oswald Samuel M.Sc. M.1nst.F. William Rogie Angus M.A. Ph.D. D.Sc. William Turner Horace Williamson B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.S.E. Hugh Hannay Campbell B.Sc. A.H.-W.C. Ph.C. M.P.S. 111. Archibald Robert Jamieson B.Sc. Northern Ireland. Republic of Ireland. Thomas Caughey M.Sc. Ph.D. Thomas Sherlock Wheeler Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.C.Sc.l. F.Inst.P., M.T.Chem.E. M.R.I.A. 0 verseas. Charles Forrester K-i-H. Ph.D. A.H.- W.C. F.Inst.F., A.M. I.Chem.E. F.R.S.E PERSONAL NOTES Dr. R. E. Bowman Associate has been appointed Director of the Chemical Research Laboratories of Parke Davis and Co. Ltd. Mr. W. E. Cash Fellow has been appointed to the board of directors of British Industrial Solvents Ltd. Mr. A. E.Findley Fellow has resigned his position as Head of the Chemistry Department at the Liverpool College of Technology and is succeeded by Dr. F. J. Smith Fellow. Mr. Vernon Harbord Fellow has been elected President of the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy for 1952-53 to take office at the annual general meeting on 15 May 1952. Mr. R. F. Hayrnan Fellow has been appointed chairman of the Board of Examiners of the Institution of Gas Engineers. Professor T. P. Hilditch F.R.S. Fellow has accepted the invitation of the directors of J. Bibby and Sons Ltd. to become their consultant. Professor E. L. Hirst F.R.S. Fellow Forbes Professor of organic chemistry in the University of Edinburgh has received the honorary degree of LL.D. of the University of St. Andrews. Mr.R. Edgeworth Johnstone Fellow has left the A.P.V. Company Ltd., to become Assistant Director in the Directorate of Ordnance Factories Ministry of Supply. Mr. W. Stewart Liddle Fellow has been appointed principal of the Lauder Technical School Dunfermline. Dr. G. Roche Lynch O.B.E. Pust Presidurt has taken office as Master of the Worshipful Society of Apothecaries. Dr. D. S. Morris Fellow has been appointed senior research chemist in the Chemical Research Laboratories of Parke Davis and Co. Ltd. Professor D. M. Newitt F.R.S. Fellow has been appointed a member of the Water Pollution Research Board. Dr. R. Seligman Fellow founder and chairman of the A.P.V. Company, Ltd. has been presented with a bronze plaque by the works and office staffs of the Company.Mr. W. M. Shortt Fellow has been appointed a joint secretary of the Food Standards Committee. Mr. H. Silman Fellow has been elected the first President of the newly incorporated Institute of Metal Finishing. Mr. H. B. Stent Associate has been appointed Director of the Industrial Research Board in East Africa OTHER NOTES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTIFIC COURstES (see also Journal 1951 111 214; IV 262) University of Durham King’s College Newcastle upon Tyne.-A course of twenty lectures on the “Chemistry of Water Treatment” will be given during the 1951-52 session by Dr. A. T. Palin beginning on 5 November. Fee for the course 21s. Further particulars and enrolment forms may be obtained from the Secretary Department of Civil Engineering King’s College Newcastle upon Tyne 1.Manchester Municipal College of Technology.-(1) A course of about 25 lectures on “The Chemistry of Synthetic Dyestuffs,” by Dr. A. Burawoy to be held on Wednesdays 6.1 5-7.1 5 p.m. will commence on 17 October 1951. Fee for the course 35s. (2) A course of 12 lectures on “Chemical Hazards of Industry,” to be held on Tuesdays 7-9 p.m. will commence on 30 October 1951. Fee for the course 30s. Further particulars of the above courses and forms of application may be obtained from the Principal College of Technology Sackville Street Man-Chester 1. Northampton Polytechnic.-A course of ten lectures on “Refractories their Manufacture Properties and Uses,” to be given on Tuesdays at 7 p.m. by Mr. L. R. Barrett began on 2 October 1951. Fee for the course 30s.Further particulars and forms of application may be obtained from the Head of the Department of Applied Chemistry Northampton Polytechnic St. John Street, London E.C. 1. University of Liverpool.-A University Extension Course of ten lectures on “Microbiology,” intended for graduates in chemistry or allied sciences by Dr. H. K. King began on 9 October 1951. Fee for the Course 21s. Further particulars may be obtained from the Director of Extra-Mural Studies The University 9 Abercromby Square Liverpool 7. University of London King’s College.-The following Public Lectures (admission free without ticket) are announced :-(1) Two lectures on “Some Fundamental Problems in Structural Organic Chemistry and their significance to the Chemistry of Substances containing Six-Membered Rings,” by Professor Odd Hassel.Tuesday and Wednes-day 30 and 31 October 1951 at 5.30 p.m. (2) Four lectures on “The Measurement of Particle Size in Very Fine Powders,” by Dr. H. E. Rose. Tuesdays 6 13 20 and 27 November, 1951 at 5.30 p.m. Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association.-The eleventh series of Post-Graduate Lectures will be given by Dr. H. W. Thompson F.R.S. under the general title “Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Problems,” in the Lecture Theatre of the Royal Institution 21 Albemarle Street London W.l on 1 1 18 and 25 October 1951. Applications for tickets accompanied by a remittance of 10s. for the three lectures should be addressed to the General Secretary Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association Memorial Hall Farringdon Street London, E.C.4. International Congress on Analytical Chemistry. 1952.-Some further details are now available concerning the arrangements for the International Congress on Analytical Chemistry which is to be held in this country next year. [ 317 The Congress will meet at Oxford during the period 4-9 September and the scientific sessions will be held in the rooms of the Examination Schools. Three main Congress Lectures by eminent chemists have been arranged. The programme for the scientific sessions is in the hands of a Programme Committee under the Chairmanship of Dr. G. M. Bennett C.B.E. F.R.S., the Government Chemist with Mr. L. W. Codd M.A. of I.C.I. Ltd. as Honorary Secretary. This Committee has appointed a number of Advisers, who are expert in their particular fields and the draft programme has been divided on a basis of broad techniques. Papers will be issued in pre-print form before the meeting and the con-tributors will give only a brief summary of their papers most of the time being given over to discussion. Arrangements have been made to publish the whole of the proceedings in a special number or numbers of The Analyst as soon as possible after the Congress. During the period of the Congress it is proposed to have in operation working demonstrations illustrating new techniques or special applications of older techniques in analytical chemistry. In addition to this and quite separate from it there will be a trade exhibition comprising apparatus and books. This exhibition will be under the management of Mr. W. Thompson of the Imperial College of Science and Technology. Some visits have been planned and at the week-end a number of excursions to places of interest will be arranged. The arrangements at Oxford for the time being are in the hands of Dr. F. M. Brewer. Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E. is Chairman of the Finance Committee, and the Honorary Secretary of the Congress is Mr. R. C. Chirnside F.R.I.C., Research Laboratories The General Electric Co. Ltd. Wembley England. MTSCELLANEOUS The Chemical Society Research Fund.-The Research Fund of the Chemical Society provides grants for the assistance of research in all branches of chemistry, about 2700 per annum being available for this purpose. Applications for grants will be considered in November 1.95 I and should be submitted on the appropriate form not later than 1 November 1951. Applications from Fellows of the Society will receive prior consideration. Forms of application together with the regulations governing the award of grants may be obtained from the General Secretary The Chemical Society, Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l. The Home Oflice South-Western Forensic Science Laboratory.-This Labora-tory has moved from 55 Broadmead Bristol to new premises at Crete Hill, Westbury Road Westbury on Trym Bristol (TeI. Westbury on Trym 65984)

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9517500265

出版商:RSC    

年代:1951

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART VI ‘95’ THE RETIRING REGISTRAR Mr. R. L. Collett M.B.E. M.A. F.R.I.C. is due to retire at the end of 1951 after 26 years as a salaried officer of the Institute. He was Assistant Secretary from 1925 to the end of 1944 and since then has held the office of Registrar. Ronald Leslie Collett was born at Hampstead in 1886 and educated at St. Paul’s School whence he proceeded to Trinity College Cambridge. After graduation he studied at King’s College London for the Institute’s examination in Branch E-the Chemistry of Food and Drugs and of Water-which he passed in 1910. It is reported that while spending a camping holiday immediately after taking this examination he made a vow never to enter for any other-a pledge he has kept.His first appointment was as assistant to the late Mr. A. Chaston Chapman F.R.S. (subsequently President of the Institute). In this post he acquired not only experience in the technical aspects of a consulting practice but also that familiarity with the affairs of consultants which was to prove so valuable to him later as an officer of the Institute. During the first World War after training in the Inns of Court O.T.C., Collett was commissioned in the Middlesex Regiment and acted as an instructor in the Grenade School of the 41st Division and later as Brigade Bombing Officer 123rd Brigade. He was then transferred for specialist work on water supplies and served for three years in France as Captain R.A.M.C. (T.). After the war he was for a time the sole chemist to a brewery.In 1921 he became one of the original staff of the British Leather Manu-facturers’ Research Association. During this period he published two papers in the Journal of the Society of Leather Trades’ Chemists and was recently heard to express his pleasure at learning that the results of these investigations were still believed to be true ! In 1921 Collett became a member of the Committee of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section of the Institute very soon after the forma-tion of the Section and served as its Hon. Secretary and Treasurer for three years. He was nominated by the Council as a General Member of Council in 1922 and served in this capacity for three years. Although the Institute always held first place in his affection he has long been a loyal supporter,of other scientific bodies.Thus he served for six years on the Council of the Society of Public Analysts the last two as Vice-president. He has been a member of that Society and a Fellow of the Chemical 319 Society for some 40 years and a member of the Society of Chemical Industry and of the Biochemical Society for over 30 years. He also served for ten years on the Committee of the Chemical Club and was for a period Chairman of its Selection Committee. Until 1925 his connection with the Institute and related societies had been in honorary capacities but in that year he became a salaried officer of the Institute on appointment as Assistant Secretary. He served in that capacity until the retirement of Mr. R. B. Pilcher the Registrar and Secretary at the end of 1944.Pilcher’s mantle was then divided and Collett was appointed Registrar-an office which he has filled with distinction for the past seven years. Throughout this period as an Executive Officer of the Institute, Collett’s special responsibilities have included the business of the Nomina-tions Examinations and Institutions Committee the Board of Examiners and the Joint Committees concerned with National Certificates in England and Wales in Scotland and in Northern Ireland. In these exacting tasks he has shown an admirable combination of strict attention to the mainten-ance of standards of qualification with the recognition that if the letter of the regulations conflicts with their spirit it is time the wording was amended. Collett has also administered the Appointments Register and has acted as Secretary to the committee which under various titles has dealt with appointments and latterly with questions of economic status.During his term of office he has thus been called upon to advise a large number of members and students (and their parents) on individual prob-lems relating to education training qualifications employment and contracts and conditions of service. During the second World War he was closely concerned with enquiries relating to National Service and, from his wide knowledge of chemists and their special interests was able to give valuable help to the Government in this field. Much of Collett’s work for the Institute has brought him into personal touch with students and members and many owe a great deal to him for advice and help at various stages in their careers.Those who have been to see Collett in his office have benefited not only from his wide experience of many aspects of the profession but also from his human understanding of their problems. The Institute has always taken a pride in giving personal service to members and in thus being something more than a mere registering and qualifying body. This tradition has been magnifi-cently upheld by Collett. He has always been prepared to take up ener-getically with the appropriate authorities any well-founded complaints of ill-treatment. To those with a legitimate grievance he would always listen attentively but his subsequent questions would soon bring to light any weakness in the case.He has never hesitated to tell those who sought his help when he thought their complaints unjustified or arising from their own fault. It is small wonder that Collett is held in affection and esteem by r 320 hundreds of members and registered students of the Institute. For years he has been recognised as their friend. That he has done his job well and efficiently goes without saying but it is his personal qualities that will cause him to be remembered by all who have had contact with the Institute during the past quarter of a century. The accompanying photograph portrays that encouraging smile with which he was wont to greet those who arrived for interview and to reassure the young to whom the first sight of the luxuriant eyebrows was liable to be frightening.All members and students of the Institute will wish Collett well in his retirement. It is hoped that this will bring him leisure to pursue many of his interests and hobbies. Since the war when his service in the Home Guard was in a non-mechanised unit he has again become a motorist and it is understood that this form of transport is a useful adjunct to bird-watching although it does not of course eliminate the need for progress-ing considerable distances afoot to points of vantage. Long may he enjoy these peaceful pursuits in that happy frame of mind which comes from a life devoted to the interests of a great profession and service to its members. INSTITUTE ADMINISTRATION In Part V of the Journal reference was made to the retirement of Miss I.Cawston Principal Assistant Secretary at the end of 1951 after 42 years of devoted service to the Institute. Throughout this long period Miss Cawston has been the mainstay of the office and the Institute will not seem the same without her. An invitation to corporate members to subscribe to a presentation to Miss Cawston accompanies this issue of the Journal. Good support has been received for the presentation to Mr. Collett, who is retiring at the same time. If there are any members who wish to subscribe but have not yet done so their attention is drawn to the leaflet which accompanied Part V of the Journal. The re-organisation of the administration entailed by their retirements will become effective on 1 January 1952. As announced in Part V of the Journal (p.268) Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham will become Secretary and Registrar with Mr. L. W. Raymond I.S.O. as Deputy to the Secretary and Registrar. The three main divisions into which the general business of the office is being organised will be in the charge of the following: Mr. D. A. Arnold A.C.I.S. Assistant Secretary (Administrative) ; Dr. F. W. Gibbs M.Sc. A.R.I.C. Assistant Secretary (Scientific); Mr. L. W. Winder Assistant Registrar. Replies to communications over the signature of any of the above-named officials should be addressed to that official. Otherwise corres-pondence should be addressed to the Secretary and Registrar. Letters may be marked “Confidential” or “Personal” if it is important that they should be delivered unopened to the official to whom they are addressed.[ 321 SUMMARIES OF LECTURES SOME ASPECTS OF INDUSTRIAL TOXICOLOGY By M. W. GOLDBLATT B.Sc. Ph.D. M.D. [East Midlands Section at Nottingham 15 March 19511 The conception of Industrial Toxicology embraces not only the results of clinical and experimental studies and the signs and symptoms and pathology of industrial poisoning but also those arising from the co-operative study of plant and process and environment by chemists chemical engineers managers and industrial medical officers. Toxicological data divorced from the technical details of the processes in which the substances are used are only part of the requirements of Industrial Toxicology but these data if obtained before new chemical products are used or manufactured constitute a practical contribution to the prevention of industrial disease.Experimental investigations on the pathological effects produced in labor-atory animals by a variety of chemical products can give timely warning of the need for safety measures in handling them in the factories. Sometimes the pathological effects in animals simulate closely those already known to occur in the human subject as for example those due to some of the aromatic hydro-carbons aromatic chloramines aliphatic chlorinated hydrocarbons and chlori-nated polycyclic hydrocarbons. The recently introduced “phosphorus insecticides,” if carelessly handled can cause poisoning. Their pharmacological mode of action depends on the inhibi-tion of cholinesterase. Properly handled according to the recent recommenda-tions of the Working Party set up by the Minister of Agriculture and with a well-informed medical service capable of rendering timely specific treatment (atropine) these compounds (or the very toxic herbicides of the nitro-cresol group) need not give rise to toxic events of a serious nature.At least one of these compounds (Parathion) is cumulative in its toxic effects, and this leads to the danger of gradually approaching a stage at which absorption of an ordinarily sub-toxic amount might precipitate severe and even dangerous symptoms from the integrated residual effects of repeated sub-toxic doses. This necessitates rigorous control in the technique of its use especially in contract spraying. Although Parathion is less acutely toxic than other members of this group of compounds (e.g.tetraethyl pyrophosphate and hexaethyl pyrophos-phate) it has been responsible for many more cases of severe toxicity in America. This is due to the rapidity with which symptoms such as contraction of the pupils (with temporary diminution of vision) and constriction of the bronchi (with obstruction of breathing) are produced by the latter compounds. Thus an early warning is given to the worker who is soon in too much discomfort to continue. The latter compounds are readily hydrolysed by water and destroyed in the body whereas Parathion being stable in water is much less readily disposed of. The lecturer’s own experimental investigations into the phosphorus insecti-cides have shown that repeated doses of Parathion far exceeding the ordinarily accepted lethal doses can be injected into animals without killing them provided they are fully under the action of atropine.Biochemical experiments carried out some years ago with Dr. (now Professor) Richard Ellis proved valuable in explaining the Monday-morning toxic symp-toms shown by workers in lead processes. It was demonstrated that in normal subjects under basal metabolic and resting conditions drinking alcohol in sufficient quantities (45 ml. made up to 300 ml. with water) led to a rapid fall in the respiratory quotient a fall in plasma bicarbonate and a large increase in blood lactic acid. These findings indicated moves towards “acidosis,” a fall in pH of the blood. Such changes in a man with considerable deposits of lead in his bones will tend to produce conditions favouring the mobilisation of lead [ 322 with a consequent exacerbation of acute symptoms.These effects of alcohol should be borne in mind when a sudden access of symptoms occurs in a man (not teetotal) who has been exposed to lead for a long time. Occupational dermatitis in the chemical industry may range from the simplest form of slight erythema and oedema with no other sign to the severest forms of sensitisation dermatitis. Cases of severe fungus infection of the skin arise among farm labourers in contact with trichophyton-infected farm animals and among laboratory workers handling mice infected with tinea. Vesication of the skin occurs among factory and agricultural workers handling organic mercurial compounds. It should be emphasised that occupational dermatitis can nearly always be prevented by good working conditions.For example the so-called chlor-acne that arises among workers exposed to the vapours of chlorinated hydrocarbon waxes can be completely prevented by cleanly habits coupled with good ablution methods. Self-medication and inexpert treatment by uninformed medical attendants may lead to severe sensitisation. Sensitisation dermatitis due to some constituents of the rubber in industrial gas-masks may occur the patient’s face becoming unrecognisable from oedema and a severe vesicular eruption with later oozing and crusting. Occupational leucoderma (white skin) in negroes using protective clothing made of rubber containing an antioxidant is also known. A probable explanation of this effect is that the skin absorbs the antioxidant with consequent inactivation of the “dopa” oxidase responsible for changing dihydroxyphenylalanine to the black pigment melanin.In conclusion stress should be laid upon the necessity for the free inter-change of information about toxic hazards for the health of the workers should, in the national interest take precedence over every other consideration. KNOCK IN INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES AND THE By A. D. WALSH M.A. Ph.D. Fees-side Section 16 March 19511 Knock the metallic pinking sound that occurs in spark ignition engines under certain conditions has been known to the practical engineer since at least 1882. It was not until the Great War however and the years immediately following it that its dominating importance among factors limiting the power output and efficiency of engines was realised.It was particularly the work of Ricardo in England that led to this realisation and resulted in the accumulation of considerable knowledge as to the influence of engine factors on knock. Ricardo showed that knock was something that happened in the last part of the charge to burn i.e. in the “end gas.” Any engine condition which raised the temperature or the pressure of this “end gas,” or any condition which increased the time taken by the flame front spreading from the spark plugs to reach the “end gas,” encouraged knock. It became clear that the immediate cause of knock lay in the extremely rapid combustion of the “end gas.” In every engine cycle there occurs a race between the flame front and reactions occurring ahead of the flame.If certain critical conditions are not exceeded before the flame front consumes the entire fuel charge normal combustion occurs; otherwise, some kind of explosive ignition of the “end gas” occurs i.e. an ignition with a much higher rate of pressure rise than is caused by the normal flame producing compression waves which are reflected back and forth by the cylinder walls, setting the latter into forced vibration and so emitting the metallic pinking sound. The rapid vibrations of the gas thus set up cause heat losses to the walls and reduce thermal efficiency. r 323 1 ANTI-KNOCK EFFECT OF LEAD TETRAETHY This was broadly speaking known by about 1920. Between the wars came the development of empirical knowledge of anti-knock substances and of the relation of fuel structure to performance of the fuel.What has hitherto not been clear is the more detailed nature of the reactions whereby explosive ignition of the “end gas” occurs and how anti-knock agents exert their effect. The work mentioned in this abstract has been carried out during the last ten years in collaboration with Messrs. Ricardo who took charge of the engine side of the research. Dr. G. H. N. Chamberlain’s assistance is also acknowledged. Knock is an ignition resulting from spontaneous reactions of the “end gas.” The limits of pressure and temperature required to produce ignition in a given fuel-oxygen mixture lie on a curve as shown in Fig. 1. To the left of the curve ignition does not occur although slow oxidation may take place.Similar curves result for all the paraffins from ethane upwards. The peak of the curve is around 300” C and the trough at about 400” C . The pressure corresponding to the peak varies greatly as the composition and octane number of the fuel are changed. Curves for ethers are similar but the temperature scale is lowered by approximately 100”. 400. T 300. 0 C 'hid TEMP. IGNITION / “LOW’TEMP IGNITION P Fig. I Clearly the curve is composite it consists of “high” and “low” tempera-ture regions of ignition. . Many interesting differences are found between the two types of igniti0n.l For example analysis shows that the reactions occurring in the “low” temperature region but not those in the “high” temperature region, produce alkyl hydroperoxides.Then too the “low” temperature peninsula is associated with the formation of cool flames. Indeed ignition is always a two-stage process in the “low” temperature region where a cool flame has to precede the hot flame. Further certain additives have different effects on the two regions. Formaldehyde and nitrogen dioxide promote “high” temperature ignition but may have an inhibiting effect on “low” temperature ignition. These facts enable one to decide whether the reactions leading to engine knock are of the “low” or “high” temperature type. Analysis of samples collected by engine sampling valves opening over a very short period of time showed that hydroperoxides were present,2 the con-centration/time curve showing a point of inflection.The presence of cool flames in a motor engine was demonstrated by temperature measurements using [ 324 a fine nickel wire as a resistance thermometer. Also it was possible to see cool flames through a window in this engine. Simultaneous sampling showed that the cool flame coincided with the point of inflection in the peroxide curve. Thus ignition of paraffins in the engine is associated with peroxide formation, and is two-stage (the first stage ending with the formation of a cool flame). Further it is affected by additives in the same way as the low temperature mode of ignition.3 There is no doubt therefore of the “low” temperature nature of the reactions leading to knock with normal fuels.4 But how does the process represented by that part of the ignition curve below 400” C for paraffins occur in engines where the temperature of the “end gas” reaches 600” C or more? To answer this one needs to know why the cool flame process dies away as the temperature rises.Minimum pressures required for cool flames were plotted against composition for both diethyl ether and n-hexane at various temperatures. The forms of the curves obtained are most simply explained by the assumption that an intermediate (X) that has to react with oxygen in order to carry on the cool flame process is decomposing with rise of temperature. The cool flame process is associated with the production of alkyl hydroperoxides. They are formed in the following chain: R + 0 2 ROz* R02* + RH -f ROOH + R X can therefore be identified as the alkyl radical R.As the temperature rises to about 400” C R begins to decompose. This is entirely in accord with what is known of the chemistry of alkyl free radicals. Moreover it is known how they decompose. For example : I I CH3CH2CHCHS + CH3 + CH2=CHCH, i.e. they yield an olefine plus a simple free radical usually methyl. From experimental data with methane we deduce that a methyl radical does not give rise to peroxides and their associated phenomena. A chain-breaking process thus occurs in “low” temperature reactions. The unimolecular decomposition of the alkyl radical overtakes its bimolecular reaction with oxygen as the temperature is increased. Higher pressure will favour the bimolecular process. Thus while at low pressures the “low” temperature process dies away about 400” it can persist to much higher temperatures provided the pressure is high enough which is exactly the situation in engines.At a high pressure-high temperature condition ignition can occur by either process. Time is all-impor-tant in determining which process actually occurs in the engine. Peroxide addition accelerates the “low” temperature process. Therefore “low” temper-ature ignition is autocatalytic via peroxides. “High” temperature ignition is autocatalytic with respect to formaldehyde. That the “low” temperature process occurs in the engine rather than the “high” is hardly surprising in view of the greater reactivity of peroxides than formaldehyde. The nature of the autocatalysis due to peroxides has been discussed in recent paperss If lead tetraethyl is used to inhibit combustion in a glass vessel its effects persists to subsequent runs even though no more lead tetraethyl is added and the vessel is subjected to long continued pumping at 300” C.The persistence has been traced to a film of PbO deposited over the surface of the vessel. If a few grains of PbO are placed in a glass reaction vessel heated to say 300” C and then removed an inhibiting effect is produced just as profound as if lead tetra-ethyl had been added. The explanation seems to be that PbO has a slight vola-tility from its own crystals at 300” C but not from a silica or glass surface a fine surface film of PbO is thus deposited. These facts especially the persist-ence suggest strongly that inhibition by lead tetraethyl is due to (a) production of PbO (b) a surface- rather than a gas-phase inhibition by the PbO; (b) has been r 325 put beyond doubt by study of the effect of inert gases upon the inhibition.The effect of lead tetraethyl in engines however can hardly be ascribed to a surface inhibition by a film of PbO on the cylinder walls the pressures are too high for diffusion of chain carriers to the walls to be important. The only way in which surface inhibition could be produced in engines is by formation of a fog of particles providing a large surface area and distributed throughout the cylinder volume. Special experiments have been carried out to demonstrate (by means of a Tyndall beam effect) that when lead tetraethyl is oxidised it does produce a fog of fine particles of PbO.s A PbO surface film inhibits slow combustion and also ignition to hot flames in both “low” and “high” temperature regions.It does not however lengthen the time interval before the appearance of a cool flame even under conditions when the chains involved are known to be terminated mainly on the walls. The effect of PbO seems therefore specific to particular kinds of chain carrier. These species are present in the chains responsible for slow combustion or ignition to normal flames in both “low” and “high” temperature regions but are absent from the chains preceding the appearance of a cool flame. It seems that induced oxidation of formaldehyde (a combustion product) is common to the slow c6m-bustion and normal flame ignition mechanisms but is not important in the pro-cess leading to a cool flame.It is therefore probable that the anti-knock action of lead tetraethyl is only exerted where the induced oxidation of formaldehyde is occurring. In agreement with this lead tetraethyl is a powerful anti-knock in an engine running on monomeric formaldehyde as fuel.4 Oxidation of formaldehyde involves H atoms or H02 radicals as chain carriers. It is therefore possible that the chain carriers specifically destroyed by a PbO surface are H atoms or HO radicals. Lead tetraethyl is a powerful inhibitor of knock in an engine running on hydrogen as fuel and of the low pressure explosion peninsula of H2-02. This and other evidence is compatible with the idea of a PbO surface specifically destroying H atoms or H02 radicals. To sum up it is reasonably certain that knock involves an ignition resulting from spontaneous reaction chains of the “low” temperature type and following the formation of a cool flame; that lead tetraethyl exerts its effect by producing PbO; that this PbO (as a fog of fine particles and in low pressure experiments, as a thin film covering the walls of the reaction vessel) inhibits by a surface effect; that the inhibition does not affect the part of the knock process preceding the passage of the cool flame but only the subsequent reactions; and that the inhibition is specific to certain types of chain carrier.Further it is probable, but not yet proven that among these types H atoms or H02 radicals are pre-dominant. REFERENCES 1. Chamberlain and Walsh Third Symposium on Combustion Flame and Explosion Phenomena Baltimore 1949 368 375.2. Wheeler Downs and Walsh Nature 1948 162 893. 3. Downs and Walsh Nature 1949 163 371. 4. Downs Walsh and Wheeler Phil. Trans.; (A) 1951 243 463. 5. Malherbe and Walsh Trans. Faraday SOC. 1950,46,824,835. 6. Chamberlain and Walsh “Le Mkanisme de L’Oxydation,” Institut International de Chimie Solvay Brussels 1950 SEVENTH DALTON LECTURE On 27 September 1951 in the Town Hall Manchester in the presence of a distinguished audience which included The Most Worshipful The Lord Mayor of Manchester Councillor W. Collingson J.P. The Right Honourable The Lord McGowan of Ardeer K.B.E. Honorary President of Imperial Chemical In-dustries Ltd. delivered the Seventh Dalton Lecture entitled “One Hundred Years of Chemistry.” Mr. H. W. Cremer C.B.E. President of the Institute was in the chair and was supported by the Chairman of the Manchester and District Section Dr. M. Barak. The demand for tickets greatly exceeded the available accommodation, and an audience of 800 or more filled the magnificent Great Hall. Lord McGowan the President and others were received by the Lord Mayor in his private suite before the meeting. Mr. Cremer in introducing Lord McGowan remarked on the origins of the Dalton Lecture stressing the desire of the founders to perpetuate the name of the Manchester Quaker who did so much to place chemistry on a sound basis and also to propound the beneficent impact of chemistry on contemporary life. Lord McGowan then delivered his address which has since been published in the Institute series of Lectures Monographs and Reports and is being distributed with this issue of the Journal.In connection with the Lecture a two-day exhibition “The Progress of Chemistry,” was held in the Town Hall extensions. A number of nationally known organisations combined to provide a unique display showing the develop-ment of their specialities from fundamental discoveries. Great. effort and expense on their part provided an exhibition which held so much interest for the Lord Mayor that his official visit extended over three hours. Other dis-tinguished callers included the President of the Institute the Honorary Treasurer, Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones and Mr. P. K. Standring Chairman of the Dyestuffs Division of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd.Altogether many hundreds, as well as about 1,OOO schoolchildren visited the exhibition. The whole event received attention in the national press and in the Northern Features programme of the B.B.C. Lord McGowan was entertained at dinner after the lecture. Proposing the toast of “John Dalton,” Mr. J. T. Marsh said: On the occasion of the Seventh Dalton Lecture we are gathered together to honour the memory of the famous Quaker of Manchester. As many of us know the seal of the Royal Institute of Chemistry carries the figure of Priestley that turbulent clergyman whose first claim to chemical fame was the discovery of soda water-a fact that might interest the lay members of the audience as it did the Royal Society and the Royal College of Physicians, who were very much impressed and recommended it to the Admiralty without additions as a possible cure for scurvy.Priestley as we all know was celebrated for the preparation and isolation of many gases and to most of us the name of John Dalton also conjures up the collection of gases as illustrated in the fresco by Ford Madox Brown in the Manchester Town Hall. Dalton collected these gases from ponds in various places and although it is often thought that the actual illustration refers to Greenheys there is reason to believe that those particular ponds were in the fields that are now the University sports ground. Seventy-five years ago the Society of Friends founded a hall of residence for men students at the University of Manchester and called it Dalton Hall. A reproduction of the Madox Brown fresco appears above the fireplace in the Dining Room of the Hall where I went as a student in January 1919 and, [ 327 even had I not been a member of the Society of Friends or a student of chemistry, it would have been impossible for me to have avoided the undergraduate humour relating to Marsh Gas.You will see that there were many reasons for my particular interest in John Dalton. In 1944 which was the Centenary of Dalton’s death I happened to be Chair-man-Elect of the Local Section of the Royal Institute of Chemistry and also Chairman-Elect of the Committee of Management of Dalton Hall and therefore it was natural that thoughts about marking the occasion should come to mind. It would be quite improper for me to attempt to add to the remarks of our distinguished lecturer to-night on the contributions that Manchester has made to science; but as we appeared to be without public recognition of our great men in the form of lectures the idea occurred of a series of Dalton Lectures on a somewhat wider basis than the Annual Mercer Lecture which was inaugurated in the Fame year in order to commemorate the centenary of the discovery of mercerising.The suggestion was adopted with enthusiasm by the Committee and later by the Council of the Royal Institute of Chemistry. During the period in which we have been privileged to receive many dis-tinguished lectures and lecturers we have listened to the following :-(1) “Chemistry and Clothing,” by Dr. D. A. Clibbens, (2) “Chemistry and Food,” by Sir Jack Drummond, (3) “Chemistry and Medicinal Treatment,” by Sir Henry Dale, (4) “Chemistry and Fuel,” by Dr.D. T. A. Townend, (5) “Through Chemistry Adornment,” by Dr. C. J. T. Cronshaw, (6) “Physical Chemistry in Iron and Steel Making,” by Sir Charles Goodeve. And to-night we have heard that very remarkable address “A Hundred Years of Chemistry,” by our honoured guest Lord McGowan. Any comments about the seven lean years and the seven fat years would involve me in difficulties and even a little embarrassment but in view of the fact that we have present with us the Lord Mayor of Manchester the President . of the Royal Institute of Chemistry and also the Honorary Treasurer we appear to have toiled seven years for Rachel with success. John Dalton was born at Eaglesfield near Cockermouth in Cumberland in September 1766; the exact date of his birth is not known because for some reason it was not entered either in the Register of Births of the Society of Friends or even in the family Bible.It is interesting to note that not very far from Dalton’s birthplace now stands the atomic research plant at Sellafield. Like his illustrious predecessor whose figure appears on the seal of the Royal Institute of Chemistry Dalton had some association with the textile industry, as his father was a woollen weaver and the father of Priestley was a dresser of woollen cloth. At the age of twelve John Dalton became a teacher at Eaglesfield; three years later he moved to Kendal where he taught for about twelve years. In 1793 he moved to Manchester when twenty-six years old as a teacher of mathematics and natural philosophy at the New College which had been started for the education of students who were ineligible for admission to the universities of Oxford and Cambridge because of their Nonconformist views.It is interesting to recall that the New College was a continuation of the academy opened in 1757 at Warrington where Priestley taught for a time. After six years as a tutor in this college Dalton left it for private teaching and to carry out research in chemistry and it was at this time that he began to have the use of the lower room of the Literary and Philosophical Society in George Street. He never lived in John Dalton Street. Although Dalton lectured at Owens College he was never a member of its teaching staff in spite of the fact that Roscoe invited him to join It is hardly necessary to recount in detail Dalton’s famous work on the Law of Multiple Proportions and on the Atomic Theory which was first put forward in 1803 when he announced the relative weights of atoms and started very spirited discussion.It might not be out of place to remember the difficulties of this period when various strange pictures and symbols were used to express chemical formulae and the old sign language was replaced by the modern chem-ical shorthand of Berzelius in 1814. Curiously enough Dalton himself thought that his own picture language was superior to the horrifying symbols of Berzelius, such as H20 and H,SO,. The Atomic Theory was not immediately accepted and indeed some scientists were very hostile to the idea and thought the whole scheme a tissue of absurdities.One of the most sceptical was Davy who was probably our most celebrated chemist at that time. Dalton was not discouraged; although he realised that Davy was a great chemist he did not think much of him as a philosopher for “Davy does not smoke.” Without the Atomic Theory chemistry would probably have continued to be a multitude of miscellaneous observations and recipes for performing experi-ments; with the Atomic Theory the amorphous mass fell into a beautiful har-monious pattern. Similar sentiments have been expressed in much better words than lie at my command and I shall therefore not attempt to elaborate upon Dalton’s great contributions to chemistry but will confine myself to more domestic matters.Some of the lesser known items of Dalton’s later years are worthy of mention; he was never well-to-do and even when he was over sixty he was still compelled to teach arithmetic to private students. However with some difficulty his friends persuaded the Liberal Government of 1833 to award him an annual pension of E150 which was later increased to E300. The marble statue now in the Manchester Town Hall was completed in 1834 at a cost of some 52,000 raised by private subscription amongst his friends. In July 1844 the Council of the Literary and Philosophical Society presented him with a copy engrossed on vellum of a resolution expressing their admiration of the zeal and perseverance with which he had carried out some 200,000 meteorological observations over half a century.Dalton was already in failing health and he received this resolution seated replying in a written statement; a week later he died of a stroke the fourth in seven years. A public funeral was accorded him and his remains lay in state in the Town Hall where 40,000 people passed before the coffin. The funeral procession was about a mile in length with over a hundred private carriages. The streets to Ardwick Cemetery were lined with spectators and four hundred police were on duty along the route. A public subscription was raised with various objectives including the pro-vision of exhibitions in favour of students at Owens College and in 1853 to 1856 certain prizes and scholarships were founded namely two mathematical scholarships a natural history prize and two scholarships for original investiga-tions in chemistry.These Dalton scholarships were at that time without parallel in academic life and many of the holders subsequently became famous. In 1903 at the time of the Centenary of the Atomic Theory the foundation stone of the Dalton Laboratory was laid at the University. In 1940 the premises of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society in George Street together with a number of the relics of John Dalton were destroyed by enemy action. At Dalton Hall we were rather more fortunate and in addition to a number of letters and programmes and other printed material, we have several personal reminders of him such as the characteristic cap he wore when at work his spectacles his razor his umbrella and even his cradle.We also have his eye. It is not clear how we came in possession of this but we do know that Dalton suffered from red-green colour blindness and was one of 1 329 the first to make a scientific investigation into this abnormality; even to-day colour blindness is known as Daltonism in France and one meets with the term not infrequently in England. Dalton expressed the wish that his eyes should be examined after death in order to see if any useful data could be obtained. Probably the most significant relics are the actual atomic models used by Dalton when developing his theory and those of us who have had the privilege of examining these realise how closely they correspond to the modern atomic models which have become so important during the past twenty years.In conclusion one can do no better than refer to John Dalton in the words of Sir Henry Roscoe as “the founder of modern chemistry.” BOOK REVIEWS The Structure of Physical Chemistry. C. N. Hinshelwood. Pp. viii + 476. (Oxford Clarendon Press 1951.) 35s. net. Twentieth century developments in science as in other human activities have been manifold and*complex. At the beginning of the century the division of chemistry into physical inorganic and organic had become well established. Increasing specialisation has led to the contemporary situation in which these adjectives are too broad to define the lifetime’s work of many a chemist and we have become for example high polymer chemists or microwave spectroscopists, or fluorine chemists.The day is surely not far distant when other subdivisions will further complicate the classification and we shall have an Institute Register like a pocket flora which we shall use to identify our specialisms much as a systematic botanist “runs down” a plant. Fortunately for our science a few will remain whose interests are so catholic that their classification in such a scheme of things will not be possible. Sir Cyril Hinshelwood will surely be one of the most prominent of this happy few and the volume under review will constitute a substantial part of the evidence for his claim to the title of being a “physical chemist.” In the preface the author tells us that his aim has been to provide a balanced, synoptic account of principles. This is an exceptionally difficult task and, because of the “humanistic approach” it entails the result is to some extent bound to be personal and testamentary in character.Ideally everyone should make his own individual synthesis. There used to be a traditional reply to the freshman chemist who asked his tutor what text book he should read -“Write your own.” What admirable advice since only out of the labour of composition is real understanding born! With the fantastically heavy load of formal instruction now placed on the undergraduate’s shoulders only the excep-tionally talented few can follow this sage counsel. Books written with the aim of providing an intellectual framework on which may be hung the details pro-vided by lectures practical work and the usual run of text-books are therefore of the highest importance.Professor Hinshelwood’s book is a brilliant example of this type. It is a long book rationally divided into six parts each of which is preceded by a brief statement of the relevant theme. Part I is entirely classical being con-cerned with the consequences of the assumption of free translational motion and the effects of the restriction of this motion in condensed phases together with a statement of thermodynamic principles. Pleasing features of the latter are the statistical approach the early definition (page 38) of entropy as klnW and the clear definition of W avoiding thereby the misuse of the word “probability.” In Part I1 we are introduced to the quantum theory and derivations of energy levels and partition functions for various models are given and applied to various [ 330 problems of equilibrium.This is the least novel section and in some places the author seems deliberately to handicap himself by a frontal attack on problems that may be solved more elegantly by other methods which presuppose no principles beyond those already stated. For example pages 147-150 could be greatly shortened by writing Kc in terms of LA” and substituting for AA” in terms of the appropriate partition function. The next three sections are closely interrelated by the underlying need of a knowledge of the properties of wave functions. The reader is introduced in turn to atomic and molecular quantum numbers to the interaction of isolated molecules with electromagnetic radiation to the forces which determine the binding energies and spatial distribution of atoms in molecules and fmally to the forces which determine the organisation of molecules and ions in condensed systems.This is a vast field but the sense of unity of treatment is strongest here. Part VI is concerned with the problems of rates of chemical change and is therefore more intimately connected with the author’s own distinguished researches. Here the temptation to provide detailed illustration has obviously been strongest and the author shows .signs of departing from his stated aim. The reviewer cannot but feel that the chapter on the organic world and the discussion of chain reactions interesting as they undoubtedly are might have been reduced in scope. Comparison of these sections with the scant treatment of electrochemical problems accentuates this feeling.Every reader of this book however he may feel that the emphasis is misplaced or the illustration not the one he would have chosen cannot fail to recognise the brilliant work of a virtuoso and having started to read will not fail to finish it. It is a remarkable synthesis well fitted to restore a feeling for the unity of the subject in the specialist or overlectured student and to give a preview of the field to the exceptionally intelligent freshman. One cannot omit reference to the Oxford University Press to whom chemists are once again indebted for a hand-somely bound and printed book at a reasonable price. F. S. DAINTON A Short Guide to Chemical Literature. G. Malcolm Dyson. (London Longmans Green & Co.Ltd. 1951.) 8s. 6d. Pp. viii + 144. The ever increasing volume of chemical literature presents a problem even to the experienced research worker and the student may well be bewildered as to how to conduct a literature search without missing anything important. Librarians and Information Officers find that graduates leaving the Universities frequently have little idea of how to utilise the material in libraries and Aslib has been considering this very question. The publication of Dr. Dyson’s little volume is therefore most timely and it will be useful to the chemist to indicate where and how to make a search and also to anyone preparing for the Library Association examination in the literature of chemistry and chemical technology. A slim volume like this could not deal with more than a selection of journals and books although the author has attempted to include all of special impor-tance.He adroitly draws the sting of those who would criticise his selection by stating (p. 1) “In each section especially in those relating to textbooks and technological journals examples only can be given and it must be borne in mind that these are illustrative of type; omission of a work from the list does not imply that it is considered less valuable than those cited.” Comments about items listed include historical notes on various publications. Journals are dealt with under four headings national chemical journals; specialised chemical journals; journals of technology; ephemeral publications. Strangely Asiatic national chemical journals appear in the second category.The Journal of the Chinese Chemical Society is referred to as the “Journal of Chinese Chemical Science.” The Journal of the Japanese Chemical Society, r 331 referred to in the past tense is still current. The textbooks etc. mentioned in Chapter 4 are arranged under various branches of chemistry. A plan for a search for information relating to a given structure appears in Chapter 6 and Appendix 2 is another example of an organic chemical search. Appendix 1 lists some old and obsolete journals and Appendix 3 consists of tables of years and volume numbers of journals. Some descriptions are inaccurate. Analytica Chimica Acta is not an abstract series as stated on p. 42. Other errors in title description spelling etc.and notes of inconsistencies in the use of capitals are being listed for use by the author in a new edition. On p. 137 two entries in the index are out of alpha-betical sequence. This book is a brave attempt to meet a real need and must be welcomed as a stepping stone towards the more intelligent and efficient use of chemical literature. A. E. CUMMMS Preparation of Organic Intermediates. D. A. Shirley. Pp. x + 328. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1951.) 48s. net. In this book are collected together instructions for the preparation of more than 500 organic compounds. Anyone who makes such a collection generally lays himself open to suggestions for a more suitable selection and arrangement of the material. The author forestalls much of such gratuitous advice by stating in the preface the general principles which have guided his selection of subjects.In brief they are as follows:-the compound is not commercially available or is relatively expensive and its preparation has not been described in Organic Syntheses up to volume 28. An additional qualification for inclusion is that the structure of the compound is such that it may serve as a useful intermediate and that it illustrates some useful reaction. This book may be considered to be supplementary to Organic Syntheses but with the difference that the descriptions of the preparations are taken from the literature without any adequate experi-mental checking; nor are there any of the detailed experimental notes which are a feature of the descriptions given in Organic Syntheses.Within these limits the author has succeeded in compiling a useful collection of organic preparations to which the organic chemist may refer with advantage. A perusal of the table of contents testifies to the wide range of subjects and to the industry of the author. It is impossible within the scope of this review to do more than pick out a few of the preparations such as phenyl sodium geranyl bromide o-nitrobenzenesulphenyl chloride p-mercapto ethylamine n-hexyl mercaptan and a cobalt polysulphide hydrogenation catalyst. There are also accounts of syntheses of dl-leucine and of orcinol as well as examples of the Diels-Alder Mannich Fries and Willgerodt-Kindler reactions. The alphabetical arrangement of the subject matter has some obvious dis-advantages.Similar types of reactions are dispersed throughout the book. Thus for the preparation of benzyl sodium (p. 32) reference is made to p. 260 for the preparation of the starting material. Other examples are the preparation of acetyl peroxide on p. 1 and of lauroyl peroxide on p. 108 N-bromosuccinimide on p. 59 and N-chlorosuccinimide on p. 86. Descriptions of nitration halogena-tion diazotisation hydrogenation condensation and many other reactions are similarly scattered. This disadvantage has been largely overcome by the pro-vision of a comprehensive index of reactions. There is also a good general index as well as an index of molecular formulae. The book has been well produced and well printed and errors and ambiguities are few.W. J. HICKINBOTTOM [ 332 The Chemistry of the Non-Benzenoid Hydrocarbons. Benjamin T. Brooks. Second Edition. Pp. xiv + 615. (New York Reinhold Publishing Cor-poration; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 96s. net. This book was first published in 1922 and the second edition has been rewritten and brought up to date. Many of the references of which there are over 2,000 are to the literature of the last decade. The title is a little puzzling but it is probably the shortest that precisely defines the field covered. The chapters include the natural occurrence physical properties synthesis thermal decomposition oxidation and other reactions of paraffins and cycloparaffins; olefines including their isomerisation polymerisa-tion alkylation and oxidation; dienes trienes and polyenes; acetylenes; and the cycloparaffins.In a comprehensive book of this magnitude the writer is bound to leave the mark of his own particular interests and research on certain chapters and in the sections dealing with the petroleum and allied industries the author has given most valuable accounts of modern researches and of the principles and chemical reactions underlying present technical methods. These sections including accounts of cracking oxidation halogenation polymerisation and antiknock values are both readable and valuable for reference. The chapters which deal with the more familiar aspects of hydrocarbon chemistry are not exhaustive and a careful choice of material has been made, bearing in mind the interest theoretical or otherwise of the reactions or pro-cesses under discussion.Throughout the book attention is given to reaction mechanisms and chemical theory including stereochemistry. Only a few errors or omissions of importance have been noted. The state-ment on p. 1 that “Naturally occurring paraffins invariably have an odd number of carbon atoms” is not in harmony with the occurrence of ethane and butane in considerable quantity in natural gas (Table p. 5). Among methods for the synthesis (frequently indirect) of cycloparaffins including macrocyclic com-pounds there is no mention of the acyloin reaction. On page 66 occurs the erroneous statement that the Wolff-Kishner reduction has to be carried out in an autoclave. There are many minor errors including pentavalent carbon atoms of which three occur on page 392.The book is excellently printed and most of the formulae are good though many would be made clearer by a greater use of “Me” for a methyl group. Some of the graphic formulae of the cycloparahs in Chapter 14 are clumsy and there are no less than seven different methods of setting up terpene formulae on pp. This opportune volume will become a standard work on many aspects of hydrocarbon chemistry. The price will unfortunately prevent many from acquiring a copy for private use. 519-534. W. BAKER Surface Chemistry An Introduction to its Principles and Applications. A. E. Alexander. Pp. vii + 70. (London Longmans Green and Co. Ltd., 1951.) 7s. 6d. net. The Surface Chemistry of Solids. S. J. Gregg. Pp. ix + 297.(London: Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 30s. net. Surface Activity. The physical chemistry technical applications and chemical constitution of synthetic surface-active agents. J. L. Moilliet and B. Collie. Pp. x + 379. (London E. and F. N. Spon Ltd. 1951.) 55s. net. ‘It is doubtful whether any of the earlier workers in the field of preparative colloid chemistry could have anticipated the development which has taken place during the last quarter of a century. The recognition that the free surface of a solid or liquid was in fact a separate phase-the interphase-with its own [ 333 characteristic properties may be claimed as the fundamental basis of the new science. The development of the phase rule in the hands of Willard Gibbs and of the thermodynamic equations relating interphase to bulk phase composition by Gibbs and J.J. Thomson and the concept of the orientated monolayer constituting the architecture of the interphase developed almost simultaneously by Devaux in France Hardy in England and Langmuir in the United States, have given us tools with which we can explore this new world which Ostwald called the “forgotten dimension.” Colloid Science has thus emerged as a definite “subject” with its own charac-teristic discipline and mode of thought. It is an important one not only because it is of material assistance in attempting to unravel the complexities of the dynamic equilibrium of living matter but also because new industrial implica-tions and applications are found every day. Professor A. E. Alexander has written an interesting short monograph which serves as an introduction to the principles and application of surface chemistry.It contains an account of the more salient points connected with surface phen-omena and is consequently an interesting book to read. Short monographs in which apart from the exposition of general principles selected subjects are discussed are rarely entirely satisfactory since the choice of subjects seems to be rather haphazard and not to follow any logical plan; indeed a superficial account of any phenomenon is in this present age rather dangerous unless it presents the subject in a correct manner or some entirely novel method of treatment is adopted. Dr. Gregg has done good service in giving us a book on the Surface Chemistry of Solids one chapter only being devoted to discussion of the properties of films on the surfaces of liquids.The book is almost entirely devoted to what is generally termed “physical adsorption” and it is only in Chapter XIII where a brief description of the phenomenon of heterogeneous catalysis is given that the term “chemi-sorption” is introduced although it is only chemi-sorptive processes that may truly be included in the surface chemistry of solids. A chapter on porosity permea-bility smoke and dust contains a wealth of interesting information; the more recent work on aerosols might well be included in a subsequent edition. The volume by Drs. Moilliet and B. Collie is a very welcome addition to the ever-growing literature on the subject of surface-active agents. The pioneer investigations of McBain on soap solutions opened a chapter in colloid science which is now assuming vast proportions.The ever-increasing numbers of syn-thetic detergents and wetting-out agents has emphasised the importance of the amphipathic micelle-forming substances. In the first section the authors describe the general physical chemistry of surface-active agents and interfacial processes. There is at present some controversy concerning the shape of the neutral and ionic micelle in aqueous solution. The simple spherical form proposed originally by Hartley has still many protagonists; others believe in a lamellar structure which may take the form of a cylinder or disc but contains horizontally stratified molecular layers. The recent work of Debye on light scattering lends strong support to this form.It is of course possible that these forms are really interconvertible dependent on the relative magnitude of the lattice energy the interfacial tension and the thermal agitation. We might anticipate a critical temperature above which the spherical micelle is the more stable configuration. The authors themselves apparently subscribe to the spherical form. The chapters devoted to the thermodynamics of the surface phase and the treatment of the Gibbs equation are very well presented Guggenheim’s general method of treatment being employed. Of particular interest is the discussion on the rate of attainment of surface equilibrium and on the question whether it is energy barriers diffusion or convective flow that plays a dominant part in [ 334 controlling the rate of access to the surface phase.An equally interesting and authoritative chapter is the one devoted to fundamental interfacial processes. These both as to equilibrium and to rate processes are to a greater or lesser extent dependent upon the “wetting angle.” By application of the principle of virtual work it is not diffcult to develop expressions for the conditions of equilibrium involving some function of the wetting angle. Experimentally the phenomenon of hysteresis in advancing and retarding boundaries is also well known. One of the main objects of physical chemistry is to reconcile the thermodynamic statistical and molecular kinetic treatments of a subject. We still know nothing about the molecular mechanisms that result in a change in the wetting angle.We might ask ourselves the question “How does the wetting angle of water/air against paraffin wax change as we incorporate increasing quantities of say myristic acid in the paraffin wax?” It is to be hoped that some-one will take up this field in the near future. In the discussion on coagulation and flocculation the authors regard the K-potential and a solvation sheath as the chief factors in stability. Many people 1 believe that 6 =- or the thickness of the Gouy zone is likewise important. The second section of the volume is devoted to technical applications of synthetic surface-active agents and the last section to their chemical constitution. Wetting-out and water-proofing as well as the preparation of emulsions and the dispersion of solids are dealt with and a thorough examination is made of the factors operative in detergency.It is surprising that the authors have not included a chapter on foams which have become increasingly important in recent years and in which several interesting physico-chemical principles are involved. The authors are to be congratulated. ERIC K. RIDEAL Chemical Kinetics. Keith J. Laidler. Pp. ix + 408. (London New York and From the laws of thermodynamics we can predict precisely the direction and extent to which any given mixture of chemical substances will react under chosen conditions provided we know the magnitude of certain thermodynamic func-tions. In marked contrast to this situation the prediction of the rate and route of such changes is well nigh impossible and the physical chemist who reads current literature in the field of reaction kinetics cannot but find the words of Horace appropriate “Scholars argue and the case is still before the courts.” This is not to say that this body of knowledge is completely anarchic in structure but it does imply that the exposition must be especially clear and free from ambiguity if it is to be at all successful.Professor Laidler has made notable contributions to reaction kinetics both as an individual and with two great masters of the subject Professors Hinshelwood and Eyring. He is also known to be a sympathetic teacher and persuasive author. It was therefore to be expected that a book by him “intended as an introductory text of the more important facts and theories” would be a model of pedagogy-an accurate, concise statement of principles suitably exemplified.Unfortunately it is not. The book is broadly divided into two parts. The first part comprising Chapters 1-6 with Chapter 13 is concerned with simple and generally single-stage reactions whilst the remainder (Chapters 7-1 2) deals with complex reac-tions consisting of several single-stage processes. The first two chapters are clearly presented outlines of a selection of the methods by which reactions may be followed and by which the resultant data may be analysed. The simple collision theory and the transition state theory are succinctly described in Chapter 3 and the latter theory is used for the interpretation of simple homo-geneous gas reactions (Chapter 4) reactions in solution (Chapter 5) and hetero-geneous reactions (Chapter 6).In many ways this part of the book is admirable, K Toronto McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc. 1950.) 47s. [ 335 the prose is simple and direct the arguments are well stated and there are instructive problems at the end of each chapter. On the other hand there are many marks of hasty composition which detract considerably from the usefulness o$ the book. Thus tables of data are often incompletely described (at least seven tables display rate data at unspecified temperatures); examples are too frequently ill chosen (in Table 1 the range of variation of the first order velocity constants is about 30 per cent; and in spite of work carried out in the last 12 years the reactions of nitric oxide with chlorine and with oxygen are quoted as examples of simple termolecular processes).Lack of rigour is also occasionally apparent; for example although equilibrium constants ( K ) are dealt with in concentration units throughout the book the author consistently uses the relation AF = -RTln K where Fis the Gibbs function. Chapter 7 begins the second part of the book and in it the author describes multistage processes and the principle of stationary states finally summarising methods of preparation detection and estimation of free radicals. This is followed by discussions in some detail of certain complex inorganic and organic reactions (Chapters 8 and 9). These three chapters are on conventional lines, but occasionally the author makes assertions for which there is no experimental warrant.Thus there is no justification for the statement (p. 203) that hydroxyl radicals can regenerate themselves in water or for the preceding sentence. Owing to the magnitude of DHO-H water is the solvent least liable to attack by radicals. Chapters 10 11 and 12 are brief accounts of catalysis oxidation and polymerisa-tion respectively and are curiously uneven in content. The reader will look in vain for the Semenov treatment of non-stationary states that are a feature of so many chain reactions or for the important relation between the rate of addition polymerisations and the average degree of polymerisation of the product or other non-contentious matters of principle. On the other hand he will find many detailed mechanisms of chain reactions apparently selected arbitrarily even though controversy still rages about them.He will also find in Figures 3 1 and 32 representations of the hydrogen-oxygen reaction which are erroneous in all respects except the existence of three pressure limits. It is a pity that a book which cannot be unreservedly recommended to elementary students should have been written by one so well qualified to write a better book and so conscious of student needs. Chemical Indicators. F. S. DAINTON 0. Tomitek; translated from the Czech by A. R. Weir. Pp. x + 258. (London Butterworths Scientific Publications 1951.) 21s. The lucid presentation of the subject-matter shows that the author has exercised considerable care in his endeavour to produce a simple account of the theory and technique of the uses of indicators in the various branches of analysis.Nearly one half of the volume is devoted to those indicators which are used in the detection of end-points in acidimetry and alkalimetry and in the estimation of pH values. With the exception of the photoelectric colorimetric method the methods given for the determination of pH values are well-known and are to be found in the standard textbooks on hydrogen ion concentration. The method of choosing indicators for titration of weak acids and bases would have been rendered clearer had the author given illustrative pH neutralisation curves instead of relying entirely on verbal discussions based on the pK values of acids or bases. An omission is the use of so-called “screened” or “achromatic” indicators though most probably such topics were regarded by the author as being outside the scope of the book.Whilst this section is undoubtedly deficient in tables relating to buffer solutions for use in the colorimetric determination of pH it contains an extensive list of the more satisfactory indicators. About one quarter of the book deals with redox indicators 73 of which are listed. The use of [el apparently to connote concentration of electrons in mass [ 336 law expressions of redox systems (p. 73) seems undesirable although in so doing the author has followed the precedent of the pioneer American worker in the field dealing with the potentials of redox indicators. The remaining part of the book consists of relatively brief accounts of adsorp-tion indicators fluorescent indicators and a few miscellaneous indicators.Dr. Weir’s work as translator has been carried out exceedingly well for the text affords no suggestion that it is indeed a translation. Dr. Weir states that he has incorporated in the tables the pH values of many common industrial substances and foodstuffs. Whilst the book is in no way a comprehensive treatise it will serve as a useful introduction to the subject and will be of service especially to research workers in subjects that are ancillary to chemistry. H. T. S. BRITTON Textbook of Electrochemistry. G. Kortiim and J. O’M. Bockris. Vol. I. (Amsterdam Elsevier Publishing Co.; London distributors: 50s. This is the first of a two-volume textbook of Electrochemistry and is based on the second edition of Professor G.Kortiim’s “Lehrbuch der Elektrochemie” which was published in 1949. According to the translator and reviser the purpose of the English edition is to “make available to a large group of physical chemists a solid and comprehensive summary of modern electrochemistry of use not only to those engaged in study and research in the chemistry of ions but also to many who use electrochemical methods as a research tool.” This is not a book for the beginner who would find it is extremely difficult reading but rather for the postgraduate chemist. Some topics are treated too extensively whereas others are discussed too summarily. Thus it is not clear why 98 pages should deal with certain elementary principles of elec-tricity electrostatics and thermodynamics.The reason for including thermo-dynamics which is based on functions appears to be to introduce the concept of chemical potential. This is used to derive expressions for the E.M.F.’s of cells. As far as electrochemistry is concerned much of the thermodynamical treatment could have been omitted. The remainder of the volume is devoted to Solvation 42 pages (structure and bonding in crystals and theoretical computation of the changes in energy that occur during solvation and dissolution); Electrolytes 27 pages (activity theory of G. N. Lewis); Interionic Attraction 30 pages (an epitome of Debye-Hiickel-Onsager theory); Applications of Conductance Measurements 30 pages (mobil-ities dissociation constants conductance titrations colloidal electrolytes, semiconduction); E.M.F.47 pages; Applications of Potentiometric Measure-ments 35 pages (pH and redox measurements and titrations); Weak Electrolytes, 42 pages (Lowry-Brransted Theory-Lowry’s name is not mentioned however-Zwitterions dibasic acids etc.). A notable omission is that of the earlier work on electrochemistry for which the student is referred to Fritz Foerster’s “Elektrochemie der wasserigen und nicht wasserigen Losungen.” Much recent work has however escaped attention ; e.g. there is no mention of the work of C. W. Davies on incomplete ionisation and of N. Bjerrum or C. K. Ingold on the ionisation of dibasic acids. The treatment is essentially theoretical and is in general too inadequate on the evperiinental side to be of much service to the research worker.The English is at times rather cumbersome and not always clear owing to a too literal transla-tion. The volume is well produced though the relegation of the index to the end of the unpublished* Volume I1 is a distinct disadvantage. Pp. xvi + 351. Cleaver-Hume Press Ltd. 1951 .) The presentation of the subject matter is very uneven. H. T. S. BNTTON * Vol. I1 has now been published and will be reviewed later in the Journal.-Ed. r 337 The Fischer-Tropsch and Related Syntheses. H. H. Storch N. Golumbic and R. B. Anderson. Pp. xii + 610. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 72s. net. In this book the authors who are members of the Office of Synthetic Liquid Fuels of the U.S. Bureau of Mines have collected and reviewed the original papers published on the process the detailed reports of visits and interrogations by members of the teams of investigation from Great Britain and the United States which visited Germany after the war to study the process the documents inspected and also the recent development work.For any worker who wishes to study the process the book contains full and detailed information. It is invaluable to those wishing for a critical survey of German work during the war years. There is a very useful chapter of 78 pages dealing with heterogeneous cataly-sis with examples mainly from Fischer-Tropsch synthesis but also dealing with the hydrogenation of olefines ammonia synthesis and the synthesis of alcohols. The difficulties experienced in the development of catalysts the promoters used and the importance of the carrier employed particularly with the cobalt catalyst are described together with their influence on the products obtained.This chapter occupies one-third of the book. A section of the book deals with the development of the process in Germany to the commercial stage and also gives details of full-scale operation of plants. Reference is made to liquid and gas phase suspensions of the catalysts. The data include the American work on the pilot plant scale using the fluidised iron catalyst. The mechanism of the process has received considerable study by workers in many countries and has been the subject of much discussion. The different theories are well reviewed and a balanced picture of the present views is pre-sented.A chapter includes an account of the “0x0” process in which aldehydes are formed from olefines by the catalytic addition of carbon monoxide and hydrogen, and also of the synthesis of branched aliphatic hydrocarbons. This book is intended primarily for the chemist and particularly for those who want detailed information on the work already undertaken and the trends of this important reaction. Less attention has been paid in the book to the engineering problems involved. The economics of the process which vary considerably in countries with differing sources of carbon monoxide and hydro-gen and differing oil reserves have been relegated to some 24 pages. This volume can be thoroughly recommended as a standard reference to detailed work on the development of the process up to the present time.The binding and format are excellent and typographical errors are few. A. C. MONKHOUSE Applied Chemistry for Engineers. E. S. Gyngell. 2nd Edition. Pp. viii + It presumes a knowledge of chemistry to at least the ordinary and preferably the advanced standard of the General Certificate of Education. This assumption is justifiable in the case of full-time students in our universities and colleges of technology; but unfortu-nately the majority of students of engineering in evening classes have not studied chemistry to matriculation standard. Consequently in many of our evening institutions the teacher of chemistry for engineers will find it necessary to introduce the elements of chemistry before going on to fuels and combustion.In its first 179 pages the book deals extensively with solid liquid and gaseous fuels their combustion and utilisation. These pages have been considerably 332. (London Edward Arnold and Co. 1951.) 21s. net. This book is what its title claims it to be. [ 338 revised in the second edition and any student of fuel technology will derive considerable benefit from them. The indirect and direct recovery of ammonia in gas-works and coke-oven practice is of interest to most engineers and a chapter on condensers scrubbers, washers stills saturators crystallisation and storage would have proved advantageous. The chapter on corrosion and its prevention is interesting not only to engin-eers but to metallurgists and fuel technologists whilst that on boiler water and water treatment is easy to read and quite comprehensive.In view of modern practice the paragraph on the hexametaphosphate treatment of boiler water might have been enlarged. Apart from this the general principles of softening are explained well. A paragraph or two on the causes and prevention of foam-ing and priming in boilers and stills should have been introduced. There are so many and varied problems in sewage treatment-each individual works having its own effluent troubles-that an engineer should know the general principles described in this book in order that he may be in a better position to face his particular local conditions. Mortar cement concrete and lubricating oils are dealt with in the later chapters in the same concise easy manner that characterises the whole book.All teachers of chemistry for engineers should give serious consideration to this book for use as a class text. A. E. FINDLEY BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED German-English Chemical Terminology. A. King and Hans Fromherz. Re-vised 2nd edition. (London George Allen and Unwin, Ltd. 1951.) 25s. net. Wavelength Tables of Sensitive Lines. L. H. Ahrens. Pp. vi + 86. (Cam-bridge Mass. USA. Wesley Press 1951.) Higher Chemical Arithmetic. F. W. Goddard. Pp. viii + 221. (London: Longmans Green and Co. Ltd. 195 I .) 8s. An Introduction to Organic Chemistry. Seventh edition. B. Harrow and P. M. Apfelbaum. Pp. xiv + 480. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1951.) 40s. net. Vacuum Physics. Journal of Scientific Instruments Supplement No.1. Pp. iv. + 80. (London Institute of Physics 1951.) 15s. PhysioIogy and Pharmacology for Pharmaceutical Students. H. H. Barber. Third edition. (London Baillibre Tindall and Cox 195 1 .) 25s. net. British Standards. 1673 Part 3 1951. Pp. xv + 361. $3.00. Pp. x + 622. Methods of Testing Raw Rubber and Unvulcanized Pp. 20. 1674 1951. Methods of Mixing and Vulcanizing Rubber Test Compounds. Pp. xii + 75. Compounded Rubber. 2s. 6d. net. Pp. 16. 2s. net. Part 3 Methods of Physical Testing. Metal Finishing Report of the British Specialist Team 1950. (London Anglo-American Council on Productivity 1951.) 3s. Gd. [ 339 LOCAL SECTION AFFAIRS Aberdeen and North of Scotland.-The opening meeting for the 1951-52 session was held jointly with members of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry on 25 October in the Chemistry Department Marischal College Aberdeen.In his talk on “Application of Electric Dipole Moments to the Determination of Structure,” Dr. L. E. Sutton F.R.S. demonstrated how measurements of electric dipole moments could be used to investigate the con-figuration of complex organic molecules. Birmingham and Midlands.-The first meeting of the 195 1-52 programme on 26 September took the form of a symposium of three papers on unpublished work carried out by the speakers who were drawn from among the younger members of the Section. The titles of the papers were as follows:-“Recent Advances in the Chemistry of Bacterial Nucleic Acids,” “Anionic Polymerisa-tion” and “The Decomposition Reactions of Organic Peroxides.” Dr.Smith in proposing the vote of thanks to the speakers-Dr. A. S. Jones Dr. N. S. Wooding and Dr. W. Cooper-commented on the high standard of the papers and hoped that similar symposia would become a regular feature of the pro-gramme. On 12 October Professor Sir John L. Simonsen opened his lecture on “Science in the Colonies” by illustrating how colonial development schemes had failed in the past because due account had not been taken of peculiar local conditions or of the centuries of experience gained by the native population. Sir John then turned to the achievements of the scientist in the colonies, mentioning in particular the eradication of malaria in British Guiana and the efforts to develop the sugar industry in the British West Indies.It was apparent from the lecture that wherever the scientist succeeds in raising the standard of living he immediately creates a problem for the sociologist. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. E. M. Joiner after a most interesting discussion during which the factors deterring scientists from making a life’s work of colonial service were considered. Cardiff and District.-By kind permission of the directors a party of members and their ladies visited Messrs. Fry’s Somerdale Works Bristol on 19 September. They were shown around the factory by very efficient lady guides who explained the manufacture of chocolate and cocoa and the making of boxes and tins. After tea-during which Mr. Macadam expressed thanks to the Company for a very interesting afternoon-the laboratories were visited and Mr.B. W. Minifie explained the methods of testing the various products. A party limited to 40 persons visited Monsanto Chemicals Ltd. Newport, on 20 October by kind permission of the directors. The Works Manager, Mr. Smith gave an outline of the layout and the party was then shown the sections manufacturing detergents oil additives fungicides chlorine and caustic soda. The visitors were entertained to tea and Dr. A. G. Ramsey expressed their cordial thanks to the Management. The second Annual Dinner was held on 26 October at the Grand Hotel, Cardiff. The President of the Institute Mr. H. W. Cremer C.B.E. was the chief guest. Mr. Dudley Williams in proposing the toast of “The Institute,” gave a brief summary of its formation and functions and its place amongst scientific organisations.The President replied expressing his pleasure at being present and at the cordial welcome accorded him. Mr. Rout proposed the toast of “The Ladies.” A musical programme completed a very enjoyable evening. Two excellent and well-attended meetings have been held jointly with the South Wales Section of the Society of Chemical Industry. At Newport on 8 October Dr. J. Haslam dealt with “The Analysis of Plastic Materials” and on 340 17 October Mr. A. S. Minton lectured on “Toxic Fire and Explosion Hazards in Industry.” Cumberland and District.-On the evening of 31 August members of the Section paid a visit to the Works of Marchon Products Ltd. Kells Whitehaven, which proved very enjoyable and instructive.The Section’s first lecture was held at Seascale on 22 October 1951. The speaker was Dr. J. B. Firth Director of the North-Western Forensic Science Laboratory his subject being “Some Applications of Science in the Detection of Crime.” The well attended meeting was keenly interested in the examples given by Dr. Firth Thanks were expressed to the lecturer by Mr. K. Saddington. Dublin and District Section.-A meeting of the Section was held in the Chemistry Department Trinity College Dublin on 31 October 1951. Mr. J. Andrews Chairman of the Section presided. Professor T. S. Wheeler gave a lecture entitled “American Visit,” in which he recounted some impressions gathered during his recent visit to the U.S.A., which was sponsored by E.C.A.He had a two-fold mission-to study methods of manufacture in the American phosphate industry and to examine the system of agricultural education in the U.S.A. On the first point he was impressed by the methods employed to economise in the use of sulphuric acid in the treatment of rock phosphates and the tend-ency of American manufacturers to produce compound fertilisers. On the educational side he instanced many points of difference between the State colleges he visited and their counterparts at home. These included the vast numbers of students attending the early morning start of lectures-between 7 and 8 a.m. in some instances-and the large number of examinations to which the students were subjected. In addition to the matters of technical interest Professor Wheeler gave his impressions of the American scene in general paying tribute to the generous hospitality which he everywhere received and entertained the audience in his usual felicitous manner.The discussion which followed was unusual in that it was contributed entirely by chemists who had also made recent visits to the U.S.A. Mr. M. J. Cranley Dr. V. C. Barry Professor T. Dillon and Dr. Hughes each brought forward points of interest they had observed and finally the Chairman conveyed the thanks of the meeting to Professor Wheeler. Dundee and District.-The opening meeting of the winter session 1951-52, was held in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Dundee on 19 October when Emeritus Professor Alexander Findlay C.B.E.delivered a philosophical lecture entitled “Chemistry and the Community.” Dr. Robert Roger Chairman called on Dr. J. D. M. Ross to propose the vote of thanks to the speaker. The excellent lecture was appreciated by a large audience of members and friends and made a gratifying opening to the season’s programme. Consequent upon his appointment to the Lauder Technical School Dunferm-line Mr. W. S. Liddle the Hon. Secretary has resigned from the Committee and his place has been taken by Dr. J. Basil Wilson. His many friends in Dun-dee take leave of Mr. Liddle with much regret his great services in the founding of this Section and in the subsequent guidance of its affairs are greatly appre-ciated. East Midlands.-The opening meeting of the season was held on 4 October at the College of Technology Leicester jointly with the College Scientific Society.A large audience assembled to hear Professor E. E. Turner F.R.S., speak on “Some Recent Advances in Stereochemistry.” The lecture whic was illustrated by many models provoked an interesting discussion. The meet-ing closed with a vote of thanks proposed by Professor L. Hunter and seconded by Mr. Bradshaw on behalf of the Scientific Society. On 17 October Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E. spoke to a crowded meeting held at the Nottingham and District Technical College on “The Industrial Applica-tion of Atomic Energy.” The lecture was followed by a spirited discussion to which many present contributed. The vote of thanks was proposed by Dr. G. M. Dyson and seconded by Dr. H. H. Barber.Glasgow and West of Scotland.-The Session opened with a lecture on 12 October entitled “The Chemical Principles of Colour Photography,” given by Dr. C. H. Giles. The subject attracted a large audience. After explaining the basic physical and chemical principles of the subject, Dr. Giles described the imbibition Monopack colour development dye toning, inorganic toning and dye bleach processes. At the conclusion of the lecture a large number of colour slides-including three-dimensional-were projected. Equipment was kindly lent by the British Film Institute and the Festival of Britain Authorities. Leeds Area.-A joint meeting of the Section with the Leeds University Chem-ical Society was held at the University of Leeds on 23 October 1951. Professor E. G. Cox Chairman of the Section presided.After a display of scientific films and a social interval Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths, of the Ministry of Defence gave a lecture on “Rockets and Chemistry,” illus-trated by films showing the launching and flight of “V.2” rockets and other similarly propelled missiles. The large audience was fascinated by this remark-able revelation of the mysteries of these sinister weapons and by the clear account of the numerous chemical structural and operating problems involved. Messrs. Brearley and Barker voiced the general appreciation. The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held at the University of Leeds on 5 November 1951. Professor E. G. Cox presided and the Section was honoured by the attendance of the President of the Institute Mr.H. W. Cremer C.B.E. The Hon. Secretary in presenting his report referred to the representations which the Committee had made to the Council during the year on the responsi-bility of the Institute for Chemical Education which had influenced the decision of Council to set up a special Education Committee. The thanks of the Section were accorded with acclamation to Professor F. Challenger for the great assistance which he had rendered during his long period of service as Member of Council and Vice-president and also to Mr. A. C. Francis who had retired from the position of District Member of Council during the year. The Report and Financial Statement were adopted. Dr. K. Bowden and Messrs. R. K. Fourness R. Hullah and J. C. MacKeand were elected to the Committee and Messrs.J. T. Thompson and A. Woodmansey were re-elected as Hon. Auditors. The President then extended a personal welcome to each of the three Fellows and ten Associates who had been elected to Membership during the year. Dr. W. R. Middlebrook drew attention to the unsatisfactory state of the law governing the introduction of chemicals into food. He was informed that the law was in process of being redrafted and that the Institute was closely in touch with the Ministry of Food on this subject. Mr. G. Brearley expressed the appreciation of the Section for the work done by the Officers and Committee. The President then delivered an address entitled “The Ubiquitous Chemist,” in which he surveyed critically the training and qualifications necessary to enable the chemist to take his proper place in the community not merely as a pro-fessional scientist but as a whole man.His masterly presentation of the ideals to be attained aroused great interest among the large audience and the hope was [ 342 expressed in many quarters that the address might be made available to a wider circle. Liverpool and North-Western.-The first meeting of the 195 1-52 session was held at the University of Liverpool on 4 October. Mr. J. F. Clark the retiring chairman opened the proceedings. The new chairman Mr. B. D. W. Luff was installed and delivered his Address entitled “Publicity for Chemistry,” one of the notable features of which was the many humorous references to examples of the chemistry contained in “best seller” mystery fiction. The vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr.J. F. Clark and seconded by Mr. G . W. Beaumont. The inaugural meeting of the Preston sub-section was held on 11 October in the Old Council Chamber Town Hall Preston. The chairman of the Liverpool and North-Western Section Mr. B. D. W. Luff presided and Sir Christopher Hinton (Deputy Controller Atomic Energy Production) gave a talk on “Chem-ical Engineering.” A short discussion followed in which Dr. G. V. Francis and Mr. J. A. Lewis participated. The vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. D. J. Williams. On 18 October two works visits and a conference were arranged jointly by the Section and the Microchemistry Group of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists. In the afternoon one party of 23 travelled by coach through the Mersey Tunnel to Lever Bros.Port Sunlight. They were received by Messrs. E. T. Williams and L. V. Cocks and conducted round the soaperies and research laboratory and were later entertained to tea. The vote of thanks to the Company and guides was proposed by Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths. Another party of 28 visited J. Bibby and Sons Liverpool where they were received by Messrs. C. L. Bibby (director) and J. Ashley Jones. They inspected the solvent extraction plant oil refinery soapery and the analytical laboratory, and were then entertained to tea. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. Humphreys Jones and seconded by Mr. A. McFarlane. In the evening there was a very large attendance at the University of Liverpool for a symposium on chemical microscopy.Dr. F. J. Smith Vice-chairman of the Section opened the proceedings and passed the chairmanship to Dr. A. M. Ward the Deputy Chairman of the Microchemistry Group of the S.P.A. Three papers were read :-(1) “Some of the Principles of Quantitative Microscopical Analysis,” by Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths; (2) “Some New and Simple Techniques for the Application of Fluorescence Microscopy,” by Mr. J. King O.B.E. of the Government Laboratory; (3) “Applications of Polarisation Microscopy in Chemical Practice,” by Dr. N. H. Hartshorne M.C. of the University of Leeds. In the discussion that followed Messrs. E. T. Williams N. Heron C. A. McDowelI and A. N. Leather participated. The vote of thanks to the lecturers was proposed by Dr. Ward from the chair.The Section is indebted to Mr. V. Biske Hon. Secretary of the Institute of Petroleum Stanlow Branch who as this year’s Honorary Secretary of the Liverpool Joint Chemistry Committee has been responsible for the production of the joint programme of meetings. Any members who have not received a copy of the programme should write to Mr. Ashley Jones. Thanks are due to our Hon. Recorder Mr. G. Harding for his work in reporting Section affairs and lectures over the last two years. Owing to his resignation the Committee has appointed Mr. E. Myer to this office. Manchester and District.-The Seventh Dalton Lecture was delivered on 27 September 1951; a full account of this event will be found on p. 327. On 18 October a joint meeting with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry was held in the University Manchester.Professor A. R. [ 343 Ubbelohde F.R.S. spoke on “Some Problems in the Oxidation of Hydro-carbons,” with Professor M. G. Evans F.R.S. presiding Though the attend-ance was somewhat disappointing the brisk discussion which followed testified to the interest which the lecture had aroused. North Wales.-The summer meeting concluding the 1950-5 1 Session was held at the Royal Oak Hotel Bettws-y-Coed on 19 May 1951. Professor E. C. Mobbs of the University College of North Wales gave a talk dealing with the present position and projected developments in forestry in the British Isles. The talk was followed by a short tour of an afforestation area in the neighbour-hood. After tea Mr. W. G. Campbell of the Forest Products Research Estab-lishment at Princes Risborough lectured on the chemical utilisation of timber and timber wastes.On 12 October 1951 at Tmperial Buildings Wrexham Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones lectured on “Food Bread and some modern problems in Nutrition.” The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides. South Wales.-The first meeting of the session on 26 October was held jointly with the Chemical Society in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College, Swansea Mr. D. C. Henry of the University of Manchester lectured on “Electrochemical Aspects of Colloid Science.” Professor C. W. Shoppee presided. Bangalore.-The Central Food Technological Institute Mysore arranged Symposia on “Food and Population” and “Development of Food Industries” at Mysore on 23 and 24 May 195 1.A number of members of the Bangalore Section including Professor K. V. Giri took part in these Symposia which were attended by leading food technologists and industrialists from all over India. A meeting was held at the Indian Institute of Science Bangalore on 23 August 1951 with Professor K. V. Giri in the chair. Dr. C. V. Naharajan, Deputy Director of Public Health to the Government of Mysore gave a lecture entitled “A Critique of Linus Pauling’s Theory of Antigen and Antibody Precipitation.” A lively discussion followed in which many members took part. Dr. T. L. Rama Char proposed the vote of thanks to the lecturer. The Section participated in the Symposium on “Vegetable Proteins,” held at Mysore on I3 September under the auspices of the Society of Biological Chemists.Western India.-The first Annual General Meeting was held on 18 August, 1951 and was fairly well attended. In the absence from Bombay of the Chair-man and Vice-chairman Dr. G. V. Jadav presided. The Hon. Secretary-Treasurer Professor S. M. Mehta presented his Report in which he traced the development of the Section from a preliminary meeting held in February 1949. Several informal meetings had been held in that year and the Section had been officially inaugurated on 13 February 1950 when Sir Shant Bhatnagar F.R.S., delivered an address. On 8 March 1950 Dr. Mata Prasad had been elected Chairman Dr. N. A. Yajnik Vice-chairman Professor S. M. Mehta Secre-tary-Treasurer and Mr. G. Ford Dr. H. S. Mahal Dr. R. D. Desai Dr. H. R.Nanji and Dr. A. M. Tyabji members of the Committee. Draft rules had been drawn up and duly received the approval of the Council of the Institute. Five meetings had been held at which papers were read as follows:-“Chemotherapy of Malaria,” by Dr. G. G. Kalthod; “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Nucleo-tides by Dr. A. M. Tyabji; “Ion Exchange,” by Dr. W. A. Shah; “Chinese Origin of the Word ‘Chemistry’,” by Dr. S. Mahdihassan; “The Uses of Hydro-genated Oils,” by Mr. G. Ford. The following Officers and Committee were elected for 195 1-52 Chairman, Dr. Mata Prasad; Vice-chairman Dr. S. K. K. Jatkar; Hon. Secretary-Treas-urer Professor S . M. Mehta; Committee Dr. J. N. Ray Mr. G. Ford Dr. A. M. Tyabji Dr. S. Mahdihassan and Dr. A. Sreenivasan; Hon. Auditor Mr. P.L. Kapadia. [ 344 EXAMINATIONS SEPTEMBER 1951 ABSTRACT OF THE REPORT OF THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS Examinations were held as under:-Entered Passed For the Associateship. Examiners Professor D. H. Hey Professor W. Wardlaw, C.B.E. (deputising for Professor H. J. Emeltus F.R.s.), and Dr. D. J. G. Ives. The examination was held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington and at the Royal Technical College Glasgow, theoretical papers being taken also at various local centres, in the periods 10 to 15 September and 18 to 21 September, 1951. For the Fellowship. Except where otherwise stated the examinations were held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington in the week beginning Monday 17 September 195 1.Branch B Physical Chemistry with special reference to High Polymers. (Old Regulations.) Examiners Professor D. H. Hey and Professor R. G. W. Norrish F.R.S. Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water. Examiners Dr. D. C. Garratt and Dr. H. E. Archer. General Examiner Dr. W. Preston. Examiner Professor C. W. Dannatt. Branch G Industrial Chemistry. With special reference to Metallurgical Industries. In the Department of Metallurgy Imperial College, London. With special reference to Textiles. Examiner Mr. J. T. Marsh. In the Laboratories of Messrs. Tootal Broadhurst Lee & Co. Ltd. Manchester. Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Branch I Water Supply and the Treatment of Sewage and Examiners Mr.R. C. Chirnside and Dr. J. Haslam. Trade Efluen ts. Examiner Mr. W. Gordon Carey. 139 1 7 1 1 2 In the Laboratories of the Examiner at Newcastle upon Tyne. 1 -152 46* 1 3 t 0 0 1 1 52 --* Some candidates completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in those parts in which they had previously failed and some failed in part only of the examination. t 2 candidates failed in part only of the examination. [ 345 EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP MONDAY 10 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY.] 1. Give a brief comparative account of the chemistry of (a) titanium and silicon (b) selenium and tellurium. 2. Write concise notes on the preparation properties and structures of FOUR of the following :-(a) IF5 (b) COS (c) N4S4 ( d ) SFs (e) Na2S204 (f) KNH2, 3.Give a concise account of the chemistry of TWO of the following:-4 . Discuss the structures of co-ordination compounds containing a 4-co-5. Give an account of the accurate determination of atomic weights by 6. Indicate briefly the methods by which bond lengths and valency angles Discuss with the aid of suitable 7. Discuss the chemistry of the oxides and oxyacids of the halogens. 2 to 5p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] (a) When heated at atmospheric pressure the commonly occurring form (IV) of NH4N0 changes reversibly at 32" C. into a form (111) which when further heated passes into form (11) at 84" C . 32" 84" ($9 Nz05. (a) vanadium (b) chromium (c) manganese.ordinated metal atom. chemical means. in gaseous molecules may be determined. examples the significance of the results obtained. 1. (IV) *(III) =(1I) (111) is specifically lighter than either (IV) or (11). At higher pressures its temperature range of stability decreases until finally it is squeezed out of exist-ence as indicated qualitatively in the diagram. PRESSURE -From the following data which hold for 1 gram NH4N0, calculate the temperature and pressure at the triple point C assuming AC and BC to be linear. (IV) +(III) (111) +I) AV (c.c.) + 0.024 - 0.015 AH (cal.) + 5.0 + 5.3 [ 346 I (1 c.c.-atmosphere = 0.02423 cal. (b) At 25" C. the values of E for the reversible cells Pb IPbCl,(s) KCI AgCl(s) IAg and Pb IPbI,(s) KI AgI(s) (Ag dE volt are 0.4902 volt and 0.2111 volt and the values of-are -0~000186 - dT degree volt and -0.000127 ~ respectively.In both cases the silver electrode is the degree' positive pole of the cell. Calculate the values of AG and AH in cal. at 25" for the reaction PbI,(s) + 2 AgCl(s) 3 PbCl,(s) + 2 AgI(s) (1 volt coulomb = 0.2391 cal.; 1 Faraday = 96,500 coulombs.) 2. Deduce for a solution of a non-volatile solute in a volatile solvent the thermodynamic relation between the osmotic pressure of the solution and the activity of the solvent constituent. Give a brief critical summary of the various suggestions put forward to explain the mechanism of (a) osmosis (b) osmotic pressure. 3. Write an essay on EITHER (a) the conceptions of acid and of base OR (b) the passivity of metals.4. The following are values in kcal. at 0" K for molecular heats of dissocia-tion to normal atoms:-H2 102.9 HCI 101.9 C1 56.8 HBr 86.1 Br 45.3 HI 70.6 I 35.4 Discuss the bearing of these data on the probable mechanism of the thermal and photochemical formation of the three hydrogen halides from their elements. Distinguish between a homogeneous reaction of the first order and a unimolecular elementary process. Why can the latter not furnish a complete explanation of the actual mechanism of the former ? What types of mechanism are held to apply in the cases of reactions showing first order behaviour over a wide concentration (pressure) range whether in solution (e.g. the inversion of cane sugar by dilute aqueous acid) or in the gas phase (e.g.the decomposition of Nz05 vapour)? 6. Consider the following equilibrium systems in the light of the equation P + F = C + 2. Give reasons for the values of C and F which you allot in each case. (a) liquid H,O + H gas + O2 gas between 0" and 100" C. at a total pres-sure of 1 atmosphere (P = 2); (b) steam at 1 atmosphere pressure heated to 2,000" C.; dissociation into H and 0 appreciable (P = 1 ) ; ( c ) as in (b) but with an equal volume of H added before heating up (P = 1) ; ( d ) solid NH4HS between 20" and 25" C. partly dissociated into gaseous (e) gaseous H2S added in excess to gaseous NH3 at 20" to 25" C. the pres-sures being sufficiently high to precipitate some solid NH,HS (P = 2) ; (f) a gaseous mixture of H2 COP CO and H,O at 800" C. and a total pres-sure of 1 atmosphere (P = 1); (g) as in (f) but with the gas phase also in equilibrium with solid carbon (P = 2).7. Discuss the chief properties and the nature of lyophobic sols. 5. NH + H2S (P = 2); [ 347 TUESDAY 11 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] 1. Describe the methods of preparation (synthetic and other) properties and reactions of (a) lactic acid (b) malic acid and (c) citric acid. 2. Review the addition reactions of the carbon-oxygen double bond. Dis-cuss the theoretical interpretation of these reactions and give examples of the uses of such reactions for synthetic purposes. 3. Cite the experimental evidence for the tautomerism of ethyl acetoacetate. Outline how this ester may be used for the preparation of (a) methyl n-butyl ketone (b) 3 4-dimethylhexane-2 5-dione (c) or-methylbutyric acid and (d) aa’-dimethylsuccinic acid.4. The behaviour of a compound (A) on oxidation is represented by the following equation :-The compound (A) reacts additively with one molecular proportion of bromine to give a compound (B). The compound (B) contains 70.2 per cent. bromine and on oxidation yields a mixture of monobromoacetic acid and an acid (C), which contains 23.53 per cent. carbon 3.27 per cent. hydrogen and 52.3 per cent. bromine. Suggest structural formulae for the compounds (A) (B) and (C) and outline a possible synthesis of the compound (A). 5. Review the methods available for the synthesis of members of TWO of the following :-(a) chromones and coumarins (6) phenanthrene and its derivatives (c) pyrimidines (d) pyrazoles and thiazoles.Outline with explanatory notes where necessary the sequence of the reactions involved in the preparation of (a) m-bromonitrobenzene from benzene, (b) 5-amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid from toluene (c) anthranilic acid from naph-thalene (d) fi-(p-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid from anisole. 7. Write an essay on EITHER (a) Petroleum as a source of organic chemicals OR (6) Molecular rearrangements. Compound(A) + 9 0 -+ CO + H,O + CH,.COOH + (COOH)2 6. 2 to 3.30p.m. [The use of dictionaries is allowed.] FRENCH Translate into English :-On dksigne sous le nom “d’agents d’addition” des composks de nature chimiques diverses qui n’ont rien de commun avec le mktal A dkposer et qui, ajoutks en petites quantitks B l’klectrolyte produisent un changement marque de l’aspect et de la texture cristalline du dCp6t cette dernikre devenant d’ordi-naire plus fine et plus regulikre.Cette definition est trks gCnCrale et Ctendue; ainsi elle englobe logiquement des produits qui cornme l’acide borique et le sulfate d’alumine servent a rdgulariser le pH des bains de nickel et de zinc. Depuis bientat une dizaine d’annkes une classe d’agents d’addition s’est devel-oppk prodigieusement avec raison du reste; c’est celle qui comprend des produits que l’on peut nommer “agents de brillance,” et dont le r61e est de permettre l’obtention de dep6ts brillants semblables A des miroirs qui n’ont pas besoin d’avivage. GERMAN Translate into English :-Bei der Nitrierung aromatischer Substanzen lassen sich einige Substitutions-regelmassigkeiten feststellen die zur Aufstellung bestimmter Substitutionsregeln gefiihrt haben so durch Armstrong Crum-Brown und Gibson u.a.[ 348 Bei Aufstellung dieser Regeln konnte die der Substitution vermutlich meistens vorhergehende Phase der Addition nicht weitgehend genug beriicksichtigt werden. Es liegt auf der Hand dass eine genauere Kenntnis der Art der Anlagerung nitrierender Agenzien an Doppel bindungen zumal solche ver-schiedenartig substituierter Benzolderivate der Aufstellung eines Substitutions-gesetzes Dienste leisten konnte. Es hat aber z. B. Armstrong der sich nur auf die Anlagerungstheorie Kekules stutzte nicht zur Verfugung gestanden. Die friiher stark verbreitete Annahme positive Substituenten lenkten neu eintretende nach 0- oder p- negative nach m- ist in dieser allgemeinen Form nicht zutreffend.Es kommt nicht nur auf die Natur des schon vorhandenen, sondern auch auf die des eintretenden Substituenten an wie auch die Beriick-sichtigung des o ben erwahnten Additionsphase erkennen lasst. Practical First Group WEDNESDAY 12 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly.]* 1. The solution (A) contains magnesium sulphate and free sulphuric acid. Determine the magnesium volumetrically and the total sulphate gravimetrically by the methods prescribed.? Express your results in terms of grams of Mg and SO4 per litre of solution.[(B) = EITHER potassium borofluoride OR potassium titanifluoride.] 2. Identify the compound (B). THURSDAY 13 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 3. Determine the molybdenum in the molybdate solution (C) by the method prescribed.? Express your results in terms of grams ot Mo per litre of solution. 4. Analyse qualitatively the mixture (D) which contains five radicals. [(D) = EITHER calcium tungstate magnesium sulphate and silica OR lead molybdate potassium sulphate and stannic oxide.] FRIDAY 14 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 1. Identify the single substance (E). (This exercise must be completed to-day.) 2. (F) is a mixture of a neutral aromatic nitro-compound and an aromatic (a) to estimate the proportion of the amine in the mixture; (b) to convert the nitro-compound into the corresponding acetamido-com-pound by reduction and acetylation; and (c) to convert the original aromatic primary amine into the corresponding chloro-compound by means of the Sandmeyer reaction.Specimens of the acetamido-compound and of the chloro-compound should be returned for inspection and their melting points should be recorded. Identi-fication of the constituents of the original mixture is not required. [(F) = p-bromoanaline and rn-ni tro to1 uene. ] [(E) = EITHER ammonium succinate OR urea oxalate.] primary amine. You are required:-(This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers. -f Not reproduced. [ 349 SATURDAY 15 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m.to 4.30p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 2. 3. Report as fully as possible on the liquid (G). [(G) = EITHER ethyl phenylacetate and a little toluene OR benzyl butyrate and a little benzene.] Practical Second Group TUESDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly.]* 1. The solution (H) contains cobalt chloride and hydrochloric acid. Deter-mine the cobalt volumetrically and the total chloride gravimetrically by the methods prescribed.? Express your results in terms of grams of Co and C1 per litre of solution. 2. Identify the compound (J).[(J) = EITHER sodium phosphomolybdate OR sodium silicotungstate. ] WEDNESDAY 19 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 3. Determine the percentage of nickel in the steel (K) by the method prescribed. t 4. Analyse qualitatively the mixture (L) which contains five radicals. [(L) = EITHER titania calcium phosphate calcium fluoride and bismuth oxide OR potassium selenite barium sulphate and lead oxide.] THURSDAY 20 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 1. Identify the single substance (M). (This exercise must be completed to-day.) 2. (N) is a mixture of an aromatic nitro-compound and an aromatic acid. (a) to estimate the proportion of the acid in the mixture ; (b) to convert the nitro-compound into the corresponding benzamido-com-pound by reduction and benzoylation ; and (c) to convert the aromatic acid into its amide.Specimens of the benzamido-compound and of the amide should be returned for inspection and their melting points should be recorded. Identification of the constituents of the original mixture is not required. [(N) = a-nitronaphthalene and p-toluic acid.] [(M) = EITHER potassium hydrogen tartrate OR succinimide.] You are required:-(This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) FRIDAY 21 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 2. 3. Report as fully as possible on the liquid (0). [(0) = EITHER isopropyl acetate and benzyl alcohol OR isopropyl propionate and propiophenone. 3 * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers. t Not reproduced. [ 350 1 EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP BRANCH B PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO HIGH POLYMERS MONDAY 17 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m.to 1 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY.] 1. 2. 3. 4. Derive the Clausius-Clapeyron equation and discuss its applications. Give an account of the nature and properties of colloidal electrolytes, and discuss the origin of their stability. Give a general account of the phenomena associated with the oxidation of hydrocarbons with special reference to the theory of .branched chain reactions. How may the internuclear vibration frequency and the energy of dissocia-tion of a heteronuclear diatomic molecule be measured? How are these proper-ties related? 5. Describe historically the experimental investigations of the Brownian Movement and explain their theoretical treatment.6. Give an account of the theory of concentration cells and describe the various uses to which they can be put. 7. Outline the work of Langmuir on gaseous adsorption and discuss its bearing on our views of the mechanism of heterogeneous catalysis. 2 to 5p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] 1. Explain the meaning of the term polyfunctionality. Give an outline of the methods by which the size and shape of macromolecules may be determined. 2. Give a general account of the mechanism of polyesterification reactions. 3. Discuss the factors affecting the co-polymerisation of vinyl compounds. 4. Write an essay on the use of catalysts in polymerisation reactions. 5. Discuss the relationships between the structure and physical properties 6 .Write brief notes on:-(a) plasticisation; (b) cross linking; (c) chain of polymers. transfer reactions ; and ( d ) crystalline polymers. TUESDAY to FRIDAY 18 to 21 SEPTEMBER 1951 : 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day You are provided with monomeric methyl methacrylate (containing 0.05 per cent. hydroquinone as inhibitor) three peroxides (A) (B) and (C) and a 5 per cent. solution of hydroquinone in methylated spirit. Using each peroxide in turn as catalyst at a concentration of 0.5 per cent. carry out polymerisation reactions at the temperature of a boiling water-bath and determine the weights of polymer (a) insoluble in methyl methacrylate and (b) soluble in methyl meth-acrylate but insoluble in methylated spirit formed at ten minute intervals. Represent your results graphically to show (a) the relationship between time and total polymer formed for each catalyst and (6) the relative efficiencies of the three catalysts employed BRANCH E THE CHEMISTRY INCLUDING MICROSCOPY OF FOOD AND DRUGS AND OF WATER MONDAY 17 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 to 11.30 a.m.1. It is suggested that the Food and Drugs Act should be amended by deleting drugs. Give your views on the advantages and disadvantages of such action and suggest how the retail sale of drugs could then be controlled. 2. Write a short essay on the determination of moisture and of water in foodstuffs. 3. Write a short account of the analytical control you would employ on ONE of the following commodities :-(a) canned soup (6) pickles and sauces (c) ice cream. 11.30 a m .to 1 p.m. [THREE questions ONLY to be answered.] 1. Write an account of the pharmacological actions of morphine. 2. Write short notes on the pharmacological actions and therapeutics of vitamins D atropine pilocarpine and magnesium trisilicate. 3. What analytical investigations should be made of stomach contents obtained post mortem from a case of death alleged to be due to cyanide poison-ing ? 4. Give an awount of the pharmacology and therapeutics of quinine. 2 to 5p.m. 1. What do you understand by the term “strength of sewage”? Discuss the methods generally used for assessment indicating their disadvantages. 2. What statutory standards are applicable to sausages? What methods of analysis do you employ to determine whether a sample of sausages complies with the requirements ? 3.How would you determine:-(a) glycerol in a cough syrup; (b) horse oil in admixture with other animal fat ; (c) chloroform in a dispensed medicine? 4. How is contamination of a foodstuff with warehouse dirt detected? Describe without details the technique of the methods discussed. 5. Describe EITHER (a) the Morton-Stubbs correction for irrelevant absorp-tion in the spectrophotometric assay of vitamin A OR (b) the determination of tocopherols in fatty oils. TUESDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Determine the composition of the chocolate couverture. (The results will not be required before Thursday evening but each day’s work must be recorded.) 2. A sample of water is provided taken from a pool containing 50,000 gallons. Determine the minimum amount of the given solution of sodium hypochlorite necessary to sterilise the pool and by bacteriological test find the approximate time required for complete sterilisation at the assessed level of inoculation.(The bacteriological results must be presented on Friday.) [ 352 WEDNESDAY 19 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5p.m. Continue yesterday’s exercises 1 and 2. 3. Report on the sample of culinary essence of lemon on the Food and Drugs certificate provided. THURSDAY 20 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Complete Tuesday’s exercise 1 and continue exercise 2. 4. Six samples of foodstuffs are provided; each contains a contaminant. Identify the contaminants. (Chemical analysis would not be of value.) FRIDAY 21 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.Complete Tuesday’s exercise 2. 5. Analyse the medicine dispensed to the prescription attached and sub-Report on your findings advising what 6. Report on the sample of white pepper. Complaint has been made that mitted under the Food and Drugs Act. action you consider should be taken. use of the material in sausages rendered them inedible. SATURDAY 22 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Make a microscopical examination and identify the vegetable powders (A) (€3) and (C). Sketch describe and name the structures seen. 2. The liquid (D) is the residue found in an eight-ounce bottle of medicine suspected to be the cause of death from narcotic poisoning. Make an analysis to determine if the medicine could have been the cause of death. 3. (a) Make a qualitative analysis of the sample of human urine (E) and report on the presence of any abnormal constituents that might be due to disease.(b) Identify the therapeutic substance present in the tablet (F) and determine the amount present. BRANCH G INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES MONDAY 17 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer at least ONE question from Section A and attempt FOUR questions in all.] A. 1. As General Manager of a chemical works discuss the correlation of the activities of the Industrial Chemist the Chemical Engineer and the Works Engineer defining the responsibilities of each for both production and main-tenance. What Government services are now available to industrialists to ensure the efficient use of fuel? Explain what steps you would take to explore the fuel efficiency in a small Works and say how you would arrange to carry out an efficiency test on a small boiler installation using solid fuel.2. 353 B. 3. Explain the function of the major components of the distillation system What is meant by the terms (a) theoretical shown in the drawing provided. plate (b) plate efficiency and (c) reflux ratio? (The drawing provided must be returned with your script.) 4. Discuss the physical chemistry of the system air/water and show how knowledge of this has been applied in the development of water cooling plant. Give a description of any one type of industrial water cooling plant with which you are familiar. 5. Write an account of EITHER (a) Corrosion inhibitors OR (6) Protective coatings for metals used in the chemical and food industries.6 . Give a short account of the development of EITHER the sulphuric acid industry OR the synthetic (not regenerated) fibre industry with special reference to sources of basic raw materials. 2 to 5p.m. [All FOUR questions must be attempted.] 1. Write an essay on ONE of the following subjects:-(a) Precipitation hardening of non-ferrous alloys ; (b) Internal stresses in metals; (c) Stress corrosion cracking in metals. 2. Discuss ONE of the following:-(a) The methods used for the non-destructive testing of non-ferrous metal parts ; (b) The selection of pyrometric equipment for measuring the temperature of molten metals ; (c) The principal defects found in castings. 3. Discuss critically the value of ONE of the following in the analysis of EITHER ferrous OR non-ferrous metals and alloys :-(a) Absorptiometer ; (b) Polarograph ; (c) Chromatographic methods.4. Outline a scheme for the complete analysis of ONE of the following :-(a) High-speed tool steel; (b) Magnesium-base casting alloy ; (c) Complex lead-zinc sulphide ore. TUESDAY to FRIDAY 18 to 21 SEPTEMBER 1951 : 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day 1. Heat treated light alloy forgings similar to the one supplied have failed in service. The specified composition range for the alloy is :-Copper 3 5 - 4 8 per cent. Magnesium 0.3-0-6 , ,, Iron 1.0 per cent. max. Manganese 1.2 , , ,, Aluminium remainder. 354 1 Silicon 0.5-1.5 , , The specified heat treatment is :-2-4 hours at 500-520” C.quench in water age for 8 hours at 160” C. Report fully on the probable cause of failure of the forgings. 2. The three specimens in the envelope marked “A” are of the same compo-sition and those in that marked “B” are of another composition. One specimen in each envelope is in the as-cast state while the others have been subsequently treated. Report fully on the microstructures of the specimens. Without the use of chemical analysis estimate the compositions of the two alloys and state what treatment each specimen has received. So far as time permits carry through the determination of the principal constituents of the sample of steel. 3. BRANCH G INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO TEXTILES MONDAY 17 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.As for Branch G Industrial Chemistry with special reference to the Metal-lurgical Industries p. 353. 2 to 5p.m. [Answer FOUR questions on!y.] 1. Give an account of the work which has led to the elucidation of the chemical structure of wool. 2 . The production of crepe fabrics is generally accomplished by the use of highly twisted yarns but there are several processes available which depend on chemical shrinkage of different fibres. Give an account of these methods, including their application to (a) cotton (b) wool (c) synthetic fibres. Give a short account illustrated by formulae of the chemistry of the formation of (a) Terylene (polyester type) ; (b) Dyne1 (acrylonitrile type) ; (c) Perlon L. (polyamide type). 4. Compare the structural formula of alginic acid with that of cellulose.Comment critically on the use of alginic acid as a textile fibre. 5. Discuss the work of Neale Boulton and Vickerstaff on modern theories of the dyeing of cellulose. 6. The mercerising process for cotton cellulose employs moderate concen-trations of sodium hydroxide and involves a high degree of swelling. Explain these facts and contrast the behaviour of cotton towards sodium hydroxide with its behaviour towards other basic compounds. 3. TUESDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.) 1 . Two typical tests for chemical damage in cellulosic materials are the fluidity test and the solubility number. Describe how these tests are done and what they purport to measure and discuss their merits in connection with other tests.355 2. What methods.of softening water are available and suitable for use in a dyehouse? Discuss the disadvantages of certain types of softened water from the standpoint of the dyer. 3. What are the essential features required in preparations used for sizing warp yarns? Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of natural and syn-thetic sizing products including their impact on the subsequent scouring opera-tion. 4. What are the methods used for the weighting of silk? Discuss the chem-istry of the various processes and outline their dangers. 5. Give short accounts of the underlying chemistry of the modern flame-proofing of cotton and of the modern moth-proofing of wool. 6. Dyestuffs are commonly regarded as colloids. Discuss the mechanism whereby these “colloids” penetrate cellulose fibres during printing processes.TUESDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1951 2 to Sp.m. and WEDNESDAY to FRIDAY 19 to 21 SEPTEMBER 1951 : SO a.m. to 5 p.m. each day. 1 . Examine the samples of fibres (A)-(H) with a view to their identification, 2. The samples of cloth (I)-(J) have been given different crease-resisting Make complete analyses of the treated samples and from their 3. Two products (K) and (L) have been offered for producing shower-What are the chemical constitutions of these two products and 4. Identify the class of dyestuff used on the various samples provided (M)-(9. 5. The product (T) has been offered for use as a textile finishing agent for cotton and rayon goods. Analyse the sample provided and report on its possible usefulness.The two samples (U) and (V) have been damaged during treatment. What is the nature of the damage when did it probably occur and what pre-cautions should be taken to avoid such damage? giving a complete account of the various tests employed. treatments. results provide an account of the chemical finishing processes used. proof effects. what are their relative merits as water-repellents ? 6. BRANCH H GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY MONDAY 17 SEPTEMBER 1951 SO a.m. to 1.45 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions.] 1. Discuss the analytical chemistry of silicon and phosphorus. Outline briefly any new developments in the determination of these two elements. 2. “The various branches of analytical chemistry are seen to be inter-related when it is admitted that any property physical or chemical possessed by a substance may be used to identify that substance and to determine the propor-tions of that substance in a mixture.” Comment on this statement and indicate how in your view the conventional meaning of the term “chemical analysis” might usefully be extended.[ 356 3. Indicate what tests are usually applied in the general examination of fixed oils and fats. 4. Discuss critically the methods available for the determination of nitrogen in organic compounds. 5. For what purposes are FIVE of the following substances used in analysis :-(1) 2-mercapto-4 5-dimethylthiazole (2) cetylpyridinium bromide (3) naph-thidine (4) benzidine (5) hypophosphorous acid (6) fumaric acid (7) p-nitro-benzene-azo-orcinol (8) p-nitrobenzyl chloride (9) gelatin.6. What methods are available for the general examination and identification of synthetic polymers ? 7. Discuss the merits of chemical and physico-chemical as compared with biological methods of assay of anti-biotics and vitamins. [NOTE On this occasion the candidates were required to write one paper only.] How would you interpret the results of the tests? TUESDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5p.m. 1. phenyl mercuric acetate OR ferrous formate.] (This exercise to be completed by noon.) 2 . (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) Report qualitatively on the substances (A) and (€3). [(A) = EITHER Determine the chromium and iron in the sample of Chromite (C). WEDNESDAY 19 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.Examine and report on the sample of wood preservative (D). potassium dichromate sodium fluoride sodium arsenite 2.4-dinitrophenol.] Complete yesterday’s exercise 2. 3. (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) [(D) = THURSDAY 20 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 3. 4. Sample (E) is a commercial chemical which has been contaminated. [(E) Identify the chemical and determine the proportion of the contaminant. = commercial formaldehyde contaminated with phenol.] FRIDAY 21 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 4. 5. Examine and report on the sample of detergent (F). [(F) = sulphated lauryl alcohol.] BRANCH I WATER SUPPLY AND THE TREATMENT OF SEWAGE AND TRADE EFFLUENTS MONDAY 17 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m.to 1 p.m. [Answer Question 1 and THREE others.] 1 . What is the significance of coliform organisms in a water supply and how would you differentiate experimentally between the various types of such organ-isms? What standard would you set for a bacterially satisfactory water taken from a consumer’s tap? E 357 2. What do you consider to be the most suitable total hardness for a Public Water Supply and give your reasons? You are asked to advise upon the soften-ing of 5 million gallons per day of water having a temporary hardness of 250 parts per million and 200 p.p.m. of permanent hardness. Outline the process you would advise and state how you would dispose of the waste materials from the plant. 3. What are the risks to water supplies of carriers of disease? Mention a specific instance.What precautions ought to be enforced for workmen em-ployed on waterworks and what safeguards should be taken to protect under-ground and upland sources of supply from pollution? 4. Write notes upon (a) Demineralisation (b) Microstraining (c) Chlori-nated Copperas. 5. What are the disadvantages of iron and manganese in water? A mineral water manufacturer using 500 gallons per day of water containing 2.0 parts per million of iron and 1.0 p.p.m. of manganese consults you as to its treatment. What would you advise? 2 to 5p.m. [Answer Question 1 and THREE others.] 1. Discuss the action of water upon metals with special reference to plumbo-solvency. Describe what you consider to be the best laboratory method of determining the extent of the action of water upon lead and outline a method of treatment of a water supply for the prevention of such action.Discuss the various types of procedure for estimating the turbidity of waters and effluents. How would you standardise the methods so that they are universally applicable ? 3. Outline the several methods of determining nitric nitrogen in water and say which you consider to be the most accurate. 4. You are asked to advise on the treatment and sterilisation of the water of a large municipal swimming bath. Write a description of the method you would advocate and of the plant required. 5. What are the effects upon health of (a) fluoride and (6) iodide in a drinking water? Give a method for the determination of the amount of ONE of these constituents.2. TUESDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1951 10 a.m. to 1 p.ni. [Answer Question 1 and THREE others.] 1. The following analytical results were obtained upon examination of two samples of sewage effluent “A” and “B” :-Sample A. Sample B. (results in parts per million.) Suspended matter . . 70 20 Chlorine as chloride . . . . 88 57 Free ammonia . . . . 65 20 Albuminoid ammonia . . . . . . 35 4 Nitrogen as nitrates . . 3 2 Dissolved oxygen . . . . . . nil 7 Oxygen absorbed (4 hours) . . . . 86 IS B.O.D. (5 days) . . . . 276 14 pH value . . . . . . 6.8 7.0 Report fully upon these effluents giving reasons for your decisions. 358 2. Write an essay on the economic utilisation of the manurial value of &wage sludge. 3. A village with 500 inhabitants has recently had a water supply installed.Describe in detail a suitable sewage purification and disposal scheme for the discharge of the effluent into a stream. Give an account of methods of removal of toxic constituents from EITHER gas works liquor OR electro-plating cyanide waste before discharge into a stream Discuss the recommendations of the Rivers Board Act of 1948. 4. 5. WEDNESDAY to FRIDAY 19 to 21 SEPTEMBER 1951 : 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day. 1 . Make a quantitative analysis of the water (A) for Calcium Magnesium, Sulphate Silica Temporary and Permanent Hardness and Total Solids and calculate from the results the probable combination of the ions. Make a bacteriological examination of each of the waters (A) and (B) collected for that purpose and write reports as to their suitability for drinking.Standardise the chlorine solution (C) and determine the chlorine demand of water (D) after 30 minutes' and also after 1 hour's contact. Plot a graph to show if the water has a definite break point. 4. Examine the water sample (E) for the presence of a deleterious constituent, determine the amount if any and report upon the suitability of the water for drinking. Determine the oxygen absorbed from permanganate in 4 hours at 27" C. and also the dissolved oxygen of the sample of effluent (F). 2. 3. 5 . REPORT OF THE EXAMINERS Examination for the Associateship Inorganic Chemistry. In general the work was disappointing. It was unusual to read an answer giving the impression that the candidate had a thorough knowledge of the matter he was discussing.In particular the answers to Q. 5 and Q. 6 were frequently superficial. At one time chemists were of opinion that 4-covalent metal atoms always had a tetrahedral distribution for their valencies. From answers to Q. 4 it was clear that many of the candidates were under the impres-sion that 4-co-ordination compounds are usually planar in structure. The formula for dimethyl glyoxime was not always known and the structures proposed for the nickel complex were often incorrect. There was much con-fusion about the preparation of Na2S20,. The method most often cited was the reaction between Na2S203 and iodine. The obvious method for obtaining COS was seldom given and chromyl chloride was not infrequently given the formula CrOCl,.In the practical examination the determinations of sulphate and of chloride were well done but the estimations of the metal did not reach the same high standard. In the identifications of given substances wild guesses were not uncommon. Physical Chemistry. There was much confusion of fundamental ideas in answers to the questions dealing with thermodynamic topics and this was particularly evident in Q. 6, 359 wheredack of appreciation of the significance of number of components fre-quently led to disaster. Errors in units dimensions and signs were common. Misinterpretation of questions led to much fruitless effort; thus little attention was paid to the form of Q. 4 which was used as an opportunity to give any kind of information on the hydrogen-chlorine reaction.Similarly Q. 3 was often answered by discussions of methods of determining dissociation constants of acids in aqueous solution. Although a number of excellent answers were made to the essay questions, particularly the very popular Q. 7 the general standard of writing and presenta-tion reflected lack of command of the English language and incapacity to marshal ideas logically. Organic Chemistry. In this paper there were a few performances of high merit but in general the answers were uneven in quality and there was again evidence that some candidates were completely out of their depth even in the more elementary questions. Many candidates avoided the straightforward question on lactic malic and citric acids and of those who chose it many confused malic with maleic acid and lactic with glycollic acid.The question on ethyl acetoacetate attracted most candidates and produced adequate answers but a high proportion of the candidates assigned a homocyclic structure to 3 4-dimethylhexane-2 5-dione. In the problem many candidates went astray because they erroneously inferred from the wording of the question that the compound (A) necessarily contained only one double bond. The essay on Chemicals from Petroleum was popular but too many candidates indulged in vague generalities and failed to illustrate their theme with specific examples and concrete facts. The practical preparative work gave evidence of indifferent ability and few good specimens were submitted. On the other hand the quantitative results were good The minor constituents in the mixtures (G) and (0) were often completely overlooked and this increased the difficulty in the identification of the major constituents.Examination for the Fellowship Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water. It must be remembered that this examination is intended to test the knowledge and experience gained by the candidate in his everyday practice. Some candi-dates made it very difficult to assess this experience since they obviously did not plan their practical work as they would have done in ordinary practice. Al-though the Examiners were attempting to find out what the candidates knew, and the whole of the practical work was a replica of actual problems that have arisen from time to time candidates often became for examination pur-poses amateur sledths and in some cases sought fantastic adulterants which if the question had been read carefully could have been dismissed without further consideration.The theoretical work showed that all candidates had attempted by reading extensively to cover subjects not dealt with in their normal practice. However, candidates should try to obtain real practical experience of all branches of the syllabus and not merely to implement reading of the subject by one or two determinations. The apparently unexpected exercise in bacteriological technique showed that candidates generally had confused ideas on how the problem should be tackled, but when an outline of a suggested method was given to them the actual manipu-lation was well done.The presence of ethylene glycol in the culinary essence was detected by most candidates. Nitrobenzene was not present and from the eagerness with which I 360 candidates searched for such a gross and in modern practice unlikely adulterant its absence must have been a disappointment. The contaminated foodstuffs presented unaccountable difficulties. Each contaminant could have been detected with a hand lens and after isolation should have been readily identified by use of the microscope. The examination of the chocolate was an exercise to test the ability of the candidate to organise routine work concurrently with more unusual problems; the article was genuine and the composition was on the whole accurately determined but in many cases candidates wasted time testing for the presence of milk solids although reducing sugars were absent before inversion in the sucrose determination.It would have been difficult to determine the lecithin in the time available but no candidate considered its presence worth mentioning. The analysis of the medicine was often badly done; some candidates failed to realise the significance or the danger of undissolved chloroform and only one realised that the salicylic acid present was due to hydrolysis of aspirin in potas-sium citrate solution. The medicine apart from the excess of chloroform was correctly dispensed. It was not expected that the nature of the pepper which was an African wild pepper containing a bitter principle would be known but only a small proportion of candidates noted the bitterness and they failed to note the presence of some ginger.In Therapeutics Pharmacology and Microscopy the successful candidates showed a good theoretical knowledge and the practical work was fairly good. All candidates dealt competently with the microscopical examination of the powdered drugs. In the quantitative determination of the drugs in the medicine and tablet more details of the analytical data and subsequent calculations should have been given; in some cases it was difficult to follow how the final results had been reached. PASS LIST EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP Banks Alan Marshall Woolwich Polytechnic London. Bennett Harold Roy Medway Technical College Gillingham. Blackburn Frank College of Technology Liverpool.Bradshaw Gerald College of Technology Manchester and Royal Technical Bryant Peter James Robert University College Southampton. Camp Raymond Maurice College of Technology Bristol and Chelsea Poly-Cartwright Neville College of Technology Liverpool and Municipal College, Clare James Frederick College of Technology Liverpool. Comley Gerald Charles Winstone College of Technology Bristol. Dix Thomas James Technical College Coventry. Donald Robert Technical College Paisley. Dyszlowski Zygmunt Woolwich Polytechnic London. Ellis William College of Technology Liverpool. Everard Herbert Ronald College of Technology Birmingham. Farrer Thomas William Technical College Doncaster and Acton Technical Fawcett Roland College of Technology Leeds. Fletcher Archibald William Woolwich Polytechnic London.Fletcher Wallace Herbert Bird B.Sc. (Lond.) The Polytechnic Regent Street, Freeman Francis Michael College of Technology Liverpool. College Salford. technic London. Burnley. College London. London. [ 361 Griffiths Dennis Frederick Royal Technical College Salford. Hall Stanley Currie Royal Technical College Glasgow. Hearfield Frank Municipal Technical College Hull. Hedderly James Arnold B.Sc. (Liv.) University and College of Technology, Herniman Peter Douglas Municipal College Portsmouth. Hulme Brian Royal Technical College Salford. Johnson Alan Stockport College for Further Education Stockport. Lax Gilbert Raymond College of Technology Leeds. Leece Norman Lancaster and Morecambe Technical College Lancaster.Martin Harold Walter University of Birmingham and Chelsea Polytechnic, Mills Frederick Robert Royal Technical College Salford and College of Minns Ronald Ernest Municipal Technical College Widnes. Musty John William George University College Southampton. Nicholls John Harold University of Nottingham and University College, Reid Eric Vernon Woolwich Polytechnic London. Rothwell Eric College of Technology Manchester and Municipal College, Seed Gilbert Raymond Technical College Bradford. Smith David Stanley Chelsea Polytechnic and Woolwich Polytechnic London. Smith Geoffrey Allan Technical College Bradford. Stephenson Ronald Arthur South-East Essex Technical College Dagenham. Tansley Anthony Victor Wolverhampton and Staffordshire Technical College, Terry Hubert Victor Wigan and District Mining and Technical College Wigan.Titchell Kenneth William Woolwich Polytechnic London. Vaughan John Edwin Royal Technical College Salford. Wagstaff Frank Royal Technical College Salford. Whalley Leslie Albert Harris Institute Preston and Municipal College Burn-Williams Kenneth James College of Technology Birmingham and Wolver-Liverpool. London. Technology Manchester. Leicester . Burnley . Wolverhampton. ley. hampton and Staffordshire Technical College Wolverhampton. EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP Branch B Physical Chemistry with special reference to High Polymers.* Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water. Lustigman Sidney B.Sc. (Lond.). Clark Thomas Morton B.Sc. (Lond.). Gangolli Sharat Dattatreya B.Sc.(Benares). Shaw William Harold Cullen F.R.I.C. Brown Edward Gordon. Christie Alma Aranshaw. Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Branch I Water Supply and the Treatment of Sewage and Trade Effluents. * Under Old Regulations THE REGISTER NEW FELLOWS Gottschalk Alfred M.D. @OM)) D.Sc. (Melbourne) F.A.C.I. ASSOCIATES ELECTED (0) Brown Edward Gordon. (P) Christie Alma Arenshew. K) Clark ThomasMorton,O.B.E.,B.Sc.(Lond.). (P) Egan Harold BSc. Ph.D. (Lond.) D.I.C. (D) Evans Norman. (D) Frye Derek Alan B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.), (K) Gordon Manfred MA. Ph.D. (Lond.). (X) Gilpin William Cecil B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.), (Q) Griffiths David Cyril MSc. Ph.D. (wales). (P) Hathway David Ernest BSc. Ph.D. (Lond.). (OF) Hattiangdi Gopal Shankar MSc.Ph.D. A.R.C.S. D.I.C. A.R.C.S. (Born bavl. (P) Pearson. Leonard Louis B.Sc. (Lond.), (C) Yates William Howard. A.R.C.S. Hekby Fiank William B.Sc. (Lond.). Jones ’Edwin Charles,’ B.Sc. (Lond.). (Aligarh). Lamb James M.Sc. (Lond.). Lamond John James. (Madras). Lawrence Jack B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Wood Reginald. Macadam Geoffrey Herbert M.A. (Cantab.). Vahidy Toquir Ahmad MSc. (Agra) Ph.D. (OE) Venkat Rao Pappu B.A. M.B. B.S. M.Sc. RE-ELECTED ASSOCIATES Finch Mrs. Adelaide Agnes MSc. (Dunelm.). Rigden Peter Montgomery B.Sc. (Lond.). (OC) Vose Wilfred B.Sc. (Lond.). NEW ASSOCIATES Adams Miss Audrey Watson A H -W C. (OG) AgarGal Bharat Ram M.Sc.’(Agraj D.I.C. (OE) Agrawala Chandra Prakash B.Sc. (Allaha-bad) B.Pharm. (Lond.) Ph.C. (0) Ambridge Charles B.Sc.(Wales). (X) Appleton John Gordon B.Sc. (Lond.). (C) Arnall Paul B.Sc. (Lond.). (U) Arrowsmith Eric B.Sc. (Manc.). (P) Avery Michael John B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Banks Alan Marshall. (D) Belf Leon Jerzy Dip.Eng.Chem. (Lwow). (P) Bennett Harold Roy (OG) Bhatia Sahib Daial B.Sc. (Allahabad), MSc. (Agra). (C) Bird Theodore Bassett B.Sc. (Birrn.). (0) Blackburn Frank. (P) Bonfield John Henry B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Born Miss Renate Ursula B.Sc. (Glas.). (C) Bottle Robert Thomas B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Bradshaw Gerald. (H) Brown Kenneth Gordon B.Sc. (Lond.). (R) Bryant Peter James Robert. (01 Bullock. Geoffrey Hudson. B.Sc.Tech. TO THE FELLOWSHIP (P) Merry Sidney B.Sc.(Lond.) A.R.C.S. A.P.I. (B) Reid Ebenezer Mayne,B.Sc. Ph.D. (Q.U.B.).(H) Robinson Stanley Richard B.Sc. Ph.D. (P) Shamash Ezra B.Sc. (Lond.). Simmons Lewis Michael B.Sc. Ph.D. (P) Smales Albert Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Smith William Cuthbert John. (C) Snadow Ronald B.Sc. (Lond.). (OE) Srinivasan Kumbakonam Rangachari M.A. (0) Tubb Clifford Mervyn B.Sc. (Manc.), (Lond.) A.R.C.S. D.I.C. (Lond.) F.A.C.I. (Madras). A.M.1.Chem.E. . I (Manc.). (Lond.). (Lnnd.1. (OA) Caldwell Arthur Francis Ph.C B.Pharm. (P) Cameron Alexander Fitzgerald Bourke B.Sc. ,- - - . . Camp Raymond Maurice Ph.C. Cartwright Neville. CartL Louis B.A. (Cantab.) M.Sc. (Lond.). Casy Alan Frederick Ph.C. B.Sc. (Lond.). Chapman Miss Irene Monica B.Sc. (Lond.). Chaudhary Muhammad Tufail M.Sc. (Punjab). L) Chia Chwee Leong M.Sc. (Malaya).Chidgey Ronald Lushington A.A.C.I. Clare James Frederick. Clark Peter Frederick B.Sc.(Lond.) A.R.C.S. Collett Esmond Frank B.Sc. (Notts.). Comley Gerald Charles Winstone. Currie Alexander Monteith. Daruwalla Erach Hormasji B.Sc. M.Sc.Tech. Davies Michael William B.Sc. (Lond.). ’) Dick Thomas Hutcheson B.Sc. (St. (Bombay). Andrews). (C) Dix Thomas James. (J) Donald Robert B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Douglas John Gilbert B.Sc. (L.ond.). (C) Drew Norman Vincent B.Sc. (Bris.). (P) Drysdale John Gillespid B.A. (Oxon.). Cp) Duncan James Francis M.A. B.Sc. D.Phil (P) Dyszlewski Zygmunt M.B.E. Edwards Maurice Gordon B.Sc. Ph.D. (Oxon.). (Lond.). .)Elliott Thomas Harold B.Sc. (S.A.) Ph.C. Ellis William. Embrey Peter Godwin B.A. (Oxon.). Evans Thomas George Alfred B.Sc.(Wales). Everard Herbert Ronald. Farrer Thomas William. Fawcett Roland. Fernando Condagamage Quintus Cecil B.Sc. Ferris Richard Taylor B.Sc. (BeKast). Field ’ John Edward. Fitt John Stanley B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. Fletcher Archibald William B.Sc. (Madras). Fletche Wallace Herbert B(rd B.Sc. (Lond.). Freema; Francis Michael. Galloway Alexander Goudie B.Sc. (Glas.). Gibbons Derek B.Sc. (Birrn.). Gilchrist Alasdair Sloane B.Sc. (Glas.), Gill Denis Walter B.Sc. (Lond.). Girdler. Ronald Basil. B.Sc. (Lond.). A.R.C.S. (CeYlO?). A.R.T.C. (Pi Green ’Josenh B.Sc (Bris.). ’. (OA) Green Rowland Alfred Weldon M.Sc. (N.Z.). (0) Griffiths Dennis Frederick. (0) Grindell Clive. (WW) Hall Stanley Cume. Cp) Hancock Ronald Arthur B.Sc.(Lond.). (P) Heard Alan Noble B.Sc. (Lond.). (M) Heafikld Frank. (P) Heath Edward George B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Hedderly James Arnold B.Sc. (Liv.). (N) Heggs Thomas Geoffrey B.Sc. (Leeds). (P) Herniman Peter Douglas. (P) Hewstone,’ Ronald Keith B.Sc. (Lond.). (R) Hill Allen. (F) Hingeffy,. Daniel Joseph MSc. Ph.D. (N.U.L.). Howard Harold Theodore Clyde M (Sydney) A.A.C.I. Howarth hric B.Sc. (Lond.). \ Howden ’ Arthk B.Sc. (Lond.). Howie john Ddncan Howoh. Hugh Trevdr. B.Sc. (Birm.1. . . Hulme Brian Hulrne Geraid Wilfred B.Sc. (Lond.). Inman Eric Richard B.Sc. (Leeds). .sc. [ 363 (P) Isaacs Michael David Jesse B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Jackson William James B Sc (Birm.). (P) Jacobovhtz Gert B.Sc. '(Q:U.B.). (P) James Vivian Hector Thomas BSc.(Lond.). (Q) Johnson Alan. (P) Johnson Cecil Alfred Ph.C. B.Pharm., B.Sc. (Lond.). fBom bavk (V) Jones Thomas Ernest B.Sc. (Wales), (K) Joshi Ganesh Damodar B.Sc. M.Sc.Tech. Kimal Agmad MSc. (Aligarh) Ph.D. (Liv.). (P) Kevan David Frederick Boyd BSc. (Lond.). Khan Muklesoz Zaman BSc. (Calcutta), Khan Nurul Absar M.Sc. (Dacca) Ph.D. (C) Langford Kenneth Ernest. (Q) Langley Edward William B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Lawford Alan James B.Sc. (Glas.). (J) Lawson James A.H.-W.C. (N) Lax Gilbert Raymond. (P) Leach Alan Albert B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Leece Norman. (P) Macey William Arthur Thomas B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Machin Peter Ronald BSc. (Lond.). (WW) Mackenzie John Alexander Dallas BSc. (Edin.). Majumdar Amar Nath M.Sc. (Calcutta). (G) Mann Dennis Charles MacMillan B.Sc.(Leeds). (P) Martin Harold Walter Ph.C. M.P.S. (B) McAleese Desmond Mary B.Sc. B.Agric. (Belfast). (P) McDonald Ian Robert Clark MSc. (N.Z.). (K) McInnes Alister Gavin BSc. (Glas.). (Q) Meldrum Kenneth B.Sc. (Shefield). (P) Michael Dennis Gordon BSc. (Lond.). (P) Millar Miss Elaine Cassels Paul A.H.-W.C. (P) Miller Robert Percy B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Mills Frederick Robert. (0) Minns Ronald Ernest. (P) Moresby John Fairfax A.A.C.I. (P) Morgan John William Woodhouse BSc. (0) Mullin John William B.Sc. (Wales). Munasinghe Don Chandrasena B.Sc. (Lond.). (R) Musty John William George. (C) Nicholas Alec Clifford B.Sc. (Lond.). (H) Nicholls John Harold. (OG) Om Prakash B.Sc. (Allahabad). (P) O'Sullivan Raymond Anthony B.Sc. (Lond.).(P) Pate Brian David M.Sc. (Lond.). (OB) Peisach Max MSc. (Cape Town). (X) Penketh George Edward B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Porter Maurice Read B.Sc. (Lond.). (OG) Prabhakara Rao Nyshadham M.Sc. M.Sc. (Aligarh) M.S. (Michigan). (Ohio). (Lond.). (Andhra). (X) Rees Trevor David B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Reid Eric Vernon. (E) Roberts Jonah Hugh Arthur B.Sc. (Wales). (P) Robertson John Harry B.Sc. Ph.D. (Edin.). (M) Robertson William A.H.-W.C. (Q) Rothwell Eric. (K) Rudram Thomas Albert, (P) Russell Mrs. Lempi Lyyli B.Sc. (Finland) (A) Sammdn David Campbell 'B.Sc. (Aberdeen): (K) Scott William A.H.-W.C. (0) Seed Gilbert Raymond. (N) Sheard Dennis Richard BSc. (Leeds). (P) Shepherd Eric James B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Smith Miss Dorothy Pover MSc. (Liv.). (P) Smith David Stanley.(N) Smith Geoffrey Allan. (P) Soulal Maurice John B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Spranklin David Henry M.A. (Oxon.). (R) Stanley Edward Sheridan A.A.C.I. (P) Stephenson Ronald Arthur. (K) Stevenson Miss Audrey Elizabeth Gribb, B.Sc. (St. Andrews). (Q) Stuttard Alan BSc. (Lond.). (P) Sudworth Geoffrey Booth B.Sc. (Lond.). (U) Sykes Alan B.Sc. (Birm.). (N) Sykes Robert Leonard B.Sc. (Leeds). (Q) Symington Robert B.Sc. (Edin.). (C) Tansley Anthony Victor. (K) Taylor James Samuel B.Sc. (Glas.) A.R.T.C. (0) Terry Hubert Victor. (Q) Tidd Ernest B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Titchell Kenneth William. (WW) Turnbull James Findlay B.Sc. (Glas.). (OE) Varadan Kidambi Srinivas B.Sc. (Madras), M.Sc. (Bombav). (Q) Vaughan; John Edwin B.Sc. (Lond.), (OE) Viswanathan Ramaswanii M.A.MSc. (P) Wagner Hans Max BSc. (Lond.). (Q) Wagstaff Frank. (P) Waller Geoffrey Edmund B.Sc. (Lond.). (W) Waller William Matthew B.Sc. (Wales). (EE) Warner Benjamin Frank B.Sc. (Lond.). (N) Watkinson Leonard James MSc. (Leeds). (0) Whalley Leslie Albert. (X) Wheldon John Wilfred B.Sc. (Lond.). (C) Whent John Alexander B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Whiteside Roy Preston B.Sc. (Lond.). (OB) Whittaker William Henry B.Sc. (Cape (M) Whitton John Bryan. (L) Whyte David Thomas Kerr A.H.-W.C. (E) Williams Howard B.Sc. (Wales). (E) Williams Haydn Windsor Richard B.Sc. (C) Williams Kenneth James. (A) Wood James Douglas B.Sc. (Aberdeen). (B) Workman Robert Hugh Boyle B.Sc. (0) Yates John B.Sc. Ph.D. (Liv.). (P) Zussman Joseph B.Sc. (Lond.).(Madras). Town). (Lond.). (Q.U.B.). DEATHS Fellows William Henry Ballantyne B.Sc. (Glas.), Died 19 November 1951 aged Douglas Henry Bellars Cowman B.Sc. (Lond. A. 1912, F.C.I.P.A. 70. F. 1941. Died 30 August 1951 aged 68. F. 1918. ~. .__ Henry Edward Cox Ph.D. D.Sc. (Lond.). Died 21 November 1951 aged 59. A. 1916 F. 1919. Council 1933-36 1937-40; Examiner 1941-47. Charles Denis Victor Georgi O.B.E. BSc. (Lond.). Died 31 October 1951 aged 61. A. 1911 F 1920. Rev. Alfred Francis Joseph D.Sc. (Lond.), A.R.C.S. Died 5 October 1951 aged 70. F. 1916. William Bayley Parker. Died 12 October, 1951 aged 76. Leonard Roger Batten Pearce B.Sc. (Lond.). M.1.Chem.E. Died 5 October 1951 aged 62. A. 1918 F. 1938. A . 1902 F. 1905. Charles Kenneth Tinkler B.Sc.(Wales and Lond.) D.Sc. (Birm.). Died 25 October, 1951 aged 69. F. 1917. Eric Edmund Watson. Died 24 October, 1951 aged 81. Frank Ramsay Weston BSc. Ph D (Lond.) A.R.C.S. F.I.C. Didd 20 iovdmber 1951: aged 49. A. 1924 F. 1929. A. 1891 F. 1894. Associates William George Campbell B.Sc.(St. Andrews), M.S.(Wisconsin). Died 24 November 1951, aged 51. A . 1938. ) Appadvedula Lakshmi Sundara Rao D.Sc. (Andhra). Died 18 September 1951 aged 35. A. 1947. Charles Reginald Wilkins B.Sc. (Lond.), Died 31 January 1951 aged 72. A . 1917. Registered Student Keith Michael Roberts. Died 4 October, 1951 aged 17 INSTITUTE AFFAIRS FORTHCOMING EXAMINATIONS An Examination for the Associateship will be held in the week beginning Monday 31 March 1952.Theoretical papers London Leeds and Newcastle and if required in certain other centres on Monday 31 March and Tuesday 1 April. Practical exercises London Leeds and Newcastle on Wednesday to Saturday, 2 to 5 April inclusive. If the number of entries is large some candidates in the London area may be required to do their practical exercises on Monday to Thursday 7 to 10 April, inclusive. Laboratory accommodation at Leeds is limited to 36 candidates. Candidates will be askedto state their preference as to centre for their practical exercises, but no guarantee is given that their wishes can be met. Candidates who have not yet been accepted should obtain from the Registrar the prescribed form of application without delay so as to leave ample time to secure thereon the necessary signatures certifying that they have complied with the Regulations concerning their courses of training.The completed application form must reach the Institute not later than Monday 7 January 1952. No application in respect of the April Examination will be considered if received later than that date. Entry forms will be sent as soon as they are ready to all candidates who have been previously accepted and to those whose applications have been received as above and accepted. The last date for the receipt of entry forms will be Monday 28 January, 1952 after which no entry can be accepted. OFFICERS AND COUNCIL 1952-53 NOMINATIONS President.-In accordance with By-law 22 Mr. H. W. Cremer will hold the office of President until the date of the Annual General Meeting 1953.Vice-Presidents-In accordance with the proviso to By-law 22 the Council at its meeting on 11 May 1951 selected Dr. W. M. Cumming Professor W. H. Linnell and Miss M. Olliver to retire from the office of Vice-president at the date of the Annual General Meeting 1952 and they are ineligible for re-election to that office or for election as General or District Members of the Council. Dr. G. M. Bennett Professor H. Burton and Dr. C. W. Herd will continue in office as Vice-presidents until the date of the Annual General Meeting 1953. The Council will in due course nominate three eligible Fellows for election as Vice-presidents (By-law 25 (1) (c)). General Members of the Council.-Of the 21 General Members of the Council elected at the Annual General Meeting 195 1 seven having been selected by the Council to serve for one year only will retire at the date of the Annual General Meeting 1952 and will be ineligible to serve as General or District Members of the Council for the year 1952-53 Dr.H. Baines Mr. R. R. Butler, Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths Sir William Griffiths Dr. F. M. Hamer Mr. H. Weather-all Mr. H. N. Wilson (By-law 22 proviso). Of the remaining General Members of the Council the following were selected to serve until the date of the Annual General Meeting 1953 Professor H. T. S. Britton Dr. A. T. Green Dr. H. H. Hodgson Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving, Dr. H. B. Nisbet Dr. E. H. Rodd Dr. P. F. R. Venables and the following until the date of the Annual General Meeting 1954 Mr. A. L. Bacharach, Dr.N. Booth Professor C. W. Davies Sir Harry Jephcott Dr. F. Roffey Dr. C. Simons Mr. G. Taylor. [ 365 Seven General Members of the Council are therefore to be elected at the Annual General Meeting 1952. The Council will in due course make nomina-tions for this purpose under By-law 25 (d). Other nominations under By-law 26 are now invited and must be delivered at the Institute not later than 1 February, 1952. [By-law 26 reads as follows :-26 (1) Any ten corporate members not being Members of the Council, may nominate an eligible Fellow as a candidate for election as a General Member of the Council but no corporate member shall concur in nominating more than one such Fellow at any particular election. (2) Any nomination made under this By-law . .. shall be in the following form :-“We the undersigned being corporate members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry do hereby certify that A.B. of (registered address) a Fellow of this Institute is in our estimation a fit and proper person to be a General Member of the Council of the Institute and we do hereby nominate him as a Candidate for election as a General Member of the Council.” (3) Any such nomination may consist of several documents in like form, each signed by one or more corporate members and shall be accompanied by a statement by the candidate that he is willing to accept such nomination.] District Members of the Council.-The following have been nominated under By-law 30 as District Members of the Council for the Districts specified and as only one nomination in respect of each vacancy was received on or before 10 December 195 1 the Fellows so nominated will be deemed to have been elected to take office at the close of the Annual General Meeting 1952:-England.I. 11. 111. IV. V. VI. Eric George Kemp Pritchett B.Sc. Charles George Lyons M.A. Ph.D. Charles William North B.Sc. A.K.C. F.T.I. George Rowntree Ramage Ph.D. D.Sc. James Frederick Clark M.Sc. A.R.C.S. D.I.C. F.A.C.I. Ridland Owens B.Sc. Ph.D. M.1.Chem.E. John Williams B.Sc. Ph.D. Austin Raymond Martin Ph.D. D.Sc. A.R.C.S. Reginald Arthur Mott D.Sc. M.I.Min.E. F.1nst.F. John Oswald Samuel M.Sc. M.1nst.F. William Rogie Angus M.A. Ph.D. D.Sc. William Turner Horace Williamson B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.S.E. Hugh Hannay Campbell BSc. A.H.-W.C.Ph.C. M.P.S. Frank Stuart Spring Ph.D. D.Sc. Thomas Caughey M.Sc. Ph.D. Thomas Sherlock Wheeler Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.C.Sc.I. F.Inst.P., VII. Elias Isaacs B.Sc. Ph.D. VIII. IX. I. 11. Wales and the County of Monmouth. Scotland. I. IT. 111. Northern Ireland. Republic of Ireland. M.I.Chem.E. M.R.I.A 2 5 ~ ~ CONFERENCE OF HON. SECRETARIES OF,LOCAL SECTIONS The Conference was held at the Institute on 20 October at 10 a.m. The Presi-dent occupied the Chair and the Chairmen of the N.E. & I. Committee and the Publications Committee the Hon. Treasurer the Secretary the Registrar the Deputy Executive Officer and the new Assistant Secretary (Scientific) were also present. The Chairman welcomed the Hon. Secretaries and their Deputies. Dr. William Gibb represented the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section Dr.W. H. Pedelty the Hull and District Section and Dr. D. H. Peacock the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section. The other Sections were represented by their Hon. Secretaries. The principal subjects discussed at the Conference were :-the Local Section Officers’ Handbook; Local Section Rules; Reports of Local Section Mairs and Obituary Notices in the Journal; Education in Chemistry; the Functions of Chemists in Civil Defence. A revised draft of the Local Section Officers’ Handbook which had received preliminary consideration at the previous Conference was approved subject to certain minor amendments. It was agreed that copies of the Handbook be made available to Chairmen and Hon. Secretaries of Local Section Committees for use by them and Members of their Committees.It was agreed that it would be useful to have a statement of the common provisions of Local Section Rules with an indication of the variations already in existence provided it was made clear that there was no obligation on any Local Section to follow a particular model when revising its Rules so long as the requirements of the Charter and By-laws were satisfied and the approval of the Council obtained. A statement of this kind would be particularly useful to new Local Sections in drafting their Rules. The Secretary undertook to prepare a draft for consideration at the next Conference. Considerable discussion took place on means whereby the section of the Journal concerned with “Local Section Affairs” might be modified to make it of greater general and local interest.A number of suggestions were made for consideration by the Council and the Publications Committee. General concern was expressed at the recent decision to cease publication of obituary notices in the Journal and a recommendation for the restoration of these notices was made. Divergent views were expressed about a resolution of the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section calling for a revision of the syllabus for General School examinations in chemistry in the direction of attaching more importance to the value of the subject as a training in logic and reasoning. It was pointed out that a syllabus indicated only the field in which instruction should be given and not how the matter should be taught and that it was danger-ous to suggest that less attention should be given to the descriptive side of chemistry for this helped to ensure that students were familiar with basic facts rather than with advanced theories and speculations.It was agreed that the subject was not one on which the Conference was competent to give a considered opinion and it was agreed to recommend that it be referred to the Education Committee of the Institute. On the question of how the services of chemists might best be utilised in Civil Defence the Secretary undertook to keep Hon. Secretaries informed of further developments following the Home Office announcement reported in the Journal 1951,111 177. It was stated that in the meantime active collaboration had been established between some Local Sections of the Institute and Local Authorities especially in regard to basic training.It was suggested that Local Sections should take care that any arrangements they made with Local Defence Authorities were not such as to cause members of the Institute to feel under a special obligation to undertake Civil Defence duties. It was noted that the 26th Conference would take place on 17 April 1952 in Dublin . [ 367 On the conclusion of the Conference Mr. H. D. Thornton (Dublin and District Section) speaking for the Hon. Secretaries referred to the impending retirement of Mr. R. L. Collett (Registrar) and Miss I. Cawston (Principal Assistant Secretary). He expressed thanks to them for the valuable and sympa-thetic help that they had given to Local Section Officers over many years.On behalf of the Hon. Secretaries the President then made presentations to Miss Cawston and Mr. Collett which were acknowledged by the recipients. PRIZES AND AWARDS Full particulars of the Meldola Medal the Beilby Memorial Awards the Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize and the Newton Chambers Prize Essay Competition were given in Journal 195 1 V pp. 3 1 1-12. Intending applicants are reminded that the closing date is in each instance 31 December 1951. ANNIVERSARY MEETINGS 1952 At its meeting on 19 October the Council considered a draft of the pro-visional programme of the Anniversary Meetings of the Chemical Society and the Institute to be held in Dublin on 15-18 April 1952 and details of this programme were further considered by the Joint Committee of Officers and Dublin Representatives of the two bodies on the following day.It has been agreed that apart from the Annual General Meetings of the bodies which are necessarily confined to their respective members all events will be open to members of both. There will be a joint scientific meeting on the morning of 17 April and a joint reception and anniversary dinner on the evening of that day. Visits and receptions offered by other organisations will be common to both bodies. A detailed programme of these events is being sent to all cor-porate members with this issue of the Journal. The 74th Annual General Meeting of the Institute will be held in the Chem-istry Department of University College Dublin on Friday 18 April 1952 at 10.45 a.m.The 26th Conference of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections of the Institute will take place at 3 p.m. on the previous day. Members who intend to visit Dublin for the Anniversary Meetings are asked to note the dates by which the appropriate forms should be returned and are particularly requested to write to Mr. H. D. Thornton Hon. Secretary of the Dublin and District Section of the Institute by 31 January if they wish to secure hotel accommodation in Dublin during the period of the meetings. MISCELLANEOUS Honorary Representatives of the Institute in Technical Colleges.-The following addition has been made to the list of Hon. Representatives (Journal, Middlesbrough Constantine Technical College . Mr. J. W. Gailer “Statistical Methods with Special Reference to Analytical Chemistry.” (Lectures Monographs and Reports 1951 No.I).-Owing to the large demand for this Monograph stocks have become exhausted. Copies were sent to all members and registered students in June last. If anyone does not wish to retain his copy he would be rendering a service by returning it to this office so that current requests for this publication may be met. Charter Jubilee Medal of the Institute.-At the celebration of the Charter Jubilee in 1935 medals bearing the head of Sir Edward Frankland the first President were presented to all surviving members who had been elected before the first Royal Charter was granted. The Council has expressed thanks to Mr. J. A. Reavell for passing over to the Institute the medal that was presented on that occasion to the late Mr.William MacNab. r 368 1 1950 IV 323 VI 498; 1951 IV 260): “Coming Events” Pamphlet.-In view of rising costs the Publications Com-mittee has had under consideration the discontinuance of the schedules of coming events which were formerly published in the Journal and have latterly been issued as separate pamphlets with the Journal. It is recognised that as a majority of Local Sections publish annual programmes of events arranged in their areas including in many instances meetings organised by other bodies or to be held jointly there was not the same need as there had been for publishing combined schedules of coming events for the whole country. Moreover, meetings arranged by the Institute were always notified individually to members in the various areas.In view of these circumstances and following a consulta-tion with the Chemical Council it has now been decided to discontinue publica-tion of these lists of coming events either as separate pamphlets or in the Journal. South-Western Counties Section.-The Council has taken note of the appoint-ment of Mr. E. R. Braithwaite as Hon. Secretary of the Section in succession to Dr. C. V. Reynolds and has conveyed thanks to Dr. Reynolds for the valuable services he has rendered to the Section and to the Institute as Hon. Secretary since the formal establishment of the Section. Honorary Fellows of the Institute.-The Council has given preliminary consideration to the nomination and election of the first Hon. Fellows under the provisions of the new By-law 44.It is intended to hold an election of Hon. Fellows at a subsequent meeting of the Council and to announce the names in due course. PERSONAL NOTES Numerous changes in Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. involve Fellows of the Institute. Dr. J. W. McDavid C.B.E. has retired from the chairmanship of the Nobel Division which he has held since 1945 and has been succeeded by Dr. W. J. Jenkins. Dr. James Taylor M.B.E. and Dr. A. G. White have been appointed joint managing directors of the Division. Dr. D. Trail1 has succeeded Dr. Taylor as research director. Mr. 0. R. Lineham has been appointed development director. Dr. G. I. Higson joint managing director of the Billingham Division has been appointed chairman of that Division. Mr.F. Holt O.B.E. has retired from the post of joint managing director of the General Chemicals Division and has been succeeded by Dr. J. Ferguson, formerly research manager. Mr. W. A. M. Edwards has been appointed purchases controller. Mr. L. F. Addis-Smith Fellow was elected President of the South African Chemical Institute for 1951-52 at the Annual General Meeting held on 5 October. Mr. E. Bailey Fellow has been appointed principal of the Walker Technical College Wellington Shropshire. Mr. A. C. Brooks M.C. Fellow has been appointed director of chemistry, Federation of Malaya. Professor E. C. Dodds M.V.O. F.R.S. Fellow has been elected president of the Section on Biological Chemistry of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry and a Vice-president of the Union.Dr. B. Edgington Fellow has been elected chairman of the Nottingham Advisory Committee for Applied Science. Mr. F. Hargreaves Fellow has been appointed Regional Works Metallurgist, Southern Region British Railways with headquarters at Brighton. Sir Ian Heilbron F.R.S. Fellow has been awarded a Royal Medal of the Royal Society for his distinguished contributions to organic chemistry notably in the field of vitamin A and polyene synthesis. Mr. S. M. Lawrence Associate has been appointed assistant sales manager of the British Aluminium Company Ltd. [ 369 Mr. J. Davidson Pratt C.B.E. Fellow Director of the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers will serve the Ministry of Supply in a part-time capacity to organise the production of explosives and chemicals in connection with rearmament.Professor Sir Eric Rideal M.B.E. F.R.S. Fellow has been awarded the Davy Medal of the Royal Society for his distinguished contributions to the subject of surface chemistry. He has also been appointed by the Lord President of the Council to be a member of the Advisory Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. Professor S. J. Watson Fellow has been appointed by the Committee of the Privy Council for Agricultural Research and Nature Conservation to be a mem-ber of the Agricultural Research Council on the retirement of Professor T. J. Mackie. Dr. T. F. West Fellow has recently been appointed a director of Drug Houses of Australia Ltd. Mr. J. E. Worsdale Fellow has been appointed chairman and managing director of White’s South African Portland Cement Co.Ltd. Johannesburg. OTHER NOTES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTIFIC COURSES Acton Technical College.-(1) A course of 12 lectures on “Recent Develop-ments in the Production and Uses of Radio-Isotopes” will be given by members of the staff of the Atomic Energy Research Establishment and the Radio-chemical Centre on Fridays at 7.30 p.m. begining 18 January 1952. The course will be of interest to all industrial chemists and research workers. Fee for the Course 20s. (2) A course of 12 lectures on “Modern Processes in Organic Syntheses” will be given by specialists from industrial organisations and research establishments, on Wednesdays at 7.30 p.m. beginning 16 January 1952. Fee for the Course, 20s. Further particulars of the above courses and forms of application may be obtained from the Principal Acton Technical College High Street Acton W.3.University of Liverpool Extra-Mural Department .-A pos t-gradua te ex ten-sion course of ten lectures on “Recent Developments in Analytical Chemistry,” by Dr. A. K. Holliday will be given in the Muspratt Lecture Theatre University of Liverpool on Tuesdays (5 to 6.30 p.m.) beginning 22 January 1952. Fee for the Course 42s. Further particulars and tickets may be obtained from the Director of Extra-Mural Studies The University 9 Abercromby Square Liverpool 7. MISCELLANEOUS Leverhulme Research Fellowships 1952.-Application is invited for Fellow-ships and Grants in aid of research. Forms of application may be obtained from the Secretary Leverhulme Research Fellowships 3/5 Salisbury Square, London E.C.4 Telephone City 1910.Applications must be received on or before 31 December 1951. Awards will be announced in May and will date from 1 September 1952. Technical and Scientific Register.-The Technical and Scientific Register of the Ministry of Labour and National Service has moved from York House, Kingsway to Almack House 26-28 King Street St. James’s Square London, S.W.l. (Tel. No. TRAfalgar 7020). Institute of Metal Finishing.-The Electrodepositors’ Technical Society has been officially incorporated under the Companies Act with the new and wider title of The Institute of Metal Finishing incorporating Electrodepositors’ Technical Society Limited. r 370 LOCAL SECTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE Sections are glad to welcome members of other Sections to their meetings and social functions except when Members travelling abroad who desire introductions where there are Local Sections or Honorary numbers are restricted as for works visits.Corresponding Secretaries of the Institute are advised to notify the Secretary of the Institute. Sections. Hon. Secretaries. Aberdeen and North of Scotland: Belfast and District: Birmingham and Midlands: Bristol and District: Cardiff and District: Cumberland and District: Dublin and District: Dundee and District: East Anglia: East Midlands Edinburgh and East of Scotland: Glasgow and West of Scotland: Huddersfield : Hull and District: Leeds Area: Liverpool and North-Westem : London and South-Eastem Manchester and District Mid-Southem Counties : Newcastle upon Tyne and North-North Wales: Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands: South Wales : South-Westem Counties : Counties: East Coast: 0 Stirlingshire and District: o() Tees-side: H G.M. Hardie Ph.D A.R.1.C 21 Braeside Avenue Aberdeen. C.* S. McDowell. b.Sc. Z.R.I.C. gelm'ont Milebush Cakickfergus. S. A. Ray B.Sc. F.R.I.C. c/o British Titan Products Co. Ltd 72-73 High Street Birmingham 4. B. W. Mihie F.R.I.C. 8 Oaken611 Road Brislington Bristol 4. G. M. Kerman F.R.I.C. c/o The Aberthaw and Bristol Channel Portland Cement Co. Ltd. East Aberthaw Barry Glamorgan. K. A. Swinburn B.Sc. A.R.I.C. c/o Ministry of Supply Chemical InsDectorate. Windscale Works. Sellafield. Cumberland. H. D. Thornton B.Sc. A.R.C.Sc.I. F.R.I.C. City Laboratory, J. B. Wilson B.Sc. Ph.D A.R.I.C The Corner 73 Commercial Municipal Buildings Castle Street Dublin. Street Dundee. John Williams. B.Sc Ph.D F.R.I.C 28. Corder Road. Imwich. .~ . . . _ . Suffolk. Road Derby. University of Edinburgh Teviot Place Edinburgh 1. Sloan Ltd. 38 French Street Glasgow S.E. C. W. North B.Sc. A.K.C. F.R.I.C. F.T.I. 582 Nottingham J. K. Grah B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Department of Biochemistry, W. G. D. Wright A.R.T.C. F.R.I.C. c/o Messrs. James Macueill& A. K. Durn B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Sandbeds. Honley Nr. Huddersfield. M. D. Rogan F.R.I.C. British Cocoa Mills (Hull) Ltd. Hull. W. A. Wightman M.A. F.R.I.C The University Leeds 2. J. Ashley-Jones A.R.I.C. c/o J. Bibby & Sons Ltd. Great Howard K. G. A. Pankhurst B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. c/o B.L.M.R.A., Arthur Carroll F.R.I.C. 9 Central Avenue Sale Manchester. G. H. Osborn F.R.I.C. Glenhurst 78 York Road Broadstone, J. 0. Harris B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Chemistry Department King's N. F. Rapps B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Analytical Department Monsanto K. C. Barraclough B.Sc. F.R.I.C. The Brown Firth Research E. E. Ayling M.Sc F.R.I.C. University College Singleton Park, E. R. Braithwaite B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Research Department Acheson F. S. Fowkes B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. 28 Learmonth Street Falkirk, Street Liverpool 3. Milton Park Egham Surrey. Dorset. College Newcastle upon Tyne. Chemicals Ltd. Ruabon Wrexham Denbighshire. Laboratories Princess Street Sheffield 4. Swansea. Colloids Ltd. Prince Rock Plymouth. Stirlingshire. Stockton-on-Tees Co. Durham. A. R. Martin D.Sc Ph.D. F.R.I.C. 80 High Street Norton, (OA) Malaya: (OB) Cape of Good Hope: (OC) New Zealand: (OD) Bangalore: (OE) Madras: (OF) Western India: (OG) Northern India : Lim Chin Kuan B.Sc. A.R.I.C c/o Municipal Analyst Municipal H. W. Schirach B.Sc A.R.I.C P.O. Box 1065. Cape Town. Building Singapore Malaya. . - South Africa. Sydney Street West Wellington C.I. New Zealand. Science Bangalore 3 India. T'Nagar. Madras 17 Madras India. N. H. Law M.Sc. A.N.Z.I.C F.R.I.C. Dominion Laboratory, T. L. Rama Char B.Sc. M.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Indian Institute of K. V. Sundaram Ayyar M.Sc. F.R.I.C. 3 Jagadiswara Street, Professor S. M. Mehta. B.A M.Sc A.R.I.C Institute of Science. Mayo Road Bombay 1,- India The University Delhi. 8 India. K. B. L. Mathur D.Sc. F.R.I.C. Department of Chemistry

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9517500319

出版商:RSC    

年代:1951

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

INDEX 1951 Figures in italics refer to pages in the Supplement (Annual Report of the Council, 1950). Figures in bold type indicate special articles or entries of particular importance. Accounts Annual (1950) 27 178 Activities of Local Sections (see also Local Section Affairs) 46 99 191 Administration of the Institute 183 268, 321 Analytical Chemistry International Con-gress on (1952) 317 Anniversary Dinner of the Institute (1 951), 190 Anniversary Meetings of the Institute (1950) 2; (1951) 71 189; (1952) 368 Announcements Institute (seealso Institute Affairs) 70 131 212 Announcements Other 72 132 214 Announcements Other Notes and 262, 317 370 Annual General Meeting (1951) 178 Appointments and Economic Status Com-mittee 259 Appointments Register 17 132 Atomic Power 233 Auditors Election of 186 Auditors Report of 27 Beilby Memorial Fund and Awards Sir George 24 210 3 11 Benevolent Fund 3 12 179 Biochemists in Hospitals 17 Board of Examiners 2 19 Book Reviews 30,90,164,234,293,330 Books and Pamphlets Received 98 176, British National Committee for Chemistry, By-Laws The New 1 8 42 75 77 181 Censors 218 Charitable Trusts 12 Charter Jubilee Medal of the Institute 368 “Chemical Community The,” 265 Chemical Council The 24 130 Chemical Education 258 “Chemist as a Company Director The,” “Chemist as a Technical Salesman The,” “Chemist in the Information Department, Civil Defence Scientists and 177 Class Z Reserve 216 Collett R.L. Retirement of 319 Colonial Service Regulations relating to Publications and Extra-Mural Work of Scientists in the 257 240 304 339 25 5 78 The,” 152 Coming Events 70 369 Committees Constitution of 7 213 259 Committees of the Institute ad hoc 7 Committees of the Institute Standing 21 8, 258 Conferences and Symposia 263 Conferences of Hon.Secretaries of Local Sections 2 8 209 367 Conjoint Chemical Office 6 Consultants Directory of Independent 3, 224 Council Annual Report of the (1950), Supplement 180 Council Committees of the 218 258 Council Constitution of the 129 Council Meetings of the 132 Council Membership and Nomination of the 129 313 365 Council Period of Service of General Members of the 213 Courses and Conferences Scientific 72, 132 214 262 317 370 Crossways Trust Ltd. 14 Dalton Lecture (1951) 21.2 256 327 Deaths 4 59 124 204 250 310 364 Directory of Independent Consultants 3, 224 District Members of the Council Nomina-tion of 129 313 366, Districts Electoral 2 130 “East Africa The Development of Uni-versity Education in,” 10 Editorial 1 75 137 221 265 Education Committee 258 “Education of t! Chemist Some Thoughts on the 142 Ethical Practices Committee 181 258 Examination Fees 70 131 Examinations 15 Examinations Notices of 70 131 212, 256 311 365 Examinations Papers and Reports 109, 241 345 Examinations Pass Lists 122 248 361 Examiners Board of 219 Exhibitions 133 Festival of Britain 66 Financial Statements (1950) 9 27 Findlay Professor A.69 Frankland P. F. Memorial Lecture 131, 212 260 [ 372 Frankland Sir Edward Medal and Prize, Fuel Research 66 Gluckstein Memorial Lecture 129 Graduate Scientists (Training Awards), 24 129 256 312 216 “Half Century The,” 1 Harrison Memorial Prize 69 Higher Technological Education 3 Holidays for Children 13 Honorary Fellows of the Institute 369 Honorary Representatives of the Institute Honours 65 207 India and Pakistan Candidates in 16 71 India and Pakistan Institute Affairs in 43, Institute Affairs 256 311 365 Institute Announcements 70 131 212 Institute Building Alterations to the 1, Institute Notes 68 129 Institute of Metal Finishing 370 International Chemical Meetings in the Joint Committees Representatives of the Joint Council of Professional Scientists 25 Journal Development of the 3 23 179 Journal Subject-matter of the 210 221 Laboratory Technicians Training of 264 Lectures Institute 17 Lectures Monographs and Reports 23, 132 Lectures Summaries of :-Chemistry in the Diagnosis of Disease, 284 Chemotherapeutic Problems of Tropi-cal Diseases Some 281 Corrosion Processes and their Preven-tion 231 Cortisone 88 Electrostatic Forces in Chemistry 25 Flour Some Oxidase Systems in 159 Fuel Research Recent Trends in 287 Industrial Toxicology Some Aspects of, 3 22 Knock in Internal Combustion Engines and the Anti-knock Effect of Lead Tetraethyl 323 Management in Chemical Manufacture, Some Aspects of 23 Men and Machines 160 Metallic Oxidation and Corrosion, Recent Progress in the Study of 162 Meteorites 157 Nascent Hydrogen-A Reinterpreta-tion 288 in Univeristies etc.9 260 368 20 1 137 179 181 U.S.A. 4 263 Institute on 218 263 Lectures Summaries of-continued Partition Chromatography 86 Rational Chemotherapy 283 Rheology Recent Advances in 282 Why Flour Improvers are Used The Agene Problem 27 Library 139 Local Section Affairs 251 307 340 “Local Section Some Experiences in developing the Work of a,” 82 Local Sections :-Activities of 46 99 191 Appointments and Retirements o f Hon. Secretaries of 9 209 369 Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of 2, 9,209,367 Formation of New 2 8 68 Grants to 178 209 List of 74 135 220 371 Meetings of (1950) 17 Membership of 26 181 Officers’ Handbook 210 Rules of 130 Medals and Prizes for Award (1951) 311 Meldola Medal 24 89 31 1 Meldola Medal Committee 70 Meldola Medal Lectures 24 Members’ Room The 257 Membership and Studentship 4 18 1 Membership 50 Years of 6.National Certificates in Chemistry 24 51 National Chemical Institutions Oversea, National College of Food Technology 130 National Science Centre 67 Newton Chambers Prize Essay Com-Notes and Announcements Other 262, Notes Institute (see also Institute Affairs), Notes Personal 65 128,207,260 316 369 Obituary 60 125 205 Officers and Members of the Council 185, Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association 264 Oral Examinations Committee for 16 Parliament Science in 66,233 304 Parliamentary and Scientific Committee, Patents 233 Phenol Supplies to Industry 304 President Nomination of the 68 “President Our New,” 140 Presidential Address 142 Prizes and Awards 368 Profession of Chemistry The 7 Professional Chemical Institutes Liaison 225 petition 24 312 317 370 68 129 217 365 25 Service 2 Publications List of Institute 136 Publicity for British Chemistry Com-Raw Materials 304 Register of Fellows and Associates 3 Register The 56 123 202 249 310 363 “Registrar The Retiring,” 319 Registration Fee Students’ 132 212 Regulations Amendment of 3 Report of the Council (1950) Supplement, 180 Representatives of the Institute Honor-ary in Universities etc.9 260 368 Representatives of the Institute on Joint Committees 21 3 218 Representatives of the Institute on Other Bodies 7 69 130 213 218 Research Fellowships Studentships etc., 73 134 216 318 370 Residential Clubs Fund 3 14 180 259 Science in Parliament 66 233 304 Science Teachers 305 Scientific Conferences and Courses Policy Scientific Courses and Conferences 72, Scientists and Civil Defence 177 Scrutineers Appointment of 132 mittee on 24 on 68 132 214,262 317 370 Scrutineers Report of 185 “South African Chemical Institute The Evolution of the.” 225 Staff 130 Streatfeild Memorial Lectures.258 Student and the Institute The 6 Sulphur-producing Experiments (Bacteria) Summaries of Lectures (see Lectures, 304 Summaries of) Technical and Scientific Register 370 Technical Education 305 “Technical Education in the United States and Great Britain Some Aspects of,” 269 Technical Personnel Committee (Recon-struction) 305 Technological Education 67 “Terms of Engagement of Chemists,” 13 Terms of Engagement of Chemists Notes Tin-Nickel Coating Process 305 Toxic Chemicals used in Agriculture 264 on 4 17 19 Unanswered Questions 73 Vice-presidents Nomination of 365 Vice-presidents Period of Service of 213 1 374

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9517500372

出版商:RSC    

年代:1951

数据来源: RSC